The Hartford Financial Services Group
Annual Report 2023

Plain-text annual report

NOTICE OF 2024 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS, PROXY STATEMENT AND 2023 ANNUAL REPORT NOTICE OF 2024 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS Date and Time Wednesday, May 15, 2024 12:30 p.m. EDT Access* www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/HIG2024 Record Date You may vote if you were a shareholder of record at the close of business on March 18, 2024. Voting Items Shareholders will vote on the following items of business: 1. Elect a Board of Directors for the coming year; FOR Board Recommendation Page 14 2. Ratify the appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2024; 3. Consider and approve, on a non-binding, advisory basis, the compensation of our named executive officers as disclosed in this proxy statement; 4. Vote on management proposal to amend the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation to limit the liability of certain officers of the Company, as permitted by recent amendments to Delaware law; and 5. Act upon any other business that may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournment thereof. FOR 38 FOR FOR 40 75 The Hartford’s proxy materials are available via the internet at http://ir.thehartford.com** and www.proxyvote.com, which allows us to reduce printing and delivery costs and lessen adverse environmental impacts. We hope that you will participate in the Annual Meeting, either by attending and voting at the virtual meeting or by voting through other means. For instructions on voting, please refer to page 80 under “How do I vote my shares?” We urge you to review the proxy statement carefully and exercise your right to vote. Dated: April 5, 2024 By order of the Board of Directors VOTING By internet www.proxyvote.com By toll-free telephone 1-800-690-6903 By mail Follow the instructions on your proxy card At the Annual Meeting Follow the instructions on the virtual meeting site IMPORTANT INFORMATION IF YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING: You are entitled to participate (i.e., submit questions and/or vote) in the Annual Meeting if you were a shareholder of record at the close of business on March 18, 2024, the record date, or hold a legal proxy for the meeting provided by your bank, broker, or nominee. To participate, you will need the 16-digit control number provided on your proxy card, voting instruction form or notice. Shareholders may also vote or submit questions in advance of the meeting at www.proxyvote.com using their 16-digit control number. If you are not a shareholder or do not have a control number, you may still access the meeting as a guest, but you will not be able to participate. If you have difficulty accessing the Annual Meeting, please call the number on the registration page of the virtual meeting site. Technicians will be available to assist you. Terence Shields Corporate Secretary * In order to provide a convenient opportunity for shareholders to participate from wherever they are located, the Annual Meeting will be held in a virtual meeting format via audio webcast only, and not at a physical location. **References in this proxy statement to our website address are provided only as a convenience and do not constitute, and should not be viewed as, an incorporation by reference of the information contained on, or available through, the website. Therefore, such information should not be considered part of this proxy statement. 2024 Proxy Statement 1 LETTER FROM OUR CHAIRMAN & CEO AND LEAD DIRECTOR Dear fellow shareholders: For The Hartford, 2023 was another outstanding year of financial performance and achievement of our strategic objectives. As the 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders approaches, it is our privilege as Chairman and Lead Director to share details on the Board’s 2023 activities, including its oversight of three critical areas: strategy, risk management, and talent management. Strategy Overseeing strategy is a core responsibility of the Board, and throughout the year, the Board remained highly engaged in the company's strategy of advancing underwriting excellence, emphasizing digital capabilities, maximizing distribution channels, optimizing organizational efficiency, and embedding sustainability principles into our business. In 2023, the Board discussed strategy at every meeting, and continued to oversee The Hartford’s investments in differentiating capabilities, growth and innovation across the enterprise. Over the last several years, we have significantly expanded the overall scale of our key businesses and increased the breadth and depth of our product offerings. In addition, we made significant investments in digital, data and analytics, cloud and artificial intelligence, funded in part by efficiencies gained through our “Hartford Next” operational transformation and cost reduction plan, which was completed during the year, exceeding target. These initiatives are geared towards meeting more of the needs and demands of customers, agents and brokers; becoming a more nimble and efficient organization; and providing a better overall customer experience. The Board has strong conviction in this strategy, and with each successive quarter of superior financial performance, The Hartford demonstrates its effectiveness. The Board also engaged in the 2023 launch of the company’s forward-looking sustainability strategy, which leverages the strengths of our businesses to deliver long-term sustainable value for our stakeholders while contributing positively to society at large. We invite you to read more about it on page 26 of this proxy statement. Risk Management Another core responsibility of the Board is oversight of risk and risk management activities. A unique aspect of The Hartford’s governance framework is that the Finance, Investment and Risk Management Committee, which we refer to as “FIRMCo,” is a committee of the entire Board. This stems from our belief that the topics FIRMCo oversees – including insurance risk, market and credit risk, liquidity and capital requirements, and any other risk that poses a material threat to the strategic viability of the company – are so important that all directors should be involved, and the meetings should be chaired by an independent director. Accordingly, the chair of FIRMCo works closely with the company’s Chief Risk Officer to develop meeting agendas to address these oversight responsibilities. In 2023, FIRMCo’s discussions on the macroeconomy and investment portfolio included assessment of financial market conditions and the credit risk environment, with a particular focus on the banking and commercial real estate sectors due to volatility during the year. Other agenda items included asset-liability management; catastrophe risk management; cyber insurance risk and the external threat landscape; the potential underwriting implications of escalating geopolitical conflicts; and emerging risks generally. We believe our “committee of the whole” approaches risk-related matters with depth and rigor and is a distinctive strength for the company. Talent Management Talent management remains a critical area of Board focus, as it has for the past several years, because the Board firmly believes that people drive The Hartford's results. We are proud that The Hartford remains a destination of choice for our industry's best talent. We are also pleased that, in 2023, we achieved top quartile employee engagement and performance enablement scores, as measured by independent third party surveys, through continued focus on leader effectiveness, collaboration, innovation and risk- taking, career growth, belonging and well-being. At the Board level, our process includes an annual update on talent strategy and a review of succession plans for each member of the enterprise leadership team. While these sessions occur at the Compensation and Management Development Committee, all directors are invited given their importance. Potential future leaders of the company are invited to present to the Board throughout the year, allowing directors to assess their knowledge, skills and potential. Our continued dedication in this regard is evident in the results: last fall, we announced the retirements of the Company’s General Counsel and Head of Small Commercial and Personal Lines. The resulting key leadership appointments this year – all internal – 2 www.thehartford.com validate the Board’s strategic approach to talent management and executive development and showcase the Company’s outstanding pipeline of talent. As always, we are proud to work closely with management and our fellow directors to ensure that The Hartford is a well-governed company. The Board continues to operate at a high level and has ensured the Company has everything it needs to continue to innovate, profitably grow and deliver long-term value to you, our shareholders. Thank you for your ongoing support. Sincerely, Christopher J. Swift Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Trevor Fetter Lead Director 2024 Proxy Statement 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS PROXY SUMMARY BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS Item 1: Election of Directors Governance Practices and Framework Board Composition and Refreshment Committees of the Board The Board's Role and Responsibilities Director Compensation Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Communicating with the Board Director Nominees AUDIT MATTERS Item 2: Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures Report of the Audit Committee COMPENSATION MATTERS Item 3: Advisory Vote to Approve Executive Compensation Compensation Discussion and Analysis Executive Summary Components of the Compensation Program Process for Determining Senior Executive Compensation (Including NEOs) 2023 Named Executive Officers' Compensation and Performance Compensation Policies and Practices Effect of Tax and Accounting Considerations on Compensation Design Report of the Compensation and Management Development Committee Executive Compensation Tables CEO Pay Ratio Pay Versus Performance MANAGEMENT PROPOSAL Item 4: Vote on Management Proposal to amend the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation to limit the liability of certain officers of the Company, as permitted by recent amendments to Delaware law INFORMATION ON STOCK OWNERSHIP Directors and Executive Officers Certain Shareholders Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports INFORMATION ABOUT THE HARTFORD’S ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS Householding of Proxy Materials Frequently Asked Questions Other Information APPENDIX A: RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES APPENDIX B: AMENDMENT TO CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION 5 14 14 14 18 20 23 28 30 30 31 38 38 38 39 39 40 40 41 41 46 55 55 57 58 59 60 71 71 75 75 77 77 78 78 79 79 79 83 84 89 Certain statements made in this proxy statement should be considered forward-looking statements as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These include statements about The Hartford’s future results of operations. We caution investors that these forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and actual results may differ materially. Investors should consider the important risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ, including those discussed in The Hartford's news release issued on February 1, 2024, our 2023 Annual Report on Form 10-K, subsequent Quarterly Reports on Forms 10-Q, and the other filings we make with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. We assume no obligation to update this document, which speaks as of the date of filing. 4 www.thehartford.com PROXY SUMMARY This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this proxy statement. It does not contain all the information you should consider and you should read the entire proxy statement carefully before voting. BOARD AND GOVERNANCE HIGHLIGHTS ITEM 1 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Each director nominee has an established record of accomplishment in areas relevant to overseeing our businesses and possesses qualifications and characteristics that are essential to a well-functioning and deliberative governing body. ✓ The Board recommends a vote "FOR" each director nominee Director Nominee, Current Age and Present or Most Recent Experience Larry D. De Shon, 64 Former President, CEO and COO, Avis Budget Group Carlos Dominguez, 65 Former Vice Chairman and Lead Evangelist, Sprinklr Trevor Fetter,(2) 64 Senior Lecturer, Harvard Business School Donna James, 66 President and CEO, Lardon & Associates Edmund Reese, 49 Chief Financial Officer Broadridge Financial Solutions Teresa W. Roseborough, 65 Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, The Home Depot Virginia P. Ruesterholz, 62 Former Executive Vice President, Verizon Communications Christopher J. Swift, 63 Chairman and CEO, The Hartford Matthew E. Winter, 67 Former President, The Allstate Corporation Greig Woodring, 72 Former President and CEO, Reinsurance Group of America Independent Director since Current Committees(1) Other Current Public Company Boards ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 2020 2018 2007 2021 • Audit • FIRMCo* • NCG • Comp • FIRMCo • NCG • Comp • FIRMCo • United Rentals, Inc. • Air New Zealand • PROS Holdings None • Audit • FIRMCo • NCG • Victoria's Secret • American Electric Power 2022 • Audit • FIRMCo None 2015 2013 • Comp • FIRMCo • NCG* • Comp • FIRMCo • NCG None None 2014 • FIRMCo  • Citizens Financial Group 2020 • FIRMCo • Comp* • ADT • H&R Block 2017 • Audit* • FIRMCo None * Denotes committee chair. (1) Full committee names are as follows: Audit – Audit Committee; Comp – Compensation and Management Development Committee; FIRMCo – Finance, Investment and Risk Management Committee; NCG – Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. (2) Mr. Fetter serves as the Lead Director. For more details on the Lead Director’s role, see page 16 . 2024 Proxy Statement 5   PROXY SUMMARY BOARD NOMINEE COMPOSITION The charts below reflect average tenure and representation of women and people of color for the director nominees standing for election at the date of the Annual Meeting of Shareholders. * As of April 5, 2024. 6 www.thehartford.com 7.2 Years Average Tenure*4420-5 years5-10 years>10 years30% Women37WomenMen40% People of Color46Black, Latino or AsianWhite PROXY SUMMARY GOVERNANCE BEST PRACTICES The Board and management regularly review best practices in corporate governance and modify our governance policies and practices as warranted. Our current best practices are highlighted below. Independent Oversight Engaged Board / Shareholder Rights Other Governance Practices ✓ All directors are independent, other than the CEO ✓ Independent key committees (Audit, Compensation, Nominating) ✓ Empowered and engaged independent Lead Director ✓ All directors elected annually  ✓ Majority vote standard (with plurality carve-out for contested elections) ✓ Proxy access right with market terms ✓ Director resignation policy ✓ Over-boarding policy limits total public company boards, including The Hartford, to five for non-CEOs and two for sitting CEOs ✓ Rigorous Board and committee self-evaluation conducted annually; third-party Board and individual director evaluations conducted triennially ✓ Meaningful Board education and training on recent and emerging governance and industry trends ✓ Annual shareholder engagement program focused on sustainability, compensation and governance issues ✓ Board diversity of experience, tenure, age, gender, race and ethnicity ✓ Mandatory retirement age of 75 ✓ Diversity policy or "Rooney Rule" commitment to ensure diverse candidates are included in the pool from which board and external CEO candidates are selected ✓ Annual review of CEO succession plan by the independent directors with the CEO ✓ Annual Board review of long-term and emergency succession plans for senior management and the CEO ✓ Stock-ownership guidelines of 6x salary for CEO and 4x salary for other named executive officers ✓ Annual Nominating Committee review of The Hartford's political and lobbying policies and expenditures ✓ Board oversight of sustainability matters; Nominating Committee oversight of sustainability governance framework Commitment to Sustainability ✓ Comprehensive sustainability reporting, including a Sustainability Report, TCFD and SASB reports and EEO-1 data ✓ Sustainability Governance Committee, including several subcommittees, comprised of senior management charged with overseeing a comprehensive sustainability strategy and ensuring the full Board is briefed at least annually 2024 Proxy Statement 7 PROXY SUMMARY SUSTAINABILITY PRACTICES Our view of corporate sustainability centers around developing business strategies and solutions to serve the current needs of our customers and other stakeholders, while embracing the necessary innovation and foresight to ensure we are able to meet those needs in the decades to come. In embracing this long-term view, we seize opportunities and navigate risks that emerge from environmental, social and governance ("ESG") issues and we embed related principles into our businesses and operations to drive value creation for our shareholders and sustainable value for all our stakeholders. ENVIRONMENT SOCIAL | EMPLOYEES We recognize the risks that climate change poses to people, businesses and communities and understand the role our industry plays in managing and mitigating those risks. We are committed to reducing our own environmental impact and supporting customers and business partners as we collectively transition to a greener society. GOVERNANCE Doing the right thing every day is core to our character– and we are proud of our reputation for being a company that places ethics and integrity above all else. Responsible growth rests with attracting, developing, and retaining top talent, talent which reflects and understands the needs and aspirations of the diverse customers and communities that we serve. We believe that this can only be achieved if everyone feels able to bring their authentic selves to work, and we are committed to creating an inclusive culture in which all employees can thrive, and help the Company achieve its financial and sustainability objectives. SOCIAL | CUSTOMERS Putting customers first is our top priority. Our insight-led products and commitment to empathetic, high-quality service bring peace of mind to our customers and support them through the most challenging of times; while empowering them to build resilience to future incidents. SOCIAL | COMMUNITY Our purpose of underwriting human achievement transcends the products and services we offer to include using our knowledge, data, people and resources to make positive contributions to society. Our community engagement is focused on advancing equity, addressing the critical needs of our neighbors, enabling human achievement, and supporting the causes our employees care about most. For additional detail on our sustainability efforts and performance, please access the Corporate Sustainability section of our website. Our most recent Sustainability Report and our TCFD, SASB, and EEO-1 reports are all available at: https:// www.thehartford.com/about-us/corporate-sustainability. 8 www.thehartford.com PROXY SUMMARY AUDIT HIGHLIGHTS ITEM 2 RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM The Board is asking shareholders to ratify the selection of Deloitte & Touche LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for 2024. ✓ The Board recommends a vote "FOR" this item COMPENSATION HIGHLIGHTS ITEM 3 ADVISORY VOTE TO APPROVE EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The Board is asking shareholders to approve, on an advisory basis, the compensation of our named executive officers as disclosed in this proxy statement. Our executive compensation program is designed to promote long-term shareholder value creation and support our strategy by (1) encouraging profitable organic growth and ROE performance while maintaining an ethical culture supported by industry-leading sustainability practices, (2) providing market-competitive compensation opportunities designed to attract and retain talent needed for long-term success, and (3) appropriately aligning pay with short- and long-term performance. ✓ The Board recommends a vote "FOR" this item The Hartford’s mission is to provide people with the support and protection they need to pursue their unique ambitions, seize opportunity, and prevail through unexpected challenge. Our strategy to maximize value creation for all stakeholders focuses on advancing underwriting excellence, emphasizing digital capabilities, maximizing distribution channels, optimizing organizational efficiency, and embedding sustainability principles into our business to drive value creation while impacting society at large. We endeavor to maintain and enhance our position as a market leader by leveraging our core strengths of underwriting excellence, risk management, claims, product development and distribution. We are investing in end-to-end transformation, advancing data, analytics, and digital capabilities across the organization to improve customer experience and strengthen our existing competitive advantages. An ethical, people, and performance-driven culture drives our values. We are committed to maintaining and enhancing our inclusive culture and are proud of our reputation for ethics and integrity. 2024 Proxy Statement 9 PROXY SUMMARY PURPOSE AND STRATEGIC PRIORITIES 2023 FINANCIAL RESULTS Our 2023 financial results were excellent, reflecting lower net realized losses, improvements in both the group life and disability loss ratios, as well as an increase in earned premiums, higher net investment income, and a higher P&C underwriting gain. Full year net income available to common stockholders and core earnings* were $2.5 billion ($7.97 per diluted share) and $2.8 billion ($8.88 per diluted share), respectively. Net income and core earnings return on equity ("ROE")*† were 17.5% and 15.8%, respectively. Highlighted below are year-over-year comparisons of our net income available to common stockholders and core earnings performance and our three-year net income ROE and core earnings ROE results. Core earnings is the primary determinant of our annual incentive plan ("AIP") funding, as described on page 46, and average annual core earnings ROE over a three-year performance period is the metric used for 50% of performance shares granted to Senior Executives, as described on page 49 (in each case, as adjusted for compensation purposes). On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") long-duration targeted improvements ("LDTI") guidance, which was applied on a modified retrospective basis as of January 1, 2021. Other than Compensation Core Earnings and Compensation Core ROE, impacted prior periods in this document have been restated to reflect the adoption of LDTI. For additional information refer to Appendix A and Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules in the Company's most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. * Denotes a non-GAAP financial measure. For definitions and reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see Appendix A. † Net income ROE represents net income available to common stockholders ROE. 10 www.thehartford.com $ (Millions)Net Income Available to Common Stockholders$1,798$2,48320222023$ (Millions)Core Earnings*$2,496$2,76720222023Net Income ROE† 13.2%11.7%17.5%202120222023Core Earnings ROE*12.7%14.5%15.8%202120222023TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN The following chart shows The Hartford's total shareholder return ("TSR") relative to  the 2023 Corporate Peer Group (provided on page 56), S&P 500 Insurance Composite, S&P P&C index and S&P 500. PROXY SUMMARY Includes reinvestment of dividends. COMPONENTS OF COMPENSATION AND PAY MIX NEO compensation is heavily weighted toward variable compensation (including both annual and long-term incentives), where actual amounts earned may differ from target amounts based on company and individual performance. Each NEO has a target total compensation opportunity that is reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee (in the case of the CEO, by the independent directors) to ensure alignment with our compensation objectives and market practice. Compensation Component Description Base Salary • Fixed level of cash compensation based on market data, internal pay equity, experience, responsibility, expertise and performance Annual Incentive Plan • Variable cash award based primarily on annual company operating performance against a predetermined financial target and achievement of individual performance goals aligned with the Company's strategic priorities Long-Term Incentive Plan • Variable awards granted based on individual performance, retention and market data. • Designed to drive long-term performance, align senior executive interests with shareholders, and foster retention • Award mix (50% performance shares and 50% stock options) rewards stock price performance, peer-relative shareholder returns (stock price and dividends) and operating performance Approximately 92% of CEO target annual compensation and approximately 80% of other NEO target annual compensation are variable based on performance, including stock price performance: Target Pay Mix — CEO Salary 8% Annual Incentive 22% Long-Term Incentive 70% Variable with Performance: 92% Target Pay Mix — Other NEOs Salary 20% Annual Incentive 30% Long-Term Incentive 50% Variable with Performance: 80% 2024 Proxy Statement 11 9%76%5%49%9%59%11%57%26%33%The Hartford (HIG)2023 Corporate Peer GroupS&P 500 Insurance CompositeS&P 500 Property and CasualtyS&P 500ONE-YEAR (2023)THREE-YEAR (2021-2023)PROXY SUMMARY 2023 COMPENSATION DECISIONS 2023 Compensation Decisions Rationale The Compensation Committee approved an AIP funding level of 117% of target. Performance against the pre-established Compensation Core Earnings target produced a formulaic AIP funding level of 117% of target (page 47). The Compensation Committee undertook its qualitative review of performance and concluded that the formulaic AIP funding level appropriately reflected 2023 performance. Accordingly, no adjustments were made. The Compensation Committee certified a 2021-2023 performance share award payout at 200% of target. The Company's average annual Compensation Core ROE during the performance period was 14.5%, resulting in a payout of 200% of target for the ROE component (50% of the award). The company's TSR during the period was at the 80th percentile of the performance peers, resulting in a 183% payout for the TSR component (50% of the award) (page ). While the Company's strong performance against the financial metrics, combined with achievement of its diverse executive representation goals would have resulted in a total payout of 211% of target, the total payout is capped at 200% and the 2021-2023 performance share awards paid out at 200%. The Compensation Committee (and, in the case of the CEO, the independent directors) approved the following compensation for each NEO: Base Salary AIP Award LTI Award Total Compensation NEO 2023 Change from 2022 2023 Change from 2022 2023 Change from 2022 2023 Change from 2022 Christopher Swift $ 1,200,000 0.0 % $ 3,861,000 (13.0) % $ 10,500,000 5.0 % $ 15,561,000 Beth Costello $ 775,000 0.0 % $ 1,579,500 (17.9) % $ 2,425,000 (3.0) % $ 4,779,500 David Robinson $ 650,000 Deepa Soni $ 700,000 Amy Stepnowski $ 600,000 0.0 % $ 994,500 7.7 % $ 936,000 9.1 % $ 1,287,000 (16.0) % $ 1,800,000 (9.7) % $ 1,400,000 (13.0) % $ 1,100,000 (10.0) % $ 3,444,500 12.0 % $ 3,036,000 10.0 % $ 2,987,000 (0.5) % (8.1) % (10.2) % 3.4 % (1.4) % This table provides a concise picture of compensation decisions made in 2023, and highlights changes from 2022. Another view of 2023 compensation for the NEOs is available in the Summary Compensation Table on page 60. COMPENSATION BEST PRACTICES Our current compensation best practices include the following: WHAT WE DO ✓ Compensation heavily weighted toward variable pay ✓ Senior Executives generally receive the same benefits as other full-time employees ✓ Double-trigger requirement for cash severance and equity vesting upon a change of control* ✓ Cash severance upon a change of control not to exceed 2x base salary + bonus ✓ Independent compensation consultant ✓ Risk mitigation in plan design and annual review of compensation plans, policies and practices ✓ Comprehensive claw-back policy (includes misconduct) ✓ Prohibition on hedging, monetization, derivative and similar transactions with company securities ✓ Prohibition on Senior Executives pledging company securities ✓ Stock ownership guidelines for directors and Senior Executives ✓ Periodic review of compensation peer groups ✓ Competitive burn rate and dilution for equity program * Double-trigger vesting for equity awards applies if the awards are assumed or replaced with substantially equivalent awards. 12 www.thehartford.com PROXY SUMMARY WHAT WE DON'T DO û No Senior Executive tax gross-ups for perquisites or excise taxes on severance payments û No individual employment agreements û No granting of stock options with an exercise price less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant û No re-pricing of stock options û No buy-outs of underwater stock options û No reload provisions in any stock option grant û No payment of dividends or dividend equivalents on equity awards until vesting SAY-ON-PAY RESULTS At our 2023 annual meeting, we received approximately 93% support on Say-on-Pay. The Compensation Committee considered the vote to be an endorsement of The Hartford’s executive compensation programs and policies, and recent program changes. They took this strong level of support into account in their ongoing review of those programs and policies. Management also discussed the vote, along with aspects of its executive compensation, sustainability and corporate governance practices, during our annual shareholder engagement program to gain a deeper understanding of shareholders’ perspectives. Feedback regarding the compensation program remained generally positive, with many shareholders complimentary of our practices. For further discussion of our shareholder engagement program, see page 24. ITEM 4 MANAGEMENT PROPOSAL TO AMEND THE COMPANY’S CHARTER TO PERMIT THE EXCULPATION OF OFFICERS CONSISTENT WITH CHANGES TO DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW Vote on the management proposal that shareholders approve an amendment to our Restated Certificate of Incorporation limiting the liability of certain officers of the Company, as permitted by recent amendments to Delaware law. ✓ The Board of Directors recommends that shareholders vote "FOR" this Proposal for the following reasons: The proposed changes will better incentivize officers to use their business judgment without fear of personal loss; • • The proposed changes will help to limit expensive and distracting litigation; and • Not adopting such changes may impact our ability to attract and retain top executive talent in the future. 2024 Proxy Statement 13 BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS ITEM 1 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS The full Board, including its Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, believes the director nominees possess qualifications, skills and experience that are consistent with the standards for the selection of nominees for election to the Board set forth in our Corporate Governance Guidelines described beginning on page 18 and have demonstrated the ability to effectively oversee The Hartford’s corporate, investment and business operations. Biographical information for each director nominee is described beginning on page 31, including the principal occupation and other public company directorships (if any) held in the past five years and a description of the specific experience and expertise that qualifies each nominee to serve as a director of The Hartford. ✓ The Board recommends a vote "FOR" each director nominee GOVERNANCE PRACTICES AND FRAMEWORK At The Hartford, we aspire to be an exceptional company celebrated for financial performance, character, and customer value. We believe strong governance practices and responsible corporate behavior are central to this vision and contribute to our long-term performance. Accordingly, the Board and management regularly consider best practices in corporate governance and shareholder feedback and modify our governance policies and practices as warranted. Our current best practices include: Independent Oversight Engaged Board / Shareholder Rights Other Governance Practices ✓ All directors are independent, other than the CEO ✓ Independent key committees (Audit, Compensation, Nominating) ✓ Empowered and engaged independent Lead Director ✓ All directors elected annually  ✓ Majority vote standard (with plurality carve-out for contested elections) ✓ Proxy access right with market terms ✓ Director resignation policy ✓ Over-boarding policy limits total public company boards, including The Hartford, to five for non-CEOs and two for sitting CEOs ✓ Rigorous Board and committee self-evaluation conducted annually; third-party Board and individual director evaluations conducted triennially ✓ Meaningful Board education and training on recent and emerging governance and industry trends ✓ Annual shareholder engagement program focused on sustainability, compensation and governance issues ✓ Board diversity of experience, tenure, age, gender, race and ethnicity ✓ Mandatory retirement age of 75 ✓ Diversity policy or "Rooney Rule" commitment to ensure diverse candidates are included in the pool from which board and external CEO candidates are selected ✓ Annual review of CEO succession plan by the independent directors with the CEO ✓ Annual Board review of long-term and emergency succession plans for senior management and the CEO ✓ Stock-ownership guidelines of 6x salary for CEO and 4x salary for other named executive officers ✓ Annual Nominating Committee review of The Hartford's political and lobbying policies and expenditures ✓ Board oversight of sustainability matters; Nominating Committee oversight of sustainability governance framework Commitment to Sustainability ✓ Comprehensive sustainability reporting, including a Sustainability Report, TCFD and SASB reports and EEO-1 data ✓ Sustainability Governance Committee, including several subcommittees, comprised of senior management charged with overseeing a comprehensive sustainability strategy and ensuring the full Board is briefed at least annually 14 www.thehartford.com BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS The fundamental responsibility of our directors is to exercise their business judgment to act in what they reasonably believe to be the best interests of The Hartford and its shareholders. The Board fulfills this responsibility within the general governance framework provided by the following documents: • • • • • • Articles of Incorporation By-laws Corporate Governance Guidelines (compliant with the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") and including guidelines for determining director independence and qualifications) Charters of the Board’s four standing committees (the Audit Committee; the Compensation and Management Development Committee ("Compensation Committee"); the Finance, Investment and Risk Management Committee ("FIRMCo"); and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee ("Nominating Committee")) Code of Ethics and Business Conduct Code of Ethics and Business Conduct for Members of the Board of Directors Copies of these documents are available on our investor relations website at http://ir.thehartford.com or upon request sent to our Corporate Secretary (see page 81 for details). DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The Board annually reviews director independence under applicable law, the listing standards of the NYSE and our Corporate Governance Guidelines. In addition, per our Corporate Governance Guidelines, in order to identify potential conflicts of interest and to monitor and preserve independence, any director who wishes to become a director of another for-profit entity must obtain the pre-approval of the Nominating Committee. The Board has affirmatively determined that all directors other than Mr. Swift are independent. 2024 Proxy Statement 15 BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS BOARD LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE Board Chair Independent Lead Director The roles of CEO and Chairman of the Board (“Chairman”) are held by Christopher Swift. Mr. Swift has served as CEO since July 1, 2014, and was appointed Chairman on January 5, 2015. In late 2014, before Mr. Swift assumed the role of Chairman, the Board deliberated extensively on our board leadership structure, seeking feedback from shareholders and considering corporate governance analysis. The Board concluded then, and continues to believe, that our historical approach of combining the roles of CEO and Chairman while maintaining strong, independent board leadership is the optimal leadership structure for the Board to carry out its oversight of our strategy, business operations and risk management. The Board believes other elements of our corporate governance structure ensure independent directors can perform their role as fiduciaries in the Board’s oversight of management and our business, and minimize any potential conflicts that may result from combining the roles of CEO and Chairman. For example: • All directors other than Mr. Swift are independent; • An empowered and engaged Lead Director provides independent Board leadership and oversight; and • At each regularly scheduled Board meeting, the non- management directors meet in executive session without the CEO and Chairman present (six such meetings in 2023). As part of its evaluation process, the Board reviews its leadership structure annually to ensure it continues to serve the best interests of shareholders and positions the Company for future success. Whenever the CEO and Chairman roles are combined, our Corporate Governance Guidelines require the independent directors to elect an independent Lead Director. Trevor Fetter was elected our Lead Director in May 2017. The responsibilities and authority of the Lead Director include the following: • Presiding at all meetings of the Board at which the Chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors; • Serving as a liaison between the CEO and Chairman and the non-management directors; • Regularly conferring with the Chairman on matters of importance that may require action or oversight by the Board, ensuring the Board focuses on key issues and tasks facing The Hartford; • Approving information sent to the Board and meeting agendas for the Board; • Approving the Board meeting schedules to help ensure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items; • Maintaining the authority to call meetings of the independent non-management directors; • Approving meeting agendas and information for the independent non-management sessions and briefing, as appropriate, the Chairman on any issues arising out of these sessions; • If requested by shareholders, ensuring that they are available, when appropriate, for consultation and direct communication; and • Leading the Board’s evaluation process and discussion on board refreshment and director tenure, as well as setting and reviewing board goals. The Board believes that these duties and responsibilities provide for strong independent Board leadership and oversight. ANNUAL BOARD EVALUATION PROCESS The Nominating Committee oversees the Board's multi-step evaluation process to ensure an ongoing, rigorous assessment of the Board’s effectiveness, composition and priorities and to inform the Board's succession planning. In addition to the full Board evaluation process, the standing committees of the Board undertake separate self-assessments on an annual basis. As part of a multi-year effort to enhance the evaluation process, the Board has adopted the following changes: • • • 2016 - Adopted individual director interviews led by the Lead Director and a mid-year review of progress against formal Board goals; 2018 - Adopted third-party facilitated evaluations every three years, commencing in 2019, to promote more candid conversations, provide a neutral perspective, and help the Board benchmark its corporate governance practices; and 2020 - Adopted individual director evaluations every three years, commencing in 2022, as part of the third-party facilitated Board evaluation. In each case, the Board sought and considered shareholder feedback on the merits of these changes prior to adoption. 16 www.thehartford.com Board Evaluation and Development of Goals (May) Annual Corporate Governance Review / Shareholder Engagement Program (October to December) Interim Review of Goals (December) Board Self-Assessment Questionnaires (February) BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS The Lead Director, or third-party evaluator, leads a Board evaluation discussion in an executive session guided by the Board’s self-assessment questionnaire and key themes identified through one-on-one discussions. The Board identifies successes and areas for improvement from the prior Board year and establishes formal goals for the year ahead. The Nominating Committee performs an annual review of The Hartford's corporate governance policies and practices in light of best practices, recent developments and trends. In addition, the Nominating Committee reviews feedback on governance issues provided by shareholders during our annual shareholder engagement program. The Lead Director leads the Board's interim review of progress made against the goals established in May. The governance review and shareholder feedback inform the development of written questionnaires that the Board and its standing committees use to help guide self- assessment. The Board’s questionnaire covers a wide range of topics, including the Board’s: • Fulfillment of its responsibilities under the Corporate Governance Guidelines; • Effectiveness in overseeing our business plan, strategy and risk management; • Leadership structure and composition, including mix of experience, skills, diversity and tenure; • Relationship with management; and • Processes to support the Board’s oversight function. One-on-One Discussions (February to May) The Lead Director, or third-party evaluator, meets individually with each independent director on Board effectiveness, dynamics and areas for improvement. Beginning in 2022, third-party led discussions also include directors' evaluations of their peers. When the Lead Director led the Board evaluation session in May 2023, there was agreement that the Board is highly engaged, skilled and operated effectively, achieving each of its stated goals for 2022-2023. There was also agreement that the Directors are highly satisfied with the Company's performance and extremely confident in the CEO. At the same time, there was consensus around the 2023-2024 goals for the Board, including driving profitable growth strategies to build long-term shareholder value, oversight of human capital management, heightened focus on innovation and technology, and continuing to strengthen our best in class Board practices. 2024 Proxy Statement 17 BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS BOARD COMPOSITION AND REFRESHMENT DIRECTOR SUCCESSION PLANNING The Nominating Committee is responsible for identifying and recommending to the Board candidates for Board membership. Throughout the year, the Nominating Committee considers the Board’s composition, skills and attributes to determine whether they are aligned with our long-term strategy and major risks, and each year devotes a session to board succession planning over a longer-term (generally three-year) period. The succession planning process is informed by the results of the Board and committee evaluation processes, as well as anticipated needs in light of The Hartford’s retirement policy (described below). To assist the Nominating Committee in identifying prospective Board nominees when undertaking a search, the Company retains an outside search firm. The Nominating Committee also considers candidates suggested by Board members, management and shareholders. The Nominating Committee evaluates candidates against the standards and qualifications set forth in our Corporate Governance Guidelines as well as other relevant factors, including the candidate's potential contribution to the diversity of the Board. In 2018 the Board amended our Corporate Governance Guidelines to ensure that diverse candidates are included in the pool from which board candidates are selected. The graphic below illustrates our typical succession planning process, which begins with an assessment of the Board's current skills and attributes, and then identifies skills or attributes that are needed, or may be needed in the future, in light of the Company's strategy. Overview of Director Search Process Development of Candidate Specification • Develop skills matrix to identify desired skills and attributes, including diversity • Target areas of expertise aligned with our strategy Screening of Candidates Meeting With Candidates Decision and Nomination • • Select outside search firms to lead process and/or consider internal or shareholder recommendations Screen candidates for each specification identified • • Top candidates are interviewed by Nominating Committee members, other directors, and management Finalist candidates undergo background and conflicts checks • Nominating Committee recommendation of candidates and committee assignments to full Board • Board consideration and adoption of recommendation DIRECTOR ONBOARDING AND ENGAGEMENT All directors are expected to invest the time and energy required to gain an in-depth understanding of our business and strategy. Our director onboarding program is designed to reduce the learning curve for new members and enable them to provide meaningful contributions to the oversight of the Company as early in their tenures as possible. It consists of two phases. Phase one is designed to provide a solid foundation on our businesses, financial performance, strategy, risk and governance. New directors devote numerous briefing sessions with senior management to review key functional areas of the Company and their committee assignment responsibilities. Phase two is an opportunity for new directors to continue learning about the business at their discretion after they have been on the Board for six to twelve months.  Directors are afforded time to familiarize themselves with the Company so they can identify areas for additional education and development. In addition, we have formalized our board mentorship program to help integrate members with experienced directors. New directors are also encouraged to attend all committee meetings during their first year to help accelerate their understanding of the Company and the Board.  Our Board members also participate in Company activities and engage directly with our employees at a variety of events throughout the year, including participation in senior leadership team meetings, employee town halls and employee resource group meetings. DIRECTOR TENURE The Nominating Committee strives for a Board that includes a mix of varying perspectives and breadth of experience. Newer directors bring fresh ideas and perspectives, while longer tenured directors bring extensive knowledge of our complex operations. As part of its annual evaluation process, the Board assesses its overall composition, including director tenure, and does not believe the independence of any director nominee is compromised solely due to Board tenure. The Board believes that its rigorous self- evaluation process (described above), combined with its mandatory retirement policy at age 75, are effective in promoting Board renewal, as demonstrated by the addition of eight new directors since 2015, and the mandatory retirement of two of our longest tenured directors in 2022. 18 www.thehartford.com BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS DIRECTOR DIVERSITY The Board believes a diverse membership with varying perspectives and breadth of experience is an important attribute of a well- functioning board and contributes to driving positive outcomes. The Nominating Committee considers diversity in the context of the Board as a whole and takes into account considerations relating to race, gender, ethnicity and the range of perspectives the directors bring to their Board work. As part of its consideration of prospective nominees, the Board and the Nominating Committee monitor whether the directors as a group meet The Hartford’s criteria for the composition of the Board, including diversity considerations. As part of our continuing efforts to bring diverse perspectives to the Board: • • Since 2010, the Board has appointed five women and four people of color as directors; and In 2018, the Board amended our Corporate Governance Guidelines to ensure that diverse candidates are included in the pool from which board candidates are selected. BOARD NOMINEE COMPOSITION The charts below reflect average tenure and representation of women and people of color for the director nominees standing for election at the date of the Annual Meeting of Shareholders. * As of April 5, 2024. SHAREHOLDER PROPOSED NOMINEES The Nominating Committee will consider director candidates recommended by shareholders using the same criteria described above. Shareholders may also directly nominate someone for election at an annual meeting. Nominations for director candidates are closed for 2024. To nominate a candidate at our 2025 Annual Meeting, notice must be received by our Corporate Secretary at the address below by February 14, 2025 and must include the information specified in our By-laws, including, but not limited to, the name of the candidate, together with a brief biography, an indication of the candidate’s willingness to serve if elected, and evidence of the nominating shareholder’s ownership of our Common Stock. Pursuant to our proxy access By-law, a shareholder, or group of up to 20 shareholders, may nominate a director and have the nominee included in our proxy statement. The shareholder, or group collectively, must have held at least 3% of our Common Stock for three years in order to make a nomination, and may nominate as many as two directors, or a number of directors equal to 20% of the Board, whichever is greater, provided that the shareholder(s) and the nominee(s) satisfy the requirements in our By-laws. Notice of proxy access director nominees for inclusion in our 2025 proxy statement must be received by our Corporate Secretary at the address below no earlier than November 6, 2024 and no later than December 6, 2024. In each case, submissions must be delivered or mailed to Terence Shields, Corporate Secretary, The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, CT 06155. 2024 Proxy Statement 19 7.2 Years Average Tenure*4420-5 years5-10 years>10 years30% Women37WomenMen40% People of Color46Black, Latino or AsianWhite BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD The Board has four standing committees: the Audit Committee; the Compensation Committee; FIRMCo; and the Nominating Committee. The Board has determined that all of the members of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating Committee qualify as “independent” under applicable law, the listing standards of the NYSE and our Corporate Governance Guidelines. The current members of the Board, the committees on which they serve and the primary functions of each committee are identified below. AUDIT COMMITTEE CURRENT MEMBERS:* L. De Shon D. James E. Reese G. Woodring (Chair) “In 2023, the Audit Committee had a heightened focus on technology risks, including the Company’s resilience and recoverability in the event of a disaster or cyber event. The Committee’s focus included reviewing assessments of third party risks for vendors supporting critical technology functions. The Committee also continued to review in-depth assessments of overall risk and control environments for various lines of business and functional areas, while also reviewing processes for evaluating loss reserves that are more difficult to estimate, as well as the impacts of several new SEC disclosure requirements.” Greig Woodring, Committee Chair since 2022 MEETINGS IN 2023: 9 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES • Oversees the integrity of the company's financial statements. • Oversees accounting, financial reporting and disclosure processes and the adequacy of management’s systems of internal control over financial reporting. • Oversees the company's relationship with, and performance of, the independent registered public accounting firm, including its qualifications and independence. • Considers appropriateness of rotation of independent registered public accounting firm. • Oversees the performance of the internal audit function. • Oversees operational risk, business resiliency and cybersecurity. • Oversees the company's compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. • Discusses with management policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. * The Board has determined that all members are “financially literate” within the meaning of the listing standards of the NYSE and “audit committee financial experts” within the meaning of the SEC’s regulations. 20 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION AND MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE CURRENT MEMBERS: BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS C. Dominguez T. Fetter T. Roseborough V. Ruesterholz M. Winter (Chair) MEETINGS IN 2023: 7 “In 2023, the Compensation and Management Development Committee reviewed the Company’s variable compensation plans in light of positive operational results and share price performance despite a challenging environment (e.g., Personal Lines macroeconomic conditions), including top tier ROE performance relative to peers. The Committee focused on key leadership appointments resulting from the retirements of the Company’s General Counsel and Head of Small Commercial and Personal Lines, validating the Company’s strategic approach to succession planning and executive development and showcasing the Company’s outstanding pipeline of talent.” ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES Matthew Winter, Committee Chair since 2021 • Oversees executive compensation and assists in defining an executive total compensation policy. • Works with management to develop a clear relationship between pay levels, performance and returns to shareholders, and to align compensation structure with objectives. • Has the authority to delegate, and has delegated to the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, or her designee, the authority to carry out administrative responsibilities under incentive compensation plans. • Has sole authority to retain, compensate and terminate any consulting firm used to evaluate and advise on executive compensation matters. • Considers independence standards required by the NYSE or applicable law prior to retaining compensation consultants, accountants, legal counsel or other advisors. • Reviews initiatives and progress in the area of human capital management, including an annual review of the diversity of the company’s workforce and diversity, equity and inclusion (“DEI”) programs, and of the company’s process and analysis for assessing pay equity. • Reviews succession and continuity plans for the CEO and each member of the executive leadership team that reports to the CEO. • Meets annually with a senior risk officer to discuss and evaluate whether incentive compensation arrangements create material risks to the Company. • Responsible for compensation actions and decisions with respect to certain senior executives, as described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis beginning on page 41. FINANCE, INVESTMENT AND RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE CURRENT MEMBERS: L. De Shon (Chair) C. Dominguez T. Fetter D. James E. Reese T. Roseborough V. Ruesterholz C. Swift M. Winter G. Woodring MEETINGS IN 2023: 5 “In 2023, FIRMCo regularly reviewed the macroeconomic outlook and its implications for the Company’s investment portfolio, including commercial real estate, and insurance underwriting performance; emerging risks related to cyber insurance and the evolving external cyber threat environment; property catastrophe exposures, particularly in light of potential climate change and severe weather events; and insurance underwriting practices, including potential implications of escalating geopolitical conflicts.” Larry De Shon, Committee Chair since 2023 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES • Reviews and recommends changes to enterprise policies governing management activities relating to major risk exposures such as market risk; liquidity and capital requirements; insurance risks, including acts of terrorism and changing climate or weather patterns; and any other risk that poses a material threat to the strategic viability of the company. • Reviews the company's overall risk appetite framework, which includes an enterprise risk appetite statement, risk preferences, risk tolerances, and an associated limit structure for each of the company's major risks. • Reviews and recommends changes to financial, investment and risk management guidelines. • Provides a forum for discussion among management and the entire Board of key financial, investment, and risk management matters. 2024 Proxy Statement 21   BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE Current Members: L. De Shon C. Dominguez D. James “Focus areas for the Nominating Committee in 2023 included board composition and succession planning, assessing shareholder feedback on our sustainability agenda and corporate governance profile, monitoring the potential impacts of the political and policy landscape, and oversight of Board and management governance constructs to ensure the identification, assessment and escalation of material issues.” Teresa Roseborough, Committee Chair since 2021 T. Roseborough (Chair) ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES V. Ruesterholz • Advises and makes recommendations to the Board on corporate governance matters. MEETINGS IN 2023: 4 • Makes recommendations on the organization, size and composition of the Board and its • Considers potential nominees to the Board. committees. • Considers the qualifications, compensation and retirement of directors. • Reviews policies and reports on political contributions. • Oversees the establishment, management and processes related to ESG activities. 22 www.thehartford.com   BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS THE BOARD’S ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES BOARD RISK OVERSIGHT The Board has ultimate responsibility for risk oversight. We have a formal enterprise Risk Appetite Framework reviewed by the Board at least annually, which sets forth the Company's risk preferences, tolerances, and limits. Throughout 2023, the Board focused on the macroeconomic outlook and implications to the investment portfolio and insurance underwriting performance. The Board also continued to focus on talent, cyber risk, property catastrophe exposures and sustainability. The Board exercises its oversight function through its standing committees, each of which has primary risk oversight responsibility for all matters within the scope of its charter. Annually, each committee reviews and reassesses the adequacy of its charter and the Nominating Committee reviews all charters and recommends any changes to the Board for approval. The chart below provides examples of each committee’s risk oversight responsibilities. BOARD OF DIRECTORS AUDIT COMMITTEE • Financial reporting • Operational risk • Cybersecurity • Legal and regulatory compliance COMPENSATION AND MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE FINANCE, INVESTMENT AND RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE • Executive compensation • Insurance risk • Governance policies and • Talent acquisition, retention and development • Succession planning • Diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) initiatives and pay equity practices • Market risk • Liquidity and capital requirements • Climate risk procedures • Board organization and membership • Sustainability The Audit Committee discusses with management risk assessment and risk management policies. With respect to cybersecurity risk oversight, senior members of Enterprise Risk Management, Information Protection and Internal Audit provide detailed, regular reports on cybersecurity matters to the Board, primarily through the Audit Committee, which has principal responsibility for oversight of cybersecurity risk. The topics covered by these updates include the Company's activities, policies and procedures to prevent, detect and respond to cybersecurity incidents, as well as lessons learned from internal and external testing of our cyber defenses. The Audit Committee is provided with updates on technology and cybersecurity risks at least four times annually, including annual reviews of the Company's cybersecurity program and technology risks and controls, and bi-annual updates on operational risks (in spring and fall). Given its importance, the full Board is invited to attend the annual cybersecurity program and time is reserved at each Audit Committee meeting for cybersecurity technology matters that warrant discussion between the standing sessions. FIRMCo oversees the investment, financial, and risk management activities of the Company and has oversight of all risks that do not fall within the oversight responsibility of any other standing committee. FIRMCo is also briefed on the Company’s risk profile and risk management activities and also oversees business risk related to cyber insurance products. Enterprise Risk Management provides FIRMCo with an assessment of cybersecurity insurance risk once per year. The Audit Committee, FIRMCo and the full Board are apprised of developments in the external environment and business strategies that present additional potential cyber risk exposure to the Company, such as modifications to on-line platforms and expanded use of cloud-based applications, on an ongoing, as-needed basis. As a result, cybersecurity and cyber risk are typically discussed more frequently than the annual minimum requirements. For a detailed discussion of management's day-to-day management of risks, including sources, impact and management of specific categories of risk, see Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. BOARD AND SHAREHOLDER MEETING ATTENDANCE During 2023, the Board met 6 times, with each of the directors attending 75% or more of the aggregate number of meetings of the Board and the committees on which they served. We encourage our directors to attend the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and all directors attended the virtual Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on May 17, 2023. 2024 Proxy Statement 23 BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT Our Board and management value shareholder views and engage with shareholders in different ways throughout the year to solicit feedback. Management routinely speaks with analysts and investors at investor conferences and other formal events, as well as in group and one-on-one meetings. In addition, management and our Lead Director engage with shareholders on governance, compensation and sustainability issues to understand their concerns and ensure our practices align with shareholder inerests. In the fall of 2023, management reached out to shareholders representing approximately 58% of shares outstanding and had discussions with, or received written feedback from, shareholders representing approximately 43% of shares outstanding. Discussions with management continue to be very positive, with shareholders highly engaged and knowledgeable on the discussion topics and providing positive feedback with regard to our sustainability practices and disclosures, board composition and effectiveness, and our compensation program design and metrics. TALENT DEVELOPMENT AND SUCCESSION PLANNING Talent development and succession planning are important parts of the Board’s governance responsibilities. The CEO and independent directors conduct an annual review of succession and continuity plans for the CEO. Succession planning includes the identification and development of potential successors, policies and principles for CEO selection, and plans regarding succession in the case of an emergency or the retirement of the CEO. Each year, the Compensation Committee reviews succession and continuity plans for the CEO and each member of the executive leadership team that reports to the CEO. The Compensation Committee’s charter requires that it discuss the results of these reviews with the independent directors and/or the CEO. However, given the importance of the topic and the engagement of the full Board on the issue, all directors are invited to these sessions. The full Board routinely meets and interacts with employees who have been identified as potential future leaders of the Company. In recent years, the Board's robust talent development and succession planning efforts have resulted in the seamless and well- managed transition of internal candidates into the Company’s most senior roles, including the internal promotions of executives to the roles of Head of Commercial Lines; Head of Middle and Large Commercial; Head of Small Commercial; Head of Personal Lines; General Counsel; Controller; Head of Technology, Data, Analytics & Information Security; and Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer. BUSINESS ETHICS AND CONDUCT “We always strive to act with integrity and honesty and be accountable in everything we do.” The Hartford's Code of Ethics and Business Conduct Striving to do the right thing every day and in every situation is fundamental to our culture, and we are proud that we have received the following honors: • • • Recognized fifteen times by The Ethisphere® Institute as one of the “World’s Most Ethical Companies” Listed as the top-ranked insurance company on JUST Capital and CNBC's list of America's Most "JUST" Companies for 2024 (sixth straight year recognized on the JUST 100 list) Recipient of the 2023 Catalyst Award, the premier global recognition of organizational DEI initiatives that drive representation and inclusion for women We have adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, which applies to all employees, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and controller. We have also adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct for Members of the Board of Directors (the “Board Code of Ethics”). These codes require that all of our employees and directors engage in honest and ethical conduct in performing their duties, provide guidelines for the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest, and provide mechanisms to report unethical conduct. All employees certify annually that they have read the Code and fully understand their responsibilities. Directors certify compliance with the Board Code of Ethics annually. We provide our employees with a comprehensive and ongoing educational program, including courses on our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, potential conflicts of interest, privacy and information protection, marketplace conduct, and ethical decision- making. Hotlines and online portals have been established for employees, vendors, or others to raise potential code violations, including through anonymous reporting. Employees are encouraged to speak up whenever they have an ethics or compliance concern or question, and The Hartford's zero-tolerance policy for retaliation is strictly enforced. POLITICAL ACTIVITIES In 2023, The Hartford was again recognized as a top tier company and "trendsetter" in the CPA-Zicklin Index of Corporate Political Disclosure and Accountability for our clear disclosure of political spending, policies in place and oversight and governance of those policies. The Hartford participates in the Corporate Political Responsibility Taskforce, an organization that provides a unique forum to help companies better align their political influence with their commitments to values, purpose, sustainability and stakeholders. 24 www.thehartford.com BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS We believe in supporting the institutions that underlie a healthy democracy and the value of robust civic discourse. As a company, we follow a principled approach to determining when we engage in public policy. We do so when we have a legitimate and authentic interest as an insurance company and employer. We also seek to align our engagement with our values, stated goals and stakeholders. We are transparent about our political activities, and remain committed to robust disclosure. The Nominating Committee reviews the Company's political and lobbying policies and reports of political contributions annually. As part of our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, we do not make corporate contributions to political candidates or parties, and we require that no portion of our dues paid to trade associations be used for political contributions. We do allow the use of corporate resources for non-partisan political activity, including voter education and registration. We have two political action committees (“PACs”), The Hartford Advocates Fund and The Hartford Advocates Federal Fund. The PACs are solely funded by voluntary contributions from eligible employees in management-level roles and directors. The PACs support candidates for federal and state office who are willing to listen to and understand our priorities, and promote practical, reasonable solutions to key public policy challenges. The PACs contribution guidelines have been expanded to include a focus on policymakers who demonstrate a record of operating in a bipartisan manner. The PACs also formalized a commitment to proactively educate lawmakers on The Hartford’s core values. Lastly, the PACs are driving increased transparency into our contribution strategy across the entire enterprise by providing the following information on its website: (1) contributions made by The Hartford's PACs; (2) our policy on corporate contributions for political purposes; and (3) annual dues, assessments and contributions of $25,000 or more to trade associations and coalitions. To learn more, please access our most current Political Activities Report, at https://ir.thehartford.com/corporate- governance/political-engagement. 2024 Proxy Statement 25 BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS SUSTAINABILITY PRACTICES Our view of corporate sustainability centers around developing business strategies and solutions to serve the current needs of our customers and other stakeholders, while embracing the necessary innovation and foresight to ensure we are able to meet those needs in the decades to come. In embracing this long-term view, we seize opportunities and navigate risks that emerge from environmental, social and governance ("ESG") issues and we embed related principles into our businesses and operations to drive value creation for our shareholders and sustainable value for all our stakeholders. ENVIRONMENT SOCIAL | EMPLOYEES We recognize the risks that climate change poses to people, businesses and communities and understand the role our industry plays in managing and mitigating those risks. We are committed to reducing our own environmental impact and supporting customers and business partners as we collectively transition to a greener society. GOVERNANCE Doing the right thing every day is core to our character– and we are proud of our reputation for being a company that places ethics and integrity above all else. Responsible growth rests with attracting, developing, and retaining top talent, talent which reflects and understands the needs and aspirations of the diverse customers and communities that we serve. We believe that this can only be achieved if everyone feels able to bring their authentic selves to work, and we are committed to creating an inclusive culture in which all employees can thrive, and help the Company achieve its financial and sustainability objectives. SOCIAL | CUSTOMERS Putting customers first is our top priority. Our insight-led products and commitment to empathetic, high-quality service bring peace of mind to our customers and support them through the most challenging of times; while empowering them to build resilience to future incidents. SOCIAL | COMMUNITY Our purpose of underwriting human achievement transcends the products and services we offer to include using our knowledge, data, people and resources to make positive contributions to society. Our community engagement is focused on advancing equity, addressing the critical needs of our neighbors, enabling human achievement, and supporting the causes our employees care about most. Our Sustainability Strategy Successfully executing on our sustainability strategy involves further integration of these principles and practices across the enterprise. As we undertake that work, we are guided by four foundational pillars that support our corporate purpose of underwriting human achievement. In a complex and dynamic environment, these strategic pillars will guide and organize our efforts as we continue to leverage the strengths of our businesses to deliver long-term sustainable value for our stakeholders while contributing positively to society at large. 26 www.thehartford.com BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS Supporting Resiliency and Entrepreneurship for our Customers and Communities We aspire to build resilient and entrepreneurial communities that can adapt rapidly to changing circumstances and mitigate risks before they take place UNDERWRITING HUMAN ACHIEVEMENT Improving Health and Delivering Inclusive Growth Well-being We promote mental and physical prosperity by providing our customers, employees and communities with tools to improve their lives and the lives of their families We promote a more diverse and inclusive world by providing resources and opportunities to our diverse customers, business partners and employees Advancing the Energy Transition and Reducing Emissions We support the energy transition by providing risk- transfer services to low carbon technologies and transitioning companies; we reduce our emissions and help our customers and business partners achieve their goals We have a proud, purpose-driven history of sustainability performance. We’ve delivered on an action-oriented strategy, catalyzed by the setting and achievement of ambitious goals and intended to create long-term shareholder value and to contribute positively to society at large. For additional detail on our sustainability efforts and performance, please access the Corporate Sustainability section of our website. Our most recent Sustainability Report and our TCFD, SASB, and EEO-1 reports are all available at: https:// www.thehartford.com/about-us/corporate-sustainability. Sustainability Governance Under our Corporate Governance Guidelines, the full Board retains oversight responsibility for The Hartford's sustainability strategy and profile, including its management of ESG-related activities and issues. Specifically, the Board has the goal of overseeing the company’s journey to operationalizing and embedding sustainability principles into broader enterprise strategy – adapting to the continued rise of stakeholder capitalism and how business lines are managing ESG risks and seizing opportunities. In furtherance of that oversight, the Board receives and provides input on a "deep dive" report on at least one sustainability topic annually. In addition to the Board's oversight responsibility of substantive ESG topics, the Nominating Committee retains oversight of the company’s sustainability governance framework, including processes related to ESG activities. The Company has now implemented its go-forward sustainability governance framework. This comprised the appointment of our first Chief Sustainability Officer and the establishment of an Office of Sustainability, with experts dedicated to managing and facilitating ESG work across the enterprise. The company's Sustainability Governance Committee, a management committee comprised of senior leaders from across the enterprise, sets and helps drive execution of the company's sustainability strategy. The Sustainability Governance Committee was reconstituted in 2022 with increased C-level participation, and formal lines were built to dedicated subcommittees aligned to our core sustainability priorities, including climate risk, underwriting and investments, and DEI. This fortified structure lets us optimize our identification, assessment, and escalation of ESG risks and opportunities no matter where they arise. The Sustainability Governance Committee meets five times a year. 2024 Proxy Statement 27 BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS DIRECTOR COMPENSATION We use a combination of cash and stock-based compensation to attract and retain qualified candidates to serve on the Board. Members of the Board who are employees of The Hartford or its subsidiaries are not compensated for service on the Board or any of its committees. For the 2023-2024 Board service year, non-management directors received a $110,000 annual cash retainer and a $180,000 annual equity grant of restricted stock units (“RSUs”). In September 2022, following a market assessment, the Board increased the FIRMCo Chair retainer from $25,000 to $35,000, the Compensation Committee Chair retainer from $25,000 to $30,000, the Nominating Committee Chair retainer from $20,000 to $25,000 and the Lead Director retainer from $40,000 to $50,000 to bring those retainers to market levels effective for the 2023-2024 Board service year. ANNUAL CASH FEES Cash compensation for the 2023-2024 Board service year beginning on May 17, 2023, the date of the 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and ending on May 15, 2024, the date of the 2024 Annual Meeting, is set forth below. Directors may elect to defer all or part of the annual Board cash retainer and any Committee Chair or Lead Director cash retainer into RSUs, to be distributed as common stock following the end of the director’s Board service. Director Compensation Program Annual Cash Retainer Committee Chair Retainer: Audit Committee Chair Retainer: FIRMCo Committee Chair Retainer: Compensation Committee Chair Retainer: Nominating Lead Director Retainer Annual Cash Compensation $110,000 $35,000 $35,000 $30,000 $25,000 $50,000 ANNUAL EQUITY GRANT In 2023, directors received an annual equity grant of $180,000, payable solely in RSUs pursuant to The Hartford 2020 Stock Incentive Plan. Directors may not sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of the RSUs. The RSUs vest and are distributed as common stock at the end of the Board service year, unless the director has elected to defer distribution until the end of Board service. Resignation from the Board will result in a forfeiture of all unvested RSUs at the time of such resignation unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee. However, RSUs will automatically vest upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) retirement from service on the Board in accordance with our Corporate Governance Guidelines; (b) death of the director; (c) total disability of the director; (d) resignation by the director under special circumstances where the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, consents to waive the remaining vesting period; or (e) a “change of control,” as defined in the 2020 Stock Incentive Plan. Outstanding RSUs are credited with dividend equivalents equal to dividends paid to holders of our common stock. OTHER We provide each director with $100,000 of group life insurance coverage and $750,000 of accidental death and dismemberment and permanent total disability coverage while they serve on the Board. We also reimburse directors for travel and related expenses they incur in connection with their Board and committee service. STOCK OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS ON TRADING The Board has established stock ownership guidelines for each director to obtain, by the third anniversary of the director’s appointment to the Board, an ownership position in our common stock equal to five times the total annual cash retainer (including cash retainers paid for committee chair or Lead Director responsibilities). All directors with at least three years of Board service met the stock ownership guidelines as of December 31, 2023. Our insider trading policy contains a robust prohibition against directors engaging in hedging, monetization, derivative, speculative and similar transactions involving company securities, including holding stock in a margin account or pledging stock as collateral for a loan, and permits directors to engage in transactions involving The Hartford's equity securities only through: (1) a pre-established trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"); or (2) during “trading windows” of limited duration following: (a) the public release of the Company's financial results for the most recently completed fiscal period, and (b) a determination by the Company that the director is not in possession of material non-public information. Even if pre-clearance is granted, directors must make an independent determination that they do not possess material non-public information. In addition, our insider trading policy grants us the ability to suspend trading of our equity securities by directors. 28 www.thehartford.com DIRECTOR SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE We paid the following compensation to directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023. BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS Name Larry D. De Shon(3) Carlos Dominguez Trevor Fetter Donna James Kathryn A. Mikells(4) Edmund Reese(5) Teresa W. Roseborough Virginia P. Ruesterholz Matthew E. Winter Greig Woodring Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)(1) 139,400 Stock Awards ($)(2) 180,000 110,000 160,000 110,000 145,000 110,000 135,000 110,000 140,000 145,000 180,000 180,000 180,000 — 180,000 180,000 180,000 180,000 180,000 All Other Compensation ($) 1,427 2,159 1,427 2,159 914 13,033 2,159 1,427 2,159 3,107 Total ($) 320,827 292,159 341,427 292,159 145,914 303,033 317,159 291,427 322,159 328,107 (1) Directors Fetter and Reese each elected to receive deferred vested RSUs in lieu of cash compensation. The vested RSUs will be distributed as common stock following the end of the director's Board service. (2) These amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of RSU awards granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023. (3) Larry De Shon replaced Kathryn Mikells as FIRMCo Committee chair in July 2023, resulting in a pro rata FIRMCo Committee Chair Retainer of $29,400 for 10 months service. (4) Ms. Mikells resigned from the Board effective July 15, 2023. (5) For Director Reese, all other compensation includes the value of insurance coverages, use of corporate aircraft not requiring reimbursement to the Company ($11,491) and other expenses associated with his spouse's attendance at a Board function. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE—OUTSTANDING EQUITY The following table shows the number and value of unvested equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2023. The value of these unvested awards is calculated using a market value of $80.38, the NYSE closing price per share of our common stock on December 29, 2023. The numbers have been rounded to the nearest whole dollar or share. The following table does not include vested RSUs granted at a director's election in lieu of the annual cash retainer. Name Larry D. De Shon Carlos Dominguez Trevor Fetter Donna James Edmund Reese Teresa W. Roseborough  Virginia P. Ruesterholz  Matthew E. Winter Greig Woodring Stock Awards(1)  Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)(3)  Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) 2,519 2,519 2,519 2,519 2,519 2,519 2,519 2,519 2,519 202,477 202,477 202,477 202,477 202,477 202,477 202,477 202,477 202,477 Stock Grant Date(2) 7/31/2023 7/31/2023 7/31/2023 7/31/2023 7/31/2023 7/31/2023 7/31/2023 7/31/2023 7/31/2023 (1) Additional stock ownership information is set forth in the beneficial ownership table on page 77. (2) The RSUs were granted on July 31, 2023, the second trading day following the filing of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2023. (3) The number of RSUs for each award was determined by dividing $180,000 by $71.88, the closing price of our common stock as reported on the NYSE on the date of the award. The number shown also reflects dividend equivalents credited to outstanding RSUs. The RSUs will vest on May 15, 2024, and will be distributed at that time in shares of the Company’s common stock unless the director had previously elected to defer distribution of all or a portion of their annual RSU award until the end of Board service.  Directors Fetter and Reese have made elections to defer distribution of 100% of their RSU award. 2024 Proxy Statement 29   BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS The Board has adopted a Policy for the Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons. This policy requires our directors and Section 16 executive officers to promptly disclose any actual or potential material conflict of interest to the Chair of the Nominating Committee and the Chairman for evaluation and resolution. If the transaction involves a Section 16 executive officer or an immediate family member of a Section 16 executive officer, the matter must also be disclosed to our General Auditor or Director of Compliance for evaluation and resolution. We did not have any transactions requiring review under this policy during 2023. COMMUNICATING WITH THE BOARD Shareholders and other interested parties may communicate with directors by contacting Terence Shields, Corporate Secretary of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, CT 06155. The Corporate Secretary will relay appropriate questions or messages to the directors. Only items related to the duties and responsibilities of the Board will be forwarded. Anyone interested in raising a complaint or concern regarding accounting issues or other compliance matters directly with the Audit Committee may do so anonymously and confidentially by contacting EthicsPoint: By internet By telephone By mail Visit 24/7 www.ethicspoint.com 1-866-737-6812 (U.S. and Canada) 1-866-737-6850 (all other countries) The Hartford c/o EthicsPoint P.O. Box 230369 Portland, Oregon 97281 30 www.thehartford.com   BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS DIRECTOR NOMINEES Ten individuals will be nominated for election as directors at the Annual Meeting. The terms of office for each elected director will run until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their successor is elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, retirement, resignation or removal from office. In accordance with our Corporate Governance Guidelines, each director has submitted a contingent, irrevocable resignation that the Board may accept if the director fails to receive more votes “for” than “against” in an uncontested election. In that situation, the Nominating Committee (or another committee comprised of at least three non-management directors) would make a recommendation to the Board about whether to accept or reject the resignation. The Board, not including the subject director, will act on this recommendation within 90 days from the date of the Annual Meeting, and we will publicly disclose the Board's decision promptly thereafter. If for any reason a nominee should become unable to serve as a director, either the shares of common stock represented by valid proxies will be voted for the election of another individual nominated by the Board, or the Board will reduce the number of directors in order to eliminate the vacancy. The Nominating Committee believes that each director nominee has an established record of accomplishment in areas relevant to our business and objectives, and possesses the characteristics identified in our Corporate Governance Guidelines as essential to a well-functioning and deliberative governing body, including integrity, independence and commitment. Other experience, qualifications and skills the Nominating Committee looks for include the following: Experience / Qualification Leadership Relevance to The Hartford Experience in significant leadership positions provides us with new insights, and demonstrates key management disciplines that are relevant to the oversight of our business. Insurance and Financial Services Industries Extensive experience in the insurance and financial services industries provides an understanding of the complex regulatory and financial environment in which we operate and is highly important to strategic planning and oversight of our business operations. Digital/Technology Digital and technology expertise is important in light of the speed of digital progress and the development of disruptive technologies both in the insurance industry and more broadly. Corporate Governance An understanding of organizations and governance supports management accountability, transparency and protection of shareholder interests. Risk Management Risk management experience is critical in overseeing the risks we face today and those emerging risks that could present in the future. Finance and Accounting Finance and accounting experience is important in understanding and reviewing our business operations, strategy and financial results. Business Operations and Strategic Planning An understanding of business operations and processes, and experience making strategic decisions, are critical to the oversight of our business, including the assessment of our operating plan and business strategy. Regulatory An understanding of laws and regulations is important because we operate in a highly regulated industry and we are directly affected by governmental actions. Human Capital Management We place great importance on attracting and retaining superior talent, and motivating employees to achieve desired enterprise and individual performance objectives. The Nominating Committee believes that our current Board is a diverse group whose collective experiences and qualifications bring a variety of perspectives to the oversight of The Hartford. All of our directors hold, or have held, senior leadership positions in large, complex corporations and/or charitable and not-for-profit organizations. In these positions, they have demonstrated their leadership, intellectual and analytical skills and gained deep experience in core disciplines significant to their oversight responsibilities on our Board. Their roles in these organizations also permit them to offer senior management a diverse range of perspectives about the issues facing a complex financial services company like The Hartford. Key qualifications, skills and experience our independent directors bring to the Board that are important to the oversight of The Hartford are identified and described in the matrix and nominee biographies below: 2024 Proxy Statement 31 BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS Independent Director: Larry De Shon Carlos Dominguez Trevor Fetter Donna James Edmund Reese Teresa Roseborough Virginia Ruesterholz Matthew Winter Greig Woodring COMPETENCIES Public Company CEO/ President Experience CFO Experience/ Finance and Accounting Leadership Experience Insurance Industry Experience Financial Services Industry Experience Digital/ Technology Corporate Governance Risk Management Business Operations/ Strategic Planning Regulatory Human Capital Management ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ LARRY D. DE SHON INDEPENDENT Professional highlights: • Avis Budget Group, Inc. – President (2017-2019) – Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer (2016-2019) – President and Chief Operating Officer (Oct. 2015-Dec. 2015) – President, International (2011-Oct. 2015) – Executive Vice President, Operations (2006-2011) • UAL Corporation (parent of United Airlines) – Positions of increasing responsibility, including Senior Vice President positions in marketing, on- board service and global airport operations (1978-2006) Director since: 2020 Age: 64 Committees: • Audit • FIRMCo (Chair) • Nominating Other public company directorships: • United Rentals, Inc. (2021-present) • Air New Zealand (2020-present) • Avis Budget Group, Inc. (2015-2019) Skills and qualifications relevant to The Hartford: As a former chief executive officer and director of Avis Budget Group, Mr. De Shon provides extensive leadership and corporate governance experience, deep operating skills and international expertise. He has successfully led organizations through times of disruption and global transformations, developed innovative solutions to strengthen his companies’ positions in the marketplace and modernized systems for better customer and employee experiences. At Avis Budget Group Mr. De Shon created the first end- to-end digital car rental experience, migrated the platform to the cloud, and built one of the largest connected car fleets in the world. In addition, he oversaw businesses in Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Asia, Australia and New Zealand. Prior to joining Avis, Mr. De Shon had a 28-year career with United Airlines, most recently leading an organization of 23,000 employees in 29 countries. 32 www.thehartford.com BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS CARLOS DOMINGUEZ INDEPENDENT Professional highlights: • Sprinklr Inc. – Vice Chairman of the Board and Lead Evangelist (2020-2022) – President (2015-2020) – Chief Operating Officer (2015-2018) • Cisco Systems, Inc. – Senior Vice President, Office of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (2008-2015) – Senior Vice President, Worldwide Service Provider Operations (2004-2008) – Vice President, U.S. Network Services Provider Sales (1999-2004) – Positions of increasing responsibility in operations and sales (1992-1999) Director since: 2018 Age: 65 Committees: • Compensation • FIRMCo • Nominating Other public company directorships: • PROS Holdings, Inc. (2020-present) • Medidata Solutions, Inc. (2008-2019) Skills and qualifications relevant to The Hartford: Mr. Dominguez has more than 30 years of enterprise technology experience. He provides extensive and relevant digital expertise as The Hartford focuses on data analytics and digital capabilities to continuously improve the way it operates and delivers value to customers. As President of Sprinklr Inc., Mr. Dominguez guided strategic direction and led the marketing, sales, services, and partnerships teams for a leading social media management company. Prior to joining Sprinklr, he spent seven years as a technology representative for the Chairman and CEO of Cisco Systems, Inc. In this role, Mr. Dominguez engaged with senior executives in the Fortune 500 and government leaders worldwide, sharing insights on how to leverage technology to enhance and transform their businesses. In addition, he led the creation and implementation of Cisco's Innovation Academy, which delivered innovation content to Cisco employees globally. TREVOR FETTER INDEPENDENT — LEAD DIRECTOR Professional highlights: • Senior Lecturer, Harvard Business School (Jan. 2019- Director since: 2007 Age: 64 present) • Tenet Healthcare Corporation – Chairman (2015-2017) – Chief Executive Officer (2003-2017) – President (2002-2017) • Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Broadlane, Inc. (2000-2002) • Chief Financial Officer, Tenet Healthcare Corporation (1996-2000) Committees: • Compensation • FIRMCo Other public company directorships: • None Skills and qualifications relevant to The Hartford: Mr. Fetter has nearly two decades of experience as chief executive officer of public and private companies. He has demonstrated his ability to lead the management, strategy and operations of complex organizations. As a Senior Lecturer at Harvard Business School, he teaches leadership and corporate accountability and financial reporting and control. He provides significant experience in corporate finance and financial reporting acquired through senior executive finance roles, including as a chief financial officer of a publicly traded company. He has experience navigating complex regulatory frameworks as the president and chief executive officer of a highly-regulated, publicly traded healthcare company. Since 2017, Mr. Fetter has served as The Hartford's lead director, providing strong independent Board leadership. He also has extensive corporate governance expertise from his service as director of large public companies, including four years as Chairman of the Board’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. 2024 Proxy Statement 33 BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS DONNA A. JAMES INDEPENDENT Professional highlights: • Lardon & Associates, LLC – President and Chief Executive Officer (2006- present) • Nationwide Mutual Insurance and Financial Services – President, Nationwide Strategic Investments (2003-2006) – Positions of increasing responsibility, including Executive Vice President – Chief Administrative Officer; Co-President Shared Services; Executive Vice President Human Resource; and Vice President Office of the Chief Executive Officer (1993-2003) Director since: 2021 Age: 66 Committees: • Audit • FIRMCo • Nominating Other public company directorships: • Boston Scientific, Inc. (2015-2023) • Victoria's Secret (2021-present) • American Electric Power (2022- present) • L Brands, Inc. (2003-2021) Skills and qualifications relevant to The Hartford: Ms. James brings to the Board extensive insurance-industry experience in a range of functions, including accounting, investing, operations, treasury and human resources. She is president and CEO of Lardon & Associates, a business-advisory firm specializing in corporate governance, new business development, strategy, and financial and risk management. She had a 25-year career with Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company, culminating in the role of president of strategic investments. Before that, she held a variety of positions, including chief administrative officer, chief human resources officer, assistant to the CEO and director of operations and treasury services. Ms. James has significant corporate governance experience by virtue of her service on several major public company boards, including as audit committee chair. Director since: 2022 Age: 49 Committees: • Audit • FIRMCo Other public company directorships: • None EDMUND REESE INDEPENDENT Professional highlights: • Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. – Chief Financial Officer (2020-present) • American Express Company – Chief Financial Officer, Global Consumer Services & Senior Vice President (2019-2020) – Positions of increasing responsibility in investor relations, consumer services, and finance (2009-2019) • Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. – Client Coverage Group: US Advisory Director, Chief Financial Officer (2007-2009) – Positions of increasing responsibility in banking, investments, and finance (2005-2007) • Citigroup Smith Barney – Corporate Client Group/Stock Plan Services: Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (2003-2005) – Positions of increasing responsibility in strategy and finance (1998-2003) Skills and qualifications relevant to The Hartford: Mr. Reese is the chief financial officer for Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc., a global fintech leader that helps clients transform their businesses with technology solutions that power trading, investor communications and corporate governance. Previously, he served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of American Express Company’s Global Consumer Services division, where he played a key role in the success of the consumer business. His extensive senior leadership experience with several trusted and admired companies demonstrates his ability to lead the financial management of complex global organizations. He brings to the Board deep experience in areas relevant to our business, including investments, financial reporting, strategic planning, operations and product launches. 34 www.thehartford.com BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS TERESA WYNN ROSEBOROUGH INDEPENDENT Professional highlights: • Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Director since: 2015 Corporate Secretary, The Home Depot (2011-present) • Senior Chief Counsel Compliance & Litigation and Deputy General Counsel, MetLife, Inc. (2006-2011) • Partner, Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP (1996-2006) Age: 65 Committees: • Compensation • FIRMCo • Nominating (Chair) • Deputy Assistant Attorney General, Office of Legal Counsel, U.S. Department of Justice (1994-1996) Other public company directorships: • None Skills and qualifications relevant to The Hartford: Ms. Roseborough has over three decades of experience as a senior legal advisor in government, law firm and corporate settings. She has experience as a senior leader responsible for corporate compliance matters at major publicly traded companies and as an attorney focused on complex litigation matters, including before the U.S. Supreme Court. She provides extensive regulatory experience acquired as a government attorney providing legal counsel to the White House and all executive branch agencies, as well as corporate governance expertise from service as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of a publicly-traded company. Ms. Roseborough also has in-depth knowledge of the financial services industry gained through senior legal positions at MetLife, Inc., a major provider of insurance and employee benefits. VIRGINIA P. RUESTERHOLZ INDEPENDENT Professional highlights: • Verizon Communications, Inc. Age: 62 Director since: 2013 – Executive Vice President (Jan. 2012-Jul. 2012) – President, Verizon Services Operations (2009-2011) – President, Verizon Telecom (2006-2008) – President, Verizon Partner Solutions (2005-2006) • Positions of increasing responsibility in operations, sales and customer service, New York Telephone (1984-2005) Committees: • Compensation • FIRMCo • Nominating Other public company directorships: • Bed Bath & Beyond Inc. (2017-2022) • Frontier Communications Corporation (2013-2019) Skills and qualifications relevant to The Hartford: Ms. Ruesterholz has held a variety of senior executive positions, including as Executive Vice President at Verizon Communications and President of the former Verizon Services Operations. As a senior leader of a Fortune 100 company, she has held principal oversight responsibility for key strategic initiatives, navigated the regulatory landscape of large-scale operations, and led an organization with over 25,000 employees. Ms. Ruesterholz provides vast experience in large-scale operations, including sales and marketing, customer service, technology and risk management. Ms. Ruesterholz also brings to the Board substantial financial and strategic expertise acquired as president of various divisions within Verizon and is currently a Trustee of the Board of Stevens Institute of Technology where she served as Chairman of the Board from 2013-2018. 2024 Proxy Statement 35 BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS CHRISTOPHER J. SWIFT — CHAIRMAN Professional highlights: • The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. – Chairman (2015-present) – Chief Executive Officer (2014-present) – Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (2010-2014) • Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Life and Retirement Services, American International Group, Inc. (2003-2010) • Partner, KPMG, LLP (1999-2003) • Executive Vice President, Conning Asset Management, General American Life Insurance Company (1997-1999) • KPMG, LLP – Partner (1993-1997) – Auditor (1983-1993) Director since: 2014 Age: 63 Committees: • FIRMCo Other public company directorships: • Citizens Financial Group, Inc. ( 2021- present) Skills and qualifications relevant to The Hartford: Mr. Swift has over 30 years of experience in the financial services industry, with a focus on insurance. As Chairman and CEO of The Hartford, he brings to the Board unique insight and knowledge into the complexities of our businesses, relationships, competitive and financial positions, senior leadership and strategic opportunities and challenges. Mr. Swift leads the execution of our strategy, directs capital management actions and strategic investments, and oversees the continuous strengthening of the Company’s leadership pipeline. In his prior role as The Hartford's Chief Financial Officer, he led the team that developed the Company’s go-forward strategy. He is a certified public accountant with experience working at a leading international accounting firm, including serving as head of its Global Insurance Industry Practice. MATTHEW E. WINTER INDEPENDENT Professional highlights: • The Allstate Corporation – President (2015-2018) – President, Allstate Personal Lines (2013-2015) – President and Chief Executive Officer, Allstate Financial (2009-2012) • American International Group, Inc. – Vice Chairman (Apr. 2009-Oct. 2009) – President and CEO, of AIG American General (2006-2009) • Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company – Executive Vice President (2002-2006) – Positions of increasing responsibility (1996-2002) Director since: 2020 Age: 67 Committees: • Compensation (Chair) • FIRMCo Other public company directorships: • ADT Inc. (2018-present) • H&R Block, Inc. (2017-present) Skills and qualifications relevant to The Hartford: As President of The Allstate Corporation, Mr. Winter oversaw the complete range of Allstate’s P&C and life insurance products and was responsible for business operations, including field offices located across the U.S. and in Canada, and distribution through Allstate and independent agencies. He brings to the Board significant expertise in areas relevant to our business, including operations, distribution and risk management, gained from over 25 years as a senior leader in the insurance industry. Before joining Allstate, Mr. Winter held numerous senior executive positions at large insurance providers, including as vice chairman of American International Group, where he was responsible for a number of business units with global reach; and executive vice president at Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, where he led the company's domestic insurance businesses. In addition, he spent more than 12 years on active duty with the United States Army and also practiced law for several years before joining the insurance industry. 36 www.thehartford.com BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS GREIG WOODRING INDEPENDENT Professional highlights: • Reinsurance Group of America – President and Chief Executive Officer (1993-2016) • General American Life Insurance Company – Executive Vice President (1992-1993) – Head of Reinsurance (1986-1992) – Positions of increasing responsibility (1979-1986) Director since: 2017 Age: 72 Committees: • Audit (Chair) • FIRMCo Other public company directorships: • None Skills and qualifications relevant to The Hartford: Mr. Woodring brings significant and valuable insurance industry and leadership experience to the Board, demonstrated by his more than two decades leading Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated (RGA), a leading life reinsurer with global operations. During his tenure, RGA grew to become one of the world’s leading life reinsurers, with offices in 26 countries and annual revenues of more than $10 billion. Mr. Woodring has demonstrated skills in areas that are relevant to the oversight of the company, including risk management, finance, and operational expertise. Mr. Woodring serves on the Executive Council of the International Insurance Society and is a fellow of the Society of Actuaries and a member of the American Academy of Actuaries.  2024 Proxy Statement 37 AUDIT MATTERS ITEM 2 RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM In accordance with its Board-approved charter, the Audit Committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the independent external audit firm retained to audit the company’s financial statements. The Audit Committee has appointed Deloitte & Touche LLP (“D&T”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2024. D&T has been retained as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm since 2002. In order to assure continuing auditor independence, the Audit Committee periodically considers whether there should be a regular rotation of the independent registered public accounting firm. In selecting D&T for fiscal year 2024, the Audit Committee carefully considered, among other items: • The professional qualifications of D&T, the lead audit partner and other key engagement partners; • D&T’s depth of understanding of the Company’s businesses, accounting policies and practices and internal control over financial reporting; • D&T’s quality controls and its processes for maintaining independence; • The appropriateness of D&T’s fees for audit and non-audit services; and • D&T’s commitment to diversity & inclusion. The Audit Committee oversees and is ultimately responsible for the outcome of audit fee negotiations associated with the Company’s retention of D&T. In addition, when a rotation of the audit firm’s lead engagement partner is mandated, the Audit Committee and its chair are directly involved in the selection of D&T’s new lead engagement partner. The members of the Audit Committee and the Board believe that the continued retention of D&T to serve as the Company’s independent external auditor is in the best interests of the Company and its investors. Although shareholder ratification of the appointment of D&T is not required, the Board requests ratification of this appointment by shareholders. If shareholders fail to ratify the selection, the Audit Committee will reconsider whether or not to retain D&T. Representatives of D&T will attend the Annual Meeting, will have the opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so, and will be available to respond to appropriate questions. ✓ The Board recommends that shareholders vote “FOR” the ratification of the appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2024 FEES OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM The following table presents fees for professional services provided by D&T, the member firms of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, and their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Deloitte Entities”) for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Audit fees Audit-related fees(1) Tax fees(2) All other fees(3) Total Year Ended December 31, 2023 Year Ended December 31, 2022 $ $ $ $ $ 11,273,000 $ 1,598,000 $ 60,000 $ 68,000 $ 12,999,000 $ 10,572,000 1,046,000 68,000 650,000 12,336,000 (1) Fees principally consisted of procedures related to internal control related services and regulatory filings. (2) Fees principally consisted of tax compliance services. (3) Fees pertain to permissible services not related to financial reporting. The Audit Committee reviewed the non-audit services provided by the Deloitte Entities during 2023 and 2022 and concluded that they were compatible with maintaining the Deloitte Entities’ independence. 38 www.thehartford.com   AUDIT MATTERS AUDIT COMMITTEE PRE-APPROVAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES The Audit Committee has established policies requiring pre-approval of audit and non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm. These policies require that the Audit Committee pre-approve specific categories of audit and audit-related services annually. The Audit Committee approves categories of audit services and audit-related services, and related fee budgets. For all pre- approvals, the Audit Committee considers whether such services are consistent with the rules of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board ("PCAOB") on auditor independence. The independent registered public accounting firm and management report to the Audit Committee on a timely basis regarding the services rendered by, and actual fees paid to, the independent registered public accounting firm to ensure that such services are within the limits approved by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s policies require specific pre-approval of all tax services, internal control-related services and all other permitted services on an individual project basis. As provided by its policies, the Audit Committee has delegated to its Chair the authority to address any requests for pre-approval of services between Audit Committee meetings, up to a maximum of $100,000. The Chair must report any pre-approvals to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE The Audit Committee currently consists of four independent directors, each of whom is “financially literate” within the meaning of the listing standards of the NYSE and an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the SEC’s regulations. The Audit Committee oversees The Hartford's financial reporting process on behalf of the Board. Management has the primary responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal financial controls, for preparing the financial statements and for the public reporting process. D&T, our independent registered public accounting firm for 2023, is responsible for expressing opinions that (1) our consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position, results of operations and cash flows in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and (2) we maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023. In this context, the Audit Committee has: (1) Reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 with management; (2) Discussed with D&T the matters required to be discussed by the applicable requirements of the PCAOB and the SEC; and (3) Received the written disclosures and the letter from D&T required by applicable requirements of the PCAOB regarding the independent accountant’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence, and has discussed with D&T the independent accountant’s independence. Based on the review and discussions described in this report, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that the audited financial statements should be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 for filing with the SEC. Report Submitted: February 21, 2024 Members of the Audit Committee: Greig Woodring, Chair Larry De Shon Donna James Edmund Reese 2024 Proxy Statement 39 COMPENSATION MATTERS ITEM 3 ADVISORY APPROVAL OF 2023 COMPENSATION OF NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS Section 14A of the Exchange Act provides our shareholders with the opportunity to vote to approve, on an advisory basis, the compensation of our NEOs as disclosed in this proxy statement in accordance with the rules of the SEC. We currently intend to hold these votes on an annual basis. As described in detail in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis beginning on page 41, our executive compensation program is designed to promote long-term shareholder value creation and support our strategy by: (1) encouraging profitable organic growth and ROE performance while maintaining an ethical culture supported by industry-leading sustainability practices, (2) providing market-competitive compensation opportunities designed to attract and retain talent needed for long-term success, and (3) appropriately aligning pay with short- and long-term performance. The advisory vote on this resolution is not intended to address any specific element of compensation; rather, it relates to the overall compensation of our NEOs, as well as the philosophy, policies and practices described in this proxy statement. You have the opportunity to vote for, against or abstain from voting on the following resolution relating to executive compensation: RESOLVED, that the shareholders approve, on an advisory basis, the compensation of the named executive officers, as disclosed pursuant to the compensation disclosure rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the compensation tables and the narrative discussion contained in this proxy statement. Because the required vote is advisory, it will not be binding upon the Board. The Compensation Committee will, however, take into account the outcome of the vote when considering future executive compensation arrangements. ✓ The Board recommends that shareholders vote “FOR” the above resolution to approve our compensation of named executive officers as disclosed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the compensation tables and the narrative discussion contained in this proxy statement. 40 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS This section explains our compensation philosophy, summarizes our compensation programs and reviews compensation decisions for the Named Executive Officers (“NEOs”) listed below. It also describes programs that apply to the CEO and all of his executive direct reports, other than senior executives directly supporting our Hartford Funds business who have an independent compensation program (collectively, “Senior Executives”). Name Title Christopher Swift Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Beth Costello Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer David Robinson Executive Vice President and General Counsel Deepa Soni Executive Vice President, Head of Technology, Data, Analytics & Information Security Amy Stepnowski Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer; President of HIMCO EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The Hartford’s mission is to provide people with the support and protection they need to pursue their unique ambitions, seize opportunity, and prevail through unexpected challenge. Our strategy to maximize value creation for all stakeholders focuses on advancing underwriting excellence, emphasizing digital capabilities, maximizing distribution channels, optimizing organizational efficiency, and embedding sustainability principles into our business to drive value creation while impacting society at large. We endeavor to maintain and enhance our position as a market leader by leveraging our core strengths of underwriting excellence, risk management, claims, product development and distribution. We are investing in end-to-end transformation, advancing data, analytics, and digital capabilities across the organization to improve customer experience and strengthen our existing competitive advantages. An ethical, people, and performance-driven culture drives our values. We are committed to maintaining and enhancing our inclusive culture and are proud of our reputation for ethics and integrity. PURPOSE AND STRATEGIC PRIORITIES 2024 Proxy Statement 41 COMPENSATION MATTERS 2023 FINANCIAL RESULTS Our 2023 financial results were excellent, reflecting lower net realized losses, improvements in both the group life and disability loss ratios, as well as an increase in earned premiums, higher net investment income, and a higher P&C underwriting gain. Full year net income available to common stockholders and core earnings* were $2.5 billion ($7.97 per diluted share) and $2.8 billion ($8.88 per diluted share), respectively. Net income and core earnings return on equity ("ROE")*† were 17.5% and 15.8%, respectively. Highlighted below are year-over-year comparisons of our net income available to common stockholders and core earnings performance and our three-year net income ROE and core earnings ROE results. Core earnings is the primary determinant of our annual incentive plan ("AIP") funding, as described on page 46, and average annual core earnings ROE over a three-year performance period is the metric used for 50% of performance shares granted to Senior Executives, as described on page 49 (in each case, as adjusted for compensation purposes). On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") long-duration targeted improvements ("LDTI") guidance, which was applied on a modified retrospective basis as of January 1, 2021. Other than Compensation Core Earnings and Compensation Core ROE, impacted prior periods in this document have been restated to reflect the adoption of LDTI. For additional information refer to Appendix A and Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules in the Company's most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. YEAR-OVER-YEAR PERFORMANCE THREE-YEAR PERFORMANCE 42 www.thehartford.com $ (Millions)Net Income Available to Common Stockholders$1,798$2,48320222023$ (Millions)Core Earnings*$2,496$2,76720222023Net Income ROE†13.2%11.7%17.5%202120222023Core Earnings ROE*12.7%14.5%15.8%202120222023 COMPENSATION MATTERS 2023 BUSINESS PERFORMANCE In February 2023, the Company provided outlooks for key business metrics, including those highlighted below. These outlooks were management's estimates for 2023 performance based on business, competitive, capital market, catastrophe and other assumptions, and supported the Company's 2023 operating plan. When setting the 2023 operating plan, both the Board and management concluded that the key business metrics highlighted below would only be achievable with superior execution to deliver strong business performance. Because performance relative to the outlooks is a major determinant of the formulaic AIP funding level, Senior Executives' interests are aligned with shareholders. * Denotes a non-GAAP financial measure. For definitions and reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see Appendix A. † Net income ROE represents net income available to common stockholders ROE. Key business metrics for full year 2023 compared to outlooks provided in February 2023. Commercial Lines Personal Lines Group Benefits Combined ratio(1) of 89.6 was below the outlook of 90.5-92.5, with favorable prior accident year reserve development ("PYD"), partly offset by higher current accident year ("CAY") catastrophe ("CAT") losses. Underlying combined ratio* of 87.8, which excludes CAY CATs and PYD, was within the outlook of 87.0-89.0. Combined ratio of 107.5 was above the outlook of 100.5-102.5, primarily due to a higher underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio, as well as unfavorable PYD and higher CAY CATs. Net income margin was 7.7%, which was above the outlook of 6.0%-7.0%, primarily due to a favorable core earnings margin result, partly offset by net realized losses. Underlying combined ratio of 99.3, which excludes CAY CATs and PYD, was above the outlook of 93.0-95.0, primarily due to an increase in the underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio in automobile from higher than expected severity, partially offset by an improvement in the expense ratio due, in part, to lower marketing spend. Core earnings margin* was 8.1%, which was above the outlook of 6.0%-7.0%, primarily due to growth in earned premium and favorable disability results, partially offset by higher than expected mortality. (1) The combined ratio measures the cost of claims and expenses for every $100 of earned premiums. If the combined ratio is less than 100, the Company is making an underwriting profit. * Denotes a non-GAAP financial measure. For definitions and reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see Appendix A. TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN The following chart shows The Hartford's total shareholder return ("TSR") relative to  the 2023 Corporate Peer Group (provided on page 56), S&P 500 Insurance Composite, S&P P&C index and S&P 500. Includes reinvestment of dividends. COMPONENTS OF COMPENSATION AND PAY MIX NEO compensation is heavily weighted toward variable compensation (including both annual and long-term incentives), where actual amounts earned may differ from target amounts based on company and individual performance. Each NEO has a target total compensation opportunity that is reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee (in the case of the CEO, by the independent directors) to ensure alignment with our compensation objectives and market practice. 2024 Proxy Statement 43 9%76%5%49%9%59%11%57%26%33%The Hartford (HIG)2023 Corporate Peer GroupS&P 500 Insurance CompositeS&P 500 Property and CasualtyS&P 500ONE-YEAR (2023)THREE-YEAR (2021-2023) COMPENSATION MATTERS Compensation Component Description Base Salary • Fixed level of cash compensation based on market data, internal pay equity, experience, responsibility, expertise and performance Annual Incentive Plan • Variable cash award based primarily on annual company operating performance against a predetermined financial target and achievement of individual performance goals aligned with the company's strategic priorities Long-Term Incentive Plan • Variable awards granted based on individual performance and market data. • Designed to drive long-term performance, align senior executive interests with shareholders, and foster retention. • Award mix (50% performance shares and 50% stock options) rewards stock price performance, peer-relative shareholder returns (stock price and dividends) and operating performance. Approximately 92% of CEO target annual compensation and approximately 80% of other NEO target annual compensation are variable based on performance, including stock price performance: Target Pay Mix — CEO Salary 8% Annual Incentive 22% Long-Term Incentive 70% Variable with Performance: 92% Target Pay Mix — Other NEOs Salary 20% Annual Incentive 30% Long-Term Incentive 50% Variable with Performance: 80% 2023 COMPENSATION DECISIONS 2023 Compensation Decisions Rationale The Compensation Committee approved an AIP funding level of 117% of target. Performance against the pre-established Compensation Core Earnings target produced a formulaic AIP funding level of 117% of target (page 47). The Compensation Committee undertook its qualitative review of performance and concluded that the formulaic AIP funding level appropriately reflected 2023 performance. Accordingly, no adjustments were made. The Compensation Committee certified a 2021-2023 performance share award payout at 200% of target. The Company's average annual Compensation Core ROE during the performance period was 14.5%, resulting in a payout of 200% of target for the ROE component (50% of the award). The company's TSR during the period was at the 80th percentile of the performance peers, resulting in a 183% payout for the TSR component (50% of the award) (page 49). While the Company's strong performance against the financial metrics, combined with achievement of its diverse executive representation goals would have resulted in a total payout of 211% of target, the total payout is capped at 200% and the 2021-2023 performance share awards paid out at 200%. 44 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION MATTERS The Compensation Committee (and, in the case of the CEO, the independent directors) approved the following compensation for each NEO: Base Salary AIP Award LTI Award Total Compensation NEO 2023 Change from 2022 2023 Change from 2022 2023 Change from 2022 2023 Change from 2022 Christopher Swift $ 1,200,000 0.0 % $ 3,861,000 (13.0) % $ 10,500,000 5.0 % $ 15,561,000 Beth Costello $ 775,000 David Robinson $ 650,000 Deepa Soni $ 700,000 0.0 % $ 1,579,500 0.0 % $ 994,500 7.7 % $ 936,000 (17.9) % $ 2,425,000 (16.0) % $ 1,800,000 (9.7) % $ 1,400,000 (3.0) % $ 4,779,500 (10.0) % $ 3,444,500 12.0 % $ 3,036,000 Amy Stepnowski $ 600,000 9.1 % $ 1,287,000 (13.0) % $ 1,100,000 10.0 % $ 2,987,000 (0.5) % (8.1) % (10.2) % 3.4 % (1.4) % This table provides a concise picture of compensation decisions made in 2023, and highlights changes from 2022. Another view of 2023 compensation for the NEOs is available in the Summary Compensation Table on page 60. COMPENSATION BEST PRACTICES Our current compensation best practices include the following: WHAT WE DO ✓ Compensation heavily weighted toward variable pay ✓ Senior Executives generally receive the same benefits as other full-time employees ✓ Double-trigger requirement for cash severance and equity vesting upon a change of control* ✓ Cash severance upon a change of control not to exceed 2x base salary + bonus ✓ Independent compensation consultant ✓ Risk mitigation in plan design and annual review of compensation plans, policies and practices ✓ Comprehensive claw-back policy (includes misconduct) ✓ Prohibition on hedging, monetization, derivative and similar transactions with company securities ✓ Prohibition on Senior Executives pledging company securities ✓ Stock ownership guidelines for directors and Senior Executives ✓ Periodic review of compensation peer groups ✓ Competitive burn rate and dilution for equity program * Double-trigger vesting for equity awards applies if the awards are assumed or replaced with substantially equivalent awards. WHAT WE DON'T DO û No Senior Executive tax gross-ups for perquisites or excise taxes on severance payments û No individual employment agreements û No granting of stock options with an exercise price less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant û No re-pricing of stock options û No buy-outs of underwater stock options û No reload provisions in any stock option grant û No payment of dividends or dividend equivalents on equity awards until vesting SAY-ON-PAY RESULTS At our 2023 annual meeting, we received approximately 93% support on Say-on-Pay. The Compensation Committee considered the vote to be an endorsement of The Hartford’s executive compensation programs and policies, and recent program changes. They took this strong level of support into account in their ongoing review of those programs and policies. Management also discussed the vote, along with aspects of its executive compensation, sustainability and corporate governance practices, during our annual shareholder engagement program to gain a deeper understanding of shareholders’ perspectives. Feedback regarding the compensation program remained generally positive, with many shareholders complimentary of our practices. For further discussion of our shareholder engagement program, see page 24. 2024 Proxy Statement 45 COMPENSATION MATTERS COMPONENTS OF THE COMPENSATION PROGRAM Each Senior Executive has a target total compensation opportunity comprised of both fixed (base salary) and variable (including both annual and long-term incentive) compensation. In addition, Senior Executives are eligible for benefits available to employees generally. This section describes the three main components of our compensation program for Senior Executives and lays out the framework in which compensation decisions are made. For a discussion of the 2023 compensation decisions made within this framework, see 2023 Named Executive Officers' Compensation and Performance on page 53. 1. BASE SALARY Each Senior Executive’s base salary is reviewed by the Compensation Committee (in the case of the CEO, the independent directors) annually, upon promotion, or following a change in job responsibilities. Salary decisions are based on market data, internal pay equity and level of responsibility, experience, expertise and performance. 2. ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS Our employees, including the Senior Executives, are eligible to earn cash awards based on annual company and individual performance. Each employee has a target AIP opportunity. The Compensation Committee uses the following process to determine individual Senior Executive AIP awards. Determination of AIP Funding Level At the beginning of the year, the Compensation Committee sets a “Compensation Core Earnings” target based on The Hartford’s operating plan, as well as the threshold performance level (80% of target), below which no AIP awards are earned, and the maximum funding level of 200% for performance significantly exceeding target (120% of target). The AIP curve reduces the slope for payouts in the range of +/-5% of target, which increases predictability and reduces volatility of payouts for performance in that range. The Compensation Committee selected core earnings because: • • • • It currently believes core earnings best reflects annual operating performance; Core earnings is a metric commonly used by investment analysts when evaluating annual performance; Core earnings is a prevalent incentive plan metric among peers; and All employees can impact core earnings. Certain adjustments are made to core earnings for compensation purposes to ensure employees are held accountable for operating decisions made that year, and are neither advantaged nor disadvantaged by the effect of certain external items that do not reflect operating year performance. At the beginning of the year, the Compensation Committee approves a definition of "Compensation Core Earnings." The definition lists adjustments that will be made to core earnings at year-end in order to arrive at Compensation Core Earnings, such as non-recurring tax benefits or charges, catastrophe losses above or below budget, and unusual or non-recurring items. The 2023 definition and a reconciliation from GAAP net income to Compensation Core Earnings are provided in Appendix A. To ensure a holistic review of performance, the Compensation Committee also considers a number of qualitative factors, including: quality of earnings, risk and compliance, peer-relative performance, expense management, and non-financial and strategic objectives. Informed by this qualitative review, the Compensation Committee may then adjust the formulaic funding up or down to arrive at an AIP funding level more commensurate with the Company’s performance. The Compensation Committee believes retaining the flexibility to adjust the formulaic AIP funding is aligned with shareholders' interests because it allows the Compensation Committee to arrive at a final AIP funding level that best rewards holistic company performance and mitigates the risk inherent in a strictly formulaic approach. Using a strict formula may have unintended consequences due to events or market conditions unanticipated when goals are set, or may overemphasize short-term performance at the expense of long-term shareholder returns or undervalue achievements that are not yet evident in our financial performance. These factors are particularly relevant in the P&C insurance industry, where the “cost of goods sold” (that is, the amount of insured losses) is not known at the time of sale and develops over time — in some cases over many years. Because of this industry dynamic, a substantial majority of our 2023 Corporate Peer Group (listed on page 56) include discretion in their annual award design. 46 www.thehartford.com 2023 Compensation Core Earnings* COMPENSATION MATTERS 2023 AIP Funding Level: When setting the operating plan, which forms the basis for the Compensation Core Earnings target, management and the Board anticipated renewal written price increases in Commercial Lines, excluding workers' compensation, as well as strong retention and new business growth; fairly stable loss cost trends with some moderation in property severity; an acceleration in Personal Lines renewal written price for automobile in response to continued elevation of loss cost severity trends with an expectation to have exceeded loss costs by the fourth quarter of the year, while earned pricing in homeowners would exceed loss cost trends throughout the year; an improvement in group life loss ratios over prior year, as well as moderation of recent favorable incidence and recovery trends in group disability; and an approximate 50 basis point increase in investment yields, before tax, excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments. * Denotes a non-GAAP financial measure. For definitions and reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see Appendix A. The 2023 AIP Compensation Core Earnings target was set at $2.56 billion, which was above the 2022 Compensation Core Earnings target of $2.24 billion. Actual Compensation Core Earnings for 2023 were $2.74 billion, which produced a formulaic AIP funding level of 117% of target, with above target performance primarily driven by strong top line growth in Commercial Lines and Group Benefits, favorable group disability results, net favorable P&C prior year reserve development primarily in workers' compensation, and net investment income exceeding plan due to higher interest rates and trading activity. These results were partially offset by elevated claim severity in Personal Lines automobile. In assessing overall performance and arriving at the 2023 AIP funding level, the Compensation Committee started with the formulaic AIP funding level and undertook a qualitative review focused on the factors described on the following page. 2024 Proxy Statement 47 COMPENSATION MATTERS FORMULAIC RESULTS COMPENSATION CORE EARNINGS PERFORMANCE AGAINST PRE-ESTABLISHED TARGET • Total adjustments to arrive at Compensation Core Earnings decreased core earnings as reported by $30 million, primarily driven by total catastrophe losses lower than plan, as well as certain unusual or non-recurring items (see Appendix A for a description of all adjustments). • Compensation Core Earnings against the pre-established target resulted in a formulaic AIP funding of 117% of target. Composition of Earnings Strategic Initiatives QUALITATIVE REVIEW • Premium growth ahead of plan in Personal Lines, Commercial Lines and Group Benefits • Group Benefits’ margin exceeded plan • Combined ratio for Commercial Lines was favorable to plan and the underlying combined ratio was in line with plan, while Personal Lines missed on both • Net investment income exceeded plan by $135 million, before tax, due primarily to higher interest rates and trading activity Importance: Understanding trends that drove earnings informs how the Compensation Committee thinks about holistic company performance • • Progress towards fostering a diverse, equitable and inclusive workplace & talent maximization Continued focus on digital capabilities resulting from ongoing investments to become an easier company to do business with and differentiate the customer experience ◦ ◦ ◦ Ranked #1 for digital capabilities in Keynova Group’s 2023 Small Commercial Insurance Improved customer/broker experiences with the expanded digital submission and quote capabilities with Application Programming Interfaces (API)’s for Midsize and Large Accounts Named to Fortune’s 2023 List of America’s Most Innovative Companies Importance: Strategic initiatives position the Company for long term-growth and often represent significant successes in a given year, but such initiatives may not be reflected or may reflect negatively in the quantitative formula Peer-Relative Performance Risk and Compliance Above-median book value per share growth and core earnings growth per share Top quartile Core ROE • A top ranked insurance company in Just Capital and CNBC list of “JUST” companies in 2023 • Named one of the “World’s Most Ethical Companies” by • • • Ethisphere Importance: Linked to strategy of attracting and retaining talent, as prospective employees are significantly more likely to work for a company that has a strong reputation of ethical conduct Above-median one-year TSR and top quartile three- year TSR Importance: Performance against the public companies within our 2023 Corporate Peer Group on key financial metrics and TSR is not captured in the quantitative formula but informs how the Compensation Committee thinks about holistic company performance Strategic Expense Management • Total managed expenses, excluding AIP awards and variable Hartford Funds expenses were favorable by $9 million • Operational transformation and cost reduction plan ("Hartford Next") expense reductions were favorable by $11 million Importance: Managing expenses is critical to maintaining competitive pricing and freeing up resources for investments in the business 48 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION MATTERS Determination of Individual NEO Awards The AIP funding level multiplied by an individual’s target AIP opportunity produces an initial AIP award, which the Committee may adjust based on individual performance. In light of his responsibility for overall company performance, the CEO's AIP award has equaled the AIP funding level, without further adjustment, every year since he assumed the position in 2014. For awards granted to the NEOs in February 2024 for 2023 performance under the AIP, see 2023 Named Executive Officer's Compensation and Performance beginning on page 53. 3. LONG-TERM INCENTIVE AWARDS Long-term incentive ("LTI") awards are designed to drive long-term performance and encourage share ownership among Senior Executives, aligning their interests with those of shareholders. LTI awards are granted on an annual basis following an assessment of individual performance and market data. 2023 LTI awards for Senior Executives consist of performance shares (50% of the award value) and stock options (50% of the award value). This LTI mix rewards stock price performance, peer-relative shareholder returns (stock price and dividends) and operating performance. 2023-2025 Performance Shares (50% of LTI Award) Performance shares are designed to reward and retain Senior Executives by allowing them to earn shares of our common stock based on predetermined performance criteria. Performance shares have a three-year performance period, and are settled in shares of common stock ranging from 0% to 200% of the number of performance shares granted depending upon the performance achieved on the following metrics: Performance Metric Compensation Core ROE (50% weighting) Peer-relative TSR (50% weighting) Rationale Strategic measure that drives shareholder value creation Measure of our performance against peers that are competing investment choices in the capital markets Compensation Core ROE: For 50% of the performance share award, payouts at the end of the performance period, if any, will depend upon achieving a target average annual ROE over a three-year measurement period, as adjusted for compensation purposes. Because of the adjustments made for compensation purposes, Compensation Core ROE will differ from both the net income ROE and Core Earnings ROE provided in our financial statements. The Compensation Committee's definition of Compensation Core ROE for 2023 performance share awards is provided in Appendix A. 2023-2025 Compensation Core ROE* In January 2023, the Compensation Committee set the target for 2023-2025 performance share awards at an average annual Compensation Core ROE for 2023, 2024, and 2025 of 15.3%, as reflected in the 2023-2025 operating plan. As illustrated in the graph at right, the Compensation Committee also set a threshold performance level (80% of target), below which no payout for the ROE component of awards is received, and a maximum payout for the ROE component of 200% for performance significantly exceeding target (120% of target). * Denotes a non-GAAP financial measure. For definitions and reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see Appendix A. Peer-Relative TSR: For 50% of the performance share award, payouts, if any, will be based on company TSR performance at the end of the three-year performance period relative to a Performance Peer Group. The current Performance Peer Group represents 15 industry specific public companies against which we benchmark performance for compensation purposes. While there is some overlap, the Performance Peer Group is distinct from the Corporate Peer Group described on page 56, which includes mutual companies where financial data is not publicly available, as well as companies that compete with us for talent. The Compensation Committee believes that the Performance Peer Group should be limited to publicly traded companies that offer similar products and services and are competing investment choices in capital markets. The Compensation Committee reviews the composition of the Performance Peer Group annually and did not make any changes to this group for 2023 performance share awards. 2024 Proxy Statement 49 COMPENSATION MATTERS For each company in the Performance Peer Group, TSR will be measured using a 20-day stock price average at the beginning and the end of the performance period in order to smooth out any volatility. In response to shareholder feedback in prior years, the TSR payout curve for performance share awards targets above-median performance. There is no payout for performance below the 30th percentile; 35% payout for performance at the 30th percentile; target payout for performance at the 55th percentile; and 200% payout for performance at the 85th percentile. Three-Year Relative TSR Ranking 2023 Performance Peer Group(1) Allstate Corp. American Financial Group, Inc. Berkley (W. R.) Corp. Chubb Limited Cincinnati Financial Corp. CNA Financial Corp. Everest Re Group, Ltd. Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. Markel Corporation Mercury General Corp. MetLife, Inc. Old Republic International Corp. Progressive Corp. Travelers Companies, Inc. Unum Group (1) While the peer group approved by the Compensation Committee consisted of 16 companies, Berkshire Hathaway subsequently acquired Alleghany Corp., resulting in a 2023 performance peer group of 15 companies. Stock Options (50% of LTI Awards) The use of stock options directly aligns the interests of our Senior Executives with those of shareholders because options only have value if the price of our common stock on the exercise date exceeds the stock price on the grant date. The stock options are granted at fair market value, vest in three equal installments over three years, and have a 10-year term. Certification of 2021-2023 Performance Share Awards Award Design On February 23, 2021, the Compensation Committee granted Senior Executives performance shares tied 50% to achievement of average annual Compensation Core ROE goals over a three-year measurement period, and 50% to TSR performance relative to a peer group of 16 companies. For the Core ROE component of the award, achievement of average annual Compensation Core ROE of 9.4%, 11.8% and 14.2% during the measurement period would have resulted in payouts of 35%, 100% and 200% of target, respectively. For the TSR component of the award, there would be no payout for performance below the 30th percentile, 35% payout for performance at the 30th percentile, target payout for performance at the 55th percentile, and 200% payout for performance at the 85th percentile. In addition, the performance shares included a Diversity, Equity & Inclusion ("DEI") modifier. In 2020, the Company set a goal to improve diverse representation among its executive ranks by the close of 2030 to 50% women and 20% people of color. To work towards those goals, the Company implemented DEI initiatives that emphasize inclusiveness, awareness, and nondiscrimination, consistent with applicable law. In keeping with these aspirations, the Compensation Committee included in the 2021 performance share awards a modifier tied to the Company’s progress toward predetermined goals as of the close of 2023, subject to a maximum payout of 200%. Under the terms of the DEI modifier, the total payout for the 2021-2023 performance shares would increase or decrease by 10% depending on whether representation of women and People of Color in the Company's overall executive ranks as of December 31, 2023 had reached 37.3% and 12.8%, respectively, subject to the previously established 200% cap on payout. Representation Women People of Color As of December 31, 2020 December 31, 2023 Goal December 31, 2023 Actual 34.1 % 10.9 % 37.3 % 12.8 % 38.0 % 16.0 % 50 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION MATTERS If, as of December 31, 2023: Performance Share Modifier* Miss both goals Achieve one goal Achieve both goals *Maximum payout nonetheless cannot exceed 200% Award Payout (10) % no adjustment +10% These performance shares vested as of December 31, 2023, the end of the three-year performance period, and the Compensation Committee certified a payout at 200% of target on February 20, 2024 based on the following results: • • • The average of the Company's Compensation Core ROE for each year of the measurement period was 14.5%, resulting in achievement of 200% of target for the Compensation Core ROE component, or 50% of the awards. The Company’s TSR during the performance period was at the 80th percentile ranking, resulting in the achievement of 183% of target for the TSR component, or 50% of the awards. As of December 31, 2023, representation of women and People of Color among the Company's executive ranks was 38% and 16%, respectively, triggering a 10% increase (x 1.10) as a result of the modifier. • When combined, performance against the financial metrics (the Compensation Core ROE and TSR components of the awards) resulted in a 192% initial result which, when multiplied by 1.10, results in 211%. • However, the performance share awards are designed to cap payouts at 200%, and as a result the final payout for the 2021-2023 performance share awards was reduced from 211% to 200%. Diversity, equity and inclusion continues to be a priority for senior leadership, and our Company remains committed to being an insurance industry leader, with a diverse workforce and an equitable and inclusive workplace, enabling us to attract, retain and leverage top talent to meet our business goals. As part of its regular review of the Company's diversity, equity and inclusion strategy and initiatives, management recommended, and the Compensation Committee agreed, to discontinue the use of the modifier in connection with the 2024 and 2027 performance share awards, while retaining the Company’s aspirational 2030 executive representation goals. A number of factors, including the success of the Company's DEI unit plan approach, contributed to this conclusion. Through the unit plan process, which is overseen by the Company's Human Resources function, we enable our leaders to model and foster a commitment to DEI, and to make progress against those DEI goals, within established legal and other parameters. Each business and functional area creates and implements DEI plans with specific initiatives, consistent with equal employment opportunity principles. This enables the Company’s units to customize its DEI focus while still ensuring that all employment decisions are made based on merit and without regard to protected traits, like race and gender. Leaders meet with the CEO throughout the year to review progress against those goals and this progress is reviewed as part of a broad annual performance assessment process. We also continue to invest in and accelerate a wide range of strategies to attract, retain and develop talent that's demographically underrepresented in the insurance industry, including initiatives to improve the representation of women and people of color. Examples include widening our recruiting pools for applicants, and working to mitigate any bias that may exist in our talent systems, and educating our leaders on how to lead inclusively. We are committed to ethical conduct and a bias-free workplace for all employees as we build, enhance and sustain an inclusive culture. EXECUTIVE BENEFITS AND PERQUISITES Senior Executives are eligible for the same benefits as full-time employees generally, including health, life insurance, disability and retirement benefits. Non-qualified savings and retirement plans, including those that have been frozen, provide benefits that would otherwise be provided but for the Internal Revenue Code limits that apply to tax-qualified benefit plans. We provide certain additional perquisites to Senior Executives, including reimbursement of costs for annual physicals and associated travel, certain relocation benefits when a move is required, and occasional use of tickets for sporting and special events previously acquired by the Company when no other business use has been arranged and there is no incremental cost to the Company. The CEO also has the use of a company car and driver to allow for greater efficiency while commuting. We own a fractional interest in a corporate aircraft to allow Senior Executives to safely and efficiently travel for business purposes. The corporate aircraft enables Senior Executives to use travel time productively by providing a confidential environment in which to conduct business and eliminating the schedule constraints imposed by commercial airline service. The CEO is permitted personal use of corporate aircraft to minimize time spent on personal travel and to increase the time available for business purposes. Corporate aircraft also enables the CEO to work more productively while traveling for time-sensitive personal matters. Our aircraft usage policy otherwise prohibits personal travel via corporate aircraft by Senior Executives except in extraordinary circumstances. There was no personal use by Senior Executives due to extraordinary circumstances in 2023. From time to time, a Senior Executive’s expenses for a purpose deemed important to the business may not be considered “directly and integrally related” to the performance of the Senior Executive’s duties as required by applicable SEC rules. These expenses are considered perquisites for disclosure purposes. Examples of such expenses may include attendance at conferences, seminars or award ceremonies, as well as attendance of a Senior Executive’s spouse or guest at business events or dinners where spousal or guest attendance is expected. 2024 Proxy Statement 51 COMPENSATION MATTERS Whenever required to do so under Internal Revenue Service regulations, we attribute income to Senior Executives for perquisites and the Senior Executive is responsible for the associated tax obligation. 52 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION MATTERS 2023 NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS' COMPENSATION AND PERFORMANCE In evaluating individual performance, the Compensation Committee considered each NEO's achievements to advance the Company's strategic priorities of accelerating profitable organic growth across all businesses, focusing on ROE performance driven by underwriting excellence, generating excess capital to optimize superior returns, and maintaining an ethical culture supporting strategies to drive sustainable value creation. CHRISTOPHER SWIFT Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Mr. Swift has served as CEO since July 1, 2014; he was also appointed Chairman on January 5, 2015. As CEO, he is responsible for the Company’s strategy and growth, capital allocation, performance, culture and leadership. 2023 Performance In reviewing Mr. Swift’s performance, the independent directors considered that under Mr. Swift's leadership, the Company exceeded its financial objectives for 2023, resulting in industry leading core earnings ROE of 15.8% and core earnings of $2.8 billion, both of which exceeded 2022 results. The independent directors also considered Mr. Swift's leadership and overall performance against operational and strategic goals, including the expansion of our digital capabilities, superior execution across our technology portfolio, improving the ease of doing business for customers and distribution partners, continued focus on talent management, execution of expense management initiatives and top quartile employee engagement scores as measured by an independent third party survey. 2023 Compensation Decisions • Salary. $1,200,000, unchanged from 2022. • AIP Award. Target of $3,300,000, an increase of 10% from 2022. The Compensation Committee approved a 2023 AIP award of $3,861,000 (117% of target), which was equal to the company AIP funding level of 117% for 2023. • LTI Award. In February 2023, the Compensation Committee granted him an LTI award of $10,500,000, an increase of 5.0% from the previous year, in the form of 50% stock options and 50% performance shares. BETH COSTELLO Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Ms. Costello has served as CFO since July 1, 2014. As the Company’s CFO, Ms. Costello is responsible for the finance, treasury, capital, accounting, investor relations, procurement and actuarial functions. 2023 Performance In reviewing Ms. Costello’s performance, the Compensation Committee considered outstanding company financial performance, execution of capital management strategy and effective expense management, including the successful execution of the “Hartford Next” transformational and cost reduction objectives and Ms. Costello’s engagement with investors, shareholders and external partners . Under Ms. Costello’s leadership, The Hartford received affirmation of its long-term credit rating and financial strength, rated as A+ by both A.M. Best and S&P Global Rating. 2023 Compensation Decisions • Salary. $775,000, unchanged from 2022. • AIP Award. Target of $1,350,000, an increase of 4% from 2022. For 2023, the Compensation Committee approved an AIP award of $1,579,500 (117% of target), which was equal to the Company AIP funding level of 117% for 2023. • LTI Award. In February 2023, the Compensation Committee granted her an LTI award of $2,425,000, a decrease of 3% from the previous year, in the form of 50% stock options and 50% performance shares. DAVID ROBINSON Executive Vice President and General Counsel Mr. Robinson served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel from June 1, 2015 to March 1, 2024. He was responsible for The Hartford's law department, government affairs and compliance. 2023 Performance In reviewing Mr. Robinson’s performance, the Compensation Committee considered his effective leadership on key regulatory, governance and litigation matters facing the company during the year and active engagement and support for the Board of Directors. Additionally, the Committee noted Mr. Robinson's thought leadership on sustainability matters and continued support of the claims organization, yielding savings on outside counsel expense and continued successful talent development. 2024 Proxy Statement 53 COMPENSATION MATTERS 2023 Compensation Decisions • Salary. $650,000, unchanged from 2022. • AIP Award. Target of $850,000, an increase of 6% from 2022. For 2023, the Compensation Committee approved an AIP award of $994,500 (117% of target), which was equal to the Company AIP funding level of 117% for 2023. • LTI Award. In February 2023, the Compensation Committee granted him an LTI award of $1,800,000, a decrease of 10.0% of from the previous year, in the form of 50% stock options and 50% performance shares. DEEPA SONI Executive Vice President, Head of Technology, Data, Analytics & Information Security Ms. Soni has served as Executive Vice President since August 2, 2021. She is responsible for The Hartford's technology, data, analytics, and information security operations. Beginning in March 2024, Ms. Soni also assumed responsibility for The Hartford's customer-facing operations. 2023 Performance In reviewing Ms. Soni's performance, the Compensation Committee considered her successful execution of technology investments that supported the enablement of various transformation initiatives including increased digital adoption, expanded data analytics and data science capabilities while attracting top talent and creating an environment that enhances career development opportunities. Additionally, the Committee noted the expansion of cloud technology, claims portfolio enhancements and innovative business technologies that have improved the customer experience and will continue to achieve expense targets. Ms. Soni has demonstrated strong leadership and expanded the use of Agile practices throughout our technology investment portfolio. 2023 Compensation Decisions • Salary. $700,000, a 7.7% increase from 2022. • AIP Award. Target of $800,000, an increase of 14% from 2022. For 2023, the Compensation Committee approved an AIP award of $936,000 (117% of target), which was equal to the Company AIP funding level of 117% for 2023. • LTI Award. In February 2023, the Compensation Committee granted her an LTI award of $1,400,000, an increase of 12.0% from the previous year, in the form of 50% stock options and 50% performance shares. AMY STEPNOWSKI Executive Vice President, Chief Investment Officer, and President of HIMCO Ms. Stepnowski has served as Executive Vice President since August 1, 2020. She is responsible for The Hartford's investment operations. 2023 Performance In reviewing Ms. Stepnowski's performance, the Compensation Committee considered the strong net investment income results both in aggregate and versus benchmark as well as the results of the alternative investment portfolio and its impact on core earnings. Ms. Stepnowski delivered outstanding financial results for HIMCO in the midst of a volatile environment and positively contributed to the overall outstanding company performance. 2023 Compensation Decisions • Salary. $600,000, a 9.1% increase from 2022. • AIP Award. Target of $1,100,000, an increase of 10% from 2022. For 2023, the Compensation Committee approved an AIP award of $1,287,000 (117% of target), which was equal to the Company AIP funding level of 117% for 2023. • LTI Award. In February 2023, the Compensation Committee granted her an LTI award of $1,100,000, an increase of 10.0% from the previous year, in the form of 50% stock options and 50% performance shares. 54 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION MATTERS PROCESS FOR DETERMINING SENIOR EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION (INCLUDING NEOs) COMPENSATION COMMITTEE The Compensation Committee is responsible for reviewing the performance of and approving compensation awarded to those executives who either report to the CEO or who are subject to the filing requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act (other than the CEO). The Compensation Committee also evaluates the CEO’s performance and recommends his compensation for approval by the independent directors. With this input from the Compensation Committee, the independent directors review the CEO’s performance and determine his compensation level in the context of the established goals and objectives for the enterprise and his individual performance. The Compensation Committee and the independent directors typically review performance and approve annual incentive awards for the prior fiscal year at their February meeting, along with annual LTI awards and any changes to base salary and target bonus. To assist in this process, the Compensation Committee, with the support of its consultant, reviews market and historical compensation information for each NEO to understand how each element of compensation relates to other elements and to the compensation package as a whole, including outstanding equity awards. Highlights of Annual Compensation Design, Payout and Performance Goal-Setting Process December to January • Review feedback from Fall shareholder engagement • Approve design of AIP and LTI programs for the upcoming year, including updates to Performance and Corporate Peer Groups • Determine enterprise AIP funding based on the previous year's actual performance against the pre-established Compensation Core Earnings target and a review of qualitative factors • Review Senior Executive stock ownership February • Review Senior Executive performance for previous year and determine individual AIP awards • Establish AIP and LTI performance targets based on the Company's approved operating plan • Review and approve current year total compensation recommendations for Senior Executives, including salary, AIP targets and LTI awards • Establish Senior Executive leadership goals and objectives for the current year May to July • Review Say-on-Pay voting results and recommendations of proxy advisory firms • Review results of the company's pay equity analysis • Review talent succession planning, workforce diversity and the Company’s diversity programs September • Review Enterprise Risk Management's annual compensation risk assessment • Review AIP and LTI program design for the coming year • Receive independent consultant's annual report on executive compensation trends and regulatory trends • Review executive perquisites Ongoing • Monitor the company's year-to-date performance in relation to targets • Review and consider compensation plans, policies and practices in light of company performance, strategy, shareholder feedback and best practices • Periodic review of the Company’s key talent and employee engagement measures (e.g., attrition, hiring, promotion, employee engagement and representation data) COMPENSATION CONSULTANT Until 2023, Meridian Compensation Partners, LLP served as the Compensation Committee’s independent consultant and regularly attended Compensation Committee meetings. In April 2023, Compensation Advisory Partners, LLP (“CAP”) became the Compensation Committee’s independent compensation consultant and has regularly attended Compensation Committee meetings since its engagement. Pursuant to the Compensation Committee’s charter, during their respective engagements, neither Meridian nor CAP provided services to the company other than consulting services provided to the Compensation Committee and, with respect to CEO and director compensation, the Board. Each firm has provided market data, analysis, and advice regarding executive 2024 Proxy Statement 55 COMPENSATION MATTERS and director compensation. Following a review of its records and practice guidelines, both Meridian (in 2023) and CAP (in connection with its engagement) provided the Compensation Committee a report that confirmed its conformity with independence factors under applicable SEC rules and the listing standards of the NYSE. ROLE OF MANAGEMENT Our Human Resources team supports the Compensation Committee in the execution of its responsibilities. Our Chief Human Resources Officer oversees the development of the materials for each Compensation Committee meeting, including market data, historical compensation and outstanding equity awards, individual and company performance metrics and compensation recommendations for consideration by the Compensation Committee (in the case of the CEO, by the independent directors). No member of our management team, including the CEO, has a role in determining their own compensation. BENCHMARKING On an annual basis, the Compensation Committee reviews and considers a number of factors in establishing or recommending a target total compensation opportunity for each individual including, but not limited to, market data, time in role, experience, sustained performance, retention, and internal pay equity. Although the Compensation Committee considers competitive market data, it does not target a specific market position. The various sources of compensation information the Compensation Committee uses to determine the competitive market for our executive officers are described in more detail below. 2023 Corporate Peer Group The Compensation Committee reviews the peer group used for compensation benchmarking (the "Corporate Peer Group") periodically or upon a significant change in business conditions for the Company or its peers. As part of its review, the Compensation Committee considers many factors, including market capitalization, revenues, assets, lines of business and sources and destinations of talent. For this reason, the Corporate Peer Group differs from the Performance Peer Group described earlier for purposes of the TSR performance measure applicable to performance shares. The Compensation Committee did not make any changes to the Corporate Peer Group in 2023. Data in millions – as of 12/31/2023(1) Company Name(2) Allstate Corp. American International Group, Inc. Berkley (W. R.) Corp. Chubb Ltd. Cincinnati Financial Corp. CNA Financial Corp. Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. Lincoln National Corp. MetLife Inc. Principal Financial Group Inc. Progressive Corp. Travelers Companies Inc. Unum Group Voya Financial Inc. 25TH PERCENTILE MEDIAN 75TH PERCENTILE THE HARTFORD PERCENT RANK Revenues Assets Market Cap $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 57,090 $ 103,362 $ 46,683 $ 539,306 $ 12,143 $ 37,202 $ 50,121 $ 228,861 $ 10,013 $ 32,769 $ 13,299 $ 64,711 $ 5,994 $ 14,613 $ 11,645 $ 372,413 $ 66,905 $ 687,584 $ 13,666 $ 305,047 $ 62,082 $ 88,691 $ 41,364 $ 125,978 $ 12,386 $ 63,255 $ 7,348 $ 157,085 $ 11,769 $ 63,619 $ 13,482 $ 114,670 $ 49,262 $ 286,000 $ 24,527 $ 76,780 $ 36,631 47,563 18,237 92,206 16,234 11,461 4,342 4,576 48,949 18,756 93,173 43,508 8,820 7,622 9,480 18,496 46,549 24,176 57% 35% 56% (1) Data provided by S&P Global Market Intelligence. The amounts shown in the “Revenues” column reflect adjustments by S&P Global Market Intelligence to facilitate comparability across companies. (2) An additional four non-public companies are included in the Corporate Peer Group as they submit data to relevant compensation surveys utilized in determining appropriate pay levels for Senior Executives: Liberty Mutual, MassMutual, Nationwide Financial, and State Farm. 56 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION MATTERS Use of Corporate Peer Group Compensation Data When evaluating and determining individual pay levels, the Compensation Committee periodically reviews compensation data prepared by third parties showing the 25th, 50th and 75th percentiles of various pay elements for the companies listed above. As noted previously, the Compensation Committee does not target a specific market position in pay. The Compensation Committee also reviews general industry survey data published by third parties as a general indicator of relevant market conditions and pay practices, including perquisites. Neither the Compensation Committee nor management has any input into companies included in these general industry or financial services company surveys. COMPENSATION POLICIES AND PRACTICES STOCK OWNERSHIP AND RETENTION GUIDELINES Senior Executives are expected to meet or exceed certain levels of stock ownership to align their interests with those of shareholders. The Compensation Committee has established the following ownership guidelines for the CEO and other NEOs: Level CEO Other NEOs (As a Multiple of Base Salary) 6x 4x The Compensation Committee reviews ownership levels annually. NEOs are generally expected to meet these ownership guidelines within five years of appointment to position. As of March 18, 2024, the CEO and each of the other NEOs met their respective guideline. TIMING OF EQUITY GRANTS Equity grants may be awarded four times per year, on the second trading day following the filing of our Form 10-Q or 10-K for the prior period. Our practice is to grant annual equity awards following the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K. This timing ensures that grants are made at a time when the stock price reflects the most current public data regarding our performance and financial condition. CLAWBACK POLICY In September 2023, the Board approved a comprehensive Clawback Policy, revising and expanding upon our previous recoupment policy. The Clawback Policy governs the circumstances under which the Company must attempt to recover “erroneously awarded” incentive-based compensation paid to certain executive officers to the extent such compensation was based on a misstated financial reporting measure that results in an accounting restatement, as required by SEC rules and NYSE listing standards. The Clawback Policy also incorporates our long-standing recoupment policy applicable to all employees, which has been in place since 2011, and allows for the recoupment of any incentive compensation (cash or equity) and/or severance paid or payable at any time to the extent such recoupment either (i) is required by applicable law or listing standards, or (ii) is necessary or appropriate in light of an employee’s action, or failure to act, which is inimical to the best interests of the Company. RISK MITIGATION IN PLAN DESIGN Management has concluded that our compensation policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. Our Enterprise Risk Management function performs a risk review of any new incentive compensation plans or any material changes to existing plans annually and engages an independent third party to complete a comprehensive review of all incentive compensation plans every five years. In 2023, Enterprise Risk Management conducted its annual review and discussed the results of that review with the Compensation Committee. Enterprise Risk Management concluded that current incentive plans do not promote unnecessary risk-taking nor encourage the manipulation of reported earnings. The following features of our executive compensation program guard against excessive risk-taking: 2024 Proxy Statement 57 COMPENSATION MATTERS Feature Pay Mix Performance Metrics Equity Incentives Rationale • A mix of fixed and variable, annual and long-term, and cash and equity compensation encourages strategies and actions that are in the company’s long-term best interests • Long-term compensation awards and overlapping vesting periods encourage executives to focus on sustained company results and stock price appreciation • Incentive awards based on a variety of performance metrics diversify the risk associated with any single indicator of performance • Stock ownership guidelines align executive and shareholder interests • Equity grants are made only during a trading window following the release of financial results • No reload provisions are included in any stock option awards Plan Design • Incentive plans are not overly leveraged, cap the maximum payout, and include design features intended to balance pay for performance with an appropriate level of risk-taking • Our equity incentive plans do not allow: ◦ Stock options with an exercise price less than the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date; ◦ Re-pricing (reduction in exercise price) of stock options without shareholder approval; or ◦ Single trigger vesting of awards upon a Change of Control if awards are assumed or replaced with substantially equivalent awards Recoupment • As described above, we have a comprehensive clawback policy, that requires the Company to recover incentive compensation in the event of an accounting restatement, and permits recovery for employee misconduct HEDGING AND PLEDGING COMPANY SECURITIES We have robust policies prohibiting our employees and directors from engaging in hedging, monetization, derivative, speculative and similar transactions involving company securities. In addition, Directors and Senior Executives are prohibited from holding stock in a margin account or pledging stock as collateral for a loan. POTENTIAL SEVERANCE AND CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENTS The Company does not have individual employment agreements. NEOs are covered under a severance pay plan that provides severance in a lump sum equal to two times the sum of annual base salary plus target bonus*, whether severance occurs before or after a change of control (no gross-up is provided for any change of control excise taxes that might apply). As a condition to receiving severance, Senior Executives must agree to restrictive covenants covering such items as non-competition, non-solicitation of business and employees, non-disclosure and non-disparagement. The Company maintains change of control benefits to ensure continuity of management and to permit executives to focus on their responsibilities without undue distraction related to concerns about personal financial security if the Company is confronted with a contest for control. These benefits are also designed to ensure that in any such contest, management is not influenced by events that could occur following a change of control. The 2020 Stock Incentive Plan provides for “double trigger” vesting on a change of control. If an NEO terminates employment for “Good Reason” or their employment is terminated without “Cause” (see definitions on page 70) within two years following a Change of Control (as defined in the plan), then any awards that were assumed or replaced with substantially equivalent awards vest. If the awards were not assumed or replaced with substantially equivalent awards, the awards vest immediately upon the Change of Control. *If Ms. Soni or Ms. Stepnowski are involuntarily terminated, other than for Cause, they would receive twelve months of annual base salary plus an additional month of annual base salary for every year of service, up to a maximum of twenty-four months of annual base salary. EFFECT OF TAX AND ACCOUNTING CONSIDERATIONS ON COMPENSATION DESIGN In designing our compensation programs, we consider the tax and accounting impact of our decisions. In doing so, we strive to strike a balance between designing appropriate and competitive compensation programs for our executives, maximizing the deductibility of such compensation, and, to the extent reasonably possible, avoiding adverse accounting effects and ensuring that any accounting consequences are appropriately reflected in our financial statements. Tax considerations are factored into the design of our compensation programs, including compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which can impose additional taxes on participants in certain arrangements involving deferred compensation, and Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, which affect the deductibility of, and impose certain additional excise taxes on, certain payments that are made upon or in connection with a change of control. 58 www.thehartford.com REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION AND MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management and has recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this proxy statement and in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. COMPENSATION MATTERS Report submitted as of March 20, 2024 by: Members of the Compensation Committee: Matthew E. Winter, Chair Carlos Dominguez Trevor Fetter Teresa W. Roseborough Virginia P. Ruesterholz 2024 Proxy Statement 59 COMPENSATION MATTERS EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE The table below reflects total compensation paid to or earned by each NEO. Name and Principal Position Year Salary ($) Bonus ($) Stock Awards ($)(1) Option Awards ($)(2) Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(3) — — — — — — — — — — 5,747,175 5,250,000 5,153,500 5,000,000 5,001,475 4,625,000 1,327,324 1,212,500 1,288,375 1,250,000 1,081,400 1,000,000 985,230 900,000 1,030,700 1,000,000 784,015 766,290 725,000 700,000 3,861,000 4,440,000 4,740,000 1,579,500 1,924,000 2,054,000 994,500 1,184,000 1,224,500 936,000 775,000 762,500 725,000 650,000 637,500 600,000 687,500 637,500 — 644,188 625,000 1,036,000 NA NA NA NA NA Christopher Swift Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 2023 1,200,000 2022 1,187,500 2021 1,150,000 Beth Costello Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer David Robinson Executive Vice President and General Counsel Deepa Soni* Executive Vice President, Head of Operations, Technology, Data & Analytics Amy Stepnowski Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer; President of HIMCO 2023 2022 2021 2023 2022 2021 2023 2022 2021 2023 2022 2021 Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)(4) 37,310 — 8,184 43,481 — — 26,908 — 1,489 — — NA All Other Compensation ($)(5) Total ($) 312,765 16,408,250 305,469 16,086,469 299,689 15,824,348 53,154 4,990,959 66,100 5,290,975 65,800 4,926,200 53,300 3,609,938 66,100 3,918,300 65,800 3,400,804 57,733 3,147,523 57,900 3,000,588 NA NA 587,500 — 602,085 550,000 1,287,000 13,711 52,800 3,093,096 525,000 437,500 — — 515,350 459,595 500,000 425,000 1,480,000 1,343,000 — — 66,100 3,086,450 65,800 2,730,895 *Ms. Soni was not an NEO prior to 2022. (1) This column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of performance shares calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. Detail on the 2023 grants, which were made under The Hartford 2020 Stock Incentive Plan, is provided in the Grants of Plan Based Awards Table on page 62. The amounts in this column are not reduced for estimated forfeiture rates during the applicable vesting periods. Other assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in footnote 20 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2023, footnote 19 of the Company's Annual Reports on Form 10-K for 2022, and footnote 20 of the Company's Annual Reports on Form 10-K for 2021. To determine the fair value of the 2023 performance share award under FASB ASC Topic 718, the market value on the grant date is adjusted to reflect the probable outcome of the performance condition(s) consistent with the estimated aggregate compensation cost to be recognized over the service period, determined as of the grant date. These adjustments result in a value under FASB ASC Topic 718 that is 109.47% of the market value on the grant date. The number of shares payable under these awards will be based on the actual results as compared to pre-established performance conditions and can range from 0-200% of the target award. The value* of performance shares assuming the highest possible outcome of the performance conditions determined at the time of grant (200% of the target award) would in total be: NEO C. Swift B. Costello D. Robinson D. Soni A. Stepnowski 2023 Performance Shares ($) (February 28, 2023 grant date) 2022 Performance Shares ($) (February 23, 2022 grant date) 2021 Performance Shares ($) (February 23, 2021 grant date) 10,500,000 2,425,000 1,800,000 1,400,000 1,100,000 10,000,000 2,500,000 2,000,000 1,250,000 1,000,000 9,250,000 2,000,000 1,450,000 N/A 850,000 *Does not include the value of any dividend equivalents credited on the performance shares during the performance period. Under the 2020 Stock Incentive Plan, no more than 3,000,000 shares in the aggregate can be granted to an individual employee with respect to any awards in a single calendar year, except in the event of a new hire or promotion. (2) This column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The amounts in this column are not reduced for estimated forfeitures during the applicable vesting periods. Other assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in footnote 20 60 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION MATTERS of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2023, footnote 19 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2022, and in footnote 20 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2021. (3) This column reflects cash AIP awards paid for the respective years. (4) This column reflects the actuarial increase, if any, in the present value of the accumulated benefits of the NEOs under all pension plans established by the Company (these plans were frozen as of December 31, 2012 and no longer accrue benefits, other than interest on cash balance benefits). The amounts were calculated using discount rate and form of payment assumptions consistent with those used in the Company’s GAAP financial statements. Actuarial assumptions for 2023 are described in further detail in footnote 2 of the Pension Benefits Table on page 65. Having joined the Company after December 31, 2012, when these plans were frozen, Ms. Soni does not have a benefit under either pension plan. (5) This column reflects amounts detailed in the Summary Compensation Table—All Other Compensation. Summary Compensation Table - All Other Compensation This table provides more details on the amounts presented in the “All Other Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation Table on page 60 for the NEOs. Name Christopher Swift Beth Costello David Robinson Deepa Soni Amy Stepnowski Year 2023 2023 2023 2023 2023 Perquisites ($)(1) 247,465 — — — — Contributions or Other Allocations to Defined Contribution Plans ($)(2) 65,300 53,154 53,300 57,733 52,800 Total ($) 312,765 53,154 53,300 57,733 52,800 (1) As permitted by SEC rules, we have included the perquisites and other personal benefits that we provided in 2023 where the aggregate amount of such compensation to an NEO exceeds $10,000. Perquisite amounts for Mr. Swift include personal use of corporate aircraft not requiring reimbursement to the Company ($228,508), commuting costs, expenses related to an executive physical, and expenses associated with his spouse's attendance at business functions. (2) This column represents company contributions under the Company’s tax-qualified 401(k) plan (The Hartford Investment and Savings Plan) and The Hartford Excess Savings Plan (the “Excess Savings Plan”), a non-qualified plan established to “mirror” the qualified plan to facilitate deferral of amounts that cannot be deferred under the 401(k) plan due to Internal Revenue Code limits. Additional information can be found under the “Excess Savings Plan” section of the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table beginning on page 65. 2024 Proxy Statement 61 COMPENSATION MATTERS GRANTS OF PLAN BASED AWARDS TABLE This table discloses information about equity awards granted to the NEOs in 2023 pursuant to the 2020 Stock Incentive Plan. The table also discloses potential payouts under the AIP. Actual AIP payouts are reported in the Summary Compensation Table on page 60 under the heading “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.” Equity awards have been rounded to the nearest whole share or option. Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1) Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2) Name Plan Grant Date Threshold ($) Target ($) Maximum ($) Threshold (#) Target (#) Maximum (#) C. Swift 2023 AIP 1,155,000 3,300,000 9,900,000 All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#) All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#)(3) Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh) Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)(4) Stock Options 2/28/2023 Performance Shares 2/28/2023 11,737 67,067 134,134 5,747,175 248,933 78.28 5,250,000 B. Costello 2023 AIP 472,500 1,350,000 4,050,000 D. Robinson Stock Options 2/28/2023 Performance Shares 2023 AIP 2/28/2023 Stock Options 2/28/2023 Performance Shares 2/28/2023 297,500 850,000 2,550,000 2,711 15,489 30,979 1,327,324 57,492 78.28 1,212,500 2,012 11,497 22,994 985,230 42,674 78.28 900,000 D. Soni 2023 AIP 280,000 800,000 2,400,000 Stock Options 2/28/2023 Performance Shares 2/28/2023 1,565 8,942 17,885 766,290 33,191 78.28 700,000 A. Stepnowski 2023 AIP 385,000 1,100,000 3,300,000 Stock Options 2/28/2023 Performance Shares 2/28/2023 1,230 7,026 14,052 602,085 26,079 78.28 550,000 (1) The “Threshold” column shows the payout amount for achieving the minimum level of performance for which an amount is payable under the AIP at 35% of target (no amount is payable if this level of performance is not reached). The “Maximum” column shows the maximum amount payable at 300% of target (the maximum amount payable for an individual AIP award). The actual 2023 AIP award for each NEO is reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation Table. (2) The performance shares granted on February 28, 2023 vest on December 31, 2025, the end of the three year performance period. The vesting percentage is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to the 2023 Performance Peer Group (as described on page 49) and performance based on pre-established Compensation Core ROE targets. These two measures are weighted equally (50/50), as described on page 49, and each one has an independent minimum payout level of 35% of target. The “Threshold” column for this grant represents 17.5% of target, which reflects the minimum possible amount that could be paid under these awards (no amount is payable if the threshold level of performance is not reached for at least one performance measure). The “Maximum” column for this grant represents 200% of target and is the maximum amount payable. See Payments upon Termination or Change of Control table for a description of the circumstances in which vesting is accelerated. (3) The options granted in 2023 to purchase shares of the Company's common stock vest 1/3 per year on each anniversary of the grant date and each option has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of common stock on the grant date. The value of each stock option award is $21.09 and was determined by using a hybrid lattice/Monte-Carlo based option valuation model; this value was not reduced to reflect estimated forfeitures during the vesting period. See Payments upon Termination or Change of Control table for a description of the circumstances in which vesting is accelerated. (4) The NYSE closing price per share of the Company’s common stock on February 28, 2023, the date of the 2023 LTI grants for the NEOs, was $78.28. To determine the fair value of the performance share award under FASB ASC Topic 718, the market value on the grant date is adjusted by a factor of 1.0947 to reflect the probable outcome of the performance condition(s) consistent with the estimated aggregate compensation cost to be recognized over the service period, determined as of the grant date. 62 www.thehartford.com                                                                                     OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END TABLE This table shows outstanding stock option awards classified as exercisable and unexercisable and the number and market value of any unvested or unearned equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and valued using $80.38, the NYSE closing price per share of the Company’s common stock on December 29, 2023. Option Awards Stock Awards COMPENSATION MATTERS Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable (#)(1) Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable (#)(1) Option Exercise Price ($) Name Grant Date Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)(2) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($)(3) 149,145 135,748 11,988,275 10,911,424 37,286 31,351 2,997,049 2,519,993 29,829 23,271 18,643 18,100 14,914 14,221 2,397,655 1,870,523 1,498,524 1,454,878 1,198,787 1,143,084 41.25 43.59 48.89 53.81 49.01 55.27 51.87 69.41 78.28 41.25 43.59 48.89 53.81 49.01 55.27 51.87 69.41 78.28 48.89 53.81 49.01 55.27 51.87 69.41 78.28 51.87 69.41 78.28 51.87 103,607 201,288 248,933 22,402 50,322 57,492 16,241 40,258 42,674 6,721 25,162 33,191 9,521 Option Expiration Date 3/3/2025 3/1/2026 2/28/2027 2/27/2028 2/26/2029 2/25/2030 2/23/2031 2/23/2032 2/28/2033 3/3/2025 3/1/2026 2/28/2027 2/27/2028 2/26/2029 2/25/2030 2/23/2031 2/23/2032 2/28/2033 2/28/2027 2/27/2028 2/26/2029 2/25/2030 2/23/2031 2/23/2032 2/28/2033 2/23/2031 2/23/2032 2/28/2033 2/23/2031 20,129 69.41 2/23/2032 26,079 78.28 2/28/2033 Chris Swift Beth Costello David Robinson 3/3/2015 3/1/2016 2/28/2017 2/27/2018 2/26/2019 2/25/2020 2/23/2021 2/23/2022 2/28/2023 3/3/2015 3/1/2016 2/28/2017 2/27/2018 2/26/2019 2/25/2020 2/23/2021 2/23/2022 2/28/2023 2/28/2017 2/27/2018 2/26/2019 2/25/2020 2/23/2021 2/23/2022 2/28/2023 Deepa Soni 2/23/2021 Amy Stepnowski 2/23/2022 2/28/2023 2/23/2021 2/23/2022 2/28/2023 201,258 294,481 302,908 284,819 352,263 327,679 207,213 100,644 38,915 72,076 70,679 63,194 75,790 71,318 44,802 25,161 40,388 39,163 53,373 50,116 32,482 20,128 13,440 12,580 19,041 10,064 (1) Stock options granted to the NEOs vest and become exercisable 1/3 per year on each anniversary of the grant date and generally expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. See “(2) Accelerated Stock Option Vesting” on page 69 following the Payments upon Termination or Change of Control table for a description of the circumstances in which vesting is accelerated. (2) This column represents unvested performance share awards at 200% of target assuming that the Company has achieved the highest performance level with respect to awards granted on February 23, 2022 and February 28, 2023. Dividend equivalents are credited on performance shares, which remain subject to the same terms and conditions as the underlying performance shares to which they relate and are paid only if, and to the extent that, the underlying performance shares vest and are paid out. See “(3) Accelerated Vesting of Performance Shares and Other LTI Awards” on page 69 following the Payments upon Termination or Change of Control table for a description of the circumstances in which vesting is accelerated for performance shares. • Performance shares granted on February 23, 2022 vest on December 31, 2024, the end of the three year performance period, based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to the peer group established by the Compensation Committee and performance against pre-established Compensation Core ROE targets, with the two measures weighted equally (50/50), as described on page 46 of the 2023 proxy statement. Performance shares granted on February 28, 2023 vest on December 31, 2025, the end of the three year performance period, based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to the peer group established by the • 2024 Proxy Statement 63     COMPENSATION MATTERS Compensation Committee and performance against pre-established Compensation Core ROE targets, with the two measures weighted equally (50/50), as described on page 49 of this proxy statement. (3) This column reflects the market value of performance shares at 200% of target, plus the value of dividend equivalents credited on the performance shares, as of December 29, 2023. OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED TABLE This table provides information regarding option awards exercised and stock awards that vested during 2023. The numbers have been rounded to the nearest whole dollar or share. Name Christopher Swift Beth Costello David Robinson Deepa Soni Amy Stepnowski Option Awards Stock Awards Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) Value Realized on Exercise ($)(1) Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#)(2) Value Realized on Vesting ($)(3) 204,501 8,328,644 189,640 17,718,072 38,915 1,424,402 41,003 3,830,934 — — — — — — 29,727 2,777,427 28,759 2,377,595 30,773 2,620,749 (1) The amounts in this column reflect the value realized upon the exercise of vested stock options during 2023. The value realized is the difference between the fair market value of common stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the option. (2) The numbers in this column reflect the total shares of common stock paid out on stock awards that vested in 2023. This includes, for each NEO, performance shares granted on February 23, 2021 that vested on December 31, 2023 and paid out at 200% of target following the Compensation Committee’s February 20, 2024 certification as further outlined on page 50 . In addition, the amount shown for Ms. Soni includes (a) 6,232 RSUs granted on February 25, 2020 and settled in shares of common stock on February 25, 2023 and (b) 10,226 RSUs granted on August 3, 2020 and settled in shares of common stock on August 3, 2023. The amount shown for Ms. Stepnowski includes (a) 4,399 RSUs granted on February 25, 2020 and settled in shares of common stock on February 25, 2023 and (b) 8,948 RSUs granted on August 3, 2020 and settled in shares of common stock on August 3, 2023. (3) The value realized on vesting for the performance share awards is based on the NYSE closing price per share of the Company's common stock on February 20, 2024 ($93.43), the date the Compensation Committee certified the vesting percentage. The amount shown for Ms. Soni also includes (a) the $485,894 value of her February 25, 2020 RSU award based on the NYSE closing stock price per share on February 24, 2023 (the February 25, 2023 vesting date was a Saturday; as a result the closing price on the prior business day of February 24, 2023 was used) and (b) the $742,421 value of her August 3, 2020 RSU award based on the NYSE closing stock price per share on August 3, 2023, the vesting date. The amount shown for Ms. Stepnowski also includes (a) the $342,984 value of her February 25, 2020 RSU award based on the NYSE closing stock price per share on February 24, 2023 (the February 25, 2023 vesting date was a Saturday; as a result the closing price on the prior business day of February 24, 2023 was used) and (b) the $649,618 value of her August 3, 2020 RSU award based on the NYSE closing stock price per share on August 3, 2023, the vesting date. 64 www.thehartford.com PENSION BENEFITS TABLE The table below shows the number of years of credited service, the actuarial present value of the accumulated pension benefit, and the actual cash balance account as of December 31, 2023 under the Company’s tax-qualified pension plan (The Hartford Retirement Plan for U.S. Employees, or the “Retirement Plan”) and the non-qualified pension plan (The Hartford Excess Pension Plan II, or the “Excess Pension Plan”) for each of the NEOs. COMPENSATION MATTERS Name Christopher Swift Beth Costello David Robinson Deepa Soni Amy Stepnowski Number of Years Credited Service (#)(1) Present Value of Accumulated Benefit ($)(2) Actual Cash Balance Account or Accrued Benefit ($) Payments During Last Fiscal Year ($) 2.83 2.83 8.67 8.67 6.08 6.08 — — 4.33 4.33 84,199 468,284 176,197 219,047 146,389 138,507 — — 89,560 30,437 85,471 475,361 187,846 233,529 153,248 144,997 — — 95,962 32,613 — — — — — — — — — — Plan Name Retirement Plan Excess Pension Plan Retirement Plan Excess Pension Plan Retirement Plan Excess Pension Plan Retirement Plan Excess Pension Plan Retirement Plan Excess Pension Plan (1) This column reflects the years of credited service under the Retirement Plan and Excess Pension Plan (each a "Plan" or together the "Plans") as of December 31, 2012. Benefit accruals ceased as of December 31, 2012 under each Plan. As of December 31, 2023, Messrs. Swift and Robinson and Mses. Costello and Stepnowski were vested at 100% in their cash balance accounts under the Plans. Having joined the Company after December 31, 2012, when these Plans were frozen, Ms. Soni does not have a benefit under either Plan. (2) The present value of accumulated benefits under each Plan is calculated assuming that benefits commence at age 65, no pre- retirement mortality, a lump sum form of payment and the same actuarial assumptions used by the Company for GAAP financial reporting purposes. The present value is determined using a discount rate of 5.15%, and the cash balance amounts are projected to age 65 using an assumed interest crediting rate of 4.50% for 2024 and 4.36% for 2025 and beyond. Cash Balance Formula For employees hired on or after January 1, 2001, including Messrs. Swift and Robinson and Mses. Costello and Stepnowski, retirement benefits accrued under the cash balance formula until December 31, 2012. Effective December 31, 2012, the cash balance formula under the Retirement Plan and the Excess Pension Plan was frozen for all Plan participants, including the NEOs. Interest continues to be credited on previously accrued amounts, at a rate of 3.3% or based on the 10 year Treasury rate, whichever is greater. All Plan participants are currently vested in their account balances, which they may elect to receive following termination of employment in the form of a single lump sum payment or an actuarially-equivalent form of annuity. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Excess Pension Plan), each NEO would automatically receive a lump sum of the value of their Excess Pension Plan cash balance benefit as of the date of the Change of Control, provided that the Change of Control also constitutes a “change in control” as defined in regulations issued under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION TABLE Excess Savings Plan NEOs, as well as other employees, may contribute to the Company’s Excess Savings Plan, a non-qualified plan established as a “mirror” to the Company’s tax-qualified 401(k) plan (The Hartford Investment and Savings Plan). The Excess Savings Plan is intended to facilitate deferral of amounts that cannot be deferred under the 401(k) plan for employees whose compensation exceeds the Internal Revenue Code limit for the 401(k) plan ($330,000 in 2023). When an eligible employee’s annual compensation reaches that Internal Revenue Code limit, the eligible employee can contribute up to six percent (6%) of compensation in excess of that limit to the Excess Savings Plan, up to a combined $1 million annual limit on compensation for both plans. The Company makes a matching contribution to the Excess Savings Plan in an amount equal to 100% of the employee’s contribution. Company contributions to the Excess Savings Plan are fully vested and plan balances are payable in a lump sum following termination of employment. The table below shows the notional investment options available under the Excess Savings Plan during 2023 and their annual rates of return for the calendar year ended December 31, 2023, as reported by the administrator of the Excess Savings Plan. The notional investment options available under the Excess Savings Plan correspond to the investment options available to participants in the 401(k) plan. 2024 Proxy Statement 65 COMPENSATION MATTERS Excess Savings Plan Notional Investment Options Name of Fund December 31, 2023) Name of Fund Rate of Return (for the year ended Rate of Return (for the year ended December 31, 2023) The Hartford Stock Fund ISP International Equity Fund(1) ISP Active Large Cap Equity Fund(2) ISP Small/Mid Cap Equity Fund(3) State Street S&P 500 Index Non-Lending Series Fund Hartford Stable Value Fund 7.25 % Vanguard Target Retirement 2020 Trust 14.16 % Vanguard Target Retirement 2025 Trust 32.39 % Vanguard Target Retirement 2030 Trust 16.60 % Vanguard Target Retirement 2035 Trust 26.28 % Vanguard Target Retirement 2040 Trust 2.40 % Vanguard Target Retirement 2045 Trust Hartford Total Return Bond HLS Fund 6.97 % Vanguard Target Retirement 2050 Trust SSgA Real Asset Fund 1.01 % Vanguard Target Retirement 2055 Trust Vanguard Federal Money Market Fund 5.09 % Vanguard Target Retirement 2060 Trust State Street Global All Cap Equity Ex-U.S. Index Non-Lending Series Fund State Street Russell Small/Mid Cap Index Non-Lending Series Fund 15.86 % Vanguard Target Retirement 2065 Trust 24.91 % Vanguard Target Retirement 2070 Trust Vanguard Target Retirement Income Trust 10.74 % 12.57 % 14.59 % 16.08 % 17.24 % 18.42 % 19.58 % 20.28 % 20.25 % 20.26 % 20.23 % 20.34 % (1) The ISP International Equity Fund is a multi-fund portfolio made up of two underlying mutual funds that provides a blended rate of return. The underlying funds are the Hartford International Opportunities HLS Fund (50%) and Sprucegrove All Country World ex USA CIT Fund (50%). (2) The ISP Active Large Cap Equity Fund is a multi-fund portfolio made up of two underlying funds that provides a blended rate of return. The underlying funds are the Hartford Dividend and Growth HLS Fund (50%) and the Loomis Sayles Large Cap Growth Fund (50%). (3) The ISP Small/Mid Cap Equity Fund is a multi-fund portfolio made up of four underlying funds that provides a blended rate of return. The underlying funds are the T. Rowe Price QM U.S. Small-Cap Growth Equity Fund (20%), Chartwell Investment Partners Small Cap Value Fund (20%), JP Morgan Mid Cap Growth Fund (30%) and Leeward Investments Mid Cap Value Fund (30%). Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation - Excess Savings Plan The table below shows the NEO and company contributions, the aggregate earnings credited, and the total balance of each NEO’s account under the Excess Savings Plan as of December 31, 2023. Name Christopher Swift Beth Costello David Robinson Deepa Soni Amy Stepnowski Executive Contributions in Last FY ($)(1) Registrant Contributions in Last FY ($)(2) Aggregate Earnings in Last FY ($)(3) Aggregate Withdrawals / Distributions ($) Aggregate Balance at Last FYE ($)(4) 40,200 40,200 40,200 40,200 40,200 40,200 40,200 40,200 40,200 40,200 282,677 64,475 42,019 52,827 132,612 — — — — — 1,780,443 1,126,698 955,921 288,029 938,192 (1) The amounts shown reflect executive contributions to the Excess Savings Plan during 2023 with respect to AIP awards paid in 2023 in respect of performance during 2022. These amounts are included in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table in the 2023 proxy statement. (2) The amounts shown reflect the Company’s matching contributions into the Excess Savings Plan based on the NEO's executive contributions in 2023. These amounts are also included with the Company's contributions to the 401(k) plan in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table on page 60. (3) The amounts shown represent investment gains (or losses) during 2023 on notional investment funds available under the Excess Savings Plan (which mirror investment options available under the Company's 401(k) plan). No portion of these amounts is included in the Summary Compensation Table on page 60 as the Company does not provide above-market rates of return. (4) The amounts shown represent the cumulative amount that has been credited to each NEO’s account under the applicable plan as of December 31, 2023. The amounts reflect the sum of the contributions made by each NEO and the Company since the NEO first began participating in the Excess Savings Plan (including executive and company contributions reported in the Summary Compensation Tables in previous years), adjusted for any earnings or losses as a result of the performance of the notional investments. The reported balances are not based solely on 2023 service. The December 31, 2022 aggregate balances are included in the “Aggregate Balance at Last FYE” column of the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation - Excess Savings Plan table in the 2023 proxy statement. 66 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION MATTERS POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE OF CONTROL The following section provides information concerning the value of potential payments and benefits as of December 31, 2023 that would be payable to NEOs following termination of employment under various circumstances or in the event of a Change of Control (as defined on page 71). Benefit eligibility and values as of December 31, 2023 vary based on the reason for termination. Severance Pay for Senior Executives The NEOs participate in The Hartford Senior Executive Officer Severance Pay Plan or, in the case of Ms. Soni and Ms. Stepnowski, The Hartford Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan (the "Severance Plans"). The Severance Plans provide specified payments and benefits to participants upon termination of employment as a result of severance eligible events. The Severance Plans apply to the NEOs and other executives that the Chief Human Resources Officer (the “Plan Administrator”) approves for participation. As a condition to participate, the NEOs must agree to such restrictive covenants as are required by the Plan Administrator. In addition to confidentiality and non-disparagement provisions that continue after termination of employment, the NEOs have agreed that, while employed and for a one-year period following a termination of employment, they are subject to non-competition and non- solicitation provisions. If an NEO (other than Ms. Soni and Ms. Stepnowski) is involuntarily terminated, other than for Cause (as defined on page 70), the NEO would receive a lump sum severance amount equal to two times the sum of their annual base salary and the target AIP award, both determined as of the involuntary termination date, payable within 60 days of termination. (Ms. Soni would receive thirteen months of annual base salary and Ms. Stepnowski would receive twenty-four months of annual base salary, each payable within 60 days of termination.) Treatment of the AIP award for the year in which the termination occurs, outstanding and unvested LTI awards and other benefits as of the termination date if an NEO is involuntarily terminated other than for Cause (including if the NEO is, or is not, retirement eligible) are described in Footnotes 1, 2, 3 and 5 to the table below. Treatment upon a Change of Control If, within the two year period following a Change of Control (as defined on page 71), (1) the NEO is involuntarily terminated by the Company other than for Cause, or (2) the NEO voluntarily terminates employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined on page 71), then the NEO (other than Ms. Soni and Ms. Stepnowski) would receive a lump sum severance amount equal to two times the sum of their annual base salary and the target AIP award. Ms. Soni and Ms. Stepnowski would each receive a lump sum severance amount equal to two times her annual base salary. All NEOs would be eligible for a pro rata AIP award , except that the pro rata AIP award payable would be at least the same percentage of the target level of payout as is generally applicable to executives whose employment did not terminate. LTI awards would not vest automatically upon a Change of Control so long as the Compensation Committee determines that, upon the Change of Control, the awards would either continue to be honored or be replaced with substantially equivalent alternative awards. If the awards were so honored or replaced, then those awards would fully vest if, within the two year period following the Change of Control, (1) the NEO was involuntarily terminated by the Company other than for Cause, or (2) the NEO voluntarily terminated employment with the Company for Good Reason. If the NEO is terminated for Cause, all unvested options and stock awards would be cancelled and neither severance nor AIP would be paid. In the event of a Change of Control, the NEO would receive a lump sum equal to the present value of their benefit under the Excess Pension Plan and their Excess Savings Plan balance, provided that the Change of Control also constituted a “change in control” as defined in regulations issued under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. No gross-up would be provided for any excise taxes that apply to an NEO upon a Change of Control. Other Benefits in the Event of Death or Disability In the event of death, an NEO would receive a company-paid life insurance benefit in addition to whatever voluntary group term life insurance coverage is in effect. The Company paid benefit would equal two times salary with a cap of $1,000,000, unless the employee had elected a flat amount of $50,000.   In the event of disability, the NEO would be entitled to short and long term disability benefits if they were disabled in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan. Upon the commencement of long term disability benefits and while in receipt of long term disability benefits, each NEO would be eligible to participate in company health benefit and life insurance plans for up to a maximum of three years. Eligibility for Retirement Treatment For AIP awards, an NEO will receive retirement treatment if they meet the following retirement definition as of the last date paid: (i) the NEO is at least age 55 with at least 5 years of service, and (ii) age plus service equals or exceeds 65 (the "Rule of 65"). Ms. Costello, Ms. Stepnowski and Messrs. Swift and Robinson were eligible to receive retirement treatment for their AIP awards as of December 31, 2023, under the Rule of 65, as described in Footnote 1 below. For the 2021, 2022 and 2023 LTI awards, an NEO will receive retirement treatment if they provide written notice three months in advance of their planned retirement date, continue to perform their job responsibilities satisfactorily, and meet the Rule of 65. Ms. Costello, Ms. Stepnowski and Messrs. Swift and Robinson were eligible to receive retirement treatment for their 2021, 2022 and 2023 LTI awards under the Rule of 65, as described in Footnotes 2 and 3 below. 2024 Proxy Statement 67 COMPENSATION MATTERS Payments upon Termination or Change of Control The table and further discussion below address benefits that would be payable to the NEOs as of December 31, 2023 assuming their termination of employment on December 31, 2023 under various circumstances or in the event of a Change of Control effective December 31, 2023. The benefits discussed below are in addition to: • • • • The vested stock options set forth in the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table on page 63, The vested performance shares set forth in the Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table on page 64, The vested pension benefits set forth in the Pension Benefits Table on page 65, and The vested benefits set forth in the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table on page 66 (benefits payable from the Excess Savings Plan). The amounts shown for accelerated stock option and other LTI vesting are calculated using the NYSE closing price per share of the Company’s common stock on December 29, 2023 of $80.38. Payment Type VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OR RETIREMENT 2023 AIP Award ($)(1) Accelerated Stock Option Vesting ($)(2) Accelerated Performance Share Vesting ($)(3) Accelerated Other LTI Vesting ($)(3) Benefits Continuation and Outplacement ($)(5) TOTAL TERMINATION BENEFITS ($) INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION – NOT FOR CAUSE 2023 AIP Award ($)(1) Cash Severance ($)(4) Accelerated Stock Option Vesting ($)(2) Accelerated Performance Share Vesting ($)(3) Accelerated Other LTI Vesting ($)(3) Benefits Continuation and Outplacement ($)(5) TOTAL TERMINATION BENEFITS ($) CHANGE OF CONTROL/ INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION NOT FOR CAUSE OR TERMINATION FOR GOOD REASON 2023 AIP Award ($)(1) Cash Severance ($)(4) Accelerated Stock Option Vesting ($)(2) Accelerated Performance Share Vesting ($)(3) Accelerated Other LTI Vesting ($)(3) Benefits Continuation and Outplacement ($)(5) TOTAL TERMINATION BENEFITS ($) INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION – DEATH OR DISABILITY 2023 AIP Award ($)(1) Accelerated Stock Option Vesting ($)(2) Accelerated Performance Share Vesting ($)(3) Accelerated Other LTI Vesting ($)(3) Benefits Continuation ($)(5) TOTAL TERMINATION BENEFITS ($) Christopher Swift Beth Costello David Robinson Deepa Soni Amy Stepnowski 3,861,000 5,684,724 11,449,829 — — 20,995,553 3,861,000 9,000,000 5,684,724 11,449,829 — 40,217 30,035,770 3,861,000 9,000,000 5,684,724 11,449,829 — 40,217 30,035,770 1,579,500 1,311,447 2,758,539 — — 5,649,486 1,579,500 4,250,000 1,311,447 2,758,539 — 45,444 9,944,930 1,579,500 4,250,000 1,311,447 2,758,539 — 45,444 9,944,930 994,500 994,277 2,134,089 — — 4,122,866 994,500 3,000,000 994,277 2,134,089 — 47,554 7,170,420 — — — — — — 1,287,000 547,025 1,170,962 — — 3,004,987 936,000 1,287,000 758,333 1,200,000 467,643 547,025 741,986 1,170,962 — — 45,444 2,949,406 45,444 4,250,431 994,500 936,000 1,287,000 3,000,000 1,400,000 1,200,000 994,277 537,344 547,025 2,134,089 1,476,693 1,170,962 — 47,554 7,170,420 — — 45,444 4,395,481 45,444 4,250,431 3,861,000 1,579,500 5,684,724 1,311,447 994,500 994,277 936,000 1,287,000 537,344 547,025 11,449,829 2,758,539 2,134,089 1,476,693 1,170,962 — — — — — 50,440 66,120 72,450 66,120 66,120 21,045,993 5,715,606 4,195,316 3,016,157 3,071,107 68 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION MATTERS (1) 2023 AIP Award Voluntary Termination or Retirement. Generally, upon a voluntary termination of employment during 2023, the NEO would not be eligible to receive an AIP award for 2023 unless the Compensation Committee determined otherwise. However, an NEO who is eligible for retirement treatment for an AIP award would be entitled to receive a pro rata award for 2023 based on the portion of the year served, payable no later than March 15 following the calendar year of termination. All of the NEOs, except for Ms. Soni, were eligible for retirement treatment as of December 31, 2023 under the AIP. The amounts shown represent the actual award payable for 2023, as reflected in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table on page 60. Involuntary Termination – Not For Cause. Each NEO would be eligible for a pro rata portion of their 2023 AIP award. The amounts shown represent the actual award payable for 2023, as reflected in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table on page 60. Involuntary Termination – Not For Cause, or a Termination For Good Reason, Within Two Years Following a Change of Control. Each NEO would be eligible for a pro rata portion of their 2023 AIP award, commensurate with amounts received by the executives who did not terminate employment. The amounts shown represent the actual award payable for 2023, as reflected in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table on page 60. Involuntary Termination For Cause. No AIP award would be payable. Death or Disability. Each NEO would receive a 2023 AIP award comparable to the award that would have been paid had they been subject to an involuntary termination (not for Cause). (2) Accelerated Stock Option Vesting Voluntary Termination or Retirement. For a voluntary termination, all unvested options would be canceled, unless the Compensation Committee determined otherwise. Each NEO would be entitled to exercise stock options vested as of the date of their termination of employment within the four month period following termination of employment but not beyond the scheduled expiration date. If the NEO is retirement eligible, unvested stock options would immediately vest. Vested options would need to be exercised no later than the scheduled expiration date. All of the NEOs, except for Ms. Soni, were eligible for retirement treatment as of December 31, 2023 on their 2021, 2022 and 2023 option awards. Involuntary Termination – Not For Cause. Each NEO would be entitled to pro rata vesting of unvested stock options as long as the options had been outstanding for at least one year from the date of grant. Stock options vested as of the date of termination of employment would need to be exercised within the four month period following termination of employment but not beyond the scheduled expiration date. If the NEO is retirement eligible, unvested stock options would immediately vest. Vested options would need to be exercised no later than the scheduled expiration date. All of the NEOs, except for Ms. Soni, were eligible for retirement treatment as of December 31, 2023 on their 2021, 2022 and 2023 option awards. Change of Control. Stock options would not automatically vest upon a Change of Control so long as the Compensation Committee determined that, upon the Change of Control, the awards would either be honored or replaced with substantially equivalent alternative awards. If the stock option awards were so honored or replaced, then vesting of those awards would only be accelerated if the NEO’s employment were to be terminated within two years following the Change of Control without Cause or by the NEO for Good Reason. Stock options, if vested upon the Change of Control, would be exercisable for the remainder of their original term. The amounts shown in the Change of Control section of the table provide the value of accelerated stock option vesting presuming that all options were to vest upon a Change of Control on December 31, 2023 (i.e., that the stock option awards were not honored or replaced, or that the NEOs were terminated at the time of the Change of Control without Cause) or quit for Good Reason. Involuntary Termination For Cause. All unvested stock options would be canceled. Death or Disability. All unvested stock options would fully vest and would need to be exercised no later than the scheduled expiration date. (3) Accelerated Vesting of Performance Shares and Other LTI Awards Voluntary Termination or Retirement. For a voluntary termination, unvested performance shares would be canceled as of the termination of employment date, unless the Compensation Committee determined otherwise. For retirement eligible employees, the 2022 and 2023 performance share awards would vest, subject to the Company's performance against performance measures and the NEO's compliance with a non-competition provision. As of December 31, 2023, all of the NEOs, except for Ms. Soni, were eligible to receive retirement treatment on their outstanding performance share awards, subject to the Company's performance against performance measures and the NEO's compliance with the non-competition provision. The amounts shown included dividend equivalents accrued as of December 31, 2023 on performance awards. Ms. Soni is not retirement eligible and would forfeit her performance shares if she voluntarily terminated employment. 2024 Proxy Statement 69 COMPENSATION MATTERS Involuntary Termination – Not For Cause. All of the NEOs, except for Ms. Soni, would receive full vesting, subject to the Company's performance against performance measures, in their 2022 and 2023 performance share awards due to eligibility for retirement treatment, subject to the NEO's compliance with the non-competition provision. Ms. Soni, who is not retirement eligible, would be entitled to pro rata vesting of her 2022 and 2023 performance share awards (subject to the Company's performance against performance measures). The amount shown is the value the NEO would be entitled to at the end of the respective performance period for these awards to which pro rata or full payment applies, based on $80.38, the closing stock price on December 29, 2023, and payout at target. The amounts shown include dividend equivalents accrued as of December 31, 2023 on performance awards. Change Of Control. The 2022 and 2023 Performance share awards would not automatically vest upon a Change of Control so long as the Compensation Committee determined that, upon the Change of Control, the awards would either be honored or replaced with substantially equivalent alternative awards. If the performance share awards were so honored or replaced, then vesting of those awards would only be accelerated if the NEO’s employment were to be terminated within two years following the Change of Control without Cause or by the NEO for Good Reason. The amounts shown in the Change of Control section of the table indicate the value of accelerated vesting presuming that all awards were to vest upon the Change of Control (i.e., the performance share awards were not honored or replaced, or that the NEOs were terminated at the time of the Change of Control without Cause or quit for Good Reason), based on $80.38, the closing stock price on December 29, 2023, and, a payout at target. The Compensation Committee could determine that performance share awards would pay out at greater than the target amount. The amounts shown include dividend equivalents accrued on performance awards. Involuntary Termination For Cause. All unvested awards would be canceled. Death or Disability. Performance share awards granted in 2022 and 2023 would vest in full at target and be payable within 60 days of the termination date. The amounts shown include dividend equivalents accrued as of December 31, 2023 on performance awards. (4) Cash Severance Payments Voluntary Termination or Retirement, Involuntary Termination For Cause, Death or Disability. No benefits would be payable. Involuntary Termination - Not For Cause Before or After a Change of Control, or Termination For Good Reason Within Two Years Following a Change of Control. Each NEO (other than Mses. Soni and Stepnowski) would receive a severance payment calculated as a lump sum equal to two times the sum of base salary and the target AIP award at the time of termination (assumed to be December 31, 2023 for this purpose). For an Involuntary termination not for Cause before a Change of Control, Ms. Soni would receive a severance payment calculated as a lump sum equal to 13 months of her annual base salary at the time of termination, and Ms. Stepnowski would receive a severance payment calculated as a lump sum equal to 24 months of her annual base salary at the time of termination (in each case, assumed to be December 31, 2023 for this purpose). For an involuntary termination not for Cause or a termination for Good Reason within two years following a Change of Control, Mses. Soni and Stepnowski would each receive a severance payment calculated as a lump sum equal to 24 months of her annual base salary at the time of termination (assumed to be December 31, 2023 for this purpose). In the event of termination after a Change of Control, if the aggregate present value of payments contingent on the Change of Control would result in payment by the NEO of an excise tax on “excess parachute payments,” as described in regulations under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, then the severance amounts shown would be reduced if, as a result, the NEO would thereby receive more on an after-tax basis than they would receive if the reduction in the severance amount was not made. The amounts shown assume that such reduction does not occur. (5) Benefits Continuation and Outplacement Voluntary Termination or Retirement. No benefits would be payable: executive outplacement services would not be provided and health benefit coverage ends. NEOs who terminate employment after attaining age 55 and completing 10 years of service can elect coverage under a company high deductible health plan until age 65 at their own expense. Involuntary Termination - Not For Cause, Before or After A Change of Control, or Termination For Good Reason Within Two Years Following a Change of Control. Each NEO would be provided up to one year of health benefits at the employee cost and up to one year of executive outplacement services. The amounts shown represent the estimated employer cost of health coverage continuation and outplacement for one year. Involuntary Termination - Disability or Death. Each NEO would be provided 36 months of life and health benefits continuation from the date of termination due to long term disability. The amounts shown represent the estimated employer cost of life and health coverage continuation for three years. DEFINITIONS “Cause” as used above is defined differently, depending upon whether an event occurs before or after a Change of Control. 70 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION MATTERS • Prior to a Change of Control, “Cause” is generally defined as termination for misconduct or other disciplinary action. With respect to 2023 LTI awards, prior to a Change of Control, "Cause" is defined as termination of the executive's employment due to the executive engaging in any of the following (as determined by the Company in its sole discretion): (i) the willful failure to perform substantially the executive's employment-related duties; (ii) the executive's willful or serious misconduct that has caused or could reasonably be expected to result in material injury to the business or reputation of the Company; (iii) the executive's conviction of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime constituting a felony; or (iv) the executive's breach of any written covenant or agreement with the Company or any material written policy of the Company. • Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, “Cause” is generally defined as the termination of the executive’s employment due to: (i) a felony conviction; (ii) an act or acts of dishonesty or gross misconduct which result or are intended to result in damage to the Company’s business or reputation; or (iii) repeated violations by the executive of the obligations of their position, which violations are demonstrably willful and deliberate and which result in damage to the Company’s business or reputation. “Change of Control” is generally defined as: • The filing of a report with the SEC disclosing that a person is the beneficial owner of 40% or more of the outstanding stock of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Company; • A person purchases shares pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer to acquire stock of the Company (or securities convertible into stock), provided that after consummation of the offer, the person is the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding stock of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Company; • The consummation of a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of the Company approved by the stockholders of the Company, other than in a transaction immediately following which the persons who were the beneficial owners of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction are the beneficial owners of at least 55% of the total voting power represented by the securities of the entity surviving such transaction entitled to vote in the election of directors of such entity in substantially the same relative proportions as their ownership of the securities of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; • The consummation of a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company approved by the stockholders of the Company; or • Within any 24 month period, the persons who were directors of the Company immediately before the beginning of such period (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease (for any reason other than death) to constitute at least a majority of the Board or the board of directors of any successor to the Company, provided that any director who was not a director at the beginning of such period shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director if such director (A) was elected to the Board by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors either actually or by prior operation of this clause, and (B) was not designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a merger or sale transaction described above. “Good Reason” is generally defined as: • The assignment of duties inconsistent in any material adverse respect with the executive’s position, duties, authority or responsibilities, or any other material adverse change in position, including titles, authority or responsibilities; • A material reduction in base pay or target AIP award; • Being based at any office or location more than 50 miles from the location at which services were performed immediately prior to the Change of Control (provided that such change of office or location also entails a substantially longer commute); • A failure by the Company to obtain the assumption and agreement to perform the provisions of the Senior Executive Officer Plan by a successor; or • A termination asserted by the Company to be for cause that is subsequently determined not to constitute a termination for Cause. CEO PAY RATIO For 2023, Mr. Swift had total compensation, as reported in the Summary Compensation Table on page 60, of $16,408,250, while our median employee (excluding the CEO) had total compensation of $101,119, yielding a CEO pay ratio of 162 times the median. Annual base salary at year-end 2023 was used to determine the median employee; no statistical sampling was used. The median employee's total compensation was calculated in the same manner as for the CEO in the Summary Compensation Table. All non-U.S. employees were excluded using the 5% de minimis rule (182 employees were based in the U.K., 8 in Canada, 5 in Hong Kong, and 5 in Switzerland). PAY VERSUS PERFORMANCE The table below provides information about the relationship between "Compensation Actually Paid" (as defined by the SEC) to NEOs and certain financial performance metrics of the Company. Compensation Actually Paid does not represent amounts actually 2024 Proxy Statement 71 COMPENSATION MATTERS received by the individuals during the year or the compensation decisions described in the "Compensation Discussion and Analysis” on page 41. Compensation Actually Paid is an amount calculated in accordance with SEC rules and includes, among other things, year-over-year changes in the fair value of unvested equity-based awards. Value of Initial Fixed $100 Investment Based on:(4) Summary Compensation Table (SCT) Total for CEO ($)(1) Year 2023 16,408,250 2022 16,086,469 2021 15,824,348 2020 11,806,195 Compensation Actually Paid (CAP) to CEO ($)(2) Average SCT Total for Other NEOs ($)(1) Average CAP to Other NEOs ($)(3) 11,750,729 3,710,379 3,144,402 26,534,011 5,409,204 8,245,362 38,804,005 4,793,726 10,351,296 (783,220) 3,927,876 524,850 Company TSR ($) Peer Group TSR ($) Net Income ($ in millions) (4) Compensation Core Earnings ($ in millions) (5) 146 135 120 83 158 145 132 100 2,504 1,819 2,371 1,737 2,737 2,561 2,163 1,767 (1) The CEO for each year reported was Christopher Swift. The names of each of the other NEOs included for purposes of calculating the average amounts in each applicable year are as follows: (i) for 2023, Beth Costello, David Robinson, Deepa Soni, and Amy Stepnowski; (ii) for 2022, Beth Costello, Douglas Elliot, David Robinson, and Deepa Soni; (iii) for 2021, Beth Costello, Douglas Elliot, David Robinson, Amy Stepnowski, and William Bloom; and (iv) for 2020, Beth Costello, Douglas Elliot, David Robinson, William Bloom, and Brion Johnson. (2) In accordance with the requirements of Item 402(v) of Regulation S-K, the following adjustments were made to the CEO's total compensation for each year to determine the compensation actually paid. For purposes of the pension valuation adjustments shown below, there was no pension service or prior service cost. Less: Change in Pension Value ($) Less: Stock Awards from SCT and Option Awards from SCT ($) Year SCT Total ($) Year-End Fair Value of Unvested Equity Awards and Applicable Dividend Equivalents Granted in the Year ($) Change in Fair Value of Unvested Equity Awards and Applicable Dividend Equivalents Granted in Prior Years ($) Vesting Date Fair Value of Equity Awards and Applicable Dividend Equivalents Granted and Vested in the Year ($) Change in Fair Value of Equity Awards and Applicable Dividend Equivalents Granted in Prior Years Which Vested in the Year ($) CAP ($) 2023 16,408,250 37,310 10,997,175 10,390,607 (298,113) 2022 16,086,469 — 10,153,500 14,890,747 5,123,290 2021 15,824,348 8,184 9,626,475 19,016,242 9,006,971 2020 11,806,195 33,824 7,990,850 6,834,642 (5,693,269) — — — — (3,715,530) 11,750,729 587,005 26,534,011 4,591,103 38,804,005 (5,706,114) (783,220) (3) In accordance with the requirements of Item 402(v) of Regulation S-K, the following adjustments were made to average total compensation for the NEOs as a group (excluding the CEO) for each year to determine the compensation actually paid, using the same methodology described above in footnote 2. For purposes of the pension valuation adjustments shown below, there was no pension service or prior service cost. Less: Change in Pension Value ($) Less: Stock Awards from SCT and Option Awards from SCT ($) Year SCT Total ($) Year-End Fair Value of Unvested Equity Awards and Applicable Dividend Equivalents Granted in the Year ($) Change in Fair Value of Unvested Equity Awards and Applicable Dividend Equivalents Granted in Prior Years ($) Vesting Date Fair Value of Equity Awards and Applicable Dividend Equivalents Granted and Vested in the Year ($) (a) Change in Fair Value of Equity Awards and Applicable Dividend Equivalents Granted in Prior Years Which Vested in the Year ($) CAP ($) 2023 3,710,379 21,025 1,760,857 1,663,735 (48,651) — (399,179) 3,144,402 2022 5,409,204 — 2,842,980 3,231,047 1,053,592 2021 4,793,726 1,170 2,362,389 4,335,398 1,972,862 938,364 340,965 456,135 8,245,362 1,271,904 10,351,296 2020 3,927,876 21,586 2,164,110 1,718,080 (1,391,173) 132,902 (1,677,139) 524,850 (a) Equity awards vest during the year granted only in the case of retirement. Retirements occurred in 2022, 2021, and 2020 for Messrs. Elliot, Bloom, and Johnson, respectively. (4) Reflects the value of a fixed $100 investment on December 31, 2019. The peer group used for this purpose is the published industry index: S&P Insurance Composite Index, the same peer group used for purposes of the performance graph included in the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, 2021, and 2020. (5) The Compensation Core Earnings definition and a reconciliation from GAAP net income available to common stockholders to Compensation Core Earnings for each year in the table are provided in Appendix A. 72 www.thehartford.com COMPENSATION MATTERS FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE MEASURES As described in greater detail in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” the Company’s executive compensation program is heavily weighted toward variable compensation and designed to promote long-term shareholder value creation and support our strategy. The most important financial performance measures used by the Company to link compensation actually paid to the Company’s NEOs to Company performance are as follows: • • • Compensation Core Earnings Compensation Core ROE TSR ANALYSIS OF THE INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THE PAY VERSUS PERFORMANCE TABLE Below are graphs showing the relationship of “Compensation Actually Paid” to our CEO and the average for our other NEOs in 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2023 relative to (i) TSR; (ii) net income; and (iii) Compensation Core Earnings: 2024 Proxy Statement 73 COMPENSATION MATTERS All information provided above under the heading “Pay Versus Performance” will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of the company's filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing, except to the extent the company specifically incorporates such information by reference. 74 www.thehartford.com MANAGEMENT PROPOSAL ITEM 4 MANAGEMENT PROPOSAL TO AMEND THE COMPANY’S CHARTER TO PERMIT THE EXCULPATION OF OFFICERS CONSISTENT WITH CHANGES TO DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW Proposal #4 asks shareholders approve an amendment (the “Amendment”) to our Restated Certificate of Incorporation (our “Certificate of Incorporation”) limiting the liability of certain officers of the Company, as permitted by recent amendments to Delaware law. If shareholders approve the Amendment at the Annual Meeting, the Company will amend and restate its Certificate of Incorporation by filing a Certificate of Amendment with the Delaware Secretary of State. ✓ The Board of Directors recommends that shareholders vote "FOR" this Proposal for the following reasons: The proposed changes will better incentivize officers to use their business judgment without fear of personal loss; • • The proposed changes will help to limit expensive and distracting litigation; and • Not adopting such changes may impact our ability to attract and retain top executive talent in the future. Article Sixth of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation currently limits the liability of directors resulting from a breach of their fiduciary duty of care under certain circumstances but does not limit officer liability to the same extent. The proposed changes will broaden the scope of permitted officer exculpation in Article Sixth, making our language consistent with recent changes to Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), which governs this topic. The rationale for expanding the scope of our officers’ liability to the extent permitted under Delaware law is to achieve a balance between two competing shareholder interests – accountability, on the one hand, and the Company’s ability to attract and retain quality officers, empowered to perform to the best of their abilities, on the other hand. The below discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Amendment, which is attached hereto as Appendix B. Background Historically, under Delaware law, exculpation from liability for certain breach of fiduciary duties claims was limited to a company’s directors. However, in August of 2022, Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL was amended to permit exculpation of specified officers, under the same limited circumstances afforded to directors. Specifically, Section 102(b)(7) now permits a corporation to include a provision in its certificate of incorporation to exculpate certain officers from personal liability for breach of the duty of care with respect to certain actions (and subject to certain exceptions). Article Sixth of our Certificate of Incorporation currently limits director liability to the extent permitted under Delaware law but does not limit officer liability to the same extent. The Board is now recommending that the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to broaden its officer exculpation provisions, to the extent permitted by Delaware law, effectively aligning director and officer liability. Scope of Amendment The scope of officer exculpation under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, as amended - and correspondingly, under the Amendment, as proposed - is narrow and specific. It permits exculpation only for direct claims brought by shareholders (including class actions) for breach of an officer’s fiduciary duty of care and is subject to a number of exceptions. It does not eliminate officers’ monetary liability for breach of fiduciary duty claims brought by the Company itself or for derivative claims brought by shareholders in the name of the Company. Consistent with the protections currently afforded to directors under Article Sixth of our Certificate of Incorporation, the Amendment does not limit the liability of officers for any breach of the duty of loyalty to the Company or its shareholders, any acts or omissions not in good faith or any intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, and any transaction from which the officer derived an improper personal benefit. Exculpation is limited to particular officers – specifically, (i) the president, chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief legal officer, controller, treasurer or chief accounting officer; (ii) an officer identified in the Company’s public filings with the SEC as one of the most highly compensated executive officers of the Company; or (iii) an officer who has, by written agreement with the Company, consented to be identified as an officer for purposes of accepting service of process. Furthermore, the Amendment is prospective and will not apply to any act or omission occurring prior to its effective date. Purposes of Amendment One of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities is the ongoing review and evaluation of the Company’s corporate governance policies and practices. In this capacity, the Committee has considered the potential benefits and 2024 Proxy Statement 75 potential harms of further limiting personal liability of certain officers as permitted by the Delaware law changes and has determined that the Amendment is in the best interests of the Company for several reasons. a. b. The proposed changes will better incentivize officers to use their business judgment without fear of personal loss. The role of an officer, by its nature, frequently requires these individuals make major decisions on crucial and/or complex matters. Adopting the Amendment enables our officers to exercise their business judgment in furtherance of the interests of the shareholders without the distraction posed by the risk of personal liability. The proposed changes will help to limit expensive and distracting litigation. Shareholder plaintiffs are increasingly pursuing claims against officers for breaches of the duty of care. By minimizing the time and expense spent responding to lawsuits, our officers can better focus on their professional responsibilities and the Company can direct those additional funds in more productive directions, all of which will add value for the Company. c. Not adopting such changes may impact our ability to attract and retain top executive talent in the future. Enhancing our ability to retain and attract talented executives is always in the Company’s best interest. In 2023, we saw many public companies adopt similar officer exculpation provisions and we believe that not adopting the Amendment could impact our recruitment and retention of candidates, who might conclude that the potential exposure to the liabilities discussed above exceeds the benefits of serving as one of our corporate officers. Required Vote and Effectiveness of the Amendment Approval by shareholders of the Amendment requires the affirmative vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock of the Company. If the Amendment is approved at the Annual Meeting, it will become effective upon the filing of a Certificate of Amendment with the Delaware Secretary of State, which would occur as soon as reasonably practicable following the Annual Meeting. If the Amendment is not approved at the Annual Meeting, the Certificate of Incorporation will not be amended, and no additional exculpation will be provided for our officers beyond what is currently available under our Certificate of Incorporate in its present form. 76 www.thehartford.com INFORMATION ON STOCK OWNERSHIP INFORMATION ON STOCK OWNERSHIP DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS The following table shows, as of March 18, 2024: (1) the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by each director and NEO, and (2) the aggregate number of shares of common stock and common stock-based equity (including RSUs, performance shares granted at target and stock options that will not vest or become exercisable within 60 days, as applicable) held by all directors, NEOs and Section 16 executive officers as a group. As of March 18, 2024, no individual director, NEO or Section 16 executive officer beneficially owned 1% or more of the total outstanding shares of our common stock. The directors, NEOs and Section 16 executive officers as a group beneficially owned approximately 1.6% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock as of March 18, 2024. Name of Beneficial Owner Beth Costello Larry De Shon Carlos Dominguez Trevor Fetter(3) Donna James Edmund Reese David Robinson Deepa Soni Teresa W. Roseborough Virginia P. Ruesterholz Amy Stepnowski Christopher J. Swift(4) Matthew E. Winter Greig Woodring(5) All directors, NEOs and Section 16 executive officers as a group (23 persons)(6) Common Stock(1) 558,916 13,401 25,330 132,602 9,421 6,496 335,775 83,391 31,412 46,236 78,223 2,579,961 14,254 19,981 Total(2) 702,513 13,401 25,330 132,602 9,421 6,496 362,478 164,633 31,412 46,236 144,875 3,200,248 14,254 19,981 4,611,491 5,911,247 (1) All shares of common stock are owned directly except as otherwise indicated below. Pursuant to SEC regulations, shares of common stock beneficially owned include shares of common stock that, as of March 18, 2024: (i) may be acquired by directors, NEOs and Section 16 executive officers upon the vesting or distribution of stock-settled RSUs or the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after March 18, 2024, (ii) are allocated to the accounts of Section 16 executive officers under the Company’s tax-qualified 401(k) plan, (iii) are held by Section 16 executive officers under The Hartford Employee Stock Purchase Plan or (iv) are owned by a director’s, NEO's or a Section 16 executive officer’s spouse or minor child. Of the number of shares of common stock shown above, the following shares may be acquired upon exercise of stock options as of March 18, 2024 or within 60 days thereafter by: Ms. Costello, 489,747 shares; Mr. Robinson, 319,823 shares; Ms. Soni, 56,385; Ms. Stepnowski, 57,383 shares; Mr. Swift, 2,157,235 shares; and all NEOs and Section 16 executive officers as a group, 3,622,402 shares. (2) This column shows the individual’s total stock-based holdings in the Company, including the securities shown in the “Common Stock” column (as described in footnote 1), plus RSUs that vest and stock options that become exercisable more than 60 days after March 18, 2024, and all outstanding performance shares (at target). (3) The amount shown includes 60,945 shares of common stock held by a trust for which Mr. Fetter serves as trustee. (4) The amount shown includes 15,503 shares of common stock held by Mr. Swift’s spouse and 156,251 held in two trusts for which Mr. Swift or his spouse serves as trustee. (5) The amount shown includes 84 shares of common stock held by a trust for which Mr. Woodring serves as trustee. (6) The amount shown includes 538 shares of common stock allocated to the account of a Section 16 executive officer under the Company’s tax-qualified 401(k) plan. 2024 Proxy Statement 77 INFORMATION ON STOCK OWNERSHIP CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS The following table shows those persons known to the Company as of February 14, 2024 to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock. In furnishing the information below, we have relied on information filed with the SEC by the beneficial owners. Name and Address of Beneficial Owner The Vanguard Group 100 Vanguard Blvd. Malvern, PA 19355 BlackRock, Inc. 55 East 52nd Street New York, NY 10055 T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 100 E. Pratt Street Baltimore, MD 21202 State Street Corporation One Lincoln Street Boston, MA 02111 Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership 38,754,269(2) Percent of Class(1) 12.89% 25,309,868(3) 18,658,548(4) 8.4% 6.2% 16,712,364(5) 5.56% (1) The percentages contained in this column are based solely on information provided in Schedules 13G or 13G/A filed with the SEC by each of the beneficial owners listed above regarding their respective holdings of our common stock as of December 31, 2023. (2) This information is based solely on information contained in a Schedule 13G/A filed on February 13, 2024 by The Vanguard Group to report that it was the beneficial owner of 38,754,269 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2023. Vanguard has (i) sole power to vote or to direct the vote with respect to none of such shares; (ii) shared power to vote or to direct the vote with respect to 389,257 of such shares, (iii) sole power to dispose or direct the disposition with respect to 37,464,665 of such shares and (iv) the shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of 1,289,604 of such shares. (3) This information is based solely on information contained in a Schedule 13G/A filed on January 25, 2024 by BlackRock, Inc. to report that it was the beneficial owner of 25,309,868 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2023. BlackRock has (i) sole power to vote or to direct the vote with respect to 22,506,233 of such shares; (ii) shared power to vote or to direct the vote with respect to none of such shares; (iii) sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of 25,309,868 of such shares; and (iv) shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of none of such shares. (4) This information is based solely on information contained in a Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2024 by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. to report that it was the beneficial owner of 18,658,548 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2023. T. Rowe Price has (i) sole power to vote or to direct the vote with respect to 9,404,789 of such shares; (ii) shared power to vote or to direct the vote with respect to none of such shares and (iii) sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of 18,658,548 of such shares; and (iv) shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of none of such shares. (5) This information is based solely on information contained in a Schedule 13G filed on January 30, 2024 by State Street Corporation to report that it was the beneficial owner of 16,712,364 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2023. State Street has (i) sole power to vote or to direct the vote with respect to none of such shares; (ii) shared power to vote or to direct the vote with respect to 11,304,205 of such shares and (iii) sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of none of such shares; and (iv) shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of 16,691,974 of such shares. DELINQUENT SECTION 16(a) REPORTS Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors and designated Section 16 executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities, to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of our common stock and other equity securities. Section 16 executive officers, directors and greater than 10% shareholders are required by SEC regulation to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based upon a review of filings with the SEC and written representations from our directors and Section 16 executive officers that no other reports were required, we believe that all Section 16(a) reports were filed timely in 2023, with the following exceptions: on February 22, 2023, a late Form 4 was filed for Michael R. Fisher to report the sale of 4,916 shares of our common stock pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan that Mr. Fisher entered into prior to becoming a Section 16 officer; on May 9, 2023, a late Form 4 was filed for Jonathan Bennett to report the purchase and sale of 21 shares of our common stock that occurred in a managed account without his knowledge, which resulted in $130.62 in short-swing profits that Mr. Bennett disgorged to the Company on June 7, 2023; on September 11, 2023, a late Form 4 was filed for Amy M. Stepnowski to report the sale of 336 shares of our common stock due to an administrative error; and on January 31, 2024, a Form 3/A was filed for Amy M. Stepnowski to report 3,972.42 shares of our common stock that were inadvertently omitted from her original Form 3 and subsequent Forms 4. 78 www.thehartford.com INFORMATION ABOUT THE MEETING INFORMATION ABOUT THE HARTFORD’S ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS HOUSEHOLDING OF PROXY MATERIALS SEC rules permit companies and intermediaries such as brokers to satisfy delivery requirements for proxy statements and notices with respect to two or more shareholders sharing the same address by delivering a single proxy statement or a single notice addressed to those shareholders. This process, which is commonly referred to as “householding,” provides cost savings for companies. Some brokers household proxy materials, delivering a single proxy statement or notice to multiple shareholders sharing an address unless contrary instructions have been received from the affected shareholders. Once you have received notice from your broker that they will be householding materials to your address, householding will continue until you are notified otherwise or until you revoke your consent. If, at any time, you no longer wish to participate in householding and would prefer to receive a separate proxy statement or notice, please notify your broker. You may also call (800) 542-1061 or write to: Householding Department, 51 Mercedes Way, Edgewood, New York 11717, and include your name, the name of your broker or other nominee, and your account number(s). You can also request prompt delivery of copies of the Notice of 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, Proxy Statement and 2023 Annual Report by writing to Terence Shields, Corporate Secretary, The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, CT 06155. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS The Board of Directors of The Hartford is soliciting shareholders’ proxies in connection with the 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and at any adjournment or postponement thereof. The mailing to shareholders of the notice of Internet availability of proxy materials took place on or about April 5, 2024. Q: Why did I receive a one-page notice in the mail regarding the Internet availability of proxy materials instead of a full set of proxy materials? A: Instead of mailing a printed copy of our proxy materials to each shareholder of record, the SEC permits us to furnish proxy materials by providing access to those documents on the Internet. Shareholders will not receive printed copies of the proxy materials unless they request them. The notice instructs you as to how to submit your proxy on the Internet. If you would like to receive a paper or email copy of our proxy materials, you should follow the instructions in the notice for requesting them. Q: How are shares voted if additional matters are presented at the Annual Meeting? A: Other than the items of business described in this proxy statement, we are not aware of any other business to be acted upon at the Annual Meeting. If you grant a proxy, the persons named as proxyholders, Donald C. Hunt, Executive Vice President and General Counsel, and Terence Shields, Corporate Secretary, will have the discretion to vote your shares on any additional matters properly presented for a vote at the Annual Meeting in accordance with Delaware law and our By-laws. Q: Who may vote at the Annual Meeting? A: Holders of our common stock at the close of business on March 18, 2024 (the “Record Date”) may vote at the Annual Meeting. On the Record Date, we had 297,298,768 shares of common stock outstanding and entitled to be voted at the Annual Meeting. You may cast one vote for each share of common stock you hold on all matters presented at the Annual Meeting. Participants in The Hartford Investment and Savings Plan (“ISP”) and The Hartford Deferred Restricted Stock Unit Plan (“Bonus Swap Plan”) may instruct plan trustees as to how to vote their shares using the methods described on page 80. The trustees of the ISP and the Bonus Swap Plan will vote shares for which they have not received direction in accordance with the terms of the ISP and the Bonus Swap Plan, respectively. Participants in The Hartford's Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) may vote their shares as described on page 80. 2024 Proxy Statement 79 INFORMATION ABOUT THE MEETING Q: What vote is required to approve each proposal? A: Proposal Voting Standard 1 2 3 4 Election of Directors To ratify the appointment of our independent registered public accounting firm To approve, on a non-binding, advisory basis, the compensation of our named executive officers as disclosed in this proxy statement A director will be elected if the number of shares voted “for” that director exceeds the number of votes “against” that director. An affirmative vote requires the majority of those shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote. An affirmative vote requires the majority of those shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote. To vote on the management proposal described in this proxy statement An affirmative vote requires the majority of those shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote. Q: What is the difference between a “shareholder of record” and a “street name” holder? A: These terms describe the manner in which your shares are held. If your shares are registered directly in your name through Computershare, our transfer agent, you are a “shareholder of record.” If your shares are held in the name of a brokerage firm, bank, trust or other nominee as custodian on your behalf, you are a “street name” holder. Q: How do I vote my shares? A: Subject to the limitations described below, you may vote by proxy: By internet By telephone Visit 24/7 www.proxyvote.com Dial toll-free 24/7 1-800-690-6903 By mailing your Proxy Card At the annual meeting Cast your ballot, sign your proxy card and send by mail Follow the instructions on the virtual meeting site When voting on proposal items 1-4, you may vote “for” or “against” the item or you may abstain from voting. Voting Through the Internet or by Telephone Prior to the Annual Meeting. Whether you hold your shares directly as the shareholder of record or beneficially in “street name,” you may direct your vote by proxy without attending the Annual Meeting. You can vote by proxy using the Internet or a telephone by following the instructions provided in the notice you received. Voting by Proxy Card or Voting Instruction Form. Each shareholder, including any employee of The Hartford who owns common stock through the ISP, the Bonus Swap Plan or the ESPP, may vote by using the proxy card(s) or voting instruction form(s) provided to them. When you return a proxy card or voting instruction form that is properly completed and signed, the shares of common stock represented by that card will be voted as you specified. Q: Can I vote my shares at the virtual Annual Meeting? A: You may vote online during the virtual Annual Meeting by visiting www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/HIG2024, entering the 16-digit control number provided on your proxy card, voting instruction form or notice, and following the on-screen instructions. Q: Can my shares be voted even if I abstain or don’t vote by proxy or attend the Annual Meeting? A: If you cast a vote of “abstention” on a proposal, your shares cannot be voted otherwise unless you change your vote (see below). Because they are considered to be present and entitled to vote for purposes of determining voting results, abstentions will have the effect of a vote against Proposal #2, Proposal #3, and Proposal #4. Note, however, that abstentions will have no effect on Proposal #1, since only votes “for” or “against” a director nominee will be considered in determining the outcome. Abstentions are included in the determination of shares present for quorum purposes. 80 www.thehartford.com     INFORMATION ABOUT THE MEETING If you don’t vote your shares held in “street name,” your broker can vote your shares in its discretion on matters that the NYSE has ruled discretionary. The ratification of Deloitte & Touche LLP as independent registered public accounting firm is a discretionary item under the NYSE rules. If no contrary direction is given, your shares will be voted on this matter by your broker in its discretion. The NYSE deems the election of directors, matters relating to executive compensation, and shareholder proposals opposed by management as non-discretionary matters in which brokers may not vote shares held by a beneficial owner without instructions from such beneficial owner. Accordingly, brokers will not be able to vote your shares for the election of directors or the advisory vote on compensation of our named executive officers if you fail to provide specific instructions. If you do not provide instructions, a “broker non-vote” results, and the underlying shares will not be considered voting power present at the Annual Meeting. Therefore, these shares will not be counted in the vote on those matters. If you do not vote shares for which you are the shareholder of record, your shares will not be voted. Q: What constitutes a quorum, and why is a quorum required? A: A quorum is required for our shareholders to conduct business at the Annual Meeting. The presence at the Annual Meeting, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on the Record Date will constitute a quorum, permitting us to conduct the business of the meeting. Abstentions and proxies submitted by brokers (even with limited voting power such as for discretionary matters only) will be considered “present” at the Annual Meeting and counted in determining whether there is a quorum present. Q: Can I change my vote after I have delivered my proxy? A: Yes. If you are a shareholder of record, you may revoke your proxy at any time before it is exercised by: Entering a new vote prior to the Annual Meeting at www.proxyvote.com or via telephone; 1. 2. Giving written notice of revocation to our Corporate Secretary; 3. 4. Submitting a subsequently dated and properly completed proxy card; or Entering a new vote during the Annual Meeting at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/HIG2024 (your attendance at the Annual Meeting will not by itself revoke your proxy). If you hold shares in “street name,” you may submit new voting instructions by contacting your broker, bank or other nominee. You may also change your vote or revoke your proxy by voting online during the virtual Annual Meeting. Q: Where can I find voting results of the Annual Meeting? A: We will announce preliminary voting results at the Annual Meeting and publish the results in a Form 8-K filed with the SEC within four business days after the date of the Annual Meeting. Q: How can I submit a proposal for inclusion in the 2025 proxy statement? A: We must receive proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in the 2025 proxy statement relating to the 2025 Annual Meeting no later than the close of business on December 6, 2024. Any proposal received after that date will not be included in our proxy materials for 2025. In addition, all proposals for inclusion in the 2025 proxy statement must comply with all of the requirements of Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. No proposal may be presented at the 2025 Annual Meeting unless we receive notice of the proposal by Friday, February 14, 2025. Proposals should be addressed to Terence Shields, Corporate Secretary, The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, CT 06155. All proposals must comply with the requirements set forth in our By-laws, a copy of which may be obtained from our Corporate Secretary or on the Corporate Governance page of the investor relations section of our website at http://ir.thehartford.com. Q: How may I obtain other information about The Hartford? A: General information about The Hartford is available on our website at www.thehartford.com. You may view the Corporate Governance page of the investor relations section of our website at http://ir.thehartford.com for the following information, which is also available in print without charge to any shareholder who requests it in writing: SEC Filings • Copies of this proxy statement • Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 • Other filings we have made with the SEC Governance Documents • Articles of Incorporation • By-laws • Corporate Governance Guidelines (including guidelines for determining director independence and qualifications) • Charters of the Board’s committees • Code of Ethics and Business Conduct • Code of Ethics and Business Conduct for Members of the Board of Directors Written requests for print copies of any of the above-listed documents should be addressed to Terence Shields, Corporate Secretary, The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, CT 06155. 2024 Proxy Statement 81     INFORMATION ABOUT THE MEETING In addition, you may access our Sustainability Report, which presents our sustainability goals and provides data on our sustainability practices and achievements, as well as our TCFD, SASB, and EEO-1 reports at: https://www.thehartford.com/ about-us/corporate-sustainability. For further information, you may also contact our Investor Relations Department at the following address: The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, CT 06155, or call (860) 547-2537. 82 www.thehartford.com INFORMATION ABOUT THE MEETING OTHER INFORMATION As of the date of this proxy statement, the Board of Directors has no knowledge of any business that will be properly presented for consideration at the Annual Meeting other than that described above. As to other business, if any, that may properly come before the Annual Meeting, the proxies will vote in accordance with their judgment. Present and former directors and present and former officers and other employees of the Company may solicit proxies by telephone, telegram or mail, or by meetings with shareholders or their representatives. The Company will reimburse brokers, banks or other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for their charges and expenses in forwarding proxy material to beneficial owners. The Company has engaged Morrow Sodali LLC to solicit proxies for the Annual Meeting for a fee of $13,000, plus the payment of Morrow’s out-of-pocket expenses. The Company will bear all expenses relating to the solicitation of proxies. The proxy materials are available to you via the Internet. Shareholders who access the Company’s materials this way get the information they need electronically, which allows us to reduce printing and delivery costs and lessen adverse environmental impacts. The notice of Internet availability contains instructions as to how to access and review these materials. You may also refer to the notice for instructions regarding how to request paper copies of these materials. We hereby incorporate by reference into this proxy statement “Item 10: Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance of The Hartford” and “Item 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023. By order of the Board of Directors, Terence Shields Corporate Secretary Dated: April 5, 2024 SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO VOTE BY PROXY, WHETHER OR NOT THEY EXPECT TO ATTEND THE VIRTUAL ANNUAL MEETING. A SHAREHOLDER MAY REVOKE THEIR PROXY AND VOTE AT THE VIRTUAL ANNUAL MEETING (STREET HOLDERS MUST OBTAIN A LEGAL PROXY FROM THEIR BROKER, BANKER OR TRUSTEE TO VOTE AT THE VIRTUAL ANNUAL MEETING). 2024 Proxy Statement 83 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A: RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON- GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES The Hartford uses non-GAAP financial measures in this proxy statement to assist investors in analyzing the Company's operating performance for the periods presented herein. Because The Hartford's calculation of these measures may differ from similar measures used by other companies, investors should be careful when comparing The Hartford's non-GAAP financial measures to those of other companies. Definitions and calculations of non-GAAP and other financial measures used in this proxy statement can be found below. On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted FASB's LDTI guidance, which was applied on a modified retrospective basis as of January 1, 2021. Impacted prior periods in this document have been restated to reflect the adoption of LDTI where noted. For additional information refer to Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules in the Company's most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. Core Earnings: The Hartford uses the non-GAAP measure core earnings as an important measure of the Company’s operating performance. The Hartford believes that core earnings provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of the Company’s ongoing businesses because it reveals trends in our insurance and financial services businesses that may be obscured by including the net effect of certain items. Therefore, the following items are excluded from core earnings: • • • Certain realized gains and losses - Generally realized gains and losses are primarily driven by investment decisions and external economic developments, the nature and timing of which are unrelated to the insurance and underwriting aspects of our business. Accordingly, core earnings excludes the effect of all realized gains and losses that tend to be highly variable from period to period based on capital market conditions. The Hartford believes, however, that some realized gains and losses are integrally related to our insurance operations, so core earnings includes net realized gains and losses such as net periodic settlements on credit derivatives. These net realized gains and losses are directly related to an offsetting item included in the income statement such as net investment income. Restructuring and other costs - Costs incurred as part of a restructuring plan are not a recurring operating expense of the business. Loss on extinguishment of debt - Largely consisting of make-whole payments or tender premiums upon paying debt off before maturity, these losses are not a recurring operating expense of the business. • Gains and losses on reinsurance transactions - Gains or losses on reinsurance, such as those entered into upon sale of a business or to reinsure loss reserves, are not a recurring operating expense of the business. • • Integration and other non-recurring M&A costs – These costs, including transaction costs incurred in connection with an acquired business, are incurred over a short period of time and do not represent an ongoing operating expense of the business. Change in loss reserves upon acquisition of a business - These changes in loss reserves are excluded from core earnings because such changes could obscure the ability to compare results in periods after the acquisition to results of periods prior to the acquisition. • Deferred gain resulting from retroactive reinsurance and subsequent changes in the deferred gain - Retroactive reinsurance agreements economically transfer risk to the reinsurers and excluding the deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance and related amortization of the deferred gain from core earnings provides greater insight into the economics of the business. • • Change in valuation allowance on deferred taxes related to non-core components of before tax income - These changes in valuation allowances are excluded from core earnings because they relate to non-core components of before tax income, such as tax attributes like capital loss carryforwards. Results of discontinued operations - These results are excluded from core earnings for businesses sold or held for sale because such results could obscure the ability to compare period over period results for our ongoing businesses. In addition to the above components of net income available to common stockholders that are excluded from core earnings, preferred stock dividends declared, which are excluded from net income, are included in the determination of core earnings. Preferred stock dividends are a cost of financing more akin to interest expense on debt and are expected to be a recurring expense as long as the preferred stock is outstanding. Net income (loss) and net income (loss) available to common stockholders are the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measures to core earnings. Core earnings should not be considered as a substitute for net income (loss) or net income (loss) available to common stockholders and does not reflect the overall profitability of the Company’s business. Therefore, The Hartford believes that it is useful for investors to evaluate net income (loss), net income (loss) available to common stockholders, and core earnings when reviewing the Company’s performance. Below is a reconciliation of net income (loss) available to common stockholders to core earnings for the years ended Dec. 31, 2023, 2022, 2021 and 2020. 84 www.thehartford.com ($ in millions) Net income available to common stockholders(1) Adjustments to reconcile net income available to common stockholders to core earnings: Net realized losses (gains), excluded from core earnings, before tax Restructuring and other costs, before tax Loss on extinguishment of debt, before tax Integration and other non-recurring M&A costs before tax Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance, before tax Income tax expense (benefit)(2) APPENDIX A Year Ended Dec. 31, 2023 Year Ended Dec. 31, 2022 Year Ended Dec. 31, 2021 Year Ended Dec. 31, 2020 $ 2,483 $ 1,798 $ 2,350 $ 1,716 152 6 — 8 194 (76) 626 13 9 21 229 (200) (505) 1 — 58 246 34 18 104 — 51 312 (115) Core Earnings(1) $ 2,767 $ 2,496 $ 2,184 $ 2,086 (1) Adopting LDTI resulted in an after tax increase to net income and core earnings of $4 for 2022 and $6 for 2021. (2) Primarily represents federal income tax expense (benefit) related to before tax items not included in core earnings. Compensation Core Earnings: As discussed under “Annual Incentive Plan Awards” on page 46, at the beginning of each year, the Compensation Committee approves a definition of “Compensation Core Earnings,” a non-GAAP financial measure. Compensation Core Earnings is used to set AIP award targets and threshold levels below which no AIP award is earned. Below are the Compensation Committee’s 2023, 2022, 2021 and 2020 definitions of “Compensation Core Earnings” and reconciliations of core earnings to this non-GAAP financial measure. ($ in millions) Core Earnings as reported (1) Adjusted for, after tax:  Income (losses) associated with the cumulative effect of accounting changes and accounting extraordinary items Total catastrophe losses, including reinstatement premiums, state catastrophe fund assessments and terrorism losses, that are (below) or above the annual catastrophe budget Prior accident year reserve development associated with asbestos and environmental reserves, net of reinsurance recoveries, included in core earnings Entire amount of a (gain) or loss (or such percentage of a gain or loss as determined by the Compensation Committee) associated with any other unusual or non- recurring item, including but not limited to reserve development, litigation and regulatory settlement charges and/or prior/current year non-recurring tax benefits or charges Total equity method earnings that are below or (above) the annual operating budget from the limited partnership that owns Talcott Resolution Total Hartford Funds earnings that are below or (above) the annual operating budget Year Ended Dec. 31, 2023 Year Ended Dec. 31, 2022 Year Ended Dec. 31, 2021 Year Ended Dec. 31, 2020 $ 2,767 $ 2,492 $ 2,178 $ 2,086 — (13) — — 44 — — 10 — — (319) — (17) (24) (4) 18 — 49 19 (40) (21) 3 1,767 Compensation Core Earnings  $ 2,737 $ 2,561 $ 2,163 $ (1) Core Earnings as reported in this table for 2022 and 2021 do not reflect impacts of the Company's adoption of FASB's LDTI guidance. 2024 Proxy Statement 85 APPENDIX A Core Earnings Margin: The Hartford uses the non-GAAP measure core earnings margin to evaluate, and believes it is an important measure of, the Group Benefits segment's operating performance. Core earnings margin is calculated by dividing core earnings by revenues, excluding buyouts and realized gains (losses). Net income margin, calculated by dividing net income by revenues, is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Company believes that core earnings margin provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of Group Benefits because it reveals trends in the business that may be obscured by the effect of buyouts and realized gains (losses) as well as other items excluded in the calculation of core earnings. Core earnings margin should not be considered as a substitute for net income margin and does not reflect the overall profitability of Group Benefits. Therefore, the Company believes it is important for investors to evaluate both core earnings margin and net income margin when reviewing performance. Below is a reconciliation of net income margin to core earnings margin for the year ended Dec. 31, 2023. Net income margin Adjustments to reconcile net income margin to core earnings margin: Net realized losses before tax Integration and other non-recurring M&A costs, before tax Income tax benefit Core earnings margin Year Ended Dec. 31, 2023 7.7 % 0.4 % 0.1 % (0.1) % 8.1 % Core Earnings Return on Equity: The Company provides different measures of the return on stockholders' equity (ROE). Core earnings ROE is calculated based on non-GAAP financial measures. Core earnings ROE is calculated by dividing (a) the non-GAAP measure core earnings for the prior four fiscal quarters by (b) the non-GAAP measure average common stockholders' equity, excluding AOCI. Net income ROE is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Company excludes AOCI in the calculation of core earnings ROE to provide investors with a measure of how effectively the Company is investing the portion of the Company's net worth that is primarily attributable to the Company's business operations. The Company provides to investors return on equity measures based on its non-GAAP core earnings financial measure for the reasons set forth in the core earnings definition. A reconciliation of consolidated net income ROE to Consolidated Core earnings ROE is set forth below. Net Income available to common stockholders ROE(1) Adjustments to reconcile net income ROE to core earnings ROE: Net realized losses (gains), excluded from core earnings, before tax Restructuring and other costs, before tax Loss on extinguishment of debt, before tax Integration and other non-recurring M&A costs, before tax Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance, before tax Income tax expense (benefit) on items not included in core earnings Impact of AOCI, excluded from denominator of Core Earnings ROE Core earnings ROE(1) Year Ended Dec. 31, 2023 Year Ended Dec. 31, 2022 Year Ended Dec. 31, 2021 17.5 % 11.7 % 13.2 % 1.1 % — % — % 0.1 % 1.4 % (0.5) % (3.8) % 15.8 % 4.1 % 0.1 % 0.1 % 0.1 % 1.5 % (1.3) % (1.8) % 14.5 % (2.8) % — % — % 0.3 % 1.4 % 0.2 % 0.4 % 12.7 % (1) Adopting LDTI resulted in Net Income available to common stockholders ROE increases of .1 in each of 2022 and 2021, as well as a core earnings ROE increase of .1 in 2022. 86 www.thehartford.com Compensation Core ROE: As discussed under "Long-Term Incentive Awards" on page 49, Compensation Core ROE is used to set performance share targets and threshold levels below which there is no payout. The adjustments described in the left hand column of the table below constitute the Compensation Committee’s 2023 definition of “Compensation Core ROE.” A reconciliation of GAAP net income to Compensation Core ROE for the 2023 performance share awards will not be available until the end of the performance period in 2025. Reconciliations for each year covered by the 2021 performance share awards are provided in the table below, with any variations from the 2023 performance share award definition explained in the notes below the table. APPENDIX A Net income available to common shareholders as reported Adjustments to reconcile net income available to common stockholders to core earnings: Year Ended Dec. 31, 2023 Year Ended Dec. 31, 2022(1) Year Ended Dec. 31, 2021(1) $2,483 $1,794 $2,344 Net realized losses (gains) excluded from core earnings, before tax 152 626 (505) Restructuring and other costs, before tax Loss on extinguishment of debt, before tax Integration and other non-recurring M&A costs, before tax Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance, before tax Income tax expense (benefit) Loss (income) from discontinued operations, after tax Core Earnings as reported Adjusted for after tax:  Total catastrophe losses, including reinstatement premiums, state catastrophe fund assessments and terrorism losses that are (below) or above the catastrophe budget.(2) Total equity method earnings from the limited partnership that owns Talcott Resolution that are below (above) the annual operating budget as set for each year in February 2021 Total Hartford Funds earnings that are below or (above) the annual operating budget as set for each year in February 2021 Core Earnings  as adjusted Prior year ending common stockholders' equity, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) as reported Current year ending common stockholders' equity, excluding AOCI as reported Average common stockholders' equity, excluding AOCI as reported Compensation Core ROE Average of 2021, 2022 and 2023 Compensation Core ROE = 14.5% 6 — 8 194 (76) — 13 9 21 229 (200) — 1 — 58 246 34 — 2,767 2,492 2,178 2 13 28 48 13 14 21 (1) (40) 2,810 2,552 2,173 17,183 17,337 17,052 17,842 17,513 17,173 17,255 17,337 17,194 16.0 % 14.8 % 12.6 % (1) (2) The amounts as reported in this table for 2022 and 2021 do not reflect impacts of the Company's adoption of FASB's LDTI guidance. The catastrophe budget for each year will be based on the multi-year outlook finalized in the first quarter of the year of grant.  The catastrophe budget will be adjusted only for changes in exposures between what is assumed in the multi-year outlook versus exposures as the book is actually constituted in each respective year. 2024 Proxy Statement 87 APPENDIX A Underlying Combined Ratio: This non-GAAP financial measure of underwriting results represents the combined ratio before catastrophes, prior accident year development and current accident year change in loss reserves upon acquisition of a business. Combined ratio is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. The Company believes this ratio is an important measure of the trend in profitability since it removes the impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year loss and loss adjustment expense reserve development. The changes to loss reserves upon acquisition of a business are excluded from underlying combined ratio because such changes could obscure the ability to compare results in periods after the acquisition to results of periods prior to the acquisition as such trends are valuable to our investors' ability to assess the Company's financial performance. Below is a reconciliation of combined ratio to the underlying combined ratio for individual reporting segments for the year-ended December 31, 2023. Combined Ratio Impact of current accident year catastrophes and PYD on combined ratio Underlying Combined Ratio Commercial Lines Personal Lines 89.6 (1.8) 87.8 107.5 (8.2) 99.3 Core earnings per diluted share: This non-GAAP per share measure is calculated using the non-GAAP financial measure core earnings rather than the GAAP measure net income. The Company believes that core earnings per diluted share provides investors with a valuable measure of the Company's operating performance for the same reasons applicable to its underlying measure, core earnings. Net income (loss) available to common stockholders per diluted common share is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. Core earnings per diluted share should not be considered as a substitute for net income (loss) available to common stockholders per diluted common share and does not reflect the overall profitability of the Company's business. Therefore, the Company believes that it is useful for investors to evaluate net income (loss) available to common stockholders per diluted common share and core earnings per diluted share when reviewing the Company's performance. Below is a reconciliation of net income available to common stockholders per diluted share to core earnings per diluted share for the year- ended December 31, 2023. Year Ended Dec. 31, 2023 Net Income available to common stockholders per diluted share $ 7.97 Adjustments made to reconcile net income available to common stockholders per diluted share to core earnings per diluted share: Net realized losses (gains), excluded from core earnings, before tax Restructuring and other costs, before tax Loss on extinguishment of debt, before tax Integration and other non-recurring M&A costs, before tax Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance, before tax Income tax expense (benefit) on items excluded from core earnings Core earnings per diluted share $ 0.49 0.02 — 0.03 0.62 (0.25) 8.88 88 www.thehartford.com APPENDIX B: AMENDMENT TO CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION ARTICLE SIXTH To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect, no director or officer of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, as applicable, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL) as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any repeal or modification of Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL or of this ARTICLE SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification. For purposes of this ARTICLE SIXTH, “officer” shall have the meaning provided in Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. 2024 Proxy Statement 89 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023 TABLE OF CONTENTS Description Page Part I BUSINESS RISK FACTORS CYBERSECURITY Part II MARKET FOR THE HARTFORD'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES OTHER INFORMATION Part III DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE HARTFORD EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES Item 1 1A. 1C. 5 7 9 9A. 9B. 10 11 13 14 Part IV 15 INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES 4 16 29 31 33 None 109 111 112 [a] [b] [c] 113 [a] The information called for by Item 11 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the subcaptions "Compensation Discussion and Analysis", "Executive Compensation Tables", "Director Compensation", "Report of the Compensation and Management Development Committee", "Pay Versus Performance" and "CEO Pay Ratio" and is incorporated herein by reference. [b] Any information called for by Item 13 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the caption and subcaption "Board and Governance Matters" and "Director Independence" and is incorporated herein by reference. [c] The information called for by Item 14 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the caption "Audit Matters" and is incorporated herein by reference. 1 Forward-looking Statements Certain of the statements contained herein are forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” and similar references to future periods. Forward-looking statements are based on management's current expectations and assumptions regarding future economic, competitive, legislative and other developments and their potential effect upon The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company" or "The Hartford"). Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Actual results could differ materially from expectations depending on the evolution of various factors, including the risks and uncertainties identified below, as well as factors described in such forward-looking statements; or in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, in Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and those identified from time to time in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. • Risks Relating to Economic, Political and Global Market Conditions: ◦ challenges related to the Company’s current operating environment, including global political, economic and market conditions, and the effect of financial market disruptions, economic downturns, changes in trade regulation including tariffs and other barriers or other potentially adverse macroeconomic developments on the demand for our products and returns in our investment portfolios; ◦ market risks associated with our business, including changes in credit spreads, equity prices, interest rates, inflation rate, foreign currency exchange rates and market volatility; ◦ ◦ the impact on our investment portfolio if our investment portfolio is concentrated in any particular segment of the economy; the impacts of changing climate and weather patterns on our businesses, operations and investment portfolio including on claims, demand and pricing of our products, the availability and cost of reinsurance, our modeling data used to evaluate and manage risks of catastrophes and severe weather events, the value of our investment portfolios and credit risk with reinsurers and other counterparties; • Insurance Industry and Product-Related Risks: ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ the possibility of unfavorable loss development, including with respect to long-tailed exposures; the significant uncertainties that limit our ability to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for asbestos and environmental claims; the possibility of another pandemic, civil unrest, earthquake, or other natural or man-made disaster that may adversely affect our businesses; weather and other natural physical events, including the intensity and frequency of thunderstorms, tornadoes, hail, wildfires, flooding, winter storms, hurricanes and tropical storms, as well as climate change and its potential impact on weather patterns; the possible occurrence of terrorist attacks and the Company’s inability to contain its exposure as a result of, among other factors, the inability to exclude coverage for terrorist attacks from workers' compensation policies and limitations on reinsurance coverage from the federal government under applicable laws; the Company’s ability to effectively price its products and policies, including its ability to obtain regulatory consents to pricing actions or to non-renewal or withdrawal of certain product lines; actions by competitors that may be larger or have greater financial resources than we do; technological changes, including usage-based methods of determining premiums, advancements in certain emerging technologies, including machine learning, predictive analytics, “big data” analysis or other artificial intelligence functions, advancements in automotive safety features, the development of autonomous vehicles, and platforms that facilitate ride sharing; the Company's ability to market, distribute and provide insurance products and investment advisory services through current and future distribution channels and advisory firms; the uncertain effects of emerging claim and coverage issues; political instability, politically motivated violence or civil unrest, which may increase the frequency and severity of insured losses; the ongoing effects of COVID-19, including exposure to COVID-19 business interruption property claims and the possibility of a resurgence of COVID-19 related losses in Group Benefits; • Financial Strength, Credit and Counterparty Risks: ◦ risks to our business, financial position, prospects and results associated with negative rating actions or downgrades in the Company’s financial strength and credit ratings or negative rating actions or downgrades relating to our investments; 2 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ capital requirements which are subject to many factors, including many that are outside the Company’s control, such as National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC") risk based capital formulas, rating agency capital models, Funds at Lloyd's and Solvency Capital Requirement, which can in turn affect our credit and financial strength ratings, cost of capital, regulatory compliance and other aspects of our business and results; losses due to nonperformance or defaults by others, including credit risk with counterparties associated with investments, derivatives, premiums receivable, reinsurance recoverables and indemnifications provided by third parties in connection with previous dispositions; the potential for losses due to our reinsurers' unwillingness or inability to meet their obligations under reinsurance contracts and the availability, pricing and adequacy of reinsurance to protect the Company against losses; state and international regulatory limitations on the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends; • Risks Relating to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations: ◦ ◦ ◦ risks associated with the use of analytical models in making decisions in key areas such as underwriting, pricing, capital management, reserving, investments, reinsurance and catastrophe risk management; the potential for differing interpretations of the methodologies, estimations and assumptions that underlie the Company’s fair value estimates for its investments and the evaluation of intent-to-sell impairments and allowance for credit losses on available- for-sale securities and mortgage loans; the potential for impairments of our goodwill; • Strategic and Operational Risks: ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ the Company’s ability to maintain the availability of its systems and safeguard the security of its data in the event of a disaster, cyber or other information security incident or other unanticipated event; the potential for difficulties arising from outsourcing and similar third-party relationships; the risks, challenges and uncertainties associated with capital management plans, expense reduction initiatives and other actions; risks associated with acquisitions and divestitures, including the challenges of integrating acquired companies or businesses, which may result in our inability to achieve the anticipated benefits and synergies and may result in unintended consequences; difficulty in attracting and retaining talented and qualified personnel, including key employees, such as executives, managers and employees with strong technological, analytical and other specialized skills; the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual property and defend against claims of infringement; • Regulatory and Legal Risks: ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ the cost and other potential effects of increased federal, state and international regulatory and legislative developments, including those that could adversely impact the demand for the Company’s products, operating costs and required capital levels; unfavorable judicial or legislative developments; the impact of changes in federal, state or foreign tax laws; regulatory requirements that could delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that stockholders might consider in their best interests; and the impact of potential changes in accounting principles and related financial reporting requirements. Any forward-looking statement made by the Company in this document speaks only as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report. Factors or events that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for the Company to predict all of them. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. 3 Part I - Item 1. Business REPORTING SEGMENTS The Hartford conducts business principally in five reporting segments including Commercial Lines, Personal Lines, Property & Casualty Other Operations, Group Benefits and Hartford Funds, as well as a Corporate category. 2023 Revenues of $24,527 by Segment [1]Includes Revenue of $62 for Property & Casualty Other Operations and $114 for Corporate. The following discussion describes the principal products and services, marketing and distribution, and competition of The Hartford's reporting segments. For further discussion of the reporting segments, including financial disclosures of revenues by product line, net income (loss), and assets for each reporting segment, see Note 3 - Segment Information of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Item 1. BUSINESS (Dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data, unless otherwise stated) Index Description Page General Organization Reporting Segments and Corporate Reserves Underwriting for P&C and Group Benefits Claims Administration for P&C and Group Benefits Reinsurance Investment Operations GENERAL 4 4 4 13 14 14 14 14 The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. ("HFSG") (together with its subsidiaries, “The Hartford”, the “Company”, “we”, or “our”) is a holding company for a group of subsidiaries that provide property and casualty ("P&C") insurance, group benefits insurance and services, and mutual funds and exchange-traded funds ("ETF") to individual and business customers in the United States as well as in the United Kingdom and other international locations. The Hartford is headquartered in Connecticut and its oldest subsidiary, Hartford Fire Insurance Company, dates back to 1810. As of December 31, 2023, total assets and total stockholders’ equity of The Hartford were $76.8 billion and $15.3 billion, respectively. ORGANIZATION The Hartford strives to maintain and enhance its position as a market leader within the financial services industry. The Company sells diverse and innovative products through multiple distribution channels to individuals and businesses and is considered a leading property and casualty and group benefits insurer. The Hartford Stag logo is one of the most recognized symbols in the financial services industry. As a holding company, The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. is separate and distinct from its subsidiaries and has no significant business operations of its own. The holding company relies on the dividends from its insurance companies and other subsidiaries as the principal source of cash flow to meet its obligations, pay dividends and repurchase common stock. Information regarding the cash flow and liquidity needs of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. may be found in Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) — Capital Resources and Liquidity. 4 Commercial Lines$13,05953%Group Benefits$6,93928%PersonalLines$3,35314%Hartford Funds$1,0004%Other [1]$1761%Part I - Item 1. Business |COMMERCIAL LINES 2023 Earned Premiums of $11,641 by Line of Business 2023 Earned Premiums of $11,641 by Product Principal Products and Services Automobile Property General Liability Marine Package Business Covers damage to a business's fleet of vehicles due to collision or other perils (automobile physical damage). In addition to first party automobile physical damage, commercial automobile covers liability for bodily injuries and property damage suffered by third parties and losses caused by uninsured or under-insured motorists. Covers the building a business owns or leases as well as its personal property, including tools and equipment, inventory, and furniture. A commercial property insurance policy covers losses resulting from fire, wind, hail, earthquake, theft and other covered perils, including coverage for assets such as accounts receivable and valuable papers and records. Commercial property may include specialized equipment insurance, which provides coverage for loss or damage resulting from the mechanical breakdown of boilers and machinery. Covers a business in the event it is sued for causing harm to a person and/or damage to property. General liability insurance covers third-party claims arising from accidents occurring on the insured’s premises or arising out of their operations. General liability insurance may also cover losses arising from product liability and provides replacement of lost income due to an event that interrupts business operations. Encompasses various ocean and inland marine coverages including cargo, craft, hull, specie, transport and liability, among others. Covers both property and general liability damages. Workers' Compensation Covers employers for losses incurred due to employees sustaining an injury, illness or disability in connection with their work. Benefits paid under workers’ compensation policies may include reimbursement of medical care costs, replacement income, compensation for permanent injuries and benefits to survivors. Workers’ compensation is provided under both guaranteed cost policies (coverage for a fixed premium) and loss sensitive policies where premiums are adjustable based on the loss experience of the employer. Professional Liability Covers liability arising from directors and officers acting in their official capacity and liability for errors and omissions committed by professionals and others. Coverage may also provide employment practices insurance relating to allegations of wrongful termination and discrimination. Bond Encompasses fidelity and surety insurance, including commercial surety, contract surety and fidelity bonds. Commercial surety includes bonds that insure non-performance by contractors, license and permit bonds to help meet government- mandated requirements and probate and judicial bonds for fiduciaries and civil court proceedings. Contract surety bonds may include payment and performance bonds for contractors. Fidelity bonds may include ERISA bonds related to the handling of retirement plan assets and bonds protecting against employee theft or fraud. The Company also provides credit and political risk insurance ("CPRI") offered to clients with global operations. Assumed Reinsurance Includes assumed reinsurance of property, liability, surety, credit and political, marine and agriculture risks throughout the world but principally in Europe and the Americas. Business principally provides cover on broad books of business (i.e. treaty), as opposed to individual risks (i.e. facultative). 5 Small Commercial$4,80141%Middle & Large Commercial$3,80633%Global Specialty$2,98226%Other$520%Workers' Compensation$3,65731%Package Business$2,05318%General Liability$1,97717%Commercial Property$1,0539%Commercial Automobile$9268%Professional Liability$7316%Assumed Reinsurance$6155%Bond$3203%Marine$2562%Commercial Lines Other$531% Part I - Item 1. Business Through its three lines of business, small commercial, middle & large commercial, and global specialty, Commercial Lines offers its products and services to businesses in the United States ("U.S.") and internationally. Commercial Lines generally consists of products written for small businesses and middle market companies as well as national and multi-national accounts, largely distributed through retail agents and brokers, wholesale agents and global and specialty insurance and reinsurance brokers. The majority of Commercial Lines written premium is generated by small commercial and middle market lines, which provide coverage options and customized pricing based on the policyholder’s individual risk characteristics. Small commercial and middle market lines within middle & large commercial are generally referred to as standard commercial lines. Small commercial provides coverages for small businesses, which the Company generally considers to be businesses with an annual payroll under $20, revenues under $50 and property values less than $20 per location. Primary coverages provided include workers' compensation, property, general liability and commercial automobile. Within small commercial, both property and general liability coverages are offered under a single package policy, marketed under the Spectrum name. Small commercial also provides excess and surplus lines coverage to small businesses including umbrella, general liability, property and other coverages. Middle & large commercial business provides insurance coverages to medium-sized and national accounts businesses, which are companies whose payroll, revenue and property values exceed the small business definition. In addition to offering standard commercial lines products, including workers' compensation, property, general liability and commercial automobile products, middle & large commercial includes program business which provides tailored programs, primarily to customers with common risk characteristics. On national accounts, a significant portion of the business is written through large deductible programs. Other programs written within middle & large commercial are retrospectively-rated where the ultimate premium collected from the insured is adjusted based on how incurred losses for the policy year develop over time, subject to a minimum and maximum premium. Also within middle & large commercial, the Company writes captive programs business, which provides tailored programs to those seeking a loss sensitive solution where premiums are adjustable based on loss experience. In addition, through business partners, middle & large commercial offers business insurance coverages to exporters and other U.S. companies with a physical presence overseas. Lines of business written by small commercial and middle & large commercial are subject to rate regulation and written pricing increases or decreases that are partly in response to loss cost trends. Workers’ compensation rates are based on loss experience and are informed by data submitted through the National Council on Compensation Insurance ("NCCI"). Workers’ compensation rates have been under downward pressure for the industry due to favorable loss cost trends in recent years, including due to lower claim frequency that occurred during the pandemic. Global specialty provides a variety of customized insurance products, including property, liability, marine, professional liability, and bond. The vast majority of the business written by our Navigators Group insurance subsidiaries is reported in the global specialty business unit. Marketing and Distribution Commercial Lines provides insurance products and services through the Company’s regional offices, branches and sales and policyholder service centers throughout the United States and, to a lesser extent, overseas, principally in the United Kingdom. The products are marketed and distributed using independent retail agents and brokers, wholesale agents and global and specialty insurance and reinsurance brokers, with business also sold direct-to-consumer. In addition, the Company offers insurance products to customers of payroll service providers through its relationships with major national payroll companies in the United States and to members of affinity organizations. As the sole corporate member of Lloyd's Syndicate 1221 ("Lloyd's Syndicate"), the Company has the exclusive right to underwrite business up to an approved level of premium in the Lloyd’s of London ("Lloyds") market. In the United States, independent agents, brokers and wholesalers are consolidating and this trend is expected to continue. This will likely result in a larger proportion of written premium being concentrated among fewer agents, brokers and wholesalers. These distribution partners are leveraging data and analytics for bargaining power. Competition Small Commercial In small commercial, The Hartford competes against large national carriers, regional carriers and direct writers. Competitors include stock companies, mutual companies and other underwriting organizations. The small commercial market remains highly competitive and fragmented as carriers seek to differentiate themselves through product expansion, price, enhanced service and leading technology. Larger carriers such as The Hartford are continually advancing their pricing sophistication and ease of doing business with agents and customers through the use of technology, analytics and other capabilities that improve the process of evaluating a risk, quoting new business and servicing customers. The Company also continuously enhances digital capabilities as customers and distributors demand more access and convenience, and expands product and underwriting capabilities to accommodate both larger accounts and a broader risk appetite. Existing competitors and new entrants, including start-up and non-traditional carriers, are actively looking to expand sales of business insurance products to small businesses through increasing their underwriting appetite, deepening their relationships with distribution partners, and through on-line and direct-to-consumer marketing. Carriers that can quote business in an automated way have a competitive advantage by shortening the time from quoting to issuance. Through its ICON quoting tool, The Hartford quotes over 75% of its Spectrum package business and workers’ compensation new business policies without human intervention. Middle & Large Commercial Middle & large commercial business is considered “higher touch” and involves highly specialized expertise, including individual underwriting and pricing decisions. Competition in this 6 Customers served by the global specialty marketplace expect tailored policy language for their unique risks and, increasingly, are looking for a single insurance carrier to meet all their coverage needs. The Company has been successful in cross- selling global specialty product lines to customers of small commercial and of middle & large commercial and seeks to expand cross-sell opportunities in the future. The Hartford competes on the basis of its underwriting capabilities where it uses data and actuarial insights to enhance risk selection. The Company seeks to drive greater efficiency, shorten the quoting process and improve the customer’s experience through expanded use of digital capabilities. Global specialty also writes business in the London market via its Lloyd’s syndicate platform. The Lloyd’s platform is comprised of over 50 syndicates and 350 brokers, who benefit from the ability to write risks in over 200 countries using Lloyd’s international licenses. The Lloyd’s platform has shifted from remediation to growth in recent years, as the market emerged from consecutive underwriting losses, returning to more profitable underwriting conditions in recent years. Lloyd’s is regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA") and Prudential Regulatory Authority ("PRA") in the U.K. For further discussion, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Capital Resources and Liquidity. Part I - Item 1. Business market includes stock companies, mutual companies, alternative risk sharing groups and other underwriting organizations. In addition, some larger brokers are now becoming competitors through acquisition of managing general agents or managing general underwriters. The pricing of middle market and national accounts is prone to significant volatility over time due to changes in individual account characteristics and exposure, as well as legislative and macro-economic forces. National and regional carriers participate in the middle & large commercial insurance sector, resulting in a competitive environment where pricing and policy terms are critical to securing new business and retaining existing accounts. As a means to mitigate the cost of insurance, middle market and large commercial buyers may opt for loss- sensitive products in-lieu of guaranteed cost policies. Within this competitive environment, The Hartford is continuing to invest in its underwriting systems and capabilities, including investing in speed to market solutions for the lower end of middle market, enhancing its digital experience, leverage its sales and underwriting talent and expand its use of data analytics and third party data to make risk selection and pricing decisions as the firm pursues responsible growth strategies to deliver target returns. In product development and related areas such as claims and risk engineering, the Company has expanded its capabilities in industry verticals, such as energy, construction, media arts & entertainment, technology and life sciences. Global Specialty Global specialty competes against multi-national insurance and reinsurance companies, including marine, property, excess casualty, professional liability, bond and assumed reinsurance in the U.S and London markets. Global specialty writes many surplus lines of business which are lines of business not written through standard products licensed or admitted in a state. In recent years, surplus lines have accounted for a significant portion of the total U.S. property and casualty commercial market, and The Hartford continues to grow its surplus book of business. 7 Part I - Item 1. Business |PERSONAL LINES 2023 Earned Premiums of $3,087 by Line of Business 2023 Earned Premiums of $3,087 by Product Principal Products and Services Automobile Homeowners Covers damage to an individual insured’s own vehicle due to collision or other perils and is referred to as automobile physical damage. In addition to first party automobile physical damage, automobile insurance covers liability for bodily injuries and property damage suffered by third parties and losses caused by uninsured or underinsured motorists. Also, under no-fault laws, policies written in some states provide first party personal injury protection. Some of the Company’s personal automobile insurance policies also offer personal umbrella liability coverage for an additional premium. Insures against losses to residences and contents from fire, wind and other perils. Homeowners insurance includes owned dwellings, rental properties and coverage for tenants. The policies may provide other coverages, including loss related to recreational vehicles or watercraft, identity theft and personal items such as jewelry. Personal Lines provides automobile, homeowners and personal umbrella coverages to individuals across the United States, mostly through a program designed exclusively for members of AARP (“AARP Program”). The Hartford's automobile and homeowners products provide coverage options and pricing tailored to a customer's individual risk. The Hartford has individual customer relationships with AARP Program policyholders and, as a group, they represent a significant portion of the total Personal Lines' business. Business sold to AARP members, either direct or through independent agents, amounted to earned premiums of $2.9 billion, $2.7 billion and $2.7 billion in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The AARP relationship provides The Company with a competitive advantage to capitalize on the continued growth of the over age 50 population. The Company continues to roll out its new cloud-based product and platform, Prevail, on a state by state basis, and was in 39 states as of December 2023. Prevail is tailored to the mature market and includes digital service capabilities that provide real time transaction support. Among other things, overall rate levels, price segmentation, rating factors and underwriting procedures are being updated through the introduction of Prevail. Personal Lines works with carrier partners to provide risk protection options for AARP members with needs beyond the company’s current product offering. Marketing and Distribution Personal Lines reaches diverse customers through multiple distribution channels, including direct-to-consumer and independent agents. The direct-to-consumer channel continues to represent a larger share of the automobile insurance market, accounting for more than one-third of industry premiums. In direct-to-consumer, Personal Lines markets its products through a mix of media, including direct mail, digital marketing, and television as well as digital and print advertising. Through the agency channel, Personal Lines provides products and services 8 AARP Direct$2,67787%AARP Agency$2056%Other Agency$1846%Other$211%Automobile$2,13469%Homeowners$95331%Part I - Item 1. Business to customers through a network of independent agents in the standard personal lines market, primarily serving mature, preferred consumers. These independent agents are not employees of the Company. Personal Lines has made significant investments in offering direct and agency-based customers the opportunity to interact with the company on-line, including via mobile devices. In addition, its technology platform for telephone sales centers enables sales representatives to provide an enhanced experience for direct-to-consumer customers, positioning the Company to offer unique capabilities to AARP’s member base. Most of Personal Lines' sales are associated with its exclusive licensing arrangement with AARP, with the current agreement in place through December 31, 2032, to market automobile, homeowners and personal umbrella coverages to AARP's approximately 38 million members, primarily direct but also through independent agents. This relationship with AARP, which has been in place since 1984, provides Personal Lines with an important competitive advantage given the increase in the population of those over age 50 and the strength of the AARP brand. Prior to May 2021, in most states, new business automobile and home policies were issued to AARP members with a lifetime continuation agreement endorsement, providing that the policies will be renewed as long as certain terms are met, such as timely payment of premium and maintaining a driver’s license in good standing. However, beginning in May 2021, Personal Lines no longer offers the lifetime continuation agreement to new home and automobile policies. The endorsement will remain on renewal policies with original effective dates prior to May 2021. In addition to selling to AARP members, Personal Lines offers its automobile and homeowners products to non-AARP customers, primarily through the independent agent channel. Personal Lines leverages its agency channel to target AARP members and other customer segments, primarily targeting the over age 50 preferred mature market, that value the advice of an independent agent and recognize the differentiated experience the Company provides. In particular, the Company has taken action to distinguish its brand within the over age 50 preferred mature market and improve profitability in the independent agent channel, placing more emphasis on our highly partnered agents. Competition The personal lines automobile and homeowners insurance markets are highly competitive. However, in 2023, many personal lines insurance companies reduced marketing spend and implemented non-rate actions to reduce new business production while working to achieve adequate rate. Personal |P&C OTHER OPERATIONS lines insurance is written by insurance companies of varying sizes that compete principally on the basis of price, product, service, including claims handling, the insurer's ratings and brand recognition. Companies with strong ratings, recognized brands, direct sales capability and economies of scale will have a competitive advantage. Larger carriers have the advantage of economies of scale with the top ten personal lines insurers accounting for approximately 70% of market share. The growth of direct-to-consumer sales, including by new entrants to the marketplace, continues to outpace sales in the agency distribution channel. Insurers that distribute products principally through agency channels compete by offering commissions and additional incentives to attract new business. To distinguish themselves in the marketplace, top tier insurers are offering on-line and self-service capabilities that make it easier for agents and consumers to do business with the insurer. A large majority of agents have been using “comparative rater” tools that allow the agent to compare premium quotes among several insurance companies. The use of comparative rater tools increases price competition. Insurers that are able to capitalize on their brand and reputation, differentiate their products and deliver strong customer service are more likely to be successful in this market. The use of data mining and predictive modeling is used by more and more carriers to target the most profitable business, and carriers have further segmented their pricing plans to expand market share in what they believe to be the most profitable segments. The Company continues to invest in capabilities to better utilize data and analytics, and thereby, refine and manage underwriting and pricing. Many carriers, including The Hartford, continue to invest in telematics capabilities to enable better risk selection and pricing segmentation in response to changes in driving patterns. Currently in the states where the Prevail product has rolled out, The Hartford offers its telematics program, TrueLane, which uses a mobile app solution to offer discounts for good driving behavior based on such attributes as braking, speed, distracted driving, and acceleration. Also, new automobile technology advancements, including lane departure warnings, backup cameras, automatic braking and active collision alerts, are being deployed rapidly and are expected to improve driver safety and reduce the likelihood of vehicle collisions. However, these features include expensive parts, contributing to increasing average claim severity. In 2023, inflation continued to impact the industry. Supply chain pressures, advanced vehicle technology, body shop capacity, and a tight labor market have increased the cost of automobile repairs. In addition, a tight labor market and inflation on material prices increased the cost to repair homes. Property & Casualty Other Operations includes certain property and casualty operations, managed by the Company, that have discontinued writing new business and includes substantially all of the Company's pre-1986 asbestos and environmental ("A&E") exposures. For a discussion of coverages provided under policies written with exposure to A&E prior to 1986 reported within the P&C Other Operations segment (“Run-off A&E”), run- off assumed reinsurance and all other non-A&E exposures, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance. 9 Part I - Item 1. Business |GROUP BENEFITS 2023 Premiums and Other Considerations of $6,515 Principal Products and Services Group Life Group Disability Other Products Typically is term life insurance provided in the form of a yearly renewable policy. Other life coverages in this category include accidental loss of life and severe injury benefits and business travel accident insurance. Typically comprised of short-term disability, long-term disability, and paid family leave plans that pay a percentage of an employee’s salary for a period of time if they are ill or injured and cannot perform the duties of their job. Short-term and long-term disability policies have elimination periods that must be satisfied prior to benefit payments. The Company also earns fee income from leave management services for federal, state and employer family and medical leave and workplace accommodation programs, as well as the administration of employer self-funded disability plans. Includes other group coverages such as retiree health insurance, critical illness, accident and hospital indemnity coverages. Group insurance typically covers an entire group of people under a single contract, most typically the employees of a single employer or members of an association. New Hampshire, Tennessee, Texas, Vermont, and Virginia have also created opt-in paid leave programs, and additional states are considering adopting PFL or PFML programs. Group Benefits provides group life, disability and other group coverages to members of employer groups, associations and affinity groups through direct insurance policies and provides reinsurance to other insurance companies. In addition to employer paid coverages, the segment offers voluntary product coverages which are offered through employee payroll deductions. Group Benefits also offers disability underwriting, administration, and claims processing to self-funded employer plans. In addition, the segment offers a single-company leave management solution, which integrates work absence data from the insurer’s short-term and long-term group disability and workers’ compensation insurance business with its leave management administration services. Statutory paid family leave ("PFL") and paid family and medical leave ("PFML") programs are a source of growth as the Company offers fully insured coverage or administers self- insured coverage for some of these programs. As of 2023, thirteen states and the District of Columbia have enacted mandated PFL or PFML programs. Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Group Benefits generally offers term insurance policies, allowing for the adjustment of rates or policy terms at renewal in order to minimize the adverse effect of market trends, loss costs, changes in interest rates and other factors. Policies are typically sold with one, two or three-year rate guarantees depending upon the product and market segment. Marketing and Distribution The Group Benefits distribution network is managed through a regional sales office system to distribute its group insurance products and services through a variety of distribution outlets including brokers, consultants, third-party administrators and trade associations. Additionally, the segment has relationships with several private exchanges which offer its products to employer groups. Technology providers, including Human Resources platform vendors, are taking an increasingly prominent role in influencing customer decisions that also influence selection of the group benefits insurance provider. 10 Group disability$3,53054%Group life$2,58340%Other$4026% Part I - Item 1. Business Competition Group Benefits competes with numerous insurance companies and financial intermediaries marketing insurance products. The market for group benefits continues to grow as COVID-19 drove new demand for employee benefits among both employees and employers for addressing mental health, wellness, and caregiving costs. In order to differentiate itself, Group Benefits uses its risk management expertise and economies of scale to derive a competitive advantage. Competitive factors include the extent of products offered, price, the quality of customer and claims handling services, digital capabilities, and the Company's relationship with third-party distributors and private exchanges. Active price competition continues in the marketplace, resulting in multi-year rate guarantees being offered to customers. Top tier insurers in the marketplace also offer on-line and self- service capabilities to third party distributors and consumers. The relatively large size and underwriting capacity of the Group Benefits business provides a competitive advantage over smaller competitors. The Company's market presence has increased in recent years, benefiting from our industry leading digital technology and integrated absence management and claims platform. |HARTFORD FUNDS Hartford Funds Segment Assets Under Management ("AUM") of $131,025 as of December 31, 2023 Additionally, as employers continue to focus on reducing the cost of employee benefits, we expect more companies to offer voluntary products paid for by employees. Across the industry, the sale of voluntary product offerings, including supplemental health coverage, is growing at a faster rate than employer- provided benefits. Competitive factors affecting the sale of voluntary products include the breadth of products, product education, enrollment capabilities and overall customer service. The Company, as well its competitors, are investing in technology to offer digital capabilities, and to improve product offerings and service levels, particularly with voluntary products. We offer our voluntary products including critical illness, accident and hospital indemnity coverage to employees through our Employee Choice Benefits programs. The Company's enhanced enrollment and marketing tools, such as My Tomorrow©, are providing additional opportunities to educate individual participants about supplementary benefits and deepen their knowledge about product selection. In addition to providing group disability, leave management and life insurance, we offer integrated claim, leave and benefits administration with The Hartford's Ability Advantage platform. Mutual Fund AUM of $115,417 as of December 31, 2023 11 Mutual Fund$115,41788%Third-party life and annuity separate accounts$11,7099%Exchange-Traded Funds ("ETF")$3,8993%Equity$79,35269%Multi-strategyinvestments$19,29217%Fixedincome$16,77314%Part I - Item 1. Business Principal Products and Services Mutual Funds Exchange-traded funds Third-party life and annuity separate accounts under management Includes approximately 60 actively managed mutual funds across a variety of asset classes including domestic and international equity, fixed income, and multi-strategy investments, principally subadvised by two unaffiliated institutional asset management firms. Exchange-traded funds ("ETF") include actively managed ETFs and multifactor ETFs. Actively-managed ETFs include fixed income, domestic equity and commodity products utilizing the same investment platform as our mutual funds. Multifactor ETFs are designed to track indices using passive investment techniques that strive to improve performance relative to traditional capitalization-weighted indices. Relates to assets of the life and annuity business sold in May 2018 that are still managed by the Company's Hartford Funds segment. The Hartford Funds segment provides investment management, administration, product distribution and related services to investors through a diverse set of investment products in domestic markets. Hartford Funds' comprehensive range of products and services assist clients in achieving their desired investment objectives. AUM are separated into three distinct categories referred to as mutual funds, ETFs and third-party life and annuity separate accounts under management. Marketing and Distribution Our funds and ETFs are sold through national and regional broker-dealer organizations, independent financial advisers, defined contribution plans, financial consultants, bank trust groups and registered investment advisers. Our distribution team is organized to sell primarily in the United States. |CORPORATE Competition The investment management industry is mature and highly competitive. Firms are differentiated by investment performance, range of products offered, brand recognition, financial strength, proprietary distribution channels, quality of service and level of fees charged relative to quality of investment products. The Hartford Funds segment competes with a large number of asset management firms and other financial institutions and differentiates itself through its global subadvisors, product breadth, competitive fees and strong distribution. The segment also competes directly with lower cost passive investment strategies, which continue taking share from active managers. The Company includes in the Corporate category reserves for run-off structured settlement and terminal funding agreement liabilities, restructuring costs, capital raising activities (including equity financing, debt financing and related interest expense), transaction expenses incurred in connection with an acquisition, certain M&A costs, purchase accounting adjustments related to goodwill and other expenses not allocated to the reporting segments. Corporate also includes investment management fees and expenses related to managing third-party assets. In addition, up until June 30, 2021, Corporate included a 9.7% ownership interest in Hopmeadow Holdings LP, the legal entity that acquired Talcott Resolution. For discussion of this sale, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A — The Hartford's Operations. 12 Part I - Item 1. Business RESERVES Total Reserves as of December 31, 2023 [1] reserves within Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies and in Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Total Group Benefits Reserves as of December 31, 2023 [1] [1]Includes reserves for future policy benefits and other policyholder funds and benefits payable of $484 and $638, respectively, of which $312 and $408, respectively, relate to the Group Benefits segment with the remainder related to run-off structured settlement and terminal funding agreements within Corporate. The reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE") includes a liability for unpaid losses, including those that have been incurred but not yet reported, as well as estimates of all expenses associated with processing and settling these insurance claims, including reserves related to both Property & Casualty and Group Benefits. Total Property & Casualty Reserves as of December 31, 2023 Further discussion of The Hartford’s property and casualty insurance product reserves, including run-off asbestos and environmental claims reserves within P&C Other Operations, may be found in Part II, Item 7, MD&A — Critical Accounting Estimates — Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance. Additional discussion may be found in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, including in the Company’s accounting policies for insurance product 13 [1]Includes short duration contract reserves of $157 for short-term disability and $38 of supplemental health as well as reserves for future policy benefits that include $223 of paid up life reserves and policy reserves on life policies, $71 of reserves for conversions to individual life and $18 of other reserves. Group Benefits reserves include unpaid loss and loss adjustments expenses for long-term disability ("LTD"), group life and other lines of business as well as reserves for other policyholder funds and reserves for future policy benefits. Other policyholder funds and benefits payable represent deposits from policyholders, including policyholders of short-duration insurance contracts, where the Company does not have insurance risk but is subject to investment risk. Reserves for future policy benefits represent life-contingent reserves for which the Company is subject to insurance, interest rate, and investment risk. On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") updated guidance on accounting for long duration insurance contracts, which was applied on a modified retrospective basis as of January 1, 2021. For additional information refer to Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Discussion of The Hartford's Group Benefits long-term disability reserves may be found in Part II, Item 7, MD&A — Critical Accounting Estimates — Group Benefit LTD Reserves, Net of Reinsurance. Additional discussion may be found in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, including in the Company’s accounting policies for insurance product reserves within Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies and in Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. P&C Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses$34,04478%Group Benefits Unpaid losses and loss adjustmentexpenses$8,27419%All Other [1]$1,1223%Commercial Lines$29,18186%P&C OtherOperations$2,7958%Personal Lines$2,0686%LTD$6,86376%Life,includingpremiumwaiver$1,21613%Other [1]$5076%Other policyholder funds and benefits payable$4085% Part I - Item 1. Business UNDERWRITING FOR P&C AND GROUP BENEFITS The Company underwrites the risks it insures in order to manage exposure to loss through favorable risk selection and diversification. Risk modeling is used to manage, within specified limits, the aggregate exposure taken in each line of business and across the Company. For property and casualty business, aggregate exposure limits are set by geographic zone and peril. Products are priced according to the risk characteristics of the insured’s exposures. Rates charged for Personal Lines products are filed with the states in which we write business. Rates for most Commercial Lines products are also filed with the states but the premium charged may be modified based on the insured’s relative risk profile and workers’ compensation policies may be subject to modification based on prior loss experience. The Company also writes coverage in the excess and surplus lines market, primarily within global specialty, which is characterized by the absence of regulation related to rate and form and allows for more pricing and coverage flexibility to write certain classes of business. Pricing for Group Benefits products, including long-term disability and life insurance, is also based on an underwriting of the risks and a projection of estimated losses, including consideration of investment income. Pricing adequacy depends on a number of factors, including the ability to obtain regulatory approval for rate changes, proper evaluation of underwriting risks, the ability to project future loss cost frequency and severity based on historical loss experience adjusted for known trends, the Company’s response to rate actions taken by competitors, its expense levels and expectations about regulatory and legal developments. The Company seeks to price its insurance policies such that insurance premiums and future net investment income earned on premiums received will cover underwriting expenses and the ultimate cost of paying claims reported on the policies and provide for a profit margin. For many of its insurance products, the Company is required to obtain approval for its premium rates from state insurance departments and the Lloyd's Syndicate's ability to write business is subject to Lloyd's approval for its premium capacity each year. Geographic Distribution of Earned Premium (% of total) Location California New York Texas Florida All other [1] Total Commercial Lines Personal Lines Group Benefits Total 8 % 5 % 5 % 3 % 34 % 55 % 2 % 1 % 1 % 1 % 10 % 15 % 2 % 3 % 2 % 2 % 21 % 30 % 12 % 9 % 8 % 6 % 65 % 100 % [1]No other single state or country accounted for 5% or more of the Company's consolidated earned premium in 2023. CLAIMS ADMINISTRATION FOR P&C AND GROUP BENEFITS Claims administration includes functions associated with the receipt of initial loss notices, claims adjudication and estimates, legal representation for insureds where appropriate, establishment of case reserves, payment of losses and notification to reinsurers. These activities are performed by approximately 6,700 claim employees including, among others, claim adjusters, appraisers, attorneys, doctors, nurses, behavioral health specialists, investigators and data analytics professionals as well as training, management, and support staff. The Company contracts with a select number of approved regional, national and international suppliers to enhance claim capabilities and business resiliency. The Company's claims teams manage losses across all 50 states, Washington D.C. and 2 international locations. The teams are organized to meet the specific claim service needs for our various product offerings. Our corporate home office supports shared service claim functions including data and analytics, technology, and strategy. As a leading provider of workers’ compensation and group benefits coverages, the Company leverages data analytics to return employees to active, productive lives as soon and safely as possible. Clinical experts focus on opioid usage, vocational rehabilitation, behavioral health and medical case management which we believe provides the Company with a competitive advantage for managing medical costs. The Company maintains a dedicated catastrophe claims organization that is positioned to respond to large-scale catastrophic events across the country. For the most severe events, the team is supplemented with additional Company staff to respond to claimants promptly after an event. The Company's claims organization has a nationwide staff of attorneys who represent insureds in key jurisdictions, including dedicated lawyers specializing in complex litigation. Claim payments for benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses are the largest expenditure for the Company. REINSURANCE For discussion of reinsurance, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A — Enterprise Risk Management and Note 8 - Reinsurance of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. INVESTMENT OPERATIONS Hartford Investment Management Company (“HIMCO”) is an SEC registered investment advisor and manages the Company's investment operations. HIMCO provides customized 14 Part I - Item 1. Business investment strategies for The Hartford's investment portfolio, as well as for The Hartford's pension plan and institutional clients. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the fair value of HIMCO’s total assets under management was approximately $108.5 billion and $108.9 billion, respectively, including $50.3 billion and $53.7 billion, respectively, that were held in HIMCO managed third party accounts and $3.8 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively, that support the Company's pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Management of The Hartford's Investment Portfolio HIMCO manages the Company's investment portfolios to maximize economic value, ensure sufficient funding of the Company's liabilities, and achievement of enterprise financial objectives while remaining within acceptable risk tolerances. Portfolio objectives and guidelines are developed based upon the asset/liability profile, including timing and amount of claim payment obligations, investment return opportunity, and risk characteristics. The Company attempts to minimize adverse impacts to the portfolio and the Company’s results of operations from changes in economic conditions through asset diversification, asset allocation limits, asset/liability duration matching, and active portfolio management which may include the use of derivatives. Risk tolerances considered include, but are not limited to, asset sector exposure limits, credit issuer allocation limits, portfolio quality constraints including maximum exposure to below investment grade holdings, and interest rate duration limits. For further discussion of HIMCO’s portfolio management approach, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A — Enterprise Risk Management. The Hartford's Investment Portfolio of $55.9 billion as of December 31, 2023 15 Taxable fixed maturities (excl. U.S. treasuries & govt. agencies)54%U.S. treasuries and gov't agencies andshort-terms15%Mortgage loans11%Tax-exempt fixed maturities9%Limited partnerships and other alternative investments9%Equity and other2%Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors Item 1A. RISK FACTORS In deciding whether to invest in The Hartford, you should carefully consider the following risks, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity and could also impact the trading price of our securities. These risks are not exclusive, and additional risks to which we are subject include, but are not limited to, the factors mentioned under “Forward-Looking Statements” above and the risks of our businesses described elsewhere in this annual report. The following risk factors have been organized by category for ease of use, however many of the risks may have impacts in more than one category. The occurrence of certain of them may, in turn, cause the emergence or exacerbate the effect of others. Such a combination could materially increase the severity of the impact of these risks on our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. Risks Relating to Economic, Political and Global Market Conditions Unfavorable economic, political and global market conditions may adversely impact our business and results of operations. The Company’s investment portfolio, Hartford Funds business, and insurance businesses are sensitive to changes in economic, political and global capital market conditions, such as the effect of a weak economy, including labor supply shortages, and changes in credit spreads, equity prices, interest rates, inflation, foreign currency exchange rates, and shifts in demand and supply of U.S. dollars. Weak economic conditions, such as high unemployment, low labor force participation, lower family income, a weak real estate market, lower business investment and lower consumer spending may adversely affect the demand for insurance and financial products and lower the Company’s profitability in some cases. In addition, political instability, politically motivated violence or civil unrest, may increase the frequency and severity of insured losses. In addition, a deterioration in global economic conditions and/or geopolitical conditions, including due to military action, trade wars, tariffs or other actions with respect to international trade agreements or policies, has the potential to, among other things, reduce demand for our products, reduce exposures we insure, drive higher inflation that could increase the Company’s loss costs and result in increased incidence of claims, particularly for workers’ compensation and disability claims. If the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and/or the conflict between Israel and Hamas, were to expand to other countries, the insurance losses and adverse economic impacts could be much more severe than what is currently foreseeable. The Company’s investment portfolio includes limited partnerships and other alternative investments and equity securities for which changes in value are reported in earnings. These investments may be adversely impacted by economic volatility, including real estate market deterioration, which could impact our net investment returns and result in an adverse impact on operating results. In an economic downturn, the Company could experience credit losses on various asset balances, including receivables and the principal amount of various invested assets, including fixed maturities and mortgage loans. In addition to credit losses on invested assets, The Company could experience declines in the value of available for sale debt securities if credit spreads were to widen significantly, which would reduce stockholders’ equity. In addition, disruption in equity markets could result in net realized or unrealized losses on our equity securities carried at fair value or reduce net investment income in future periods from our non-fixed income investment portfolio, including from limited partnerships and other alternative investments. The Company could also experience higher reinsurance costs and/or more limited availability of reinsurance coverage. Below are several key factors impacted by changes in economic, political, and global market conditions and their potential effect on the Company’s business and results of operations: • • Credit Spread Risk - Credit spread exposure is reflected in the market prices of fixed income instruments where lower rated securities generally trade at a higher credit spread. If issuer credit spreads increase or widen, the market value of our investment portfolio may decline. If the credit spread widening is significant and occurs over an extended period of time, the Company may recognize credit losses, resulting in decreased earnings. If credit spreads tighten significantly, the Company’s net investment income associated with new purchases of fixed maturities may be reduced. In addition, the value of credit derivatives under which the Company assumes exposure or purchases protection are impacted by changes in credit spreads, with losses occurring when credit spreads widen for assumed exposure or when credit spreads tighten if credit protection has been purchased. Equity Markets Risk - A decline in equity markets may result in net realized losses on sales of equity securities, unrealized losses on equity securities held at fair value, reduce net investment income in future periods from our non-fixed income investment portfolio, including from limited partnerships and other alternative investments, or lower earnings from Hartford Funds where fee income is earned based upon the fair value of the assets under management. Equity markets are unpredictable. In the past few years, equity markets have been volatile, which could be indicative of a greater risk of a decline. For additional information on equity market sensitivity, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Enterprise Risk Management, Financial Risk- Equity Risk. • Interest Rate Risk - Increases in interest rates or persistently high interest rates could lead to recession or 16 Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors economic stagnation, which could lower the demand for many of the Company's products and may result in realized or unrealized losses on existing fixed income assets in the investment portfolio. This could also impact property valuations and financing costs for mortgage loans and real estate joint ventures within limited partnerships and other alternative investments. Alternatively, a deterioration in global economic conditions could result in a lower interest rate environment, which would pressure our net investment income and could result in lower margins on certain products. New and renewal business for our property and casualty and group benefits products is priced considering prevailing interest rates. As interest rates decline, in order to achieve the same economic return, we would have to increase product prices to offset the lower anticipated investment income earned on invested premiums. Conversely, as interest rates rise, pricing targets will tend to decrease to reflect higher anticipated investment income. Our ability to effectively react to such changes in interest rates may affect our competitiveness in the marketplace, and in turn, could reduce written premium and earnings. In addition, due to the long-term nature of the liabilities within our Group Benefits operations, particularly for long- term disability, declines in interest rates over an extended period of time would result in our having to reinvest at lower yields. On the other hand, a rise in interest rates, in the absence of other countervailing changes, would reduce the market value of our investment portfolio. A decline in market value of invested assets due to an increase in interest rates could also limit our ability to realize tax benefits from recognized capital losses. With the adoption of new U.S. GAAP accounting guidance for long-duration contracts ("LDTI"), effective January 1, 2023, our reserves for future policy benefits are sensitive to changing interest rate conditions. The LDTI guidance requires that we update reserves for future policy benefits for changes in discount rates quarterly which could cause volatility in our stockholders' equity. For additional information on interest rate sensitivity, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Enterprise Risk Management, Financial Risk - Interest Rate Risk. Inflation Risk - Inflation is a risk to our property and casualty business because, in many cases, claims are paid out many years after a policy is written and premium is collected for the risk. A greater than expected increase in inflation may impact medical services, repair costs or other claim settlement expenses, which can result in higher claim costs than what was estimated at the time the policy was written. Inflation can also affect consumer spending and business investment which can reduce the demand for our products and services. In addition, sustained inflation may result in an increase in interest rates, which would result in a reduction in the fair value of our investment portfolio. Changes in the Labor Market - Evolving labor market conditions, including increased competition for talent, could make it difficult to hire and retain employees and could increase compensation and benefits expense. New technologies may lead to changes in skill sets needed from • • • the workforce, resulting in difficulty in attracting, developing and retaining employees. If insured businesses cannot hire enough qualified people to sell products and services to customers, economic activity may be depressed and lower insured exposure, hindering the Company's growth. Foreign Currency Exchange Rate - Changes in foreign currency exchange rates may impact our non-U.S. dollar denominated investments and foreign subsidiaries. We hold cash and fixed maturity securities denominated in foreign currencies, including British Pounds and Canadian dollars, among others, and also have other assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies such as premiums receivable and loss reserves. While the Company predominately uses asset-liability matching, including the use of derivatives, to hedge certain of these exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, these actions do not eliminate the risk that changes in the exchange rates of foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar could result in financial loss to the Company, including realized or unrealized losses resulting from currency revaluation and increases to regulatory capital requirements for foreign subsidiaries that have net assets that are not denominated in their local currency. For additional information on foreign exchange risk, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Enterprise Risk Management, Financial Risk. Concentration of our investment portfolio increases the potential for significant losses. The concentration of our investment portfolios in any particular industry, collateral type, group of related industries or geographic region could have an adverse effect on our investment portfolios and consequently on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity. Events or developments that have a negative impact on any particular industry, collateral type, group of related industries or geographic region may have a greater adverse effect on our investment portfolio to the extent that the portfolio is concentrated rather than diversified. Further, if issuers of securities or loans we hold are acquired, merge or otherwise consolidate with other issuers of securities or loans held by the Company, our investment portfolio’s credit concentration risk to issuers could increase for a period of time, until the Company is able to sell securities to get back in compliance with the established investment credit policies. Changing climate and weather patterns may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation. Climate change presents risks to us as an insurer, investor and employer. Climate models indicate that rising temperatures will likely result in rising sea levels over the decades to come and may increase the frequency and intensity of natural catastrophes and severe weather events. Extreme weather events such as abnormally high temperatures may result in increased losses associated with our property, automobile, workers’ compensation and group benefits businesses. Changing climate patterns may also increase the duration, frequency and intensity of heat/cold waves, which may result in increased claims for property damage, business interruption and losses under workers’ compensation, group disability and group 17 Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors life coverages. Precipitation patterns across the U.S. are projected to change, which if realized, may increase risks of flash floods, wildfires, and other severe weather events. If third parties assert that climate change-related risks and damages are caused by insured businesses, or arise from alleged mismanagement at insured businesses, we may experience increased claims under general liability and management liability policies. Additionally, there may be an impact on the demand, price and availability of automobile and homeowners insurance, and there is a risk of higher reinsurance costs or more limited availability of reinsurance coverage. Changes in climate conditions may also cause our underlying modeling data to not adequately reflect frequency and severity, limiting our ability to effectively evaluate and manage risks of catastrophes and severe weather events. Among other impacts, this could result in not charging enough premiums or not obtaining timely state approvals for rate increases to cover the risks we insure. We may also experience significant interruptions to the Company’s systems and operations that hinder our ability to sell and service business, manage claims and operate our business. In addition, climate change-related risks, including risks associated with global energy transition, may adversely impact the value of the investments that we hold, resulting in potential realized or unrealized losses on our invested assets. Our decision to invest in certain securities, loans, or other investments may also be impacted by changes in climate patterns due to: • • • • changes in supply/demand for traditional sources of energy (e.g., coal, oil, natural gas); advances in low-carbon technology and renewable energy development; effects of extreme weather events on the physical and operational exposure of industries and issuers; and internal investment guidelines and policies related to the global energy transition. The effects of climate change could also lead to increased credit risk of other counterparties we transact business with, including reinsurers. Climate change effects may also lead to decreases in real estate values in various locations and for a variety of reasons, reducing premium and demand for commercial property and homeowners insurance and adversely impacting the value of our real estate-related investments. Additionally, government policies or regulations to slow climate change, such as emission controls or technology mandates, may have an adverse impact on sectors such as utilities, transportation and manufacturing, affecting demand for our products and our investments in these sectors. Moreover, regulators may undertake actions to minimize the effects of climate change on consumers, which could affect coverage provided under insurance contracts and administrative process. These emerging regulatory initiatives, or other climate-related policies we adopt, may result in non-renewal of business or reduced appetite for underwriting or investing in certain industry sectors. Because there is significant variability associated with the impacts of climate change, we cannot predict how physical, legal, regulatory and social responses may impact our business. For additional discussion about climate change related risks, see the Risk Factor, “We are vulnerable to losses from catastrophes, both natural and man-made.” Insurance Industry and Product Related Risks Unfavorable loss development may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. We establish property and casualty and group benefits loss reserves to cover our estimated liability for the payment of all unpaid losses and loss expenses incurred with respect to premiums earned on our policies. Loss reserves are estimates of what we expect the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost, less what has been paid to date. These estimates are based upon actuarial projections and on our assessment of currently available data, as well as estimates of claims severity and frequency, legal theories of liability and other factors. For risks due to evolving changes in social, economic and environmental conditions, see the Risk Factor, “Unexpected and unintended claim and coverage issues under our insurance contracts may adversely impact our financial performance.” Loss reserve estimates are refined periodically as experience develops and claims are reported and settled, potentially resulting in increases to our reserves. Increases in reserves would be recognized as an expense during the periods in which these determinations are made, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations for those periods. In addition, since reserve estimates of aggregate loss costs for prior years are used in pricing our insurance products, inaccurate reserves can lead to our products not being priced adequately to cover actual losses and related loss expenses in order to generate a profit. In property and casualty, we continue to receive A&E claims, the vast majority of which relate to policies written before 1986. Estimating the ultimate gross reserves needed for unpaid losses and related expenses for A&E claims is particularly difficult for insurers and reinsurers. The actuarial tools and other techniques used to estimate the ultimate cost of more traditional insurance exposures tend to be less precise when used to estimate reserves for some A&E exposures. Moreover, the assumptions used to estimate gross reserves for A&E claims, such as claim frequency over time, average severity, and how various policy provisions will be interpreted, are subject to significant uncertainty. It is also not possible to predict changes in the legal and legislative environment and their effect on the future development of A&E claims. These factors, among others, make the variability of gross reserves estimates for these longer-tailed exposures significantly greater than for other more traditional exposures. Effective December 31, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with National Indemnity Company (“NICO”), a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. (“Berkshire”) whereby the Company is reinsured for subsequent adverse development on substantially all of its net A&E reserves up to an aggregate net limit of $1.5 billion. We remain directly liable to claimants and if the reinsurer does not fulfill its obligations under the agreement or if future adverse development exceeds the $1.5 billion 18 Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors aggregate limit, we may need to increase our recorded net reserves which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. For additional information related to risks associated with the adverse development cover ("ADC"), see Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We are vulnerable to losses from catastrophes, both natural and man-made. Our insurance operations expose us to claims arising out of catastrophes. Catastrophes can be caused by various unpredictable natural events, including, among others, earthquakes, hurricanes, hailstorms, severe winter weather, wind storms, fires, tornadoes, and pandemics. Catastrophes can also be man-made, such as terrorist attacks, civil unrest, cyber- attacks, explosions or infrastructure failures. Catastrophes may also include some major international events designated by Lloyd's of London. The geographic distribution of our business subjects us to catastrophe exposure for events occurring in a number of areas, including, but not limited to: hurricanes in Florida, the Gulf Coast, the Northeast and the Atlantic coast regions of the United States; tornadoes and hail in the Midwest and Southeast; earthquakes in geographical regions exposed to seismic activity; wildfires in various regions, including the Western United States, Hawaii and Canada; and the spread of disease, which can occur throughout multiple geographic locations. We are also exposed to catastrophe losses in other parts of the world through our global specialty business. Any increases in the values and concentrations of insureds and property in these areas would increase the severity of catastrophic events in the future. In addition, changes in climate and/or weather patterns may increase the frequency and/or intensity of severe weather and natural catastrophe events potentially leading to increased insured losses. Potential examples include, but are not limited to: • an increase in the frequency or intensity of wind and thunderstorm and tornado/hailstorm events due to increased convection in the atmosphere, • more frequent and larger wildfires in certain geographies, • • higher incidence of deluge flooding, and the potential for an increase in frequency and severity of hurricane events. Insufficient incorporation of climatic trends into widely used catastrophe models and internal tools to assess risk from natural catastrophe perils could lead to ineffective evaluation and management of catastrophe risk. For a further discussion of climate-related risks, see the above-referenced Risk Factor, “Changing climate and weather patterns may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.” Our businesses also have exposure to global or nationally occurring pandemics caused by highly infectious and potentially fatal diseases spread through human, animal or plant populations. In the event of one or more catastrophes, policyholders may be unable to meet their obligations to pay premiums on our insurance policies. Further, our liquidity could be constrained by 19 a catastrophe, or multiple catastrophes. In addition, in part because accounting rules do not permit insurers to reserve for such catastrophic events until they occur, claims from catastrophic events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. The amount we charge for catastrophe exposure may be inadequate if the frequency or severity of catastrophe losses changes over time or if the models we use to estimate the exposure prove inadequate. In addition, regulators or legislators could limit our ability to charge adequate pricing for catastrophe exposures or shift more responsibility for covering risk. Terrorism is an example of a significant man-made potential catastrophe. Private sector catastrophe reinsurance is limited and generally unavailable for terrorism losses caused by attacks with nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological weapons. In addition, workers' compensation policies generally do not have exclusions or limitations for terrorism losses. Reinsurance coverage from the federal government under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program (the "Program") Reauthorization Act of 2019 (“TRIPRA 2019”) is also limited and only applies for certified acts of terrorism that exceed a certain threshold of industry losses. Accordingly, the effects of a terrorist attack in the geographic areas we serve may result in claims and related losses for which we do not have adequate reinsurance. TRIPRA 2019 also requires that the federal government create the following reports, which could lead to additional legislation or regulation: (1) Treasury Department to include in its biennial report on the effectiveness of the Program an evaluation of the availability and affordability of terrorism risk insurance for places of worship; and (2) Government Accountability Office report to analyze and address the vulnerabilities and potential costs of cyber terrorism, to assess adequacy of coverage under the Program, and to make recommendations for future legislative changes to address evolving cyber terrorism risks. Further, the continued threat of terrorism and the occurrence of terrorist attacks, as well as heightened security measures and military action in response to these threats and attacks or other geopolitical or military crises, may cause significant volatility in global financial markets, disruptions to commerce and reduced economic activity. These consequences could have an adverse effect on the value of the assets in our investment portfolio and/ or cause a reduction in demand for our products. Terrorist attacks also could disrupt our operation centers. In addition, TRIPRA 2019 expires on December 31, 2027 and if the U.S. Congress does not reauthorize the program or significantly reduces the government’s share of covered terrorism losses, the Company’s exposure to terrorism losses could increase materially unless it can purchase alternative terrorism reinsurance protection in the private markets at affordable prices or takes actions to materially reduce its exposure in lines of business subject to terrorism risk. For a further discussion of TRIPRA, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Enterprise Risk Management - Insurance Risk Management, Reinsurance as a Risk Management Strategy. Cyber risk exposure exists through stand-alone cyber policies as well as cyber coverage endorsements on some property, general liability, management liability and directors and officers policies. Increasing frequency of cyber attacks and the evolving nature of cyber risk taking place across the globe may potentially lead to increased insured losses across the industry and for the businesses we insure. Our insureds may be increasingly exposed to cyber-related attacks with insured Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors losses to property (including data and systems), breach of data, ransom payments and business interruption. Geopolitical crises or hostile actions taken by nation states or terrorist organizations may heighten the risk of cyber-attacks on companies we insure and on our own operations. As a result, it is possible that any, or a combination of all, of these factors related to a catastrophe, or multiple catastrophes, whether natural or man-made, can have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Pricing for our products is subject to our ability to adequately assess risks, estimate losses and comply with state and international insurance regulations. We seek to price our property and casualty and group benefits insurance policies such that insurance premiums and future net investment income earned on premiums received will provide for an acceptable profit in excess of underwriting expenses and the cost of paying claims. Pricing adequacy depends on a number of factors, including proper evaluation of underwriting risks, the ability to project future claim costs, our expense levels, net investment income realized, our response to rate actions taken by competitors, legal and regulatory developments, including in international markets, and the ability to obtain regulatory approval for rate changes. State insurance departments regulate many of the premium rates we charge and also propose rate changes for the benefit of the insurance consumer at the expense of the insurer, which may not allow us to reach targeted levels of profitability. Moreover, regulators may seek to prohibit or constrain the use of certain underwriting and rating factors, which may affect our ability to price risks. In addition to regulating rates, certain states have enacted laws that require a property and casualty insurer to participate in assigned risk plans, reinsurance facilities, joint underwriting associations and other residual market plans. State regulators also require that an insurer offer property and casualty coverage to all consumers and often restrict an insurer's ability to charge the price it might otherwise charge or restrict an insurer's ability to offer or enforce specific policy deductibles. In these markets, we may be compelled to underwrite significant amounts of business at lower than desired rates or accept additional risk not contemplated in our existing rates, participate in the operating losses of residual market plans or pay assessments to fund operating deficits of state- sponsored funds, which could lead to lower than anticipated profitability. The laws and regulations of many states also limit an insurer's ability to withdraw from one or more lines of insurance in the state, except pursuant to a plan that is approved by the state's insurance department. Additionally, certain states require insurers to participate in guaranty funds for impaired or insolvent insurance companies. These funds periodically assess losses against all insurance companies doing business in the state. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. For more on international regulatory risks, see the Risk Factor, “Regulatory and legislative developments could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.” Additionally, the property and casualty and group benefits insurance markets have been historically cyclical, experiencing periods characterized by relatively high levels of price competition, less restrictive underwriting standards, more expansive coverage offerings, multi-year rate guarantees and declining premium rates, followed by periods of relatively low levels of competition, more selective underwriting standards, more coverage restrictions and increasing premium rates. In all of our property and casualty and group benefits insurance product lines, there is a risk that the premium we charge may ultimately prove to be inadequate as reported losses emerge. In addition, there is a risk that regulatory constraints, price competition or incorrect pricing assumptions could prevent us from achieving targeted returns. Inadequate pricing could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Competitive activity, use of emerging technologies, or other technological changes may adversely affect our market share, demand for our products, or our financial results. The industries in which we operate are highly competitive. Our principal competitors are other property and casualty insurers, group benefits providers and providers of mutual funds and exchange traded funds. Competitors may expand their risk appetites in products and services where The Hartford currently enjoys a competitive advantage. Larger competitors with more capital and new entrants to the market could result in increased pricing pressures on a number of our products and services and may harm our ability to maintain or increase our profitability. For example, larger competitors, including those formed through consolidation or who may acquire new entrants to the market, such as insurtech firms, may have lower operating costs and an ability to absorb greater risk while maintaining their financial strength ratings, thereby allowing them to price their products more competitively. In addition, technological advancements and innovation are occurring in distribution, underwriting, claims and operations at a rapid pace that may continue to accelerate. Insurers are using or may begin using certain emerging technologies, such as machine learning, predictive analytics, "big data" analysis or other artificial intelligence functions to, among other things, improve pricing accuracy, be more targeted in marketing, strengthen customer relationships and provide more customized loss prevention services. Nontraditional competitors could enter the insurance market and further accelerate these trends. If competitors are able to use these emerging technologies more effectively and/or efficiently, it may provide them a competitive advantage. Because of the highly competitive nature of the industries The Hartford competes in, there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to compete effectively with our industry rivals, or that competitive pressure will not have a material adverse effect on the business and results of operations. Our business could be affected by other technological changes, including further advancements in automotive safety features, the development of autonomous or “self-driving” vehicles, and platforms that facilitate ride sharing. These technologies could impact the frequency or severity of losses, disrupt the demand 20 Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors for certain of our products, or reduce the size of the automobile insurance market as a whole. The risks we insure are also affected by the increased use of technology in homes and businesses, including technology used in heating, ventilation, air conditioning and security systems and the introduction of more automated loss control measures. Increased use of advanced analytics and automation in the workplace could potentially affect the demand for workers' compensation insurance products over time. In addition, our business may be disrupted due to failures of accelerated technological changes, including our automation of minimally complex tasks, which may adversely impact our business and results of operations. While there is substantial uncertainty about the timing, penetration and reliability of such technologies, and the legal frameworks that may apply, such as to autonomous vehicles, any such impacts could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. We may experience difficulty in marketing and providing insurance products and investment advisory services through distribution channels and advisory firms. We distribute our insurance products, mutual funds and ETFs through a variety of distribution channels and financial intermediaries, including brokers, independent agents, wholesale agents, reinsurance brokers, broker-dealers, banks, registered investment advisors, affinity partners, our own internal sales force and other third-party organizations. In some areas of our business, we generate a significant portion of our business through third-party arrangements. For example, we market personal lines products in large part through an exclusive licensing arrangement with AARP that continues through December 31, 2032. Our ability to distribute products through the AARP program may be adversely impacted by membership levels and the pace of membership growth. In addition, the independent agent and broker distribution channel is consolidating, which could result in a larger proportion of written premium being concentrated among fewer agents and brokers, potentially increasing our cost of acquiring new business. While we periodically seek to renew or extend third party arrangements, there can be no assurance that our relationship with these third parties will continue or that the economics of these relationships won't change to make them less financially attractive to the Company. An interruption in our relationship with certain of these third parties could materially affect our ability to market our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Unexpected and unintended claim and coverage issues under our insurance contracts may adversely impact our financial performance. Changes in industry practices and in legal, judicial, social and other environmental conditions, technological advances or fraudulent activities, may require us to pay claims we did not intend to cover when we wrote the policies. Social, economic, political and environmental issues, including rising income inequality, climate change, prescription drug use and addiction, exposures to new substances or those substances previously considered to be safe and found to have latent exposure, along 21 with the use of social media to proliferate messaging around such issues, has expanded the theories for reporting claims, which may increase our claims administration and/or litigation costs. State and local governments' increased efforts aimed to respond to the costs and concerns associated with these types of issues, may also lead to expansive, new theories for reporting claims or may lead to the passage of "reviver" statutes that extend the statute of limitations for the reporting of these claims, including statutes passed in certain states with respect to sexual molestation and sexual abuse claims. In addition, these and other social, economic, political and environmental issues may either extend coverage beyond our underwriting intent or increase the frequency or severity of claims. Some of these changes, advances or activities may not become apparent until some time after we have issued insurance contracts that are affected by the changes, advances or activities and/or we may be unable to compensate for such losses through future pricing and underwriting. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance contracts may not be known for many years after a contract is issued, and this liability may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity at the time it becomes known. COVID-19 illness could continue to impact our business and may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. While the impact of COVID-19 has subsided, a surge of COVID-19 infections could continue to impact our business, particularly with respect to mortality claims in our group benefits business, and will depend on future developments which are highly uncertain and cannot be easily predicted including: the potential spread of new COVID-19 variants; the continued effectiveness of vaccines; natural immunity and current or emerging therapeutic treatments in preventing infection, serious illness and death; and the percentage of those infected who are of working age. Below are several key effects of COVID-19 on the Company’s business results, financial condition, results of operations and/or liquidity: • Exposure to COVID-19 business interruption property claims - Nearly all of our property insurance policies require direct physical loss or damage to property and contain standard exclusions that we believe preclude coverage for COVID-19 related claims, and the vast majority of such policies contain exclusions for virus-related losses. Nevertheless, the Company and certain of its writing companies have been served as defendants in lawsuits seeking insurance coverage under commercial insurance policies for alleged losses resulting from the shutdown or suspension of our insureds’ businesses due to the spread of COVID-19. While the Company and its subsidiaries deny the allegations and are defending vigorously and while almost none of the plaintiffs have submitted proofs of loss or otherwise quantified or factually supported any allegedly covered loss, it is possible that adverse outcomes, if any, in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated operating results. Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors • The possibility of a resurgence of a higher level of mortality losses - The Company’s Group Benefits business has issued group life policies to employers and associations, which may result in increased death claims as a result of surges in COVID-19 infections causing mortality where COVID-19 is specifically listed as the cause of death and indirect impacts of COVID-19 that includes an increased number of deaths associated with chronic conditions exacerbated by COVID-19. In addition, while the Company has increased pricing for group life coverage in response to higher levels of mortality, it is possible that, even apart from surges in COVID-19 infections, the Company will experience a higher level of mortality going forward associated with chronic conditions. We may also continue to experience higher short-term disability and paid family leave claims from employees and covered individuals who have been affected by COVID-19. For the reasons discussed above, the global public health and economic impacts caused by COVID-19 could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Financial Strength, Credit and Counterparty Risks Downgrades in our financial strength or credit ratings may make our products less attractive, increase our cost of capital and inhibit our ability to refinance our debt. Financial strength and credit ratings are important in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies. Rating agencies assign ratings based upon several factors. While most of the factors relate to the rated company, others relate to the views of the rating agency (including its assessment of the strategic importance of the rated company to the insurance group), general economic conditions, and circumstances outside the rated company's control. In addition, rating agencies may employ different models and formulas to assess the financial strength of a rated company, and from time to time rating agencies have altered these models. Changes to the models or factors used by the rating agencies to assign ratings could adversely impact a rating agency's judgment of its internal rating and the publicly issued rating it assigns us. Our financial strength ratings, which are intended to measure our ability to meet policyholder obligations, are an important factor affecting public confidence in most of our products and, as a result, our competitiveness. A downgrade or a potential downgrade in the rating of our financial strength or of one of our principal insurance subsidiaries could affect our competitive position and reduce future sales of our products. Our credit ratings also affect our cost of capital. A downgrade or a potential downgrade of our credit ratings could make it more difficult or costly to refinance maturing debt obligations, to support business growth at our insurance subsidiaries and to maintain or improve the financial strength ratings of our principal insurance subsidiaries. These events could materially adversely 22 affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. For a further discussion of potential impacts of ratings downgrades on derivative instruments, including potential collateral calls, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Capital Resources and Liquidity - Derivative Commitments. The amount of capital that we must hold to maintain our financial strength and credit ratings and meet other requirements can vary significantly from time to time and is sensitive to a number of factors outside of our control. We conduct the vast majority of our business through licensed insurance company subsidiaries. In the United States, statutory accounting standards and statutory capital and reserve requirements for these entities are prescribed by the applicable insurance regulators and the NAIC. The minimum capital we must hold is based on risk-based capital (“RBC”) formulas for both life and property and casualty companies. The RBC formula for life companies is applicable to our group benefits business and establishes capital requirements relating to insurance, business, asset, credit, interest rate and off-balance sheet risks. The RBC formula for property and casualty companies sets required statutory surplus levels based on underwriting, asset, credit, and off-balance sheet risks. Countries in which our international insurance subsidiaries are incorporated or deemed commercially domiciled are subject to minimum capital requirements as defined by the applicable regulatory regime, including a phased program of changes to the prudential and solvency regime in the UK following the UK's departure from the European Union. In addition, our Lloyd’s member company must maintain required Funds at Lloyd's ("FAL") to meet the capital requirements of its syndicate. The FAL is determined based on the syndicate’s Solvency Capital Requirement (“SCR”) under the Solvency II capital adequacy model plus an economic capital assessment determined by the Lloyd’s Franchise Board (which is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Lloyd's market). In any particular year, statutory surplus amounts, RBC ratios, FAL and SCR may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors, some of which are outside the Company's control, including: • • • • • • • • the amount of statutory income or losses generated by our insurance subsidiaries; the amount of additional capital our insurance subsidiaries must hold to support business growth; the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the holding company; the value of certain fixed maturities, equity securities, and limited partnership and other alternative investments in our investment portfolio; changes in interest rates; admissibility of deferred tax assets; changes to the regulatory capital formulas; and regulatory changes to accounting guidance for determining capital adequacy. Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors Among other factors, rating agencies consider the level of statutory capital and surplus of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries as well as the level of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") capital held by the Company in determining the Company's financial strength and credit ratings. Rating agencies may implement changes to their capital formulas that have the effect of increasing the amount of capital we must hold in order to maintain our current ratings. If our capital resources are insufficient to maintain a particular rating by one or more rating agencies, we may need to raise capital through public or private equity or debt financing. If we were not to raise additional capital, either at our discretion or because we were unable to do so, our financial strength and credit ratings might be downgraded by one or more rating agencies. Losses due to nonperformance or defaults by counterparties can have a material adverse effect on the value of our investments and reduce our profitability or sources of liquidity. We have credit risk with counterparties associated with investments, derivatives, premiums receivable, reinsurance recoverables and indemnifications provided by third parties in connection with previous dispositions. Among others, our counterparties include issuers of fixed maturity and equity securities we hold, borrowers of mortgage loans we hold, customers, trading counterparties, counterparties under swaps and other derivative contracts, reinsurers, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses and other financial intermediaries and guarantors. These counterparties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, insolvency, lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud, government intervention and other reasons. In addition, for exchange-traded derivatives, such as futures, options and "cleared" over-the-counter ("OTC") derivatives, the Company is generally exposed to the credit risk of the relevant central counterparty clearing house. Defaults by these counterparties on their obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on the value of our investments, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Additionally, if the underlying assets supporting the structured securities we invest in default on their payment obligations, our securities may incur losses. The availability of reinsurance and our ability to recover under reinsurance contracts may not be sufficient to protect us against losses. As an insurer, we frequently use reinsurance to reduce the effect of losses that may arise from, among other things, catastrophes and other risks that can cause unfavorable results of operations. In addition, our assumed reinsurance business purchases retrocessional coverage for a portion of the risks it assumes. Under these reinsurance arrangements, other insurers assume a portion of our losses and related expenses; however, we remain liable as the direct insurer on all risks reinsured. Consequently, ceded reinsurance arrangements do not eliminate our obligation to pay claims, and we are subject to our reinsurers' credit risk with respect to our ability to recover amounts due from them. The inability or unwillingness of any reinsurer or retrocessionaire to meet its financial obligations to us, including the impact of any insolvency or rehabilitation proceedings involving a reinsurer or retrocessionaire that could affect the Company's access to collateral held in trust, could 23 have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. In addition, should the availability and cost of reinsurance change materially, we may have to pay higher reinsurance costs, accept an increase in our net liability exposure, reduce the amount of business we write, or access to the extent possible other alternatives to reinsurance, such as use of the capital markets. Further, due to the inherent uncertainties as to collection and the length of time before reinsurance recoverables will be due, it is possible that future adjustments to the Company’s reinsurance recoverables, net of the allowance, could be required, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or liquidity in a particular quarterly or annual period. Our ability to declare and pay dividends is subject to limitations. The payment of future dividends on our capital stock is subject to the discretion of our board of directors, which considers, among other factors, our operating results, overall financial condition, credit-risk considerations and capital requirements, as well as general business and market conditions. Our board of directors may only declare such dividends out of funds legally available for such payments. Moreover, our common stockholders are subject to the prior dividend rights of any holders of depositary shares representing preferred stock then outstanding. The terms of our outstanding junior subordinated debt securities prohibit us from declaring or paying any dividends or distributions on our capital stock or purchasing, acquiring, or making a liquidation payment on such stock, if we have given notice of our election to defer interest payments and the related deferral period has not yet commenced or a deferral period is continuing. Moreover, as a holding company that is separate and distinct from its insurance subsidiaries, HFSG has no significant business operations of its own. Therefore, HFSG relies on dividends from our insurance company subsidiaries and other subsidiaries as the principal source of cash flow to meet its obligations. Subsidiary dividends fund payments on its debt securities and the payment of dividends to stockholders on its capital stock. Connecticut state laws and certain other U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate limit the payment of dividends and require notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment of dividends above certain levels. The laws and regulations of the countries in which its international insurance subsidiaries are incorporated or deemed commercially domiciled, as well as requirements of the Council of Lloyd’s, also impose limitations on the payment of dividends which, in some instances, are more restrictive. Dividends paid from its insurance subsidiaries are further dependent on their cash requirements. In addition, in the event of liquidation or reorganization of a subsidiary, prior claims of a subsidiary’s creditors may take precedence over the holding company’s right to a dividend or distribution from the subsidiary except to the extent that the holding company may be a creditor of that subsidiary. For further discussion on dividends from insurance subsidiaries, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Capital Resources & Liquidity. Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors Risks Relating to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations Actual results could materially differ from the analytical models we use to assist our decision making in key areas such as underwriting, pricing, capital management, reserving, investments, reinsurance and catastrophe risks. We use models to help make decisions related to, among other things, underwriting, pricing, capital allocation, reserving, investments, reinsurance, and catastrophe risk. Both proprietary and third party models we use incorporate numerous assumptions and forecasts about the future level and variability of interest rates, capital requirements, loss frequency and severity, currency exchange rates, policyholder behavior, equity markets and inflation, among others. The models are subject to the inherent limitations of any statistical analysis as the historical internal and industry data and assumptions used in the models may not be indicative of what will happen in the future. Consequently, actual results may differ materially from our modeled results. The profitability and financial condition of the Company substantially depends on the extent to which our actual experience is consistent with assumptions we use in our models and ultimate model outputs. If, based upon these models or other factors, we misprice our products or our estimates of the risks we are exposed to prove to be materially inaccurate, our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity may be adversely affected. The valuation of our securities and investments and the determination of allowances and credit losses are highly subjective and based on methodologies, estimations and assumptions that are subject to differing interpretations and market conditions. Estimated fair values of the Company’s investments are based on available market information and judgments about financial instruments, including estimates of the timing and amounts of expected future cash flows and the credit standing of the issuer or counterparty. During periods of market disruption, it may be difficult to value certain of our securities if trading becomes less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. There may be certain asset classes that were in active markets with significant observable data that become illiquid due to the financial environment. In addition, there may be certain securities whose fair value is based on one or more unobservable inputs, even during normal market conditions. As a result, the determination of the fair values of these securities may include inputs and assumptions that require more estimation and management judgment and the use of complex valuation methodologies. These fair values may differ materially from the value at which the investments may be ultimately sold. Further, rapidly changing or unprecedented credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation of securities and the period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly. Decreases in value could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. Similarly, management’s decision on whether to record an allowance for credit losses ("ACL") is subject to significant judgments and assumptions regarding changes in general economic conditions, the issuer's financial condition or future recovery prospects, estimated future cash flows, the expected recovery period and the accuracy of third party information used in internal assessments. As a result, management’s evaluations and assessments are highly judgmental and its projections of future cash flows over the life of certain securities may ultimately prove incorrect as facts and circumstances change. If our businesses do not perform well, we may be required to recognize an impairment of our goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the amounts we paid to acquire subsidiaries and other businesses over the fair value of their net assets at the date of acquisition. We test goodwill at least annually for impairment. Impairment testing is performed based upon estimates of the fair value of the “reporting unit” to which the goodwill relates. The reporting unit is the operating segment or a business one level below an operating segment if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level. The fair value of the reporting unit could decrease if new business, customer retention, profitability or other drivers of performance differ from expectations. If it is determined that the goodwill has been impaired, the Company must write down the goodwill by the amount of the impairment, with a corresponding charge to net income (loss). These write downs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Strategic and Operational Risks Our businesses may suffer and we may incur substantial costs if we are unable to access our systems and safeguard the security of our data in the event of a disaster, cyber breach or other information security incident. We use technology to process, store, retrieve, evaluate and analyze customer and company data and information. Our information technology and telecommunications systems, in turn, interface with and rely upon third-party systems. We and our third party vendors must be able to access our systems to provide insurance quotes, process premium payments, make changes to existing policies, file and pay claims, administer mutual funds, provide customer support, manage our investment portfolios, report on financial results and perform other necessary business functions. Systems failures or outages could compromise our ability to perform these business functions in a timely manner, which could harm our ability to conduct business and hurt our relationships with our business partners and customers. In the 24 Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors event of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, a pandemic, civil unrest, an industrial accident, a cyber-attack, a blackout, a terrorist attack (including conventional, nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological) or war, systems upon which we rely may be inaccessible to our employees, customers or business partners for an extended period of time. Even if our employees and business partners are able to report to work, they may be unable to perform their duties for an extended period of time if our data or systems used to conduct our business are disabled or destroyed. Our systems have been, and will likely continue to be, subject to viruses or other malicious code, unauthorized access, cyber- attacks (such as ransomware and denial of service), cyber frauds or other computer related penetrations. The frequency and sophistication of such threats continue to increase as well. While, to date, The Hartford is not aware of having experienced a material breach of our cyber security systems, administrative, internal accounting and technical controls as well as other preventive actions may be insufficient to prevent physical and electronic break-ins, denial of service, cyber-attacks, business email compromises, ransomware or other security breaches to our systems or those of third parties with whom we do business. Such an event could compromise our confidential information as well as that of our clients and third parties, impede or interrupt our business operations and result in other negative consequences, including remediation costs, loss of revenue, additional regulatory scrutiny and litigation and reputational damage. In addition, we routinely transmit to third parties personal, confidential and proprietary information, which may be related to employees and customers, by email and other electronic means, along with receiving and storing such information on our systems. Although we attempt to protect proprietary and confidential information, we may be unable to secure the information in all events, especially with clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties who may not have appropriate controls to protect confidential information. Our businesses must comply with regulations to control the privacy of customer, employee and third party data, and state, federal and international regulations regarding data privacy are becoming increasingly more onerous. A misuse or mishandling of confidential or proprietary information could result in legal liability, regulatory action and reputational harm. Third parties, including third party administrators and cloud- based systems, are also subject to cyber-attacks and breaches of confidential information, along with the other risks outlined above, any one of which may result in our incurring substantial costs and other negative consequences, including a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Our increased use of open source software, cloud technology and software as a service can make it more difficult to identify and remedy such situations due to the disparate location of code utilized in our operations. While we maintain cyber liability insurance that provides both third party liability and first party insurance coverages, our insurance may not be sufficient to protect against all loss. Performance problems due to outsourcing and other third-party relationships may compromise our ability to conduct business. We outsource certain business and administrative functions and rely on third-party vendors to perform certain functions or provide certain services on our behalf and have a significant number of information technology and business processes outsourced with a single vendor. If we are unable to reach agreement in the negotiation of contracts or renewals with certain third-party providers, or if such third-party providers experience disruptions in their processes or with relied upon vendors, or if they do not perform as anticipated, we may be unable to meet our obligations to customers and claimants, incur higher costs and lose business which may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. For other risks associated with our outsourcing of certain functions, see the Risk Factor, “Our businesses may suffer and we may incur substantial costs if we are unable to access our systems and safeguard the security of our data in the event of a disaster, cyber breach or other information security incident.” Our ability to execute on capital management plans and other actions is subject to material challenges, uncertainties and risks. The ability to execute on capital management plans is subject to material challenges, uncertainties and risks. From time to time, our capital management plans may include the repurchase of common stock, the paydown of outstanding debt or both. We may not achieve all of the benefits we expect to derive from these plans. An equity repurchase plan approved by the Board would be subject to execution risks, including, among others, risks related to market fluctuations, investor interest and potential legal constraints that could delay execution at an otherwise optimal time. There can be no assurance that we will fully execute any such plan. In addition, we may not be successful in keeping our businesses cost efficient. We may take future actions, including acquisitions, divestitures or restructurings that may involve additional uncertainties and risks that negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity and could impact our ability to execute our capital management plans. Acquisitions and divestitures may not produce the anticipated benefits and may result in unintended consequences, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We may not be able to successfully integrate acquired businesses or achieve the expected synergies as a result of such acquisitions or divestitures. The process of integrating an acquired company or business can be complex and costly and may create unforeseen operating difficulties including ineffective integration of underwriting, risk management, claims handling, finance, information technology and actuarial practices. Difficulties integrating an acquired business may also result in the acquired business performing differently than we expected including through the loss of customers or in our failure to realize anticipated increased premium growth or expense- related efficiencies. We could be adversely affected by the 25 Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors acquisition due to unanticipated performance issues and additional expense, unforeseen liabilities, transaction-related charges, downgrades by third-party rating agencies, diversion of management time and resources to integration challenges, loss of key employees, regulatory requirements, exposure to tax liabilities, amortization of expenses related to intangibles and charges for impairment of long-term assets or goodwill. In addition, we may be adversely impacted by uncertainties related to reserve estimates of the acquired company and its design and operation of internal controls over financial reporting. We may be unable to distribute as much capital to the holding company as planned due to regulatory restrictions or other reasons, or we may be required to contribute capital to a subsidiary, either of which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, in the case of business or asset dispositions, we may have continued financial exposure to the divested businesses through reinsurance, indemnification or other financial arrangements following the transaction. The expected benefits of acquired or divested businesses may not be realized and involve additional uncertainties and risks that may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Difficulty in attracting and retaining talented and qualified personnel may adversely affect the execution of our business strategies. Our ability to attract, develop and retain talented employees, managers and executives is critical to our success. There is significant competition within and outside the insurance and financial services industry for qualified employees, particularly for individuals with highly specialized knowledge in areas such as underwriting, actuarial, data and analytics, technology and digital commerce and investment management. Our continued ability to compete effectively in our businesses and to expand into new business areas depends on our ability to attract new employees and to develop, retain and motivate our existing employees. The loss of key employees, including executives, managers and employees with strong technological, analytical and other specialized skills, may adversely impact the execution of our business objectives or result in loss of important institutional knowledge. Our inability to attract and retain key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims. We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Although we use a broad range of measures to protect our intellectual property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. We may have to litigate to enforce and protect our intellectual property and to determine its scope, validity or enforceability, which could divert significant resources and may not prove successful. Litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights may not be successful and cost a significant amount of money. The inability to secure or enforce the protection of our intellectual property assets could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to compete. We also may be subject to costly litigation in the event that another party 26 alleges our operations or activities infringe upon their intellectual property rights, including patent rights, or violate license usage rights. Any such intellectual property claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant expense and liability for damages, and in some circumstances we could be enjoined from providing certain products or services to our customers, or utilizing and benefiting from certain patent, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses, or alternatively could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Regulatory and Legal Risks Regulatory and legislative developments could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. We are subject to extensive laws and regulations that are complex, subject to change and often conflict in their approach or intended outcomes. Compliance with these laws and regulations can increase cost, affect our strategy, and constrain our ability to adequately price our products. In the U.S., regulatory initiatives and legislative developments may significantly affect our operations and prospects in ways that we cannot predict. For example, federal and state legislative efforts on Paid Family and Medical Leave, data privacy and cyber security, risk-based pricing, sustainability, and environmental, social and governance ("ESG") practices could have unanticipated consequences for the Company and its businesses. It is unclear whether and to what extent Congress, the current Administration or individual states will continue to pursue these types of proposals, and how those changes might impact the Company, its business, financial conditions, results of operations or liquidity. Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are regulated by the insurance departments of the states in which they are domiciled, licensed or authorized to conduct business. State regulations generally seek to protect the interests of policyholders rather than an insurer or the insurer’s stockholders and other investors. U.S. state laws grant insurance regulatory authorities broad administrative powers with respect to, among other things, licensing and authorizing lines of business, approving policy forms and premium rates, setting statutory capital and reserve requirements, limiting the types and amounts of certain investments and restricting underwriting practices. State insurance departments also set constraints on domestic insurer transactions with affiliates and dividends and, in many cases, must approve affiliate transactions and extraordinary dividends as well as strategic transactions such as acquisitions and divestitures. Our international insurance subsidiaries are subject to the laws and regulations of the relevant jurisdictions in which they operate, including the requirements of the PRA and the FCA in the U.K, the Bermuda Monetary Authority in Bermuda and the Insurance Authority in Hong Kong. Our Lloyd’s Syndicate is also subject to management and supervision by the Council of Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors Lloyd’s, which has wide discretionary powers to regulate members’ underwriting at Lloyd’s, as well as regulations imposed by overseas regulators where the Lloyd’s Syndicate conducts business. Following the U.K.’s withdrawal from the European Union, the U.K entered into a free trade agreement with the E.U. on December 30, 2020. Under this agreement, a Trade Partnership Committee meets on a regular basis to discuss areas of cooperation. It is possible that deliberations of this Trade Partnership Committee could affect how U.K. domiciled financial services and insurance firms are regulated. In addition, future regulatory initiatives could be adopted at the federal, state and international level that could affect the profitability of our businesses. For example, the NAIC and state insurance regulators periodically reexamine existing laws and regulations, specifically focusing on modifications to U.S. statutory accounting principles, interpretations of existing laws and the development of new laws and regulations. The NAIC continues to enhance the U.S. system of insurance solvency regulation, with a particular focus on group supervision, risk- based capital, accounting and financial reporting, enterprise risk management and reinsurance which could, among other things, affect statutory measures of capital adequacy, including risk- based capital ratios. Lawmakers and regulators at the federal, state and international levels are enacting laws and promulgating regulations and guidance related to climate change, with conflicts from jurisdiction to jurisdiction possible, which may impose additional costs on the Company, or expose us to new or additional risks. For example, regulators could impose new disclosure requirements regarding underwriting or investment in certain industry sectors or take other actions such as implementing a temporary moratorium on cancellation of policies within catastrophe prone areas. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued proposed rules to enhance and standardize climate-related disclosures for investors. The scope and timing of final rules is uncertain; however, if not modified substantively, the proposed rules would require extensive narrative and quantitative reporting on climate change and decarbonization in SEC filings and pose potential compliance and litigation risks to the Company. In addition, the Federal Insurance Office continues to analyze the potential for climate change to affect insurance and reinsurance coverage, which could result in increased data collection and reporting. Regulators may also impose new requirements affecting our operations such as disclosure related to greenhouse gas emissions (GHGe) and other climate-related information, increasing our operating expenses and litigation risk. There has also been increased regulatory scrutiny of the use of emerging technologies related to artificial intelligence, including machine learning, predictive analytics and other “big data’ techniques. We may be subject to new regulations that could materially adversely affect our operations or ability to write business profitably in one or more jurisdictions. The NAIC has adopted a Model Bulletin on the Use of Artificial Intelligence Systems by Insurers. This would need to be adopted at the individual state level in order to become effective. We anticipate some states will do so in the future. State insurance regulators may adopt their own guidelines for insurers independent of the NAIC guidance. In addition, regulators have recently requested 27 information from insurers on their use of algorithms, artificial intelligence and machine learning. We cannot predict what, if any, legislative or regulatory actions may be taken regarding these or other emerging technologies, but any inquiries and/or limitations could have a material impact on our business, business processes, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, changes in laws or regulations, particularly relating to privacy and data security, may materially impede our ability to execute on business strategies and/or our ability to be competitive. Any proposed or future legislation or NAIC initiatives, if adopted, may be more restrictive on our ability to conduct business than current regulatory requirements or may result in higher costs or increased statutory capital and reserve requirements. The International Association of Insurance Supervisors ("IAIS") continues to advance the development of insurance group capital standards for use with Internationally Active Insurance Groups ("IAIGs"). As of January 1, 2020, the IAIS Insurance Capital Standard entered a five-year monitoring period at the end of which insurance firms are required to follow such standards. While the Company would not currently be subject to this capital standard regime, it is possible that, in the future, standards similar to what is being contemplated by the IAIS could apply to the Company. Working through the NAIC, U.S. state insurance regulators have adopted a group capital calculation for use in solvency-monitoring activities. The calculation is intended to provide additional analytical information to the lead state for use in assessing group risks and capital adequacy to complement the current holding company analysis in the U.S. By the end of 2024, the IAIS will assess whether this method provides comparable outcomes to the consolidated group insurance capital standard that it has been developing for use with IAIGs. Further, a particular regulator or enforcement authority may interpret a legal, accounting, or reserving issue differently than we have, exposing us to different or additional regulatory risks. The application of these regulations and guidelines by insurers involves interpretations and judgments that may be challenged by state insurance departments and other regulators. The result of those potential challenges could require us to increase levels of regulatory capital and reserves or incur higher operating and/ or tax costs. In addition, our asset management businesses are also subject to extensive regulation in the various jurisdictions where they operate. These laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect investors in the securities markets or investment advisory clients and generally grant supervisory authorities broad administrative powers. Compliance with these laws and regulations is costly, time consuming and personnel intensive, and may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors Our insurance business is sensitive to significant changes in the legal environment that could adversely affect The Hartford’s results of operations or financial condition or harm its businesses. Like any major P&C insurance company, litigation is a routine part of The Hartford’s business - both in defending and indemnifying our insureds and in litigating insurance coverage disputes. The Hartford accounts for such activity by establishing unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Significant changes in the legal environment could cause our ultimate liabilities to change from our current expectations. Such changes could be judicial in nature, like trends in the size of jury awards, developments in the law relating to tort liability or the liability of insurers, and rulings concerning the scope of insurance coverage or the amount or types of damages covered by insurance. In addition, changes in federal or state laws and regulations relating to the liability of insurers or policyholders, including state laws expanding “bad faith” liability and state “reviver” statutes, extending statutes of limitations for certain sexual molestation and sexual abuse claims, could result in changes in business practices, additional litigation, or unexpected losses, including increased frequency and severity of claims. Also, the emergence of new targets and expanding theories of liability for claims involving issues like global climate change, physical and mental health crises, new technologies, and socioeconomic and political dynamics also could result in additional litigation exposure and unexpected losses. It is impossible to forecast such changes reliably, much less to predict how they might affect our loss reserves or how those changes might adversely affect our ability to price our insurance products appropriately. Thus, significant judicial or legislative developments could adversely affect The Hartford’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Changes in federal, state or foreign tax laws could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Changes in federal, state or foreign tax laws and tax rates or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our profitability or financial condition by increasing the Company's overall tax and compliance burdens. The Company’s federal and state tax returns reflect certain items such as tax-exempt bond interest, tax credits, and insurance reserve deductions. There is an increasing risk that, in the context of tax reform in the U.S., federal and/or state tax legislation could modify or eliminate these items, impacting the Company, its investments, investment strategies, and/or its policyholders. For a description of potential impacts for the Inflation Reduction Act, which was signed into law on August 16, 2022, see Part I, Item 2, MD&A - Capital Resources and Liquidity, Contingencies, Legislative and Regulatory Developments. 28 Regulatory requirements could delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that stockholders might consider in their best interests. Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where the domestic insurer is domiciled. Prior to granting approval of an application to acquire control of a domestic insurer, the state insurance commissioner will consider such factors as the financial strength of the applicant, the acquirer's plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer, and any such additional information as the insurance commissioner may deem necessary or appropriate for the protection of policyholders or in the public interest. Generally, state statutes provide that control over a domestic insurer is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing 10 percent or more of the voting securities of the domestic insurer or its parent company. Because a person acquiring 10 percent or more of our common stock would indirectly control the same percentage of the stock of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, the insurance change of control laws of various U.S. jurisdictions would likely apply to such a transaction. Other laws or required approvals pertaining to one or more of our existing subsidiaries, or a future subsidiary, may contain similar or additional restrictions on the acquisition of control of the Company. These laws and similar rules applying to subsidiaries domiciled outside of the United States may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter, or prevent a change of control, including transactions that our Board of Directors and some or all of our stockholders might consider to be desirable. Changes in accounting principles and financial reporting requirements could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. As an SEC registrant, we are currently required to prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as promulgated by the FASB. Accordingly, we are required to adopt new guidance or interpretations which may have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition that is either unexpected or has a greater impact than expected. For a description of changes in accounting standards that are currently pending and, if known, our estimates of their expected impact, see Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Part I - Item 1C. Cybersecurity Item 1C. CYBERSECURITY The Hartford has implemented an information protection program with established governance routines for assessing and managing risks. The Hartford employs a ‘defense-in-depth’ strategy that uses multiple security measures to protect the integrity of the Company's information assets. This ‘defense-in- depth’ strategy aligns to the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework, where controls are implemented throughout our environments to achieve five categorical objectives, including identification, protection, detection, response and recovery. Our 'defense in depth' program uses several methods to protect against intrusion by a bad actor, including such techniques as reputational filtering, anti-virus scans, intrusion prevention, multi- factor authentication, and account isolation among others. We also use numerous approaches to detect ransomware and other cyber attacks, including, among others, dark web searches, email sandboxing, endpoint detection, and intrusion detection. The Hartford continues to monitor and enhance its framework to respond to evolving cyber threats and regulations for data privacy, including the European Union General Data Protection Regulation and the California Consumer Privacy Act. We regularly assess our programs and control environment, leveraging externally conducted cyber tests and evaluations along with internally managed cyber risk assessments and testing. Additionally, the Company collaborates with industry associations, government authorities, peers and external advisors to monitor the threat environment and to inform our security practices. In connection with the regular assessment of third-party service providers performed by our procurement organization, our information protection team performs a third-party assessment of each vendor’s information security practices and protocols, including its readiness to protect against and respond to cybersecurity breaches. Third-party service providers are categorized in tiers depending on the significance of their operations to the Company’s business processes and risk assessments for vendors in the highest tier are completed periodically. With respect to cyber, we have procedures to verify each service provider’s information security controls, and each vendor completes a cyber questionnaire that also addresses their resiliency in the event of an intrusion to their systems. We proactively communicate with suppliers to understand mitigation steps taken when major cyber exposures are identified. We are executing on a multi-year roadmap to, among other things, further improve our ability to defend against, respond to, and recover from ransomware and other cyber events; enhance application cybersecurity capabilities, including defenses against fraud attacks; and to ensure security capabilities are built into new cloud-based platforms that we adopt. We are also required to maintain strong cyber defense protocols in the states where we are authorized or licensed to write business. A number of states where our insurance companies are domiciled, including Connecticut, have adopted the NAIC Insurance Data Security Model Law. Our legal team monitors the status of new cybersecurity regulations, including notification requirements. To the best knowledge of Management, no risks from cybersecurity threats have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company, including its business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. For further discussion of the Company's risks related to cybersecurity, see Part I, Item 1A, — Risk Factors for the risk factor "Our businesses may suffer and we may incur substantial costs if we are unable to access our systems and safeguard the security of our data in the event of a disaster, cyber breach or other information security incident." From a governance perspective, senior members of our Enterprise Risk Management, Information Protection and Internal Audit functions provide detailed, regular reports on cybersecurity matters to the Board, primarily through the Audit Committee, which oversees controls for the Company's major risk exposures and has principal responsibility for oversight of cybersecurity risk, and the Finance, Investment and Risk Management Committee ("FIRMCo"), which oversees business risk related to cyber insurance products. The topics covered by these updates include the Company's activities, policies and procedures to prevent, detect and respond to cybersecurity incidents, as well as lessons learned from cybersecurity incidents and internal and external testing of our cyber defenses. The Audit Committee is provided with updates on technology and cybersecurity risks at least four times annually, including annual reviews of the Company's cybersecurity program and technology risks and controls, and bi-annual updates on operational risks (in spring and fall). Given its importance, the full Board is invited to attend the annual cybersecurity program and time is reserved at each Audit Committee meeting for cybersecurity technology matters that warrant discussion between the standing sessions. In addition, our Enterprise Risk Management team provides FIRMCo with an assessment of cybersecurity insurance risk once per year. The Audit Committee, FIRMCo and the full Board are apprised of developments in the external environment and business strategies that present additional potential cyber risk exposure to the Company, such as modifications to on-line platforms and expanded use of cloud-based applications, on an ongoing, as- needed basis. As a result, cybersecurity and cyber risk are typically discussed more frequently than the annual minimum requirements. The Company has established an Executive Privacy & Security Council ("EPSC") that meets semi-annually. Formed in 2003, the EPSC consists of a cross-functional senior leaders, including the Chief Information Officer ("CIO"), the Chief Information Security Officer ("CISO"), the Chief Risk Officer ("CRO") and General Counsel among others. The EPSC receives a monthly written executive briefing on topics, and with metrics related to cybersecurity, including incident prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation. Quarterly, the IT Risk Council, made up of senior IT leaders, is also provided with an update of cybersecurity risks and preparedness. Various other meetings are held on cybersecurity topics periodically, including monthly business operating reviews, and meetings of the Enterprise Risk and Capital Committee ("ERCC") and executive leadership team. 29 Part I - Item 1C. Cybersecurity Both the CIO and the CISO have expertise assessing and managing cybersecurity risks. The CIO has served in her current role since 2019 and served in similar technology leadership roles before her current role. She has eighteen years of executive leadership experience in the financial services industry and twenty-eight years of overall technology experience, during which time she has led large scale business transformation, delivered innovative technology strategies and has overseen and modernized complex technology portfolios. The CISO has held several senior-level information technology roles in his twenty-five-year tenure with the Company and has served in his current role since 2021. In his various roles, he has been responsible for providing senior leadership in the areas of information security, IT governance risk & compliance, business continuity, and disaster recovery. 30 Part II - Item 5. Market for the Hartford's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Item 5. MARKET FOR THE HARTFORD'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES The Hartford’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading symbol “HIG”. As of February 22, 2024, the Company had approximately 7,835 registered holders of record of the Company's common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” holders or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. The Hartford's cash dividends paid on common stock and expected payment of future cash dividends are discussed in the Summary of Capital Resources and Liquidity and Liquidity Requirements and Sources of Capital - Dividends sections of Part II, Item 7, MD&A — Capital Resources and Liquidity. Repurchases of common stock by the Company during the quarter ended December 31, 2023 are set forth below. During the period from January 1, 2024 through February 22, 2024, the Company repurchased 2.3 million shares for $200. Repurchases of Common Stock by the Issuer for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2023 Period Total Number of Shares Purchased [1] Average Price Paid Per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs [2] (in millions) October 1, 2023 - October 31, 2023 November 1, 2023 - November 30, 2023 December 1, 2023 - December 31, 2023 Total 2,043,934 $ 1,294,172 $ 1,370,044 $ 4,708,150 $ 71.72 76.29 80.19 75.44 2,039,013 $ 1,290,733 $ 1,356,163 $ 4,685,909 1,553 1,456 1,348 [1]Includes 22,241 shares in net settlement of employee tax withholding obligations related to equity awards under the Company's incentive stock plans, which were not part of publicly announced share repurchase authorizations. The Company paid an average price per share of $78.24 in employee tax withholding obligations related to net share settlements in the three months ended December 31, 2023. [2]In July, 2022, the Board of Directors approved a share repurchase authorization for up to $3.0 billion effective from August 1, 2022 to December 31, 2024. The timing of any repurchases is dependent on several factors, including the market price of the Company's securities, the Company's capital position, consideration of the effect of any repurchases on the Company's financial strength or credit ratings, the Company's blackout periods, and other considerations. 31 Part II - Item 5. Market for the Hartford's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities |TOTAL RETURN TO STOCKHOLDERS The following table presents The Hartford’s five-year total return on its common stock including reinvestment of dividends in comparison to the S&P 500 and the S&P Insurance Composite Index. Company/Index The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. S&P 500 Index S&P Insurance Composite Index Cumulative Five-Year Total Return Base Period 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 $ $ $ 100 $ 139.72 $ 116.07 $ 167.45 $ 188.07 $ 204.11 100 $ 131.49 $ 155.68 $ 200.37 $ 164.08 $ 207.21 100 $ 129.38 $ 128.81 $ 170.19 $ 187.42 $ 204.78 32 The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.S&P 500 IndexS&P Insurance Composite IndexDec 2018Dec 2019Dec 2020Dec 2021Dec 2022Dec 2023$0$50$100$150$200$250Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data, unless otherwise stated) The Hartford provides projections and other forward-looking information in the following discussions, which contain many forward-looking statements, particularly relating to the Company’s future financial performance. These forward-looking statements are estimates based on information currently available to the Company, are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are subject to the cautionary statements set forth on pages 4 and 5 of this annual report. Actual results are likely to differ, and in the past have differed, materially from those forecast by the Company, depending on the outcome of various factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in the following discussion and in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and those identified from time to time in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Hartford undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted the FASB's updated guidance on accounting for long duration insurance contracts, which was applied on a modified retrospective basis as of January 1, 2021. For additional information refer to Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. On December 29, 2021, the Company completed the sale of Navigators Holdings (Europe) N.V., a Belgium holding company, and its subsidiaries, Bracht, Deckers & Mackelbert N.V. (“BDM”) and Assurances Contintales Contintale Verzekeringen N.V. (“ASCO”), (collectively referred to as "Continental Europe Operations"). Certain reclassifications have been made to historical financial information presented in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") to conform to the current period presentation. For discussion of reclassifications and dispositions, see Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 22 - Business Dispositions of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Hartford defines increases or decreases greater than or equal to 200%, or changes from a net gain to a net loss position, or vice versa, as "NM" or not meaningful. For discussion of the earliest of the three years included in the financial statements of the current filing, refer to Part 2, Item 7, MD&A in The Hartford’s 2022 Annual Report. 33 Index Description Page Key Performance Measures and Ratios The Hartford's Operations Financial Highlights Consolidated Results of Operations Investment Results Critical Accounting Estimates Commercial Lines Personal Lines Property & Casualty Other Operations Group Benefits Hartford Funds Corporate Enterprise Risk Management Capital Resources and Liquidity Impact of New Accounting Standards 33 38 41 42 45 47 67 71 76 77 79 81 82 101 108 KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES AND RATIOS The Company considers the measures and ratios in the following discussion to be key performance indicators for its businesses. Management believes that these ratios and measures are useful in understanding the underlying trends in The Hartford’s businesses. However, these key performance indicators should only be used in conjunction with, and not in lieu of, the results presented in the segment discussions that follow in this MD&A. These ratios and measures may not be comparable to other performance measures used by the Company’s competitors. Definitions of Non-GAAP and Other Measures and Ratios Assets Under Management (“AUM”)- Include mutual fund and ETF assets. AUM is a measure used by the Company's Hartford Funds segment because a significant portion of the segment’s revenues and expenses are based upon asset values. These revenues and expenses increase or decrease with a rise or fall in AUM whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows. Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Book Value per Diluted Share excluding accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI")- This is a non-GAAP per share measure that is calculated by dividing (a) common stockholders' equity, excluding AOCI, after tax, by (b) common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares. The Company provides this measure to enable investors to analyze the amount of the Company's net worth that is primarily attributable to the Company's business operations. The Company believes that excluding AOCI from the numerator is useful to investors because it eliminates the effect of items that can fluctuate significantly from period to period, primarily based on changes in interest rates. Book value per diluted share is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. Combined Ratio- The sum of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio, the expense ratio and the policyholder dividend ratio. This ratio is a relative measurement that describes the related cost of losses and expenses for every $100 of earned premiums. A combined ratio below 100 demonstrates underwriting profit; a combined ratio above 100 demonstrates underwriting losses. Core Earnings- The Hartford uses the non-GAAP measure core earnings as an important measure of the Company’s operating performance. The Hartford believes that core earnings provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of the Company’s ongoing businesses because it reveals trends in our insurance and financial services businesses that may be obscured by including the net effect of certain items. Therefore, the following items are excluded from core earnings: • • • Certain realized gains and losses - Generally realized gains and losses are primarily driven by investment decisions and external economic developments, the nature and timing of which are unrelated to the insurance and underwriting aspects of our business. Accordingly, core earnings excludes the effect of all realized gains and losses that tend to be highly variable from period to period based on capital market conditions. The Hartford believes, however, that some realized gains and losses are integrally related to our insurance operations, so core earnings includes net realized gains and losses such as net periodic settlements on credit derivatives. These net realized gains and losses are directly related to an offsetting item included in the income statement such as net investment income. Restructuring and other costs - Costs incurred as part of a restructuring plan are not a recurring operating expense of the business. Loss on extinguishment of debt - Largely consisting of make-whole payments or tender premiums upon paying debt off before maturity, these losses are not a recurring operating expense of the business. • • • • • • Gains and losses on reinsurance transactions - Gains or losses on reinsurance, such as those entered into upon sale of a business or to reinsure loss reserves, are not a recurring operating expense of the business. Integration and other non-recurring M&A costs - These costs, including transaction costs incurred in connection with an acquired business, are incurred over a short period of time and do not represent an ongoing operating expense of the business. Change in loss reserves upon acquisition of a business - These changes in loss reserves are excluded from core earnings because such changes could obscure the ability to compare results in periods after the acquisition to results of periods prior to the acquisition. Deferred gain resulting from retroactive reinsurance and subsequent changes in the deferred gain - Retroactive reinsurance agreements economically transfer risk to the reinsurers and excluding the deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance and related amortization of the deferred gain from core earnings provides greater insight into the economics of the business. Change in valuation allowance on deferred taxes related to non-core components of before tax income - These changes in valuation allowances are excluded from core earnings because they relate to non-core components of before tax income, such as tax attributes like capital loss carryforwards. Results of discontinued operations - These results are excluded from core earnings for businesses sold or held for sale because such results could obscure the ability to compare period over period results for our ongoing businesses. In addition to the above components of net income available to common stockholders that are excluded from core earnings, preferred stock dividends declared, which are excluded from net income, are included in the determination of core earnings. Preferred stock dividends are a cost of financing more akin to interest expense on debt and are expected to be a recurring expense as long as the preferred stock is outstanding. Net income (loss) and net income (loss) available to common stockholders are the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measures to core earnings. Core earnings should not be considered as a substitute for net income (loss) or net income (loss) available to common stockholders and does not reflect the overall profitability of the Company's business. Therefore, The Hartford believes that it is useful for investors to evaluate net income (loss), net income (loss) available to common stockholders, and core earnings when reviewing the Company's performance. 34 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Reconciliation of Net Income to Core Earnings Net income Preferred stock dividends Net income available to common stockholders Adjustments to reconcile net income available to common stockholders to core earnings: For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 2,504 $ 21 1,819 $ 21 2,371 21 2,483 1,798 2,350 Net realized losses (gains) excluded from core earnings, before tax 152 626 (505) Restructuring and other costs, before tax Loss on extinguishment of debt, before tax Integration and other non-recurring M&A costs, before tax Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance, before tax Income tax expense (benefit) [1] Core earnings 6 — 8 194 13 9 21 229 (76) (200) 1 — 58 246 34 $ 2,767 $ 2,496 $ 2,184 [1] Primarily represents the federal income tax expense (benefit) related to before tax items not included in core earnings. Core Earnings Margin- The Hartford uses the non-GAAP measure core earnings margin to evaluate, and believes it is an important measure of, the Group Benefits segment's operating performance. Core earnings margin is calculated by dividing core earnings by revenues, excluding buyouts and realized gains (losses). Net income margin, calculated by dividing net income by revenues, is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Company believes that core earnings margin provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of Group Benefits because it reveals trends in the business that may be obscured by the effect of buyouts and realized gains (losses) as well as other items excluded in the calculation of core earnings. Core earnings margin should not be considered as a substitute for net income margin and does not reflect the overall profitability of Group Benefits. Therefore, the Company believes it is important for investors to evaluate both core earnings margin and net income margin when reviewing performance. A reconciliation of net income margin to core earnings margin is set forth in the Results of Operations section within MD&A - Group Benefits. Current Accident Year Catastrophe Ratio- A component of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio, represents the ratio of catastrophe losses incurred in the current accident year ("CAY") (net of reinsurance) to earned premiums. For U.S. events, a catastrophe is an event that causes $25 or more in industry insured property losses and affects a significant number of property and casualty policyholders and insurers, as defined by the Property Claim Services office of Verisk. For international events, the Company's approach is similar, informed, in part, by how Lloyd's of London defines major losses. Lloyd's of London is an insurance market-place operating worldwide ("Lloyd's"). Lloyd's does not underwrite risks. The Company accepts risks as the sole member of Lloyd's Syndicate 1221 ("Lloyd's Syndicate"). The current accident year catastrophe ratio includes the effect of catastrophe losses, but does not include the effect of reinstatement premiums. Expense Ratio- For Commercial Lines and Personal Lines is the ratio of underwriting expenses less fee income, to earned premiums. Underwriting expenses include the amortization of 35 deferred policy acquisition costs ("DAC") and insurance operating costs and other expenses, including certain centralized services costs and bad debt expense. DAC includes commissions, taxes, licenses and fees and other incremental direct underwriting expenses and are amortized over the policy term. The expense ratio for Group Benefits is expressed as the ratio of insurance operating costs and other expenses including amortization of intangibles and amortization of DAC, to premiums and other considerations, excluding buyout premiums. The expense ratio for Commercial Lines, Personal Lines and Group Benefits does not include integration and other transaction costs associated with an acquired business. Fee Income- Is largely driven from amounts earned as a result of contractually defined percentages of AUM in our Hartford Funds business. These fees are generally earned on a daily basis. Therefore, this fee income increases or decreases with the rise or fall in AUM whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows. Gross New Business Premium- Represents the amount of premiums charged, before ceded reinsurance, for policies issued to customers who were not insured with the Company in the previous policy term. Gross new business premium plus gross renewal written premium less ceded reinsurance equals total written premium. Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio- A measure of the cost of claims incurred in the calendar year divided by earned premium and includes losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred for both the current and prior accident years. Among other factors, the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio needed for the Company to achieve its targeted return on equity ("ROE") fluctuates from year to year based on changes in the expected investment yield over the claim settlement period, the timing of expected claim settlements and the targeted returns set by management based on the competitive environment. Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is affected by claim frequency and claim severity, particularly for shorter-tail property lines of business, where the emergence of claim frequency and severity is credible and likely indicative of ultimate losses. Claim frequency represents the percentage change in the average number of reported claims per unit of exposure in the current accident year compared to that of the previous accident year. Claim severity represents the percentage change in the estimated average cost per claim in the current accident year compared to that of the previous accident year. As one of the factors used to determine pricing, the Company’s practice is to first make an overall assumption about claim frequency and severity for a given line of business and then, as part of the rate- making process, adjust the assumption as appropriate for the particular state, product or coverage. Current Accident Year Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio Before Catastrophes- A measure of the cost of non-catastrophe loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred in the current accident year divided by earned premiums. Management believes that the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes is a performance measure that is useful to investors as it removes the impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year development ("PYD"). Loss Ratio, excluding Buyouts- Utilized for the Group Benefits segment and is expressed as a ratio of benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses, excluding those related to buyout premiums, to premiums and other considerations, excluding buyout premiums. Since Group Benefits occasionally buys a block of claims for a stated premium amount, the Company excludes this buyout from the loss ratio used for evaluating the profitability of the business as buyouts may distort the loss ratio. Buyout premiums represent takeover of open claim liabilities and other non-recurring premium amounts. Mutual Fund and Exchange-Traded Fund Assets- Are owned by the shareowners of those products and not by the Company and, therefore, are not reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, except in instances where the Company seeds new investment products. Mutual fund and ETF assets are a measure used by the Company primarily because a significant portion of the Company’s Hartford Funds segment revenues and expenses are based upon asset values. These revenues and expenses increase or decrease with a rise or fall in AUM whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows. Net New Business Premium- Represents the amount of premiums charged, after ceded reinsurance, for policies issued to customers who were not insured with the Company in the previous policy term. Net new business premium plus renewal written premium equals total written premium. Policy Count Retention- Represents the number of renewal policies issued during the current year period divided by the new and renewal policies issued in the prior period. Policy count retention is affected by a number of factors, including the percentage of renewal policy quotes accepted and decisions by the Company to non-renew policies because of specific policy underwriting concerns or because of a decision to reduce 36 premium writings in certain classes of business or states. Policy count retention is also affected by advertising and rate actions taken by us and competitors. Effective Policy Count Retention- Represents the number of policies expected to renew in the current year period, based on contract effective dates, divided by the new and renewal policies effective in the prior period. Effective policy count retention is affected by a number of factors, including the percentage of renewal policy quotes accepted and decisions by the Company to non-renew policies because of specific policy underwriting concerns or because of a decision to reduce premium writings in certain classes of business or states. Effective policy count retention is also affected by advertising and rate actions taken by us and competitors, as well as the effect of subsequent cancellations and non-renewals by customers. Effective policy count retention statistics are subject to change from period to period based on the effect of differences between actual and expected policy cancellations throughout the policy period. Policies in Force- Represents the number of policies with coverage in effect as of the end of the period. The number of policies in force is a growth measure used for Personal Lines and standard commercial lines (small commercial and middle market lines within middle & large commercial) and is affected by both new business growth and policy count retention. Policyholder Dividend Ratio- The ratio of policyholder dividends to earned premium. Premium Retention- For middle & large commercial, represents the ratio of prior period premiums that were successfully renewed divided by premiums associated with policies available for renewal in the current period. Premium retention excludes premium amounts from annual audits, renewal written price increases and changes in exposure, including amount of insurance. Premium retention statistics are subject to change from period to period based on a number of factors, including the effect of subsequent cancellations and non-renewals. Prior Accident Year Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio- Represents the increase (decrease) in the estimated cost of settling catastrophe and non-catastrophe claims incurred in prior accident years as recorded in the current calendar year divided by earned premiums. Reinstatement Premiums- Represents additional ceded premium paid for the reinstatement of the amount of reinsurance coverage that was reduced as a result of the Company ceding losses to reinsurers. Renewal Earned Price Increase (Decrease)- Written premiums are earned over the policy term, which is six months for certain Personal Lines automobile business and twelve months for substantially all of the remainder of the Company’s P&C business. Since the Company earns premiums over the six to twelve month term of the policies, renewal earned price increases (decreases) lag renewal written price increases (decreases) by six to twelve months. Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Renewal Written Price Increase (Decrease)- For Commercial Lines, represents the combined effect of rate changes, and individual risk pricing decisions per unit of exposure on policies that renewed and includes amount of insurance. For Personal Lines, renewal written price increases represent the total change in premium per policy since the prior year on those policies that renewed and includes the combined effect of rate changes, amount of insurance and other changes in exposure. For Personal Lines, other changes in exposure include, but are not limited to, the effect of changes in number of drivers, vehicles and incidents, as well as changes in customer policy elections, such as deductibles and limits. The rate component represents the change in rate impacting renewal policies as previously filed with and approved by state regulators during the period. Amount of insurance represents the change in the value of the rating base, such as model year/vehicle symbol for automobiles, building replacement costs for property and wage inflation for workers’ compensation. A number of factors affect renewal written price increases (decreases) including expected loss costs as projected by the Company’s pricing actuaries, rate filings approved by state regulators, risk selection decisions made by the Company’s underwriters and marketplace competition. Renewal written price changes reflect the property and casualty insurance market cycle. Prices tend to increase for a particular line of business when insurance carriers have incurred significant losses in that line of business in the recent past or the industry as a whole commits less of its capital to writing exposures in that line of business. Prices tend to decrease when recent loss experience has been favorable or when competition among insurance carriers increases. Renewal written price statistics are subject to change from period to period, based on a number of factors, including changes in actuarial estimates and the effect of subsequent cancellations and non-renewals, and modifications made to better reflect ultimate pricing achieved. Return on Assets ("ROA"), Core Earnings-The Company uses this non-GAAP financial measure to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of, the Hartford Funds segment’s operating performance. ROA, core earnings is calculated by dividing annualized core earnings by a daily average AUM. ROA is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Company believes that ROA, core earnings, provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of the Hartford Funds segment because it reveals trends in our business that may be obscured by the effect of items excluded in the calculation of core earnings. ROA, core earnings, should not be considered as a substitute for ROA and does not reflect the overall profitability of our Hartford Funds business. Therefore, the Company believes it is important for investors to evaluate both ROA, and ROA, core earnings when reviewing the Hartford Funds segment performance. A reconciliation of ROA to ROA, core earnings is set forth in the Results of Operations section within MD&A - Hartford Funds. Underlying Combined Ratio-This non-GAAP financial measure of underwriting results represents the combined ratio before catastrophes, prior accident year development and current accident year change in loss reserves upon acquisition of a business. Combined ratio is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. The Company believes this ratio is an important measure of the trend in profitability since it removes the impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year loss and loss adjustment expense reserve development. The changes to loss reserves upon acquisition of a business are excluded from underlying combined ratio because such changes could obscure the ability to compare results in periods after the acquisition to results of periods prior to the acquisition as such trends are valuable to our investors' ability to assess the Company's financial performance. A reconciliation of combined ratio to underlying combined ratio is set forth in the Results of Operations section within MD&A - Commercial Lines and Personal Lines. Underwriting Gain (Loss)- The Hartford's management evaluates profitability of the Commercial and Personal Lines segments primarily on the basis of underwriting gain or loss. Underwriting gain (loss) is a before tax non-GAAP measure that represents earned premiums less incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses and underwriting expenses. Net income (loss) is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. Underwriting gain (loss) is influenced significantly by earned premium growth and the adequacy of The Hartford's pricing. Underwriting profitability over time is also greatly influenced by The Hartford's underwriting discipline, as management strives to manage exposure to loss through favorable risk selection and diversification, effective management of claims, use of reinsurance and its ability to manage its expenses. The Hartford believes that underwriting gain (loss) provides investors with a valuable measure of profitability, before tax, derived from underwriting activities, which are managed separately from the Company's investing activities. 37 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Reconciliation of Net Income to Underwriting Gain (Loss) Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to underwriting gain: Commercial Lines Net investment income Net realized losses (gains) Other expense Income tax expense Underwriting gain Net income Personal Lines Adjustments to reconcile net income to underwriting gain (loss): Net investment income Net realized losses (gains) Net servicing and other income Income tax expense (benefit) Underwriting gain (loss) Net loss Adjustments to reconcile net loss to underwriting loss: P&C Other Ops Net investment income Net realized losses (gains) Other expense Income tax benefit Underwriting loss Written and Earned Premiums- Written premium represents the amount of premiums charged for policies issued, net of reinsurance, during a fiscal period. Premiums are considered earned and are included in the financial results on a pro rata basis over the policy period. Management believes that written premium is a performance measure that is useful to investors as it reflects current trends in the Company’s sale of property and casualty insurance products. Written and earned premium are recorded net of ceded reinsurance premium. Traditional life and disability insurance type products, such as those sold by Group Benefits, collect premiums from policyholders in exchange for financial protection for the policyholder from a specified insurable loss, such as death or disability. These premiums, together with net investment income earned, are used to pay the contractual obligations under these insurance contracts. Two major factors, new sales and persistency, impact premium growth. Sales can increase or decrease in a given year based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, customer demand for the Company’s product offerings, pricing competition, distribution channels and the Company’s reputation and ratings. Persistency refers to the percentage of premium remaining in-force from year-to-year. For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 2,085 $ 1,624 $ 1,757 (1,532) (1,415) (1,502) 156 1 502 385 12 426 $ 1,212 $ 1,032 $ (260) 5 402 402 $ (39) $ 91 $ 385 (171) (140) (157) 16 (21) (15) 35 (17) 22 (230) $ (9) $ (29) (19) 95 275 (130) $ (190) $ (95) $ $ (69) 7 — (36) (63) 16 — (52) $ (228) $ (289) $ (75) (13) 1 (28) (210) THE HARTFORD'S OPERATIONS The Hartford conducts business principally in five reporting segments including Commercial Lines, Personal Lines, Property & Casualty Other Operations, Group Benefits and Hartford Funds, as well as a Corporate category. The Company includes in the Corporate category reserves for run-off structured settlement and terminal funding agreement liabilities, restructuring costs, capital raising activities (including equity financing, debt financing and related interest expense), transaction expenses incurred in connection with an acquisition, certain M&A costs, purchase accounting adjustments related to goodwill and other expenses not allocated to the reporting segments. Corporate also includes investment management fees and expenses related to managing third-party assets. In addition, up until June 30, 2021, Corporate included a 9.7% ownership interest in Hopmeadow Holdings LP, the legal entity that acquired Talcott Resolution in May 2018 (Hopmeadow Holdings, LP, Talcott Resolution Life Inc., and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as "Talcott Resolution"). The sale of Talcott Resolution to a new investor was completed on June 30, 2021. The Company received a total of $217 in connection with 38 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations the sale of its 9.7% ownership interest, resulting in a realized gain of $46 before tax in 2021. The Company derives its revenues principally from: (a) premiums earned for insurance coverage provided to insureds; (b) management fees on mutual fund and ETF assets; (c) net investment income; (d) fees earned for services provided to third parties; and (e) net realized gains and losses. Premiums charged for insurance coverage are earned principally on a pro rata basis over the terms of the related policies in-force. The profitability of the Company's property and casualty insurance businesses over time is greatly influenced by the Company’s underwriting discipline, which seeks to manage exposure to loss through favorable risk selection and diversification, its management of claims, its use of reinsurance, the size of its in force block, making reliable estimates of actual mortality and morbidity, and its ability to manage its expense ratio which it accomplishes through economies of scale and its management of acquisition costs and other underwriting expenses. Pricing adequacy depends on a number of factors, including the ability to obtain regulatory approval for rate changes, proper evaluation of underwriting risks, the ability to project future loss cost frequency and severity based on historical loss experience adjusted for known trends, the Company’s response to rate actions taken by competitors, its expense levels and expectations about regulatory and legal developments. The Company seeks to price its insurance policies such that insurance premiums and future net investment income earned on premiums received will cover underwriting expenses and the ultimate cost of paying claims reported on the policies and provide for a profit margin. For many of its insurance products, the Company is required to obtain approval for its premium rates from state insurance departments and the Lloyd's Syndicate's ability to write business is subject to Lloyd's approval for its premium capacity each year. Most of Personal Lines written premium is associated with our exclusive licensing agreement with AARP, which is effective through December 31, 2032. This agreement provides an important competitive advantage given the size of the 50 plus population and the strength of the AARP brand. Similar to property and casualty, profitability of the group benefits business depends, in large part, on the ability to evaluate and price risks appropriately and make reliable estimates of mortality, morbidity, disability and longevity. To manage the pricing risk, Group Benefits generally offers term insurance policies, allowing for the adjustment of rates or policy terms in order to minimize the adverse effect of market trends, loss costs, declining interest rates and other factors. However, as policies are typically sold with rate guarantees an average of three years, pricing for the Company’s products could prove to be inadequate if loss and expense trends emerge adversely during the rate guarantee period or if investment returns are lower than expected at the time the products were sold. For some of its products, the Company is required to obtain approval for its premium rates from state insurance departments. New and renewal business for group benefits business, particularly for LTD, are priced using an assumption about expected investment yields over time. While the Company employs asset-liability duration matching strategies to mitigate risk and may use interest-rate sensitive derivatives to hedge its exposure in the Group Benefits investment portfolio, cash flow patterns related to the payment of benefits and claims are uncertain and actual investment yields could differ significantly from expected investment yields, affecting profitability of the business. In addition to appropriately evaluating and pricing risks, the profitability of the Group Benefits business depends on other factors, including the Company’s response to pricing decisions and other actions taken by competitors, its ability to offer voluntary products and self-service capabilities, the persistency of its sold business and its ability to manage its expenses which it seeks to achieve through economies of scale and operating efficiencies. The financial results of the Company’s mutual fund and ETF businesses depend largely on the amount of AUM and the level of fees charged based, in part, on asset share class and fund type. Changes in AUM are driven by the two main factors of net flows and the market return of the funds, which are heavily influenced by the return realized in the equity and bond markets. Net flows are comprised of new sales less redemptions by mutual fund and ETF shareowners. Financial results are highly correlated to the growth in AUM since these funds generally earn fee income on a daily basis. The investment return, or yield, on invested assets is an important element of the Company’s earnings since insurance products are priced with the assumption that premiums received can be invested for a period of time before benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses are paid. Due to the need to maintain sufficient liquidity to satisfy claim obligations, the majority of the Company’s invested assets have been held in available-for-sale ("AFS") securities, including, among other asset classes, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, government debt, short-term debt, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities ("ABS") and collateralized loan obligations ("CLO"). The Company also invests in commercial mortgage loans as well as limited partnerships and alternative investments, which are private investments that are less liquid, but have the potential to generate higher returns. The primary investment objective for the Company is to maximize economic value, consistent with acceptable risk parameters, including the management of credit risk and interest rate sensitivity of invested assets, while generating sufficient net of tax income to meet policyholder and corporate obligations. Investment strategies are developed based on a variety of factors including business needs, regulatory requirements and tax considerations. Operational transformation and cost reduction plan In recognition of the need to become more cost efficient and competitive along with enhancing the experience we provide to agents and customers, on July 30, 2020, the Company announced an operational transformation and cost reduction plan it refers to as Hartford Next. Through reduction of its headcount, Information Technology ("IT") investments to further enhance our capabilities, and other activities, relative to 2019, the Company achieved a reduction in annual insurance operating costs and other expenses of approximately $636 in 2023. To achieve those expected savings, we incurred approximately $323 through December 31, 2023. We expect additional expected expenses of $61 after 2023, consisting mostly of amortization of internal use software and capitalized real estate costs. Included in the restructuring costs of approximately $124 39 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations were $35 of employee severance, $25 to retire certain IT applications, and $64 for consulting and lease termination expenses. Restructuring costs are reported as a charge to net income but not in core earnings. The following table presents Hartford Next program costs incurred, including restructuring costs, and expense savings relative to 2019 realized in 2021, 2022 and 2023: Hartford Next Costs and Expense Savings 2021 2022 2023 Employee severance IT costs to retire applications Professional fees and other expenses Estimated restructuring costs Non-capitalized IT costs Other costs Amortization of capitalized IT development costs [1] Amortization of capitalized real estate [2] Estimated costs within core earnings Total Hartford Next program costs Cumulative savings relative to 2019 beginning July 1, 2020 Net expense (savings) before tax Net expense (savings) before tax: To be accounted for within core earnings Restructuring costs recognized outside of core earnings Net expense (savings) before tax [1]Does not include approximately $47 of IT asset amortization after 2023. [2]Does not include approximately $9 of real estate amortization after 2023. $ (25) $ 9 17 1 46 17 — — 63 64 (7) $ 8 12 13 43 11 3 1 58 71 $ $ $ (423) (359) $ (561) (490) $ (360) $ 1 (359) $ (503) $ 13 (490) $ (6) 5 7 6 15 6 7 1 29 35 (636) (601) (607) 6 (601) 40 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Net Income Available to Common Stockholders 2023 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS Net Income Available to Common Stockholders per Diluted Share Book Value per Diluted Share Ý + Lower net realized losses Increased $685 or 38% Ý + Increase in net income available to common Increased $2.51 or 46% Ý + Net income in excess of common stockholder Increased $7.76 or 19% + The effect of higher earned premiums in P&C and GB + Lower group life and group disability loss ratios + Higher net investment income - A higher current accident year loss ratio before catastrophes in Personal Lines - Higher current accident year catastrophe losses in P&C stockholders dividends + Reduction in outstanding shares due to share repurchases + An increase in AOCI, primarily driven by a decrease in net unrealized losses on AFS securities - Dilutive effect of share repurchases Investment Yield, After Tax Property & Casualty Combined Ratio Group Benefits Net Income Margin Increased 10 bps Ý + A higher yield on fixed maturity securities due to reinvesting at higher rates and an increased yield on variable-rate securities - Lower returns on limited partnerships and other alternative investments Increased 2.6 points Lower group life and group disability loss ratios + Effect of higher fully insured ongoing premiums, including a lower expense ratio Lower net realized losses Lower net investment income + - Ý + Higher personal automobile loss costs, Deteriorated 0.3 points Ý + - driven by severity A lower expense ratio primarily driven by higher earned premium and lower marketing spend in Personal Lines 41 $1,798$2,48320222023$5.46$7.9720222023$41.67$49.4312/31/202212/31/20233.2%3.3%2022202394.694.9202220235.1%7.7%20222023 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The Consolidated Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes as well as with the segment operating results sections of the MD&A. Consolidated Results of Operations Earned premiums Fee income Net investment income Net realized gains (losses) Other revenues Total revenues Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses 2023 2022 2021 $ 21,026 $ 19,390 $ 17,999 1,300 1,349 1,488 2,305 2,177 2,313 (188) (627) 84 73 509 81 24,527 22,362 22,390 14,238 13,138 12,720 Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs ("DAC") 2,044 1,824 1,668 Insurance operating costs and other expenses Interest expense Amortization of other intangible assets Restructuring and other costs 4,881 4,841 4,791 199 213 234 71 6 71 13 71 1 Total benefits, losses and expenses 21,439 20,100 19,485 Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Preferred stock dividends 3,088 2,262 2,905 584 443 534 2,504 1,819 2,371 21 21 21 Net income available to common stockholders $ 2,483 $ 1,798 $ 2,350 Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 8% (4%) 6% 70% 15% 10% 8% 12% 1% (7%) —% (54%) 7% 37% 32% 38% —% 38% 8% (9%) (6%) NM (10%) —% 3% 9% 1% (9%) —% NM 3% (22%) (17%) (23%) —% (23%) Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to year ended December 31, 2022 Net income available to common stockholders increased by $685 primarily driven by: • • Lower net realized losses of $439, before tax, primarily driven by net gains on equity securities in the 2023 period compared to net losses in the 2022 period and lower net losses on sales of fixed maturities in the 2023 period, partially offset by losses on credit derivatives in the 2023 period; In Group Benefits, improved group life and group disability loss ratios and the effect of higher fully insured ongoing premiums, including a lower expense ratio; • • Higher net investment income, driven by the impact of reinvesting at higher rates and a higher yield on variable rate securities, partially offset by lower income from limited partnerships and other alternative investments; and An increase in P&C underwriting gain of $20, before tax, driven by the effect of earned premium growth, including a lower expense ratio, and a lower level of unfavorable prior accident year reserve development, partially offset by a higher current accident year loss and LAE ratio before catastrophes in Personal Lines and higher current accident year catastrophe losses. These increases were partially offset by: • Lower fee income net of variable expenses in Hartford Funds. For a discussion of the Company's operating results by segment, see MD&A - Segment Operating Summaries. 42 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Revenue Earned Premiums Net Investment Income Earned premiums increased primarily due to: • An increase in P&C reflecting a 10% increase in Commercial Lines and a 5% increase in Personal Lines. – Contributing to the increase in Commercial Lines was the effect of an increase in new business across all lines of business, earned pricing increases, and higher insured exposures, principally in workers’ compensation and property lines. – For Personal Lines, earned premium was up primarily due to the effect of earned pricing increases, partially offset by non-renewals. • An increase in Group Benefits earned premium of 7% due to increases in group disability, group life and supplemental health product premiums, driven by strong persistency and new business sales as well as an increase in exposure on existing accounts. Fee income decreased primarily due to a $71 decline in Hartford Funds driven by lower daily average assets resulting from net outflows over the preceding twelve months, partly offset by an increase in equity market levels. This decrease was partially offset by an increase of $30 in Group Benefits disability business driven by strong persistency and new business sales. Net investment income increased primarily due to the impact of reinvesting at higher rates and a higher yield on variable-rate securities. This increase was partially offset by lower limited partnership and other alternative investment income driven by lower income from sales of underlying real estate properties and valuation declines on real estate funds in 2023 compared to valuation increases in 2022. Net realized losses decreased primarily due to: • • Net gains on equity securities in the 2023 period driven by sales compared to net losses in the 2022 period driven by valuation declines and sales; and Fewer net losses on sales of fixed maturities in the 2023 period. The increases were partially offset by: • Losses on credit derivatives in the 2023 period due to credit spread tightening. For further discussion of investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Realized Gains and MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income. 43 $17,999$19,390$21,026$12,495$13,520$14,728$5,504$5,870$6,298Property & CasualtyGroup Benefits202120222023$0$5,000$10,000$15,000$20,000$25,000$2,313$2,177$2,305$1,581$1,662$2,093$732$515$212NII excluding limited partnerships and otheralternative investmentsLimited partnerships and otheralternative investments202120222023$0$500$1,000$1,500$2,000$2,500Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Benefits, Losses and Expenses Losses and LAE Incurred for P&C Group Benefits Losses and LAE Incurred Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses increased due to: – • An increase in Property & Casualty of $935 which was attributable to: – – An increase in P&C CAY loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes of $934, before tax, primarily due to the effect of higher earned premiums in Commercial Lines and, to a lesser extent, higher personal automobile claim severity. An increase in current accident year catastrophe losses of $27, before tax. Catastrophe losses in the 2023 period included losses from tornado, wind and hail events across several regions of the United States, and losses from winter storms along the East and West Coasts. Catastrophe losses in the 2022 period included losses from Hurricane Ian, as well as tornado, wind and hail events in the Northern Plains, Midwest, South, Mountain West, and Great Plains, losses from winter storms, including Winter Storm Elliott, and $27 of losses, net of reinsurance, related to the Ukraine conflict. Partially offsetting this was a favorable change of $26, before tax, in P&C net prior accident year reserve development, with development in the 2023 period of a net unfavorable $10, before tax, and development in the 2022 period of a net unfavorable $36, before tax. Among other reserve changes, prior year reserve development included adverse development ceded to NICO under ADC's of $194, before tax in 2023 related to A&E and $229, before tax in 2022. For reserve development ceded to NICO in each year, the Company recognized a deferred gain under retroactive reinsurance accounting. Apart from adverse development ceded to the ADC, net favorable reserve development was $9 lower in 2023. Favorable development in the 2023 period was primarily driven by decreases in reserves related to workers' compensation, catastrophes, bond and package, partially offset by increases in reserves for general liability, assumed reinsurance, Personal Lines automobile physical damage, and unallocated loss adjustment expense ("ULAE") reserves related to A&E reserves in P&C Other Operations. Favorable development in 2022 included reserve decreases in workers' compensation, catastrophes, package business and bond, partially offset by reserve increases in general liability and commercial automobile liability. For further discussion, see Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. – An increase in Group Benefits of $166, before tax, primarily driven by the effect of an increase in earned premiums and higher incidence on paid family leave and short-term disability products, partially offset by the 44 $8,110$8,613$9,5482021 YTD2022 YTD2023 YTD$0$2,000$4,000$6,000$8,000$10,000$4,602$4,517$4,6832021 YTD2022 YTD2023 YTD$0$1,000$2,000$3,000$4,000$5,000Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations impact of lower mortality levels and favorable long-term disability claim incidence and recoveries. Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs increased from the prior year period driven by Commercial Lines, reflecting an increase in earned premiums across all commercial lines of business. These increases were partially offset by: • • • Incremental savings from the Company’s Hartford Next operational transformation and cost reduction plan; Lower direct marketing costs in Personal Lines; and Lower variable expenses in Hartford Funds. Insurance operating costs and other expenses increased due to: • • Technology investments made to improve customer and broker experience and data analytics to enhance underwriting and pricing capabilities; and Increased expense from higher staffing costs and commissions in Commercial Lines and Group Benefits partly in response to increased business volume, partially offset by lower incentive compensation. Interest Expense decreased primarily due to the Company redeeming $600 aggregate principal amount of junior subordinated debentures on April 15, 2022. For further discussion of the debt redemption, see Note 14 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Income tax expense increased primarily due to an increase in income before tax. For further discussion of income taxes, see Note 17 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. INVESTMENT RESULTS Composition of Invested Assets December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Amount Percent Amount Percent Fixed maturities, available-for-sale ("AFS"), at fair value $ 39,818 71.2 % $ 36,231 68.9 % Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option ("FVO") Equity securities, at fair value Mortgage loans (net of allowance for credit losses ("ACL") of $51 and $36) Limited partnerships and other alternative investments Other investments [1] Short-term investments Total investments 327 864 6,087 4,785 191 3,850 0.6 % 1.5 % 10.9 % 8.6 % 0.3 % 333 1,801 6,000 4,177 159 6.9 % 3,859 0.6 % 3.4 % 11.4 % 8.0 % 0.3 % 7.4 % $ 55,922 100.0 % $ 52,560 100.0 % [1]Primarily consists of equity fund investments, overseas deposits, consolidated investment funds, and derivative instruments which are carried at fair value. December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022 Total investments increased primarily due to an increase in fixed maturities, AFS, at fair value and limited partnerships and other alternative investments, partially offset by a decrease in equity securities, at fair value. Fixed maturities, AFS, at fair value increased primarily due to net additions of corporate bonds and ABS, partially offset by net reductions to U.S. treasuries and tax- exempt municipal bonds. The increase was also due to higher valuations as a result of tighter credit spreads. Limited partnerships and other alternative investments increased primarily driven by additional investments. Equity securities, at fair value decreased primarily due to sales of common stocks. As of December 31, 2023, equity securities, at fair value are comprised of approximately 50% preferred stocks. 45 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Net Investment Income (Before tax) Fixed maturities [2] Equity securities Mortgage loans Limited partnerships and other alternative investments Other [3] Investment expense For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Amount Yield [1] Amount Yield [1] Amount Yield [1] $ 1,895 4.2 % $ 1,469 3.4 % $ 1,349 3.7 % 3.9 % 4.8 % 45 235 212 9 (91) 3.0 % 3.6 % 14.4 % 57 211 515 5 (80) 73 181 732 58 (80) 3.1 % 4.9 % 3.7 % 31.8 % Total net investment income $ 2,305 4.1 % $ 2,177 3.9 % $ 2,313 4.3 % Total net investment income excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments $ 2,093 4.0 % $ 1,662 3.2 % $ 1,581 3.1 % [1]Yields calculated using annualized net investment income divided by the monthly average invested assets at amortized cost, as applicable, excluding derivatives book value. [2]Includes net investment income on short-term investments. [3]Primarily includes changes in fair value of certain equity fund investments and income from derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting and are used to hedge fixed maturities. Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Total net investment income increased primarily due to the impact of reinvesting at higher rates and a higher yield on variable-rate securities. This increase was partially offset by lower limited partnership and other alternative investment income driven by lower income from sales of underlying real estate properties and valuation declines on real estate funds in 2023 compared to valuation increases in 2022. Annualized net investment income yield, excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments, was up primarily due to the impact of reinvesting at higher rates and a higher yield on variable-rate securities. Average reinvestment rate, on fixed maturities and mortgage loans, excluding certain U.S. Treasury securities, for the year-ended December 31, 2023 was 5.8% which was above the average yield of sales and maturities of 4.4% for the same period. Average reinvestment rate, on fixed maturities and mortgage loans, excluding certain U.S. Treasury securities, for the year-ended December 31, 2022 was 4.4% which was above the average yield of sales and maturities of 3.6% for the same period. For the 2024 calendar year, we expect the annualized net investment income yield, excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments, to be above the portfolio yield earned in 2023 due to the higher rate environment. The estimated impact on annualized net investment income yield is subject to variability due to evolving market conditions, active portfolio management, and the level of non-routine income items, such as make-whole payments, prepayment penalties on mortgage loans and yield adjustments on prepayable securities. 46 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Before tax) Gross gains on sales of fixed maturities Gross losses on sales of fixed maturities Equity securities [1] Net credit losses on fixed maturities, AFS [2] Change in ACL on mortgage loans [3] Intent-to-sell impairments [2] Other, net [4] Net realized gains (losses) Net Realized Gains (Losses) For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ $ 30 $ (149) 78 (14) (15) — (118) (188) $ 57 $ (315) (349) (18) (7) (6) 11 319 (89) 227 4 9 — 39 (627) $ 509 [1]The change in net unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities still held as of the end of the period and included in net realized gains (losses) were $17, $(108), and $155 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. [2]See Credit Losses on Fixed Maturities, AFS and Intent-to-Sell Impairments within the Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section of the MD&A. [3]See ACL on Mortgage Loans within the Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section of the MD&A. [4]Includes gains (losses) on non-qualifying derivatives for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 of $(108), $46, and $12, respectively, and gains (losses) from transactional foreign currency revaluation of $(15), $28, and $(1), respectively. Also included for year ended December 31, 2021, is a loss of $21 on the sale of the Continental Europe Operations and a gain of $46 on the sale of the Company's previously owned interest in Talcott Resolution. Year ended December 31, 2023 Gross gains and losses on sales were primarily due to sales of corporate securities and tax-exempt municipals, in addition to sales of U.S. treasuries which were used to manage duration and liquidity, and to fund purchases of higher yielding investments. Equity securities net gains were primarily driven by sales due to higher equity market levels. Other, net losses were primarily driven by losses of $105 on credit derivatives due to tighter credit spreads and losses of $15 on transactional foreign currency revaluation. Year ended December 31, 2022 Gross gains and losses on sales were primarily due to sales of U.S. treasuries, which were used to manage duration and liquidity, and to fund purchases of spread product, mortgage loans, and alternative investments. Also included were sales of corporate securities and tax-exempt municipals and tender activity. Equity securities net losses were primarily driven by a decline in value due to lower equity market levels. Other, net gains include gains of $28 on transactional foreign currency revaluation and $25 on interest rate derivatives driven by an increase in interest rates. These gains were partially offset by losses of $28 on FVO securities due to credit spread widening. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES • contingencies relating to corporate litigation and regulatory matters. In developing these estimates management makes subjective and complex judgments that are inherently uncertain and subject to material change as facts and circumstances develop. Although variability is inherent in these estimates, management believes the amounts provided are appropriate based upon the facts available upon compilation of the financial statements. Certain of these estimates are particularly sensitive to market conditions, and deterioration and/or volatility in the worldwide debt or equity markets could have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ, and in the past have differed, from those estimates. The Company has identified the following estimates as critical in that they involve a higher degree of judgment and are subject to a significant degree of variability: • • • • property and casualty insurance product reserves, net of reinsurance; group benefit LTD reserves, net of reinsurance; evaluation of goodwill for impairment; valuation of investments and derivative instruments including evaluation of credit losses on fixed maturities, AFS and ACL on mortgage loans; and 47 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |PROPERTY & CASUALTY INSURANCE PRODUCT RESERVES, NET OF REINSURANCE Loss and LAE Reserves, Net of Reinsurance as of December 31, 2023 Workers’ compensation $ 12,212 $ Commercial Lines Personal Lines General liability Marine Package business [1] Commercial property Automobile liability Automobile physical damage Professional liability Bond Homeowners Asbestos and environmental Assumed reinsurance All other Total reserves-net Reinsurance and other recoverables — $ — — — — 1,572 84 — — 372 8 — 4 Property & Casualty Other Operations Total Property & Casualty Insurance % Total Reserves- net — $ 12,212 44.7% — — — — — — — — — 248 76 402 726 5,168 18.9% 295 2,281 540 1.1% 8.3% 2.0% 2,923 10.7% 109 1,449 458 372 340 638 563 0.4% 5.3% 1.7% 1.3% 1.2% 2.3% 2.1% 27,348 100.0% 2,069 2,795 $ 6,696 34,044 5,168 295 2,281 540 1,351 25 1,449 458 — 84 562 157 24,582 4,599 2,040 28 Total reserves-gross $ 29,181 $ 2,068 $ [1]Commercial Lines policy packages that include property and general liability coverages are generally referred to as the package line of business. P&C Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves, Net of Reinsurance, by Segment as of December 31, 2023 For descriptions of the coverages provided under the lines of business shown above, see Part I - Item1, Business. 48 Overview of Reserving for Property and Casualty Insurance Claims It typically takes many months or years to pay claims incurred under a property and casualty insurance product; accordingly, the Company must establish reserves at the time the loss is incurred. Most of the Company’s policies provide for occurrence-based coverage where the loss is incurred when a claim event happens like an automobile accident, house or building fire or injury to an employee under a workers’ compensation policy. Some of the Company's policies, mostly for directors and officers insurance and errors and omissions insurance, are claims-made policies where the loss is incurred in the period the claim event is reported to the Company even if the loss event itself occurred in an earlier period. Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves provide for the estimated ultimate costs of paying claims under insurance policies written by the Company, less amounts paid to date. These reserves include estimates for both claims that have been reported and those that have not yet been reported, and include estimates of all expenses associated with processing and settling these claims. Case reserves are established by a claims handler on each individual claim and are adjusted as new information becomes known during the course of handling the claim. Incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves represent the difference between the estimated ultimate cost of all claims and the actual loss and loss adjustment expenses reported to the Commercial Lines$24,58290%Personal Lines$2,0407%Property &Casualty OtherOperations$7263% Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Company by claimants to date (“reported losses”). Reported losses represent cumulative loss and loss adjustment expenses paid plus case reserves for outstanding reported claims. For most lines, Company actuaries evaluate the total reserves (IBNR and case reserves) on an accident year basis. An accident year is the calendar year in which a loss is incurred, or, in the case of claims-made policies, the calendar year in which a loss is reported. For certain lines acquired from the Navigators Group book of business, total reserves are evaluated on a policy year basis and then converted to accident year. A policy year is the calendar year in which a policy incepts. Factors that Change Reserve Estimates- Reserve estimates can change over time because of unexpected changes in the external environment. Higher than expected inflation in claim costs, such as with medical care, hospital care, automobile parts, wages and home and building repair, would cause claims to settle for more than they are initially reserved. Changes in the economy can cause an increase or decrease in the number of reported claims (claim frequency). For example, an improving economy could result in more automobile miles driven and a higher number of automobile reported claims, or a change in economic conditions can lead to more or fewer workers’ compensation reported claims. An increase in the number or percentage of claims litigated can increase the average settlement amount per claim (claim severity). Changes in the judicial environment can affect interpretations of damages and how policy coverage applies which could increase or decrease claim severity. Over time, judges or juries in certain jurisdictions may be more inclined to determine liability and award damages. New legislation can also change how damages are defined or change the statutes of limitations for the filing of civil suits, resulting in greater claim frequency or severity. In addition, new types of injuries may arise from exposures not contemplated when the policies were written. Past examples include pharmaceutical products, silica, lead paint, sexual molestation and sexual abuse and construction defects. Additionally, social inflationary pressures, such as increased litigation funding and aggressive tactics by plaintiff attorneys, can introduce the risk of potentially increasing jury awards and an increase in the percentage of litigated claims impacting both general liability and automobile claim frequency and severity. Reserve estimates can also change over time because of changes in internal Company operations. A delay or acceleration in handling claims may signal a need to increase or reduce reserves from what was initially estimated. New lines of business may have loss development patterns that are not well established. Changes in the geographic mix of business, changes in the mix of business by industry and changes in the mix of business by policy limit or deductible can increase the risk that losses will ultimately develop differently than the loss development patterns assumed in our reserving. In addition, changes in the quality of risk selection in underwriting and changes in interpretations of policy language could increase or decrease ultimate losses from what was assumed in establishing the reserves. In the case of assumed reinsurance, all of the above risks apply. The Company assumes property and casualty risks from other insurance companies as part of its Global Re business and from certain pools and associations. Global Re, which is a part of the global specialty business, mostly assumes property, casualty and specialty risks. Changes in the case reserving and reporting 49 patterns of insurance companies ceding to The Hartford can create additional uncertainty in estimating the reserves. Due to the inherent complexity of the assumptions used, final claim settlements may vary significantly from the present estimates of direct and assumed reserves, particularly when those settlements may not occur until well into the future. Reinsurance Recoverables- Through both facultative and treaty reinsurance agreements, the Company cedes a share of the risks it has underwritten to other insurance companies. The Company records reinsurance recoverables for losses and loss adjustment expenses ceded to its reinsurers representing the anticipated recovery from reinsurers of unpaid claims, including IBNR. The Company estimates the portion of losses and loss adjustment expenses to be ceded based on the terms of any applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance, including an estimate of IBNR for losses that will ultimately be ceded. The Company provides an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, reflecting management’s best estimate of reinsurance cessions that may be uncollectible in the future due to reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to pay. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance comprises an ACL and an allowance for disputed balances. The ACL primarily considers the credit quality of the Company's reinsurers while the allowance for disputes considers recent outcomes in arbitration and litigation in disputes between reinsurers and cedants and recent commutation activity between reinsurers and cedants that may signal how the Company’s own reinsurance claims may settle. Where its reinsurance contracts permit, the Company secures reinsurance recoverables with various forms of collateral, including irrevocable letters of credit, secured trusts, funds held accounts and group-wide offsets. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance was $100 as of December 31, 2023, comprised of $46 related to Commercial Lines, $1 related to Personal Lines and $53 related to Property & Casualty Other Operations. The Company’s estimate of reinsurance recoverables, net of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, is subject to similar risks and uncertainties as the estimate of the gross reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses for direct and assumed exposures. Review of Reserve Adequacy- The Hartford regularly reviews the appropriateness of reserve levels at the line of business or more detailed level, taking into consideration the variety of trends that impact the ultimate settlement of claims. For Property & Casualty Other Operations, asbestos and environmental (“Run-off A&E”) reserves are reviewed by type of event rather than by line of business. Reserve adjustments, which may be material, are reflected in the operating results of the period in which the adjustment is determined to be necessary. In the judgment of management, information currently available has been properly considered in establishing the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and in recording the reinsurance recoverables for ceded unpaid losses. Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Reserving Methodology The following is a discussion of the reserving methods used for the Company's property and casualty lines of business other than asbestos and environmental. Reserves are set by line of business within the operating segments. A single line of business may be written in more than one segment. Lines of business for which reported losses emerge over a long period of time are referred to as long-tail lines of business. Lines of business for which reported losses emerge more quickly are referred to as short-tail lines of business. The Company’s shortest-tail lines of business are homeowners, commercial property, marine property and automobile physical damage. The longest tail lines of business include workers’ compensation, general liability, professional liability and assumed reinsurance. For short-tail lines of business, emergence of paid losses and case reserves is credible and likely indicative of ultimate losses. For long-tail lines of business, emergence of paid losses and case reserves is less credible in the early periods after a given accident year and, accordingly, may not be indicative of ultimate losses. Use of Actuarial Methods and Judgments- The Company’s reserving actuaries regularly review reserves for both current and prior accident years using the most current claim data. A variety of actuarial methods and judgments are used for most lines of business to arrive at selections of estimated ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses. New methods may be added for specific lines over time to inform these selections where appropriate. The reserve selections incorporate input, as appropriate, from claims personnel, pricing actuaries and operating management about reported loss cost trends and other factors that could affect the reserve estimates. Some reserves are reviewed fully each quarter, including loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for commercial property, homeowners, personal automobile, and most workers’ compensation lines. Other reserves, including commercial automobile, marine, package business, and most general liability and professional liability lines, are reviewed semi- annually. Certain additional reserves are also reviewed semi- annually or annually, including reserves for losses incurred in accident years older than twelve years for Personal Lines and older than twenty years for Commercial Lines, as well as reserves for bond, assumed reinsurance, latent exposures such as construction defects, and ULAE. For reserves that are reviewed semi-annually or annually, management monitors the emergence of paid and reported losses in the intervening quarters and, if warranted, performs a reserve review to determine whether the reserve estimate should change. An expected loss ratio "ELR" is used in initially recording the reserves for both short-tail and long-tail lines of business. This ELR is determined by starting with the average loss ratio of recent prior accident years and adjusting that ratio for the effect of expected changes to earned pricing, loss frequency and severity, mix of business, ceded reinsurance and other factors. For short-tail lines, IBNR for the current accident year is initially recorded as the product of the ELR for the period, earned premium for the period and the proportion of losses expected to be reported in future calendar periods for the current accident period. For long-tailed lines, IBNR for the current accident year is initially recorded as the product of the ELR for the period and the earned premium for the period, less reported losses for the period. As losses emerge or develop in periods subsequent to a given accident year, reserving actuaries use other methods to estimate ultimate unpaid losses in addition to the ELR method. These primarily include paid and reported loss development methods, frequency/severity techniques and the Bornhuetter- Ferguson method (a combination of the ELR method with the paid development or reported development method). Within any one line of business, the methods that are given more weight vary based primarily on the maturity of the accident year, the mix of business and the particular internal and external influences impacting the claims experience or the methods. The output of the reserve reviews are reserve estimates representing a range of actuarial indications. Reserve Discounting- Most of the Company’s property and casualty insurance product reserves are not discounted. However, the Company has discounted liabilities funded through structured settlements and has discounted a portion of workers’ compensation reserves that have a fixed and determinable payment stream. For further discussion of these discounted liabilities, see Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Differences Between GAAP and Statutory Basis Reserves- As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, U.S. property and casualty insurance product reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance recoverables, reported under U.S. GAAP were approximately $1.6 billion lower than net reserves reported on a statutory basis, primarily due to reinsurance recoverables on two adverse development cover reinsurance agreements that are recorded as a reduction of other liabilities under statutory accounting. For further discussion of these adverse development cover reinsurance agreements, see Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Excluding the effect of these retroactive reinsurance agreements, U.S. property and casualty insurance product reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance recoverables, reported under U.S. GAAP were approximately equal to net reserves reported on a statutory basis. Reserving Methods by Line of Business- Apart from Run-off A&E which is discussed in the following section on Property & Casualty Other Operations, below is a general discussion of which reserving methods are preferred by line of business. Because the actuarial estimates are generated at a much finer level of detail than line of business (e.g., by distribution channel, coverage, accident period), other methods than those described for the line of business may also be employed for a coverage and accident year within a line of business. Also, as circumstances change, the methods that are given more weight will change. 50 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Commercial property, homeowners and automobile physical damage Personal automobile liability Preferred Reserving Methods by Line of Business These short-tailed lines are relatively fast-developing and paid and reported development techniques are used. These methods use historical data to generate paid and reported loss development patterns, which are then applied to cumulative paid and reported losses by accident period to estimate ultimate losses. In addition to paid and reported development methods, for the most immature accident months, the Company uses frequency/severity techniques and methods that incorporate the initial expected loss ratio ("ELR"). The advantage of frequency/severity techniques is that frequency estimates are generally more stable and external information can be used to supplement internal data in estimating average severity. In personal lines automobile physical damage, the Company also considers gross loss, salvage and subrogation estimates to project net ultimate losses for recent accident periods. For personal automobile liability, and bodily injury in particular, in addition to traditional paid and reported development methods, the Company relies on frequency/severity techniques and the initial ELR. The Company generally uses the reported development method for older accident years and a combination of reported development, frequency/severity and the initial ELR for more recent accident years. For older accident periods, reported losses are a good indicator of ultimate losses given the high percentage of ultimate losses reported to date. For more recent periods, where there is more uncertainty and a higher percentage of open and unreported claims, putting some reliance on frequency/severity and initial expectations is prudent. The Company supplements these standard actuarial methods with a comprehensive review of claims diagnostics such as attorney representation, litigation, settlement rates, large loss impacts, and case reserve adequacy. Through reviewing the standard actuarial methods and claims diagnostics, a loss estimate can be calculated that considers these results and the age of the accident year that is being estimated. Commercial automobile liability The Company performs a variety of techniques, including the paid and reported development methods and frequency/severity techniques. For older, more mature accident years, the Company primarily uses reported development techniques. For more recent accident years, the Company relies on several methods that incorporate ELR, reported loss development, paid loss development, and frequency/severity. Professional liability Reported and paid loss development patterns for this line tend to be volatile. Therefore, the Company typically supplements the ELR method and paid and reported development methods with others such as individual claim reviews and frequency and severity techniques. General liability, bond and large deductible workers’ compensation Workers’ compensation For these long-tailed lines of business, the Company generally relies on the ELR and paid and reported development techniques. The Company generally weights these techniques together, relying more heavily on the ELR method at early ages of development and shifting more weight onto paid and reported development methods as an accident year matures. The Company also uses various frequency/severity methods aimed at capturing large loss development and in some bond lines individual claim reviews are used. Workers’ compensation is the Company’s single largest reserve line of business and a wide range of methods are used. Due to the long-tailed nature of workers' compensation, the selection of methods is driven by ELR methods for recent accident years and then, as an accident year matures, shifting first to Bornhuetter-Ferguson and frequency/severity methods, then to paid and reported development methods, and finally to methods that are responsive to the inventory of open claims. Across these techniques, there are adjustments related to changes in emergence patterns across years, projections of future cost inflation, and outlier claims. Marine For marine liability, the Company generally relies on the ELR, Bornhuetter-Ferguson, and reported development techniques. The Company generally weights these techniques together, relying more heavily on the ELR method at early ages of development and then shifts towards Bornhuetter-Ferguson and then more towards the reported development method as an accident year matures. For marine property segments, the Company relies on Bornhuetter-Ferguson methods for early development ages then shifts to reported development techniques. Assumed reinsurance and all other Allocated loss adjustment expenses ("ALAE") Standard methods, such as ELR, Bornhuetter-Ferguson and reported development techniques are applied. These methods are informed by underlying treaty analyses supporting the ELRs, and cedant data will often inform the loss development patterns. In some instances, reserve indications may also be influenced by information gained from claims and underwriting audits. Policy quarter and policy year loss reserve estimates are then converted to an accident year basis. For some lines of business (e.g., professional liability, assumed reinsurance, and the acquired Navigators Group book of business), ALAE and losses are analyzed together. For most lines of business, however, ALAE is analyzed separately, using paid development techniques and a ratio of paid ALAE to paid loss applied to loss reserves to estimate unpaid ALAE. Unallocated loss adjustment expenses ("ULAE") ULAE is analyzed separately from loss and ALAE. For most lines of business, future ULAE costs to be paid are projected based on a claim projection method that applies an expected claim handling cost per unit to projected claims, leveraging the anticipated claim closure pattern and the ratio of paid ULAE to paid loss applied to estimated unpaid losses. For some lines, a simplified paid-to-paid approach is used. The recorded reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses represents the Company's best estimate of the ultimate settlement amount of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. In applying judgment, the best estimate is selected after considering the estimates derived from a number of actuarial methods, giving more weight to those methods deemed more predictive of ultimate unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. The Company does not produce a statistical range or confidence interval of reserve estimates and, since reserving methods with more credibility are given greater weight, the selected best estimate may differ from the mid-point of the various estimates produced by the actuarial methods used. 51 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Assumptions used in arriving at the selected actuarial indications consider a number of factors, including the immaturity of emerged claims in recent accident years, emerging trends in the recent past, and the level of volatility within each line of business. Adjustments to reserves for prior accident years are referred to as “prior accident year development”. Increases in previous estimates of ultimate loss costs are referred to as either an increase in prior accident year reserves or as unfavorable reserve development. Decreases in previous estimates of ultimate loss costs are referred to as either a decrease in prior accident year reserves or as favorable reserve development. Reserve development can influence the comparability of year over year underwriting results. For a discussion of changes to reserve estimates recorded in 2023, see Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Current Trends Contributing to Reserve Uncertainty The Hartford is a multi-line company in the property and casualty insurance business. The Hartford is, therefore, subject to reserve uncertainty stemming from changes in loss trends and other conditions which could become material at any point in time. As market conditions and loss trends develop, management must assess whether those conditions constitute a long-term trend that should result in a reserving action (i.e., increasing or decreasing reserves). General liability- Within Commercial Lines and Property & Casualty Other Operations, the Company has exposure to general liability claims, including from bodily injury, property damage and product liability. Reserves for these exposures can be particularly difficult to estimate due to the long development pattern and uncertainty about how cases will settle. In particular, the Company has exposure to bodily injury claims that arise from long-term or continuous exposure to harmful products or substances. Examples include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutical products, silica, talcum powder, per-and polyfluoroalkyl substances ("PFAS"), head injuries and lead paint. The Company also has exposure to claims from construction defects, where property damage or bodily injury from negligent construction is alleged. In addition, the Company has exposure to claims asserted against religious institutions, and other organizations relating to sexual molestation and sexual abuse. For information related to the Company's settlement agreement with the Boy Scouts of America ("BSA"), see Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. State “reviver” statutes, extending statutes of limitations for certain sexual molestation and sexual abuse claims, could result in additional litigation or could result in unexpected sexual molestation and sexual abuse losses. Such exposures may involve potentially long latency periods and may implicate coverage in multiple policy periods, which can raise complex coverage issues with significant effects on the ultimate scope of coverage. Such exposures may also be impacted by insured bankruptcies. These factors make reserves for such claims more uncertain than other bodily injury or property damage claims. With regard to these exposures, the Company monitors trends in litigation, the external environment including legislation, the similarities to other mass torts and the potential impact on the Company’s reserves. The Company also monitors the effects of social inflation, and the impact of increased litigation funding and aggressive trial tactics by plaintiff attorneys, that can introduce the risk of potentially increasing jury awards and an increase in the percentage of litigated claims. Additionally, uncertainty in estimated claim severity causes reserve variability, including the effect of changes in internal claim handling and case reserving practices. Workers’ compensation- Included in both small commercial and middle & large commercial, workers’ compensation is the Company’s single biggest line of business, and the property and casualty line of business with the longest pattern of loss emergence. To the extent that patterns in the frequency of settlement payments deviate from historical patterns, loss reserve estimates would be less reliable. Medical costs make up approximately 50% of workers’ compensation payments. As such, reserve estimates for workers’ compensation are particularly sensitive to changes in medical inflation, the changing use of medical care procedures and changes in state legislative and regulatory environments. In addition, changes in the economic environment could reduce the ability of an injured worker to return to work and thus lengthen the time a worker receives disability benefits. In National Accounts, reserves for large deductible workers’ compensation insurance require estimating losses attributable to the deductible amount that will be paid by the insured; if such losses are not paid by the insured due to financial difficulties, the Company is contractually liable. Commercial Lines automobile- Uncertainty in estimated claim severity causes reserve variability for commercial automobile losses including reserve variability due to changes in internal claim handling and case reserving practices as well as due to changes in the external environment, including but not limited to the impacts of social inflation mentioned in the general liability section above and many of the same drivers detailed in the personal automobile section below. Directors' and officers' insurance- Uncertainty regarding the number and severity of security class action suits can result in reserve volatility for directors' and officers' insurance claims. Additionally, the Company’s exposure to losses under directors’ and officers’ insurance policies, both domestically and internationally, is primarily in excess layers, making estimates of loss more complex. Personal Lines automobile- While claims emerge over relatively shorter periods, estimates can still vary due to a number of factors, including uncertain estimates of frequency and severity trends. Severity trends are affected by changes in internal claim handling and case reserving practices as well as by changes in the external environment, such as due to inflation in labor and materials because of supply chain disruptions affecting repair costs. Severity trends can also be impacted by social inflation whereby increased litigation funding and aggressive trial tactics by plaintiff attorneys can introduce the risk of potentially increasing jury awards and an increase in the percentage of litigated claims. Changes in claim practices increase the uncertainty in the interpretation of case reserve data, which increases the uncertainty in recorded reserve levels. Severity trends have increased in recent accident years, in part 52 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations driven by more expensive parts associated with new automobile technology and increased attorney representation, causing additional uncertainty about the reliability of past patterns. In addition, the introduction of new products and class plans can lead to a different mix of business by type of insured than the Company experienced in the past. Changes in mix increase the uncertainty of the reserve projections since historical data and reporting patterns may not be applicable to the new business. Assumed reinsurance- While pricing and reserving processes can be challenging and idiosyncratic for insurance companies, the inherent uncertainties of setting prices and estimating such reserves are even greater for the reinsurer. This is primarily due to the longer time between the date of an occurrence and the reporting of claims to the reinsurer, the diversity of development patterns among different types of reinsurance treaties or contracts, the necessary reliance on the ceding companies for information regarding reported claims and differing pricing and reserving practices among ceding companies. In addition, trends that have affected development of liabilities in the past may not necessarily occur or impact liability development in the same manner or to the same degree in the future. As a result, actual losses and LAE may deviate, perhaps substantially, from the expected estimates. International business- In addition to several of the line- specific trends listed above, international business may have additional uncertainty due to geopolitical, foreign currency, and trade dispute risks. Catastrophes- Within Commercial Lines and Personal Lines, the Company is exposed to losses from catastrophe events, primarily for damage to property. Reserves for hurricanes, tropical storms, tornado/hail, wildfires, earthquakes and other catastrophe events are subject to significant uncertainty about the number and average severity of claims arising from those events, particularly in cases where the event occurs near the end of a financial reporting period when there is limited information about the extent of damages. For example, after a catastrophe event, it may take a period of time before we are able to access the impacted areas limiting the ability of our claims adjusting staff to inspect losses, make estimates and determine the damages that are covered by the policy. To estimate catastrophe losses, we consider information from claim notices received to date, third party data, visual images of the affected area where we have exposures and our own historical experience of loss reporting patterns for similar events. Impact of Key Assumptions on Reserves As stated above, the Company’s practice is to estimate reserves using a variety of methods, assumptions and data elements within its reserve estimation. The Company does not use statistical loss distributions or confidence levels in the process of determining its reserve estimate and, as a result, does not disclose reserve ranges. Across most lines of business, the most important reserve assumptions are future loss development factors applied to paid or reported losses to date. The trend in loss cost frequency and severity is also a key assumption, particularly in the most recent accident years, where loss development factors are less credible. 53 The following discussion discloses possible variation from current estimates of loss reserves due to a change in certain key indicators of potential losses. For automobile liability lines in both Personal Lines and Commercial Lines, the key indicator is the annual loss cost trend, particularly the severity trend component of loss costs. For workers’ compensation and general liability, loss development patterns are a key indicator, particularly for more mature accident years. For workers’ compensation, paid loss development patterns have been impacted by medical cost inflation and other changes in loss cost trends. For general liability, incurred loss development patterns have been impacted by, among other things, emergence of new types of claims (e.g., PFAS claims) and a shift in the mixture between smaller, more routine claims and larger, more complex claims. Each of the impacts described below is estimated individually, without consideration for any correlation among key indicators or among lines of business. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to take each of the amounts described below and add them together in an attempt to estimate volatility for the Company’s reserves in total. For any one reserving line of business, the estimated variation in reserves due to changes in key indicators is a reasonable estimate of potential reserve development that may occur in the future, likely over a period of several calendar years. The variation discussed is not meant to be a worst-case scenario, and, therefore, it is possible that future variation may be more than the amounts discussed below. Moreover, the variation discussed does not represent a statistical range of potential reserve outcomes, and factors exist beyond the key indicators considered which have the potential to drive additional variation to the Company's reserves. Reserves, Net of Reinsurance December 31, 2023 $1.6 billion Estimated Range of Potential Reserve Development +/- $80M $1.4 billion +/- $40M $12.2 billion +/- $400M $5.2 billion +/- $600M Personal Automobile Liability Commercial Automobile Liability Workers' Compensation General Liability Possible Change in Key Indicator +/-2.5 points to the annual assumed change in loss cost severity for the two most recent accident years +/- 2.5 points to the annual assumed change in loss cost severity for the two most recent accident years 2% change in paid loss development patterns 8% change in reported loss development patterns Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Reserving for Asbestos and Environmental Claims How A&E Reserves are Set- The process for establishing reserves for asbestos and environmental claims first involves estimating the required reserves gross of ceded reinsurance and then estimating reinsurance recoverables. In establishing reserves for gross asbestos claims, the Company evaluates its insureds’ estimated liabilities for such claims by examining exposures for individual insureds and assessing how coverage applies. The Company considers a variety of factors, including the jurisdictions where underlying claims have been brought, past, pending and anticipated future claim activity, the level of plaintiff demands, disease mix, past settlement values of similar claims, dismissal rates, allocated loss adjustment expense, and potential impact of other defendants being in bankruptcy. Similarly, the Company reviews exposures to establish gross environmental reserves. The Company considers several factors in estimating environmental liabilities, including historical values of similar claims, the number of sites involved, the insureds’ alleged activities at each site, the alleged environmental damage, the respective shares of liability of potentially responsible parties, the appropriateness and cost of remediation, the nature of governmental enforcement activities or mandated remediation efforts and potential impact of other defendants being in bankruptcy. After evaluating its insureds’ probable liabilities for asbestos and/or environmental claims, the Company evaluates the insurance coverage in place for such claims. The Company considers its insureds’ total available insurance coverage, including the coverage issued by the Company. The Company also considers relevant judicial interpretations of policy language, the nature of how policy limits are enforced on multi- year policies and applicable coverage defenses or determinations, if any. The estimated liabilities of insureds and the Company’s exposure to the insureds depends heavily on an analysis of the relevant legal issues and litigation environment. This analysis is conducted by the Company’s lawyers and is subject to applicable privileges. For both asbestos and environmental reserves, the Company also analyzes its historical paid and reported losses and expenses year by year, to assess any emerging trends, fluctuations or characteristics suggested by the aggregate paid and reported activity. The historical losses and expenses are analyzed on both a direct basis and net of reinsurance. Once the gross ultimate exposure for indemnity and allocated loss adjustment expense is determined for its insureds by each policy year, the Company calculates its ceded reinsurance recoverables based on any applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance and the Company’s experience with reinsurance collections. See the section that follows entitled A&E Adverse Development Cover that discusses the impact the reinsurance agreement with NICO may have on future adverse development of asbestos and environmental reserves, if any. Uncertainties Regarding Adequacy of A&E Reserves- A number of factors affect the variability of estimates for gross asbestos and environmental reserves including assumptions with respect to the frequency of claims, the average severity of those claims settled with payment, the dismissal rate of claims with no payment, resolution of coverage disputes with our policyholders and the expense to indemnity ratio. Reserve estimates for gross asbestos and environmental reserves are subject to greater variability than reserve estimates for more traditional exposures. The process of estimating asbestos and environmental reserves remains subject to a wide variety of uncertainties, which are detailed in Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company believes that its current asbestos and environmental reserves are appropriate. Future developments could continue to cause the Company to change its estimates of its gross asbestos and environmental reserves. Losses ceded under the adverse development cover ("A&E ADC") with NICO in excess of the ceded premium paid of $650 have resulted in a deferred gain resulting in a timing difference between when gross reserves are increased and when reinsurance recoveries are recognized. This timing difference results in a charge to net income until such periods when the recoveries are recognized. Consistent with past practice, the Company will continue to monitor its reserves in Property & Casualty Other Operations regularly, including its annual reviews of asbestos liabilities, reinsurance recoverables, the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, and environmental liabilities. Where future developments indicate, we will make appropriate adjustments to the reserves at that time. Total P&C Insurance Product Reserves Development In the opinion of management, based upon the known facts and current law, the reserves recorded for the Company’s property and casualty insurance products at December 31, 2023 represent the Company’s best estimate of its ultimate liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. However, because of the significant uncertainties surrounding reserves, it is possible that management’s estimate of the ultimate liabilities for these claims may change in the future and that the required adjustment to currently recorded reserves could be material to the Company’s results of operations or liquidity. 54 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Rollforward of Property and Casualty Insurance Product Liabilities for Unpaid Losses and LAE for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross Reinsurance and other recoverables Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses Current accident year before catastrophes Current accident year ("CAY") catastrophes Prior accident year development ("PYD") Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance included in the provision for the period but reflected in other liabilities Payments [1] Foreign currency adjustment Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net Reinsurance and other recoverables Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross Earned premiums and fee income Loss and loss expense paid ratio [2] Loss and loss expense incurred ratio Prior accident year development (pts) [3] Commercial Lines Personal Lines Property & Casualty Other Operations Total Property & Casualty Insurance $ 28,453 $ 1,857 $ 2,773 $ 33,083 4,574 28 1,863 6,465 23,879 1,829 910 26,618 6,575 436 (225) 6,786 2,287 240 11 2,538 — — (6,101) (2,327) 18 — — — 224 224 (194) (214) — 24,582 4,599 2,040 28 726 2,069 8,862 676 10 9,548 (194) (8,642) 18 27,348 6,696 $ $ 29,181 $ 11,682 $ 52.2 58.3 (1.9) 2,068 $ 2,795 $ 34,044 3,117 74.7 82.2 0.4 [1]Includes the $787 settlement paid to the BSA on April 20, 2023. For further information, see "Settlement Agreement with Boy Scouts of America" in Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. [2]The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums and fee income. [3]“Prior accident year development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident year development to earned premiums. Current Accident Year Catastrophe Losses for the Year Ended December 31, 2023, Net of Reinsurance Wind and hail Winter storms Hurricanes and tropical storms Wildfires Other international Commercial Lines Personal Lines Total $ 278 $ 214 $ 68 10 3 6 365 71 436 $ 15 3 8 — 240 — 240 $ 492 83 13 11 6 605 71 676 Catastrophes before assumed reinsurance Global assumed reinsurance business [1] Total catastrophe losses $ [1]Catastrophe losses incurred on global assumed reinsurance business are not covered under the Company's aggregate property catastrophe treaty. For further information on the treaty, refer to Enterprise Risk Management — Insurance Risk section of this MD&A. 55 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Unfavorable (Favorable) Prior Accident Year Development for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 Commercial Lines Personal Lines Property & Casualty Other Operations Total Property & Casualty Insurance Workers’ compensation $ (236) $ — $ — $ (236) Workers’ compensation discount accretion General liability Marine Package business Commercial property Professional liability Bond Assumed reinsurance Automobile liability Homeowners Net asbestos and environmental reserves [1] Catastrophes Uncollectible reinsurance Other reserve re-estimates, net [2] Prior accident year development before change in deferred gain Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance included in other liabilities [1] Total prior accident year development $ 42 41 (2) (24) (7) (2) (27) 34 20 — — (83) 7 12 (225) — (225) $ — — — — — — — — — (6) — (4) 1 20 11 — — — — — — — — — — — — 5 25 30 — 11 $ 194 224 $ 42 41 (2) (24) (7) (2) (27) 34 20 (6) — (87) 13 57 (184) 194 10 [1]The year ended December 31, 2023 included $194 of adverse development on net asbestos and environmental reserves that was ceded to NICO but for which the Company recorded a deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance. [2]Other reserve re-estimates for the year ended December 31, 2023 includes a $22 increase in personal automobile physical damage reserves. 56 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Rollforward of Property and Casualty Insurance Product Liabilities for Unpaid Losses and LAE for the Year Ended December 31, 2022 Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross Reinsurance and other recoverables Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses Current accident year before catastrophes Current accident year catastrophes Prior accident year development Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance included in other liabilities Payments Foreign currency adjustment Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net Reinsurance and other recoverables Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross Earned premiums and fee income Loss and loss expense paid ratio [1] Loss and loss expense incurred ratio Prior accident year development (pts) [2] $ $ Commercial Lines Personal Lines Property & Casualty Other Operations Total Property & Casualty Insurance $ 26,906 $ 4,480 1,844 $ 37 2,699 $ 1,564 31,449 6,081 22,426 1,807 1,135 25,368 — — 280 280 (229) (276) — 910 1,863 7,928 649 36 8,613 (229) (7,102) (32) 26,618 6,465 2,773 $ 33,083 5,959 441 (231) 1,969 208 (13) 6,169 2,164 — (4,684) (32) 23,879 4,574 28,453 $ 10,610 $ 44.1 58.4 (2.2) — (2,142) — 1,829 28 1,857 $ 2,979 71.9 73.4 (0.4) [1]The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums and fee income. [2]“Prior accident year development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident year development to earned premiums. Current Accident Year Catastrophe Losses for the Year Ended December 31, 2022, Net of Reinsurance Wind and hail Winter storms [1] Hurricanes and Tropical Storms [2] Wildfires Ukraine conflict [3] Other international Catastrophes before assumed reinsurance Global assumed reinsurance business [1] [2] [3] Total catastrophe losses Commercial Lines Personal Lines Total $ $ 107 $ 163 74 — 23 1 368 73 441 $ 104 $ 21 80 3 — — 208 — 208 $ 211 184 154 3 23 1 576 73 649 [1]Includes losses from Winter Storm Elliott of $167, including $3 in the global assumed reinsurance business. Gross losses from Winter Storm Elliott of $202 were partially offset by a $35 reinsurance recoverable since, under a per occurrence property catastrophe treaty layer covering losses from earthquakes and named storms other than hurricanes and tropical storms, the Company is able to cede 70% of up to $250 in excess of a $100 attachment point subject to a $50 annual aggregate deductible. [2]Includes losses from Hurricane Ian of $186, net of reinsurance, including $35 of hurricane losses in the global assumed reinsurance business. [3]Total catastrophe losses resulting from the Ukraine conflict were $27, net of reinsurance, including $4 within global assumed reinsurance, all in the first quarter, which included exposures under political violence and terrorism policies, including aviation war, as well as credit and political risk insurance policies. 57 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Unfavorable (Favorable) Prior Accident Year Development for the Year Ended December 31, 2022 Commercial Lines Personal Lines Property & Casualty Other Operations Total Property & Casualty Insurance Workers’ compensation $ (204) $ — $ — $ (204) Workers’ compensation discount accretion General liability Marine Package business Commercial property Professional liability Bond Assumed reinsurance Automobile liability Homeowners Net asbestos and environmental reserves [1] Catastrophes Uncollectible reinsurance Other reserve re-estimates, net Prior accident year development before change in deferred gain Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance included in other liabilities [1] Total prior accident year development $ 36 25 2 (39) (11) (11) (32) 19 38 — — (60) (1) 7 (231) — (231) $ — — — — — — — — (14) (1) — (2) (2) 6 (13) — 31 — — — — — — — — — — 6 14 51 — (13) $ 229 280 $ 36 56 2 (39) (11) (11) (32) 19 24 (1) — (62) 3 27 (193) 229 36 [1]The year ended December 31, 2022 included $229 of adverse development on net asbestos and environmental reserves that was ceded to NICO but for which the Company recorded a deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance. 58 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Rollforward of Property and Casualty Insurance Product Liabilities for Unpaid Losses and LAE for the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Commercial Lines Personal Lines Property & Casualty Other Operations Total Property & Casualty Insurance 25,058 $ 1,836 $ 4,271 28 2,728 $ 1,426 29,622 5,725 20,787 1,808 1,302 23,897 Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross $ Reinsurance and other recoverables Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses Current accident year before catastrophes Current accident year catastrophes Prior accident year development [1] Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance included in other liabilities [1] Payments Foreign currency adjustment Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net Reinsurance and other recoverables Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross Earned premiums and fee income Loss and loss expense paid ratio [2] Loss and loss expense incurred ratio Prior accident year development (pts) [3] 5,407 496 141 1,840 168 (144) 6,044 1,864 (91) (4,316) 2 22,426 4,480 $ $ 26,906 $ 9,575 $ 45.1 63.4 1.5 — (1,865) — 1,807 37 1,844 $ 2,986 62.5 63.1 (4.9) — — 202 202 (155) (214) — 1,135 1,564 7,247 664 199 8,110 (246) (6,395) 2 25,368 6,081 2,699 $ 31,449 [1]Prior accident year development does not include the benefit of a portion of losses ceded under the Navigators and A&E ADCs which, under retroactive reinsurance accounting, is deferred and is recognized over the period the ceded losses are recovered in cash from NICO. For additional information regarding the two adverse development cover reinsurance agreements, refer to Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. [2]The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums and fee income. [3]“Prior accident year development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident year development to earned premiums. Current Accident Year Catastrophe Losses for the Year Ended December 31, 2021, Net of Reinsurance Commercial Lines Personal Lines Total Wind and hail Winter storms [1] Hurricanes and Tropical Storms Wildfires Losses ceded to the aggregate catastrophe treaty [2] Catastrophes before assumed reinsurance Global assumed reinsurance business [3] $ 157 $ 151 151 9 (29) 439 57 Total catastrophe losses $ 496 $ 94 $ 18 43 23 (10) 168 — 168 $ 251 169 194 32 (39) 607 57 664 [1]Includes catastrophe losses from the February winter storms in Texas and other areas within Commercial Lines and Personal Lines of $206 and $24, respectively, gross of reinsurance, and $151 and $18, respectively, net of reinsurance under the Company's per occurrence property catastrophe treaty covering events other than earthquakes and named hurricanes and tropical storms. The reinsurance covers 70% of up to $250 of losses in excess of $100 from such events occurring within a seven day time period, subject to a $50 annual aggregate deductible. These recoveries do not inure to the benefit of the aggregate property catastrophe treaty reinsurers. For further information on the treaty, refer to Enterprise Risk Management — Insurance Risk section of this MD&A. [2]For further information on the aggregate catastrophe treaty, refer to Enterprise Risk Management — Insurance Risk section of this MD&A. [3]Catastrophe losses incurred on global assumed reinsurance business are not covered under the Company's aggregate property catastrophe treaty. For further information on the treaty, refer to Enterprise Risk Management — Insurance Risk section of this MD&A. 59 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Unfavorable (Favorable) Prior Accident Year Development for the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Commercial Lines Personal Lines Property & Casualty Other Operations Total Property & Casualty Insurance Workers’ compensation $ (190) $ — $ — $ Workers’ compensation discount accretion General liability Marine Package business Commercial property Professional liability Bond Assumed reinsurance Automobile liability Homeowners Net asbestos and environmental reserves Catastrophes Uncollectible reinsurance Other reserve re-estimates, net Total prior accident year development Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance included in other liabilities 35 454 1 (91) (26) (2) (26) (6) 9 — — (97) (5) (6) 50 91 Total prior accident year development $ 141 $ For discussion of the factors contributing to unfavorable (favorable) for the prior accident year reserve development 2023, 2022, and 2021 periods, refer to Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. |PROPERTY & CASUALTY OTHER OPERATIONS — — — — — — — — (90) 3 — (57) — — (144) — (144) $ — — — — — — — — — — — — (1) 48 47 155 202 $ (190) 35 454 1 (91) (26) (2) (26) (6) (81) 3 — (154) (6) 42 (47) 246 199 Net reserves and reserve activity in Property & Casualty Other Operations are categorized and reported as asbestos, environmental, and “all other”. The “all other” category of reserves covers a wide range of insurance and assumed reinsurance coverages, including, but not limited to, potential liability for construction defects, lead paint, silica, pharmaceutical products, head injuries, sexual molestation and sexual abuse and other long-tail liabilities. In addition to various insurance and assumed reinsurance exposures, "all other" includes unallocated loss adjustment expense reserves. "All other" also includes the Company’s allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. When the Company commutes a ceded reinsurance contract or settles a ceded reinsurance dispute, net reserves for the related cause of loss (including asbestos, environmental or all other) are increased for the portion of the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance attributable to that commutation or settlement. Asbestos and Environmental Reserves The vast majority of the Company's exposure to A&E relates to policy coverages provided prior to 1986 and is reported within the P&C Other Operations segment (“Run-off A&E”). In addition, since 1986 the Company has written asbestos and environmental exposures under general liability policies and pollution liability under homeowners policies, which are reported in the Commercial Lines and Personal Lines segments, respectively. 60 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Run-off A&E Summary as of December 31, 2023 Gross Direct Assumed Reinsurance Total Ceded- other than NICO Total net reserves, before ceded losses to NICO Ceded - NICO A&E ADC "Run-off" [1] Net Asbestos Environmental Total Run-off A&E $ $ 1,364 $ 448 1,812 (475) 1,337 $ 400 $ 62 462 (75) 387 $ 1,764 510 2,274 (550) 1,724 (1,476) 248 [1]Including $1,476 of ceded losses for Run-off A&E and a $38 reduction in ceded losses for Commercial Lines and Personal Lines, cumulative net incurred losses of $1,438 have been ceded to NICO under an adverse development cover reinsurance agreement. See the section that follows entitled A&E Adverse Development Cover for additional information. Rollforward of Run-off A&E Losses and LAE Asbestos Environmental Total Run-off A&E 2023 Beginning net reserves before reinsurance recoverable from NICO Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred before ceding to NICO A&E ADC Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid Reclassification of allowance for uncollectible reinsurance [1] Ending net reserves before reinsurance recoverable from NICO Reinsurance recoverable from NICO A&E ADC Ending net reserves 2022 Beginning net reserves before reinsurance recoverable from NICO Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred before ceding to NICO A&E ADC Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid Reclassification of allowance for uncollectible reinsurance [1] Ending net reserves before reinsurance recoverable from NICO Reinsurance recoverable from NICO A&E ADC Ending net reserves 2021 Beginning net reserves before reinsurance recoverable from NICO Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred before ceding to NICO A&E ADC Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid Reclassification of allowance for uncollectible reinsurance [1] Ending net reserves before reinsurance recoverable from NICO Reinsurance recoverable from NICO A&E ADC Ending liability — net $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,298 $ 156 (120) 3 1,337 $ 1,263 $ 161 (128) 2 1,298 $ 1,268 $ 104 (112) 3 1,263 $ 374 $ 1,672 38 (25) — 387 $ 194 (145) 3 1,724 (1,476) 248 394 $ 1,657 68 (89) 1 374 $ 419 $ 51 (76) — 394 $ 229 (217) 3 1,672 (1,282) 390 1,687 155 (188) 3 1,657 (1,053) 604 [1]Related to the reclassification of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance from the "all other" category of P&C Other Operations reserves. A&E Adverse Development Cover Effective December 31, 2016, the Company entered into an A&E ADC reinsurance agreement with NICO to reduce uncertainty about potential adverse development. Under the A&E ADC, the Company paid a reinsurance premium of $650 for NICO to assume adverse net loss and allocated loss adjustment expense reserve development up to $1.5 billion above the Company’s existing net A&E reserves as of December 31, 2016 of approximately $1.7 billion, including both Run-off A&E and A&E reserves in Commercial Lines and Personal Lines. The $650 reinsurance premium was placed in a collateral trust account as security for NICO’s claim payment obligations to the Company. The Company has retained the risk of collection on amounts due from other third-party reinsurers and continues to be responsible for claims handling and other administrative services, subject to certain conditions. The A&E ADC covers substantially all the Company’s A&E reserve development up to the reinsurance limit. Under retroactive reinsurance accounting, net adverse A&E reserve development after December 31, 2016 results in an offsetting reinsurance recoverable up to the $1.5 billion limit. Cumulative ceded losses up to the $650 reinsurance 61 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations premium paid have been recognized as a dollar-for-dollar offset to direct losses incurred. Cumulative ceded losses exceeding the $650 reinsurance premium paid have resulted in a deferred gain. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has incurred a cumulative $1,438 in adverse development on A&E reserves that have been ceded under the A&E ADC treaty with NICO, including $1,476 for Run-off A&E reserves, partially offset by a $38 reduction for A&E reserves in Commercial Lines and Personal Lines. As such, $62 of coverage is available for future adverse net reserve development, if any. As a result, the Company has recorded a $788 deferred gain within other liabilities, representing the difference between the reinsurance recoverable of $1,438 and ceded premium paid of $650. The deferred gain is recognized over the claim settlement period in the proportion of the amount of cumulative ceded losses collected from the reinsurer to the estimated ultimate reinsurance recoveries. Consequently, until periods when the deferred gain is recognized as a benefit to earnings, cumulative adverse development of asbestos and environmental claims will result in charges against earnings, which may be significant. Net and Gross Survival Ratios Net and gross survival ratios are a measure of the quotient of the carried reserves divided by average annual payments (net of reinsurance and on a gross basis) and is an indication of the number of years that carried reserves would last (i.e., survive) if future annual payments were consistent with the calculated historical average. Since December 31, 2016, asbestos and environmental net reserves have been declining since all adverse development has been ceded to NICO, up to a limit of $1.5 billion, and the deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance has been recorded within other liabilities rather than in net loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Recoveries from NICO will not be collected until the Company has cumulative loss payments of more than the attachment point of $1.7 billion which was based on the carrying value of net reserves as of December 31, 2016. Accordingly, the payment of losses without any current collection of recoveries from NICO has reduced the Company’s net loss reserves which decreases the net survival ratios such that, unadjusted, the net survival ratios would not be representative of the true number of years of average loss payments covered by the reserves. Therefore, the net survival ratios presented in the table below are calculated before considering the effect of the A&E ADC reinsurance agreement but net of other reinsurance in place. Net and Gross Survival Ratios Asbestos Environmental One year net survival ratio Three year net survival ratio One year gross survival ratio Three year gross survival ratio 11.1 11.1 10.6 11.1 15.5 6.1 19.3 5.8 Run-off A&E Paid and Incurred Losses and LAE Development Asbestos Environmental Total A&E Paid Losses & LAE Incurred Losses & LAE Paid Losses & LAE Incurred Losses & LAE Paid Losses & LAE Incurred Losses & LAE 2023 Gross Ceded- other than NICO Net - Gross of ADC Ceded - NICO A&E ADC Net 2022 Gross Ceded- other than NICO Net - Gross of ADC Ceded - NICO A&E ADC Net 2021 Gross Ceded- other than NICO Net - Gross of ADC Ceded - NICO A&E ADC Net $ $ $ $ $ $ 171 $ (51) 120 $ 160 $ (32) 128 $ 157 $ (45) 112 $ 206 $ (50) 156 $ 227 $ (66) 161 $ 148 $ (44) 104 $ 24 $ 1 25 $ 106 $ (17) 89 $ 109 $ (33) 76 $ 49 $ (11) 38 $ 80 $ (12) 68 $ 55 $ (4) 51 $ 195 $ (50) 145 — 145 $ 266 $ (49) 217 — 217 $ 266 $ (78) 188 — 188 $ 255 (61) 194 (194) — 307 (78) 229 (229) — 203 (48) 155 (155) — Annual Reserve Reviews Review of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves The Company performs its regular comprehensive annual review of asbestos and environmental reserves in the fourth quarter, including both Run-off A&E (P&C Other Operations) and asbestos and environmental reserves included in Commercial Lines and Personal Lines. As part of the evaluation of asbestos and environmental reserves in the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company reviewed all of its open direct domestic insurance accounts exposed to asbestos and environmental liability, as well as assumed reinsurance accounts. 62 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 2023 comprehensive annual reviews As a result of the 2023 fourth quarter review, the Company increased asbestos reserves before NICO reinsurance by $156 in P&C Other Operations, primarily driven by an increase in the Company’s share of liability due to insolvencies and cost sharing agreements, an increase in claim settlement rates, as well as higher defense costs. The increase in asbestos reserves was offset by a $156 reinsurance recoverable under the NICO treaty. As a result of the 2023 fourth quarter review, the Company increased environmental reserves before NICO reinsurance by $38 in P&C Other Operations, primarily due to higher severity on recently emerged accounts, higher environmental site cleanup and monitoring costs, including increased estimates of liability for PFAS exposures, and higher legal expenses. The increase in environmental reserves was offset by a $38 reinsurance recoverable under the NICO treaty. The total $194 increase in asbestos and environmental reserves in P&C Other Operations was offset by a $194 reinsurance recoverable under the NICO treaty. Since cumulative losses ceded to the A&E ADC exceed the $650 of ceded premium paid, the Company recognized a $194 increase in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance, resulting in the Company recording a charge to earnings of $194 in 2023. 2022 comprehensive annual reviews As a result of the 2022 fourth quarter review, the Company increased estimated asbestos reserves before NICO reinsurance by $162, including $161 in P&C Other Operations, primarily driven by an increase in the Company’s share of liability due to insolvencies and cost sharing agreements, an increase in claim settlement rates, and higher claim settlement values and defense costs. The increase in asbestos reserves was offset by a $162 reinsurance recoverable under the NICO treaty. As a result of the 2022 fourth quarter review, the Company increased estimated environmental reserves before NICO reinsurance by $67, including $68 in P&C Other Operations, primarily due to increased estimates of liability for PFAS exposure, the resolution of one large mining account, higher environmental site cleanup and monitoring costs, and higher legal expenses. The increase in environmental reserves was offset by a $67 reinsurance recoverable under the NICO treaty. The total $229 increase in asbestos and environmental reserves in P&C Other Operations was offset by a $229 reinsurance recoverable under the NICO treaty. Since cumulative losses ceded to the A&E ADC exceed the $650 of ceded premium paid, the Company recognized a $229 increase in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance, resulting in the Company recording a charge to earnings of $229 in 2022. For information regarding the 2021 comprehensive annual review, refer to Part 2, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in The Hartford’s 2022 Annual Report. Review of "All Other" Reserves in Property & Casualty Other Operations Prior year development on all other reserves resulted in increases of $30, $51 and $47, respectively for calendar years 2023, 2022 and 2021. Included in the 2023 adverse reserve development was an increase in ULAE reserves, primarily due to an increase in expected aggregate claim handling costs associated with asbestos and environmental claims. The Company provides an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, reflecting management’s best estimate of reinsurance cessions that may be uncollectible in the future due to reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to pay. In performing its assessment, the Company evaluates the collectibility of the reinsurance recoverables and the adequacy of the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance associated with older, long-term casualty liabilities reported in Property & Casualty Other Operations. In conducting these evaluations, the Company used its most recent detailed evaluations of ceded liabilities reported in the segment. The Company analyzed the overall credit quality of the Company’s reinsurers, recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes between cedants and reinsurers, and recent developments in commutation activity between reinsurers and cedants. As of 2023, 2022, and 2021 the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance for Property & Casualty Other Operations totaled $53, $56 and $53, respectively. Due to the inherent uncertainties as to collection and the length of time before reinsurance recoverables become due, particularly for older, long-term casualty liabilities, it is possible that future adjustments to the Company’s reinsurance recoverables, net of the allowance, could be required. |IMPACT OF RE-ESTIMATES ON PROPERTY & CASUALTY INSURANCE PRODUCT RESERVES Estimating property and casualty insurance product reserves uses a variety of methods, assumptions and data elements. Ultimate losses may vary materially from the current estimates. Many factors can contribute to these variations and the need to change the previous estimate of required reserve levels. Prior accident year reserve development is generally due to the emergence of additional facts that were not known or anticipated at the time of the prior reserve estimate and/or due to changes in interpretations of information and trends. development cover reinsurance agreements with NICO that are accounted for as a deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance. The amount of prior accident year development (as shown in the reserve rollforward) for a given calendar year is expressed as a percent of the beginning calendar year reserves, net of reinsurance. The ranges presented are significantly influenced by the facts and circumstances of each particular year and by the fact that only the last ten years are included in the range. Accordingly, these percentages are not intended to be a prediction of the range of possible future variability. For further discussion of the potential for variability in recorded loss reserves, see Preferred Reserving Methods by Line of Business and Impact of Key Assumptions on Reserves sections. The table below shows the range of annual reserve re-estimates experienced by The Hartford over the past ten years. The range of prior accident year development shown in the table below is net of losses ceded, including losses ceded under two adverse 63 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Range of Prior Accident Year Unfavorable (Favorable) Development for the Ten Years Ended December 31, 2023 Commercial Lines Personal Lines Property & Casualty Other Operations Total Property & Casualty [1] Annual range of prior accident year unfavorable (favorable) development for the ten years ended December 31, 2023 (1.3%) - 0.4% (20.5%) - 8.3% 0.9% - 9.8% (1.9%) - 2.4% [1]Excluding the reserve increases for asbestos and environmental reserves, over the past ten years, reserve re-estimates for total property and casualty insurance ranged from (1.9%) to 1.0%. The potential variability of the Company’s property and casualty insurance product reserves would normally be expected to vary by segment and the types of loss exposures insured by those segments. Illustrative factors influencing the potential reserve variability for each of the segments are discussed under Critical Accounting Estimates for Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves and Asbestos and Environmental Reserves. See the section entitled Property & Casualty Other Operations, Annual Reserve Reviews about the impact that the A&E ADC retroactive reinsurance agreement with NICO has on net reserve changes of asbestos and environmental reserves. |GROUP BENEFIT LTD RESERVES, NET OF REINSURANCE The Company establishes reserves for group life and accident & health contracts, including long-term disability coverage, for both reported claims and claims related to insured events that the Company estimates have been incurred but have not yet been reported. As long-term disability reserves are long-tail claim liabilities, they are discounted because the payment pattern and the ultimate costs are reasonably fixed and determinable on an individual claim basis. The Company held $6,619 and $6,535 of LTD unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Reserving Methodology How Reserves are Set - A Disabled Life Reserve ("DLR") is calculated for each LTD claim. The DLR for each claim is the expected present value of all future benefit payments starting with the known monthly gross benefit which is reduced for estimates of the expected claim recovery due to return to work or claimant death, offsets from other income including offsets from Social Security benefits, and discounting where the discount rate is tied to expected investment yield at the time the claim is incurred. Estimated future benefit payments represent the monthly income benefit that is paid until recovery, death or expiration of benefits. Claim recoveries are estimated based on claim characteristics such as age and diagnosis and represent an estimate of benefits that will terminate, generally as a result of the claimant returning to work or being deemed able to return to work. For claims recently closed due to recovery, a portion of the DLR is retained for the possibility that the claim reopens upon further evidence of disability. In addition, a reserve for estimated unpaid claim expenses is included in the DLR. The DLR also includes a liability for potential payments to pending claimants beyond the elimination period who have not yet been approved for LTD. In these cases, the present value of future benefits is reduced for the likelihood of claim denial based on Company experience. Estimates for IBNR claims are made by applying completion factors to expected emerged experience by line of business. Included within IBNR are bulk reserves for claims reported but still within the waiting period until benefits are paid, typically 3 or 6 months depending on the contract. Completion factors are 64 derived from standard actuarial techniques using triangles that display historical claim count emergence by incurral month. These estimates are reviewed for reasonableness and are adjusted for current trends and other factors expected to cause a change in claim emergence. The reserves include an estimate of unpaid claim expenses, including a provision for the cost of initial set-up of the claim once reported. For all products, including LTD, there is a period generally ranging from two to twelve months, depending on the product and line of business, where emerged claims for an incurral year are not yet credible enough to be a basis for estimating reserves. In these cases, the ultimate loss is estimated using earned premium multiplied by an expected loss ratio based on pricing assumptions of claim incidence, claim severity, and earned pricing adjusted for emerging trends as needed. Impact of Key Assumptions on Reserves The key assumptions affecting long-term disability, which is the largest reserve within Group Benefits, include: Discount Rate - The discount rate is the interest rate at which expected future claim cash flows are discounted to determine the present value. A higher selected discount rate results in a lower reserve. If the discount rate is higher than our future investment returns, our invested assets will not earn enough investment income to cover the discount accretion on our claim reserves which would negatively affect our profits. For each incurral year, the discount rates are estimated based on investment yields expected to be earned net of investment expenses. The incurral year is the year in which the claim is incurred and the estimated settlement pattern is determined. Once established, discount rates for each incurral year are unchanged except that LTD reserves assumed from the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business are all discounted using rates as of the November 1, 2017 acquisition date. The weighted average discount rate on LTD reserves was 3.2% and 3.2% in 2023 and 2022, respectively. Had the discount rate for each incurral year been 10 basis points lower at the time they were established, our LTD unpaid Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations loss and loss adjustment expense reserves would be higher by $30, before tax, as of December 31, 2023. Claim Termination Rates (inclusive of mortality, recoveries, and expiration of benefits) - Claim termination rates are an estimate of the rate at which claimants will cease receiving benefits during a given calendar year. Terminations result from a number of factors, including death, recoveries and expiration of benefits. The probability that benefits will terminate in each future month for each claim is estimated using a predictive model that uses past Company experience, contract provisions, job characteristics and other claimant-specific characteristics such as diagnosis, time since disability began, and age. Actual claim termination experience will vary from period to period. Over the past 10 years, claim termination rates for a single incurral year have generally increased and have ranged from 4% below to 13% above current assumptions over that time period. For a single recent incurral year (such as 2023), a one percent decrease in our assumption for LTD claim termination rates would increase our reserves by $13. For all incurral years combined, as of December 31, 2023, a one percent decrease in our assumption for our LTD claim termination rates would increase our Group Benefits unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense reserves by $27. Current Trends Contributing to Reserve Uncertainty We have observed delays in the Social Security Administration’s processing of disability claims, which reduces or slows down the recognition of offsets to claimant benefits. If we have a downturn in the economy and/or in employment levels, we could experience an increase in claim incidence on long-term disability claims. By investing in fixed income securities of similar duration to our liabilities, we hedge our interest rate exposure over a three year period at the time we price and sell long-term disability policies given average three year rate guarantees. Our weighted average discount rate assumption for the 2023 incurral year is up from that of the 2022 incurral year. |EVALUATION OF GOODWILL FOR IMPAIRMENT Goodwill balances are reviewed for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that a triggering event for a potential impairment has occurred. The recognition and measurement of goodwill impairment is based on the excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit over its estimated fair value, up to the amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit incorporates multiple inputs into discounted cash flow calculations including assumptions that market participants would make in valuing the reporting unit. Assumptions include levels of economic capital, future business growth, earnings projections, assets under management for Hartford Funds and the weighted average cost of capital used for purposes of discounting. Decreases in business growth, decreases in earnings projections and increases in the weighted average cost of capital will all cause a reporting unit’s fair value to decrease, increasing the possibility of impairment. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. The Company’s reporting units for which goodwill has been allocated consist of Commercial Lines, Personal Lines, Group Benefits and Hartford Funds. The annual goodwill assessment for the reporting units was completed as of October 31, 2023, and resulted in no write- downs of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2023. All reporting units passed the annual impairment test with a significant margin. For information on goodwill see Note 10 - Goodwill & Other Intangible Assets of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. broker quotes may be used. For further discussion, see the Fixed Maturities, Equity Securities, Short-term Investments and Derivatives section in Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. |VALUATION OF INVESTMENTS AND DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS Fixed Maturities, Equity Securities, Short-term Investments, and Derivatives The Company generally determines fair values using valuation techniques that use prices, rates, and other relevant information evident from market transactions involving identical or similar instruments. Valuation techniques also include, where appropriate, estimates of future cash flows that are converted into a single discounted amount using current market expectations. The Company uses a "waterfall" approach comprised of the following pricing sources which are listed in priority order: quoted prices, prices from third-party pricing services, internal matrix pricing, and independent broker quotes. The fair values of derivative instruments are determined primarily using a discounted cash flow model or option model technique and incorporate counterparty credit risk. In some cases, quoted market prices for exchange-traded transactions and transactions cleared through central clearing houses ("OTC-cleared") may be used and in other cases independent Evaluation of Credit Losses on Fixed Maturities, AFS and ACL on Mortgage Loans Each quarter, a committee of investment and accounting professionals evaluates investments to determine if a credit loss is present for fixed maturities, AFS or an ACL is required for mortgage loans. This evaluation is a quantitative and qualitative process, which is subject to risks and uncertainties. For further discussion of the accounting policies, see the Significant Investment Accounting Policies Section in Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of credit losses recorded, see the Credit Losses on Fixed Maturities, AFS and Intent-to-Sell Impairments and ACL on Mortgage Loans 65 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations sections within the Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section of the MD&A. |CONTINGENCIES RELATING TO CORPORATE LITIGATION AND REGULATORY MATTERS Management evaluates each contingent matter separately. A loss is recorded if probable and reasonably estimable. Management establishes reserves for these contingencies at its “best estimate,” or, if no one number within the range of possible losses is more probable than any other, the Company records an estimated reserve at the low end of the range of losses. the Company, which relate to corporate litigation and regulatory matters, are inherently difficult to predict, and the reserves that have been established for the estimated settlement amounts are subject to significant changes. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of the Company. In view of the uncertainties regarding the outcome of these matters, as well as the tax-deductibility of payments, it is possible that the ultimate cost to the Company of these matters could exceed the reserve by an amount that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or liquidity in a particular quarterly or annual period. The Company has a quarterly monitoring process involving legal and accounting professionals. Legal personnel first identify outstanding corporate litigation and regulatory matters posing a reasonable possibility of loss. These matters are then jointly reviewed by accounting and legal personnel to evaluate the facts and changes since the last review in order to determine if a provision for loss should be recorded or adjusted, the amount that should be recorded, and the appropriate disclosure. The outcomes of certain contingencies currently being evaluated by 66 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations SEGMENT OPERATING SUMMARIES |COMMERCIAL LINES - RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Underwriting Summary Written premiums Change in unearned premium reserve Earned premiums Fee income Losses and loss adjustment expenses Current accident year before catastrophes Current accident year catastrophes [1] Prior accident year development [1] Total losses and loss adjustment expenses Amortization of DAC Underwriting expenses Amortization of other intangible assets Dividends to policyholders Underwriting gain Net investment income [2] Net realized gains (losses) [2] Other income (expense) [3] Income before income taxes Income tax expense [4] Net income 2023 2022 2021 $ 12,279 $ 11,158 $ 10,041 638 587 500 11,641 10,571 9,541 41 39 34 6,575 5,959 5,407 436 441 (225) (231) 496 141 6,786 6,169 6,044 1,779 1,563 1,398 1,837 1,788 1,678 29 29 39 1,212 29 1,032 29 24 402 1,532 1,415 1,502 (156) (385) 260 (1) 2,587 (12) 2,050 (5) 2,159 502 402 $ 2,085 $ 1,624 $ 1,757 426 Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 10% 9% 10% 5% 10% (1%) 3% 10% 14% 3% —% 34% 17% 8% 59% 92% 26% 18% 28% 11% 17% 11% 15% 10% (11%) NM 2% 12% 7% —% 21% 157% (6%) NM (140%) (5%) 6% (8%) [1]For additional information on current accident year catastrophes and prior accident year development, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves Development, Net of Reinsurance and Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. [2]For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results. [3]Includes integration costs in connection with the 2019 acquisition of Navigators Group. [4]For discussion of income taxes, see Note 17 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 67 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Small Commercial: Net new business premium Policy count retention Renewal written price increases Renewal earned price increases Premium Measures 2023 2022 2021 $ 915 $ 768 $ 673 85 % 4.6 % 4.2 % 86 % 3.8 % 3.5 % 84 % 3.1 % 2.6 % Policies in-force as of end of period (in thousands) 1,492 1,421 1,366 Middle Market [1]: Net new business premium Premium retention Renewal written price increases Renewal earned price increases Global Specialty: $ 617 $ 531 $ 532 83 % 7.3 % 6.6 % 83 % 5.6 % 5.7 % 80 % 5.9 % 7.2 % 912 13.4 % 21.5 % Global specialty gross new business premium [2] $ 883 $ 825 $ Renewal written price increases [3] Renewal earned price increases [3] 4.4 % 5.4 % 6.1 % 9.8 % [1]Except for net new business premium, metrics for middle market exclude loss sensitive and programs businesses. [2]Excludes Global Re and Continental Europe Operations and is before ceded reinsurance. [3]Excludes Global Re, offshore energy policies, credit and political risk insurance policies, political violence and terrorism ("PV&T") policies, and any business under which the managing agent of our Lloyd's Syndicate delegates underwriting authority to coverholders and other third parties. Underwriting Ratios Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio Current accident year before catastrophes Current accident year catastrophes Prior accident year development Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio Expense ratio Policyholder dividend ratio Combined ratio Impact of current accident year catastrophes and prior year development Underlying combined ratio 2023 2022 2021 Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 56.5 56.4 56.7 3.7 4.2 (1.9) (2.2) 5.2 1.5 58.3 58.4 63.3 31.0 31.6 32.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 89.6 90.2 95.8 (1.8) (2.0) (6.7) 87.8 88.3 89.1 0.1 (0.5) 0.3 (0.1) (0.6) — (0.6) 0.2 (0.5) (0.3) (1.0) (3.7) (4.9) (0.6) — (5.6) 4.7 (0.8) 68 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Net Income Earned Premiums Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Net income increased primarily due to lower net realized losses, a higher underwriting gain and higher net investment income. For further discussion of investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results. Underwriting Gain [1]Other of $43, $46 and $52 for 2021, 2022 and 2023, respectively, is included in the total. Written Premiums Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Underwriting gain increased driven by the effect of earned premium growth and slightly lower current accident year catastrophes, partially offset by slightly lower favorable prior accident year development. Expense ratio decreased in 2023 driven by the impact of higher earned premium, lower incentive compensation and incremental savings from the Hartford Next program, partially offset by investments in technology and higher underwriter staffing costs. [1]Other written premiums of $43, $46 and $52 for the year ended December 31, 2021, 2022 and 2023, respectively, is included in the total. Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Earned premiums increased in 2023 due to written premium increases over the prior twelve months, including the effect of higher insured exposures. 69 $1,757$1,624$2,085202120222023$0$500$1,000$1,500$2,000$2,500$402$1,032$1,212202120222023$0$500$1,000$1,500$9,541$10,571$11,641$3,930$4,379$4,801$3,200$3,494$3,806$2,368$2,652$2,982Small CommercialMiddle & Large CommercialGlobal SpecialtyOther [1]202120222023$0$2,000$4,000$6,000$8,000$10,000$12,000$10,041$11,158$12,279$4,067$4,586$5,033$3,323$3,650$3,989$2,608$2,876$3,205Small CommercialMiddle & Large Commercial Global SpecialtyOther [1]202120222023$0$2,000$4,000$6,000$8,000$10,000$12,000$14,000Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Written premiums increased in 2023 driven by growth across small commercial, middle & large commercial and global specialty. • Small commercial written premium increased in 2023 driven by double-digit new business growth, renewal written price increases and higher insured exposures. Written premium grew in all lines of business, including package business, workers' compensation, auto and excess and surplus lines. • Middle & large commercial written premium increased in 2023 driven by double-digit new business growth, renewal written price increases in all lines and higher insured exposures. Written premium grew in nearly all lines across general industries, specialty markets, large property and industry verticals. • Global specialty written premium increased in 2023 driven by written price increases across almost all lines as well as an increase in gross new business. Written premiums grew across most U.S. lines, international lines, and global reinsurance. Renewal written price increases were recognized in nearly all lines in 2023, with price increases across most lines other than director's and officer's. • • • In small commercial, renewal written price increases were higher in 2023, with high-single digit price increases in package business and automobile and double-digit increases in excess and surplus lines. Workers' compensation pricing was slightly positive, but moderated from 2022 due to lower net rates and wage inflation. In middle market, the Company recognized high single-digit to low double-digit price increases in most lines other than workers’ compensation, which was slightly positive due to the effect of wage inflation largely offset by lower net rates. In global specialty, price increases continued to moderate from prior year levels and we achieved low single-digit renewal written price increases overall, with the highest increases in property, marine and casualty lines. Current Accident Year Loss and LAE Ratio before Catastrophes Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Current Accident Year Loss and LAE ratio before catastrophes increased slightly in 2023 as a higher loss ratio in workers' compensation was offset by lower net non- catastrophe property losses driven by middle & large commercial. Catastrophes and Unfavorable (Favorable) Prior Accident Year Development Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Current accident year catastrophe losses for 2023 included losses from tornado, wind and hail events across several regions of the United States, and losses from winter storms along the East and West coasts. Current accident year catastrophe losses for 2022 included losses for Hurricane Ian, tornado, wind and hail events primarily in the Midwest, South, Mountain West and Great Plains, losses from winter storms, including Winter Storm Elliott, and $27 of losses, net of reinsurance, related to the Ukraine conflict. Prior accident year development was net favorable for 2023 and included reserve decreases for workers' compensation, catastrophes, bond and package business, partially offset by reserve increases for general liability, assumed reinsurance and automobile liability. Prior accident year development was net favorable for 2022 and included reserve decreases for workers' compensation, catastrophes, package business and bond, partially offset by reserve increases for automobile liability, general liability and assumed reinsurance. In 2022, an increase in reserves for general liability related to excess casualty and primary construction was largely offset by a reallocation of a portion of 70 56.756.456.52021202220230255075$496$441$436$141$(231)$(225)CAY CATsPYD202120222023$-300$-200$-100$0$100$200$300$400$500Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations reserves for sexual molestation and sexual abuse claims from Commercial Lines to P&C Other Operations. The reallocated reserves relate to excess liability policies written by a legal entity in P&C Other Operations for amounts owed to claimants under the agreement in principle reached with the BSA on sexual molestation and sexual abuse claims in third quarter 2021. In total for the Company, there was no change in 2022 in the liability for settlement amounts owed on the BSA claims. 2024 Outlook In 2024, the Company expects written premium growth to arise from new business, including from expanding addressable markets and distribution, maintaining steady retention, and increases in written pricing in nearly all lines of business. Management expects renewal written pricing increases, excluding workers’ compensation, to be consistent with 2023, while workers’ compensation pricing is expected to be flat to slightly negative. Written pricing increases in 2024 may be driven by a number of factors including the impact of materials, labor and social inflation costs on loss trends. While we anticipate slight, pricing-related headwinds in workers’ compensation margins in 2024, we expect to generate earned pricing in excess of loss trends on the remainder of the Commercial Lines book, but remain subject to the inherent volatility in catastrophe and underlying property results. | PERSONAL LINES - RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Underwriting Summary Written premiums Change in unearned premium reserve Earned premiums Fee income Losses and loss adjustment expenses 2023 2022 2021 $ 3,198 $ 2,961 $ 2,908 111 12 (46) 3,087 2,949 2,954 30 30 32 Current accident year before catastrophes 2,287 1,969 1,840 Current accident year catastrophes [1] Prior accident year development [1] Total losses and loss adjustment expenses Amortization of DAC Underwriting expenses Amortization of other intangible assets Underwriting gain (loss) Net investment income [2] Net realized gains (losses) [2] Net servicing and other income (expense) [3] Income (loss) before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) [4] Net income (loss) 240 11 208 (13) 168 (144) 2,538 2,164 1,864 231 576 2 (230) 171 (16) 21 (54) (15) (39) $ 228 594 2 (9) 140 (35) 17 113 22 91 $ 230 615 2 275 157 29 19 480 95 385 $ Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 8% NM 5% —% 16% 15% NM 17% 1% (3%) —% NM 22% 54% 24% NM NM NM 2% NM —% (6%) 7% 24% 91% 16% (1%) (3%) —% NM (11%) NM (11%) (76%) (77%) (76%) [1]For discussion of current accident year catastrophes and prior accident year development, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance and Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. [2]For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results. [3]Includes servicing revenues of $81, $73, and $80 for 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively and includes servicing expenses of $60, $55, and $61 for 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. [4]For discussion of income taxes, see Note 17 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 71 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Written Premiums Product Line Automobile Homeowners Total Earned Premiums Product Line Automobile Homeowners Total Written and Earned Premiums 2023 2022 2021 $ $ $ $ 2,213 $ 985 3,198 $ 2,020 $ 941 2,961 $ 2,134 $ 953 3,087 $ 2,025 $ 924 2,949 $ Premium Measures 1,997 911 2,908 2,035 919 2,954 Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 10% 5% 8% 5% 3% 5% 1% 3% 2% —% 1% —% Policies in-force end of period (in thousands) 2023 2022 2021 Automobile Homeowners New business written premium Automobile Homeowners Policy count retention [1] Automobile Homeowners Effective policy count retention [1] Automobile Homeowners Renewal written price increase Automobile Homeowners Renewal earned price increase Automobile Homeowners 1,257 704 1,323 740 $ $ 224 93 $ $ 227 74 $ $ 85 % 84 % 84 % 84 % 16.3 % 14.2 % 10.5 % 12.9 % 84 % 84 % 86 % 85 % 4.5 % 10.7 % 3.2 % 8.9 % 1,317 773 219 60 84 % 85 % 85 % 85 % 2.2 % 8.5 % 2.0 % 8.1 % [1] Policy count retention represents the number of renewal policies issued during the current year period divided by the new and renewal policies issued in the prior period. Effective policy count retention represents the number of policies expected to renew in the current year period, based on contract effective dates, divided by the new and renewal policies effective in the prior period. 72 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio Current accident year before catastrophes Current accident year catastrophes Prior accident year development Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio Expense ratio Combined ratio Impact of current accident year catastrophes and prior year development Underlying combined ratio Automobile Combined ratio Underlying combined ratio Homeowners Combined ratio Underlying combined ratio Underwriting Ratios 2023 2022 2021 Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 74.1 7.8 0.4 82.2 25.2 66.8 7.1 (0.4) 73.4 26.9 107.5 100.3 (8.2) 99.3 (6.7) 93.7 62.3 5.7 (4.9) 63.1 27.6 90.7 (0.8) 89.9 7.3 0.7 0.8 8.8 (1.7) 7.2 (1.5) 5.6 4.5 1.4 4.5 10.3 (0.7) 9.6 (5.9) 3.8 Product Combined Ratios 2023 2022 2021 Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 112.8 109.8 96.4 75.9 104.1 101.3 92.2 77.0 92.9 95.9 86.8 76.5 8.7 8.5 4.2 (1.1) 11.2 5.4 5.4 0.5 Net Income (Loss) Underwriting Gain (Loss) Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Net loss changed from net income in 2022, largely driven by an increase in the underwriting loss, partially offset by an increase in net investment income and a decrease in net realized losses. Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Underwriting loss increased in 2023, driven by higher current accident year losses before catastrophes, an increase in current accident year catastrophe losses and a change from favorable to unfavorable prior accident year development, partially offset by the effect of an increase in earned premium due to renewal written price increases, and a decrease in direct marketing costs. 73 $385$91$(39)202120222023$-200$0$200$400$275$(9)$(230)202120222023$-400$-200$0$200$400 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Expense ratio decreased in 2023 primarily due to lower direct marketing costs, and to a lesser extent, the impact of higher earned premium and Hartford Next savings. Effective policy count retention decreased both for automobile and for homeowners in 2023 in response to renewal written pricing increases. Earned Premiums Policies in-force as of the end of 2023 decreased for both automobile and for homeowners compared to the end of 2022, reflecting the level of new business in relation to non-renewed policies. Current Accident Year Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio before Catastrophes Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Earned premiums increased in 2023 due to an increase in written premium over the prior twelve months in both automobile and in homeowners. Written Premiums Written premiums increased in 2023 due to the effect of written pricing increases in both automobile and homeowners, partially offset by non-renewals. Renewal written pricing increases were higher for both automobile and homeowners in 2023 primarily in response to recent higher loss cost trends as well as higher insured values in homeowners. Policy count retention slightly increased in automobile, and was stable for homeowners in 2023. 74 Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Current accident year loss and LAE ratio before catastrophes increased in both automobile and homeowners in 2023. The increase in automobile was primarily due to an increase in automobile liability and physical damage claim severity, as well as a higher level of frequency in the current period due to driving continuing to return to more normalized levels, partially offset by the impact of earned pricing increases. The automobile severity increases include the inflationary effects on bodily injury claims and automobile parts and repairs. For homeowners, the increase in the current accident year loss and LAE ratio before catastrophes was due to an increase in severity for both weather and non-weather claims, partially offset by earned pricing increases. Contributing to the increase in homeowners severity was the effect of higher rebuilding costs due to inflation. $2,954$2,949$3,087$919$924$953$2,035$2,025$2,134HomeownersAutomobile202120222023$0$1,200$2,400$3,600$2,908$2,961$3,198$911$941$985$1,997$2,020$2,213HomeownersAutomobile202120222023$0$1,200$2,400$3,60062.366.874.1202120222023020406080Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Current Accident Year Catastrophes and Unfavorable (Favorable) Prior Accident Year Development Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Current accident year catastrophe losses increased in 2023 compared to the prior year. Current accident year catastrophe losses for 2023 included tornado, wind and hail events across several regions of the United States, losses from winter storms primarily on the East and West coasts, and to a lessor extent, wildfire events and hurricanes and tropical storms. Current accident year catastrophe losses for 2022 included losses for Hurricane Ian as well as wind and hail events primarily in the Northern Plains, Midwest, South and Mountain West, and losses from winter storms. Prior accident year development was unfavorable in 2023, primarily driven by automobile physical damage, partially offset by decreases in reserves related to homeowners and catastrophes. Prior accident year development was favorable for 2022, primarily driven by automobile liability. 2024 Outlook In 2024, the Company expects written premium growth largely from strong renewal written pricing increases. Retention is expected to moderate while growth in new business will be driven by increased marketing spend and the continued roll out of our new Prevail automobile and homeowners’ product which is available in 39 states as of December 31, 2023, with additional states expected during the year. We expect 2024 annual written pricing in both automobile and homeowners’ to be consistent with fourth quarter 2023 results. Loss ratios are expected to improve in automobile and earned pricing is expected to remain above loss cost trends in homeowners’, however both are subject to volatility in severity trends, for which we are expecting moderation from the elevated levels that have occurred over the past couple of years due to supply chain and other inflationary pressures, and the impact of volatile catastrophe results. 75 $168$208$240$(144)$(13)$11CAY CATsPYD202120222023$-200$-100$0$100$200$300Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | PROPERTY & CASUALTY OTHER OPERATIONS - RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Underwriting Summary Losses and loss adjustment expenses Prior accident year development [1] $ 224 $ 280 $ 2023 2022 2021 Total losses and loss adjustment expenses Underwriting expenses Underwriting loss Net investment income [2] Net realized gains (losses) [2] Other income (expenses) Loss before income taxes Income tax benefit [3] Net loss 224 4 (228) 69 (7) — (166) (36) (130) $ 280 9 (289) 63 (16) — (242) (52) (190) $ $ Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 202 202 8 (210) 75 13 (1) (123) (28) (95) (20%) (20%) (56%) 21% 10% 56% —% 31% 31% 32% 39% 39% 13% (38%) (16%) NM 100% (97%) (86%) (100%) [1]For discussion of prior accident year development, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance and Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. [2]For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results. [3]For discussion of income taxes, see Note 17 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Net Loss Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Net loss decreased primarily due to a lower underwriting loss, lower net realized losses, and an increase in net investment income. Underwriting loss decreased, primarily due to lower unfavorable prior accident year reserve development in the 2023 period. Unfavorable prior accident year reserve development for the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily due to a $194 increase in A&E reserves and a $23 increase in related ULAE 76 reserves. Unfavorable prior accident year development in 2022 included a $229 increase in A&E reserves, and reallocating a portion of general liability reserves from Commercial Lines to P&C Other Operations related to sexual molestation and sexual abuse claims. The reallocated reserves relate to excess liability policies written by a legal entity in P&C Other Operations for amounts owed to claimants under the agreement in principle reached with the BSA on sexual molestation and sexual abuse claims in third quarter 2021. In total for the Company, there was no change in the liability for settlement amounts owed on the BSA claims in the 2022 period. Before NICO reinsurance in 2023, A&E reserves were increased by $194 in P&C Other Operations, including $156 for asbestos and $38 for environmental. Cumulative adverse A&E reserve development ceded to NICO for both ongoing operations and P&C Other Operations totaled $1,438 through December 31, 2023 and since this amount exceeds ceded premium paid for the A&E ADC of $650, the Company has recognized a $788 deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance as of December 31, 2023, within other liabilities, including a $194 increase in deferred gain in 2023 recognized within P&C Other Operations. Asbestos reserves prior accident year development in 2023 before NICO reinsurance of $156 was primarily due to an increase in the Company’s share of liability due to insolvencies and cost sharing agreements, an increase in claim settlement rates, as well as higher defense costs. Environmental reserves prior accident year development in 2023 before NICO reinsurance of $38 was primarily due to higher severity on recently emerged accounts, higher environmental site cleanup and monitoring costs, including increased estimates of liability for PFAS exposures, and higher legal expenses. $(95)$(190)$(130)202120222023$-250$-200$-150$-100$-50$0 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |GROUP BENEFITS - RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Operating Summary Premiums and other considerations Net investment income [1] Net realized gains (losses) [1] Total revenues Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses Amortization of DAC Insurance operating costs and other expenses Amortization of other intangible assets Total benefits, losses and expenses Income before income taxes Income tax expense [2] Net income 2023 2022 2021 $ 6,515 $ 6,057 $ 5,687 469 (45) 6,939 4,683 34 1,514 40 6,271 668 524 (122) 6,459 4,517 33 1,467 40 6,057 402 133 535 $ 75 327 $ $ 550 130 6,367 4,602 40 1,373 40 6,055 312 56 256 Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 8% (10%) 63% 7% 4% 3% 3% —% 4% 66% 77% 64% 7% (5%) (194%) 1% (2%) (18%) 7% —% —% 29% 34% 28% [1]For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results. [2]For discussion of income taxes, see Note 17 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Premiums and Other Considerations Fully insured — ongoing premiums Buyout premiums Fee income Total premiums and other considerations Fully insured ongoing sales 2023 2022 2021 $ 6,290 $ 5,858 $ 5,502 8 12 217 6,515 $ 839 $ 187 6,057 $ 801 $ $ $ 2 183 5,687 760 Ratios, Excluding Buyouts Group disability loss ratio Group life loss ratio Total loss ratio Expense ratio [1] 2023 2022 2021 67.1 % 83.5 % 71.8 % 24.3 % 68.3 % 87.4 % 74.5 % 25.3 % 68.2 % 101.5 % 80.9 % 25.5 % Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 7% (33%) 16% 8% 5% 6% NM 2% 7% 5% Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 (1.2) (3.9) (2.7) (1.0) 0.1 (14.1) (6.4) (0.2) [1]Integration and transaction costs related to the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business are not included in the expense ratio. 77 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Margin 2023 2022 2021 Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 Net income margin 7.7% 5.1% 4.0% 2.6 1.1 Adjustments to reconcile net income margin to core earnings margin: Net realized losses (gains), before tax Integration and other non-recurring M&A costs, before tax Income tax expense (benefit) Core earnings margin 0.4% 0.1% (0.1%) 8.1% 1.8% 0.1% (0.5%) 6.5% (2.0%) 0.1% 0.5% 2.6% (1.4) 0.0 0.4 1.6 3.8 0.0 (1.0) 3.9 Net Income Fully Insured Ongoing Premiums Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Net income increased primarily due to a lower loss ratio, the effect of higher fully insured ongoing premiums, including a lower expense ratio, and lower net realized losses, partially offset by a decrease in net investment income. Insurance operating costs and other expenses were higher primarily due to the effect of premium growth, including higher commissions and staffing costs and increased investments in technology, partially offset by incremental expense savings from Hartford Next and lower incentive compensation. Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Fully insured ongoing premiums increased in group disability, life and other driven by strong persistency and new business sales as well as an increase in exposure on existing accounts. Fully insured ongoing sales increased primarily due to increases in group life sales, partially offset by a decrease in group disability sales. 78 $256$327$535202120222023$0$200$400$600$5,502$5,858$6,290$2,799$3,111$3,308$2,387$2,393$2,580$316$354$402OtherGroup lifeGroup disability202120222023$0$1,000$2,000$3,000$4,000$5,000$6,000$7,000 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Ratios Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Loss ratio improved 2.7 points for 2023 compared to the prior year period reflecting lower group life and group disability loss ratios. The group life loss ratio decreased 3.9 points driven by a lower level of mortality compared to the prior year period. The group disability loss ratio decreased 1.2 points due to favorable long-term disability claim incidence and recoveries, partially offset by higher incidence in paid family leave and short-term disability products. Expense ratio decreased in 2023 driven by the effect of higher earned premiums, incremental expense savings from Hartford Next and lower incentive compensation, partially offset by higher staffing costs and increased investments in technology. 2024 Outlook In a highly competitive pricing environment, the Company expects growth in fully insured ongoing premiums in 2024 due to continued strong book persistency and sales, including from voluntary product offerings, state paid family and medical leave and an emphasis on small to mid-size employer groups. The level of long-term disability incidence and recoveries, both of which were favorable in 2023, will impact the group disability loss ratio. The group life loss ratio, which had been elevated during the pandemic, improved in 2023 and may be impacted by the effect of increasing pricing and loss trends in an endemic state. We expect the long-term net income margin outlook for this business to be approximately 6% to 7%, which does not assume any net realized gains or losses and is subject to uncertainty on mortality and long-term disability loss cost trends as well as volatility in net investment income. |HARTFORD FUNDS - RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Operating Summary 2023 2022 2021 Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 Fee income and other revenue Net investment income Net realized gains (losses) Total revenues Operating costs and other expenses Total benefits, losses and expenses Income before income taxes Income tax expense [1] Net income Daily average Hartford Funds AUM ROA [2] $ 1,044 $ 973 $ 17 10 1,000 781 781 219 45 174 $ 1,189 5 4 1,198 925 925 273 56 217 $ $ 127,019 $ 135,124 $ 151,347 14.3 9 (24) 1,029 826 826 203 41 162 $ 12.0 13.7 Adjustments to reconcile ROA to ROA, core earnings: Effect of net realized losses (gains), excluded from core earnings, before tax Effect of income tax expense (benefit) ROA, core earnings [2] (0.8) 0.1 13.0 1.7 (0.4) 13.3 (0.3) 0.1 14.1 [1] For discussion of income taxes, see Note 17 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. [2] Represents annualized earnings divided by a daily average of assets under management, as measured in basis points. 79 (7%) 89% NM (3%) (5%) (5%) 8% 10% 7% (6%) 1.7 (2.5) 0.5 (0.3) (12%) 80% NM (14%) (11%) (11%) (26%) (27%) (25%) (11%) (2.3) 2.0 (0.5) (0.8) 25.525.324.380.974.571.8Expense ratioLoss ratio202120222023020406080100 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Hartford Funds Segment AUM 2023 2022 2021 Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 Mutual Fund and ETF AUM - beginning of period $ 112,472 $ 142,632 $ 124,627 Sales - Mutual Fund Redemptions - Mutual Fund Net flows - ETF Net Flows - Mutual Fund and ETF Change in market value and other 20,960 29,833 32,399 (28,606) (37,981) (28,653) 619 197 121 (7,027) (7,951) 3,867 13,871 (22,209) 14,138 Mutual Fund and ETF AUM - end of period 119,316 112,472 142,632 Third-party life and annuity separate account AUM 11,709 11,635 15,263 Hartford Funds AUM - end of period $ 131,025 $ 124,107 $ 157,895 Mutual Fund and ETF AUM by Asset Class (21%) (30%) 25% NM 12% NM 6% 1% 6% 14% (8%) (33%) 63% NM NM (21%) (24%) (21%) Equity - Mutual Funds Fixed Income - Mutual Funds Multi-Strategy Investments - Mutual Funds [1] Equity - ETF Fixed Income - ETF 2023 2022 2021 $ 79,352 $ 73,782 $ 95,703 16,773 15,861 20,113 19,292 19,975 23,610 2,141 1,758 1,805 1,049 2,230 976 Mutual Fund and ETF AUM $ 119,316 $ 112,472 $ 142,632 [1]Includes balanced, allocation, and alternative investment products. Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 8% 6% (3%) 19% 68% 6% (23%) (21%) (15%) (19%) 7% (21%) Net Income Hartford Funds AUM Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Net income increased for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily driven by net realized gains compared to net realized losses in 2022 and higher net investment income, partially offset by a decrease in fee income net of variable expenses driven by a decrease in daily average AUM. December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022 Hartford Funds AUM increased primarily due to an increase in market values, partly offset by net outflows over the previous twelve months. Net outflows were $7.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to net outflows of $8.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022. 80 $217$162$174202120222023$0$50$100$150$200$250$157,895$124,107$131,02512/31/2112/31/2212/31/23$0$50,000$100,000$150,000 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 2024 Outlook Assuming continued growth in equity markets in 2024, the Company expects net income for Hartford Funds to increase from 2023 to 2024. |CORPORATE - RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Operating Summary 2023 2022 2021 Increase (Decrease) From 2022 to 2023 Increase (Decrease) From 2021 to 2022 Fee income [1] Net investment income Net realized gains (losses) Other revenue (loss) Total revenues Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses [2] Insurance operating costs and other expenses [1] Interest expense [3] Restructuring and other costs Total benefits, losses and expenses Loss before income taxes Income tax benefit [4] Net loss Preferred stock dividends $ 39 $ 49 $ 47 26 2 114 7 68 199 6 280 (166) (45) (121) 21 (142) $ 26 (45) 1 31 8 61 213 13 295 (264) (69) (195) 21 (216) $ 50 24 73 (10) 137 8 90 234 1 333 (196) (47) (149) 21 (170) (20%) 81% NM 100% NM (13%) 11% (7%) (54%) (5%) 37% 35% 38% —% 34% (2%) 8% NM NM (77%) —% (32%) (9%) NM (11%) (35%) (47%) (31%) —% (27%) Net loss available to common stockholders $ [1]Includes investment management fees and expenses related to managing third-party assets. [2]Includes benefits expense on life and annuity business previously underwritten by the Company. [3]For discussion of debt, see Note 14 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. [4]For discussion of income taxes, see Note 17 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Net loss available to common stockholders Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Net loss available to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2023 decreased primarily due to a change from net realized losses in the 2022 period to net realized gains in the 2023 period, higher net investment income, lower interest expense, a loss on extinguishment of debt in the 2022 period and lower restructuring costs, partially offset by a $14, before tax, capital-based state tax expense covering several years recorded in the 2023 period related to recently released guidance. 81 $(170)$(216)$(142)202120222023$-300$-200$-100$0 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Interest Expense Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Interest expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2023 due to the redemption of $600 in 7.875% junior subordinated debentures in April 2022. ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT The Company’s Board of Directors has ultimate responsibility for risk oversight, as described more fully in our Proxy Statement, while management is tasked with the day-to-day management of the Company’s risks. The Company manages and monitors risk through risk policies, controls and limits. At the senior management level, an Enterprise Risk and Capital Committee ("ERCC") oversees the risk profile and risk management practices of the Company. As illustrated below, a number of functional committees sit underneath the ERCC, providing oversight of specific risk areas and recommending risk mitigation strategies to the ERCC. ERCC Members CEO (Chair) Chief Financial Officer Chief Investment Officer Chief Risk Officer Chief Underwriting Officer General Counsel Others as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair ERCC Asset Liability Committee Underwriting Risk Committee Emerging Risk Steering Committee Operational Risk Committee Economic Capital Executive Committee Model Oversight Committee The Company's enterprise risk management ("ERM") function supports the ERCC and functional committees, and is tasked with, among other things: • • • • risk identification and assessment; the development of risk appetites, tolerances, and limits; risk monitoring; and internal and external risk reporting. The Company categorizes its main risks as insurance risk, operational risk and financial risk, each of which is described in more detail below. |INSURANCE RISK Insurance risk is the risk of losses of both a catastrophic and non-catastrophic nature on the P&C and Group Benefits products the Company has sold. Catastrophe insurance risk is the exposure arising from both natural catastrophes (e.g., weather, earthquakes, wildfires, pandemics) and man-made catastrophes (e.g., terrorism, cyber-attacks) that create a 82 $234$213$199202120222023$0$100$200$300Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations concentration or aggregation of loss across the Company's insurance or asset portfolios. Sources of Insurance Risk Non-catastrophe insurance risks exist within each of the Company's segments except Hartford Funds and include: • • Property- Risk of loss to personal or commercial property from automobile related accidents, weather, explosions, smoke, shaking, fire, theft, vandalism, inadequate installation, faulty equipment, collisions and falling objects, and/or machinery mechanical breakdown resulting in physical damage, losses from PV&T and other covered perils. Liability- Risk of loss from automobile related accidents, uninsured and underinsured drivers, lawsuits from accidents, defective products, breach of warranty, negligent acts by professional practitioners, environmental claims, latent exposures, fraud, coercion, forgery, failure to fulfill obligations per contract surety, liability from errors and omissions, losses from credit and political risk insurance ("CPRI") coverages, losses from derivative lawsuits, and other securities actions and covered perils. • Mortality- Risk of loss from unexpected trends in insured deaths impacting timing of payouts from group life insurance, personal or commercial automobile related accidents, and death of employees or executives during the course of employment, while on disability, or while collecting workers compensation benefits. • Morbidity- Risk of loss to an insured from illness incurred during the course of employment or illness from other covered perils. • • • Disability- Risk of loss incurred from personal or commercial automobile related losses, accidents arising outside of the workplace, injuries or accidents incurred during the course of employment, or from equipment, with each loss resulting in short-term or long-term disability payments. Longevity- Risk of loss from increased life expectancy trends among policyholders receiving long-term benefit payments. Cyber Insurance- Risk of loss to property, breach of data and business interruption from various types of cyber- attacks. Catastrophe risk primarily arises in the property, automobile, workers' compensation, casualty, group life, and group disability lines of business but could also arise from other coverages such as losses under PV&T and CPRI policies. Not all insurance losses arising from catastrophe risk are categorized as catastrophe losses within the segment operating results. For example, losses arising from the COVID-19 pandemic were not categorized as catastrophe losses within either the P&C or Group Benefits segments as the pandemic was not identified as a catastrophe event by the Property Claim Service in the U.S. See the term Current Accident Year Catastrophe Ratio within the Key Performance Measures section of MD&A for an explanation of how the Company defines catastrophe losses in its financial reporting. Impact Non-catastrophe insurance risk can arise from unexpected loss experience, underpriced business and/or underestimation of loss reserves and can have significant effects on the Company’s earnings. Catastrophe insurance risk can arise from various unpredictable events and can have significant effects on the Company's earnings and may result in losses that could constrain its liquidity. Management The Company's policies and procedures for managing these risks include disciplined underwriting protocols, exposure controls, sophisticated risk-based pricing, risk modeling, risk transfer, and capital management strategies. The Company has established underwriting guidelines for both individual risks, including individual policy limits, and risks in the aggregate, including aggregate exposure limits by geographic zone and peril. The Company uses both internal and third-party models to estimate the potential loss resulting from various catastrophe events and the potential financial impact those events would have on the Company's financial position and results of operations across its businesses. The Hartford closely monitors scientific literature on climate change to help identify climate change risks impacting our business. We use data from the scientific community and other outside experts including partnerships with third-party catastrophe modeling firms to inform our risk management activities and stay abreast of potential implications of climate- related impacts that we incorporate into our risk assessment. We regularly study these climate change implications and incorporate these risks into our catastrophe risk assessment and management strategy through product pricing, underwriting and management of aggregate risk to manage implications of severe weather and climate change in our insurance portfolio. In addition, certain insurance products offered by The Hartford provide coverage for losses incurred due to cyber events and the Company has assessed and modeled how those products would respond to different events in order to manage its aggregate exposure to losses incurred under the insurance policies we sell. The Company models numerous deterministic scenarios including losses caused by malware, data breach, distributed denial of service attacks, intrusions of cloud environments and attacks of power grids. Among specific risk tolerances set by the Company, risk limits are set for natural catastrophes, terrorism risk and pandemic risk. 83 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Risk Natural catastrophe Definition Exposure arising from natural phenomena (e.g., earthquakes, wildfires, etc.) that create a concentration or aggregation of loss across the Company's insurance or asset portfolios and the inherent volatility of weather or climate pattern changes. Details and Company Limits The Company generally limits its estimated before tax loss as a result of natural catastrophes for property & casualty exposures from a single 250-year event to less than 30% of the reported capital and surplus of the property and casualty insurance subsidiaries prior to reinsurance and to less than 15% of the reported capital and surplus of the property and casualty insurance subsidiaries after reinsurance. The Company generally limits its estimated before tax loss from an aggregation of multiple natural catastrophe events for an all-peril annual aggregate 100-year event to less than 18% reported capital and surplus of the property and casualty insurance subsidiaries after reinsurance. From time to time the estimated loss from natural catastrophes may fluctuate above or below these limits due to changes in modeled loss estimates, exposures or statutory surplus. [1] The table below represents the estimated before tax catastrophe loss exceedance probabilities, from an aggregate of all catastrophe events occurring in a one-year timeframe before and after reinsurance and from a single hurricane or earthquake occurrence. Modeled Loss Gross and Net of Reinsurance [2] Probability of Loss Exceedance [3] Gross of Reinsurance Net of Reinsurance Aggregate annual all-peril (1-in-100) (1.0%) Aggregate annual all-peril (1-in-250) (0.4%) Hurricane single occurrence (1-in-100) (1.0%) Hurricane single occurrence (1-in-250) (0.4%) Earthquake single occurrence (1-in-100) (1.0%) Earthquake single occurrence (1-in-250) (0.4%) $ $ $ $ $ $ 2,594 $ 3,503 $ 1,456 $ 2,275 $ 914 $ 1,553 $ 1,465 2,022 568 1,091 480 643 Terrorism Pandemic The risk of losses from terrorist attacks, including losses caused by single-site and multi-site conventional attacks, as well as the potential for attacks using nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological weapons (“NBCR”). The exposure to loss arising from widespread influenza or other pathogens or bacterial infections that create an aggregation of loss across the Company's insurance or asset portfolios. Enterprise limits for terrorism apply to aggregations of risk across property & casualty, group benefits and specific asset portfolios and are defined based on a deterministic, single-site conventional terrorism attack scenario. The Company manages its potential estimated loss from a conventional terrorism loss scenario, up to $2.0 billion net of reinsurance and $2.5 billion gross of reinsurance, before coverage under TRIPRA. In addition, the Company monitors exposures monthly and employs both internally developed and vendor-licensed loss modeling tools as part of its risk management discipline. Our modeled exposures to conventional terrorist attacks around landmark locations may fluctuate above and below our stated limits. The Company generally limits its estimated before tax loss from a single 250 year pandemic event to less than 18% of the aggregate reported capital and surplus of the property and casualty and group benefits insurance subsidiaries. In evaluating these scenarios, the Company assesses the impact on group life, short-term disability, long- term disability and property & casualty claims. While ERM has a process to track and manage these limits, from time to time, the estimated loss for pandemics may fluctuate above or below these limits due to changes in modeled loss estimates, exposures, or statutory surplus. In addition, the Company assesses losses in the investment portfolio associated with market declines in the event of a widespread pandemic. [1] [1]For U.S. insurance subsidiaries, reported capital and surplus is equal to actual U.S. statutory capital and surplus. For Navigators Insurers in non-U.S. jurisdictions, reported capital and surplus is equal to U.S. GAAP equity of those subsidiaries less certain assets such as goodwill and other intangible assets. [2]The loss estimates represent total property modeled losses for hurricane single occurrence events, property and workers' compensation modeled losses for earthquake single occurrence events, and modeled aggregate annual losses for natural catastrophes from all perils (hurricane, flood, earthquake, hail, tornado, wildfire and winter storms). The net loss estimates provided assume that the Company is able to recover all losses ceded to reinsurers under its reinsurance programs. The Company also manages natural catastrophe risk for group life and group disability, which in combination with property and workers compensation loss estimates are subject to separate enterprise risk management net aggregate loss limits as a percent of enterprise surplus. [3]The modeled probability of loss exceedance represents the likelihood of a loss from single peril occurrence or from an aggregate of catastrophe events from all perils to exceed the indicated amount in a one-year time frame. Reinsurance as a Risk Management Strategy The Company uses reinsurance to transfer certain risks to reinsurance companies based on specific geographic or risk concentrations. A variety of traditional reinsurance products are used as part of the Company's risk management strategy, including excess of loss occurrence-based products that reinsure property and workers' compensation exposures, and individual risk (including facultative reinsurance) or quota share arrangements, that reinsure losses from specific classes or lines of business. The Company has no significant finite risk contracts in place and the statutory surplus benefit from all such prior year contracts is immaterial. The Hartford also participates in governmentally administered reinsurance facilities such as the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund (“FHCF”), the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act ("TRIPRA") and other reinsurance programs relating to particular risks or specific lines of business. Reinsurance for Catastrophes- The Company utilizes various reinsurance programs to mitigate catastrophe losses including excess of loss occurrence-based treaties covering property and workers’ compensation, a catastrophe bond, an aggregate property catastrophe treaty, and individual risk agreements 84 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (including facultative reinsurance) that reinsure losses from specific classes or lines of business. The aggregate property catastrophe treaty covers the aggregate losses of catastrophe events designated by the Property Claim Services office of Verisk and, for international business, net losses arising from two or more risks involved in the same loss occurrence totaling at least $500 thousand, in excess of a $750 retention. The occurrence-based property catastrophe treaty responds in excess of $200 per occurrence for all perils other than earthquakes and named hurricanes and tropical storms. For earthquakes and named tropical storms the occurrence based property treaty responds in excess of $350 per occurrence. The occurrence property catastrophe treaty and workers’ compensation catastrophe treaties beginning with the January 1, 2021 renewal do not cover pandemic losses, as most industry reinsurance programs exclude communicable disease. The Company has reinsurance in place to cover individual group life losses in excess of $1 per person. Primary Catastrophe Reinsurance Coverages as of January 1, 2024 [1] Per Occurrence Property Catastrophe Treaty from 1/1/2024 to 12/31/2024 [1] [2] Losses of $0 to $200 Losses of $200 to $350 for earthquakes and named hurricanes and tropical storms [3] Losses of $200 to $350 from one event other than earthquakes and named hurricanes and tropical storms [3] Losses of $350 to $500 from one event (all perils) Losses of $500 to $1.2 billion from one event [4] (all perils) Per Occurrence Property Catastrophe Bond from 1/1/2024 to 12/31/2026 [5] Losses of $1.1 billion to $1.4 billion for tropical cyclone and earthquake events [6] Aggregate Property Catastrophe Treaty for 1/1/2024 to 12/31/2024 [7] $0 to $750 of aggregate losses $750 to $950 of aggregate losses Workers' Compensation Catastrophe Treaty for 1/1/2024 to 12/31/2024 Losses of $0 to $100 from one event Losses of $100 to $450 from one event [8] Portion of losses reinsured Portion of losses retained by The Hartford None None 40% of $150 in excess of $200 75% of $150 in excess of $350 90% of $700 in excess of $500 100% retained 100% retained 60% co-participation 25% co-participation 10% co-participation 66.67% of $300 in excess of $1.1 billion 33.33% of $300 in excess of $1.1 billion None 100% None 80% of $350 in excess of $100 100% Retained None 100% Retained 20% co-participation [1]These agreements do not cover the assumed reinsurance business which purchases its own retrocessional coverage. [2]In addition to the Per Occurrence Property Catastrophe Treaty, for Florida homeowners wind events, The Hartford has purchased the mandatory FHCF reinsurance for the annual period starting June 1, 2023. Retention and coverage varies by writing company. The writing company with the largest coverage under FHCF is Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest, with coverage of $38 in per event losses in excess of a $20 retention (estimates are based on best available information at this time and are periodically updated as information is made available by Florida). [3]Named hurricanes and tropical storms are defined as any storm or storm system declared to be a hurricane or tropical storm by the US National Hurricane Center, US Weather Prediction Center, or their successor organizations (being divisions of the US National Weather Service). [4]Portions of this layer of coverage extend beyond a traditional one year term. [5]Refer to "Catastrophe Bond" discussion below for further information. [6]Tropical cyclones are defined as a storm or storm system that has been declared by National Weather Service or any division or agency thereof (including the National Hurricane Center or the Weather Prediction Center) or any of their successors to be a hurricane, tropical storm, or tropical depression. [7]The aggregate treaty is not limited to a single event; rather, it is designed to provide reinsurance protection for the aggregate of all catastrophe events (up to $350 per event), either designated by the Property Claim Services office of Verisk or, for international business, net losses arising from two or more risks involved in the same loss occurrence totaling at least $500 thousand. All catastrophe losses, except assumed reinsurance business losses, apply toward satisfying the $750 attachment point under the aggregate treaty. [8]In addition to the limits shown, the workers' compensation reinsurance includes a non-catastrophe, industrial accident layer, providing coverage for 80% of $25 in per event losses in excess of a $25 retention. In addition to the property catastrophe reinsurance coverage described in the above table, the Company has other reinsurance agreements that cover property catastrophe losses, some of which provide for reinstatement of limits in the event of loss with reinstatement provisions varying depending on the layer of coverage. The Per Occurrence Property Catastrophe Treaty and Workers' Compensation Catastrophe Treaty include a provision to reinstate one limit in the event that a catastrophe loss exhausts limits on one or more layers under the treaties. Catastrophe Bond- The Company has property catastrophe protection in the form of catastrophe bonds issued through an indemnity agreement with Foundation Re IV Ltd. (“Foundation Re IV”), an independent Bermuda company registered as a special purpose insurer under the Bermuda Insurance Act 1978 and related rules and regulations. The agreement provides fully collateralized loss coverage on the Company’s commercial and personal property and automobile physical damage in all 50 states of the United States of America, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico from tropical cyclone and earthquake events. 85 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations The reinsurance agreement with Foundation Re IV provides indemnity per occurrence excess of loss coverage of 66.67% of $300 in losses in excess of $1.1 billion for the treaty term effective January 1, 2024, through December 31, 2026. The attachment point and maximum limit under this agreement are reset annually to adjust the expected loss of the layer within a predetermined range. The Company has not incurred any losses that have resulted or are expected to result in a recovery under the reinsurance agreement with Foundation Re IV since its inception. Under the terms of the reinsurance agreement, the Company is obligated to pay annual reinsurance premiums to Foundation Re IV for the reinsurance coverage. Amounts payable to the Company under the reinsurance agreement with respect to any covered event cannot exceed the Company's actual losses from such event. The principal amount of the catastrophe bonds will be reduced by any amounts paid to the Company under the reinsurance agreement. The reinsurance agreement meets the requirements to be accounted for as reinsurance in accordance with the guidance for reinsurance contracts. In connection with the reinsurance agreement, Foundation Re IV issued $200 in notes (generally referred to as “catastrophe bonds”) to investors in amounts equal to the full coverage provided under the reinsurance agreement. The proceeds of the issuance were deposited in a reinsurance trust account. As with any reinsurance agreement, there is credit risk associated with collecting amounts due from reinsurers. Foundation Re IV’s credit risk is mitigated by a reinsurance trust account that has been funded by Foundation Re IV with money market funds that invest solely in direct government obligations and obligations backed by the U.S. government. The money market funds must have the highest principal stability ratings from S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) on the issuance date of the bonds and thereafter must be rated by S&P or Moody’s, as applicable. Other permissible investments include money market funds which invest in repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements collateralized by direct government obligations and obligations of any agency backed by the U.S. government with terms of no more than 397 calendar days, and cash. At the time the agreement was entered into with Foundation Re IV, the Company evaluated the applicability of the accounting guidance that addresses variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and concluded that it was a VIE. However, while Foundation Re IV was determined to be a VIE, the Company concluded that it did not have a variable interest in the entity, as the variability in its results, caused by the reinsurance agreement, is expected to be absorbed entirely by the investors in the catastrophe bonds issued by Foundation Re IV and residual amounts earned by it, if any, are expected to be absorbed by the equity investor (the Company has neither an equity nor a residual interest in Foundation Re IV). Accordingly, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of Foundation Re IV and does not consolidate that entity in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Additionally, because the Company has no intention to pursue any transaction that would result in it acquiring interest in and becoming the primary beneficiary of Foundation Re IV, the consolidation of that entity in the Company’s consolidated financial statements in future periods is unlikely. Reinsurance for Terrorism- For the risk of terrorism, private sector catastrophe reinsurance capacity is generally limited and largely unavailable for terrorism losses caused by nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological attacks. As such, the Company's principal reinsurance protection against large-scale terrorist attacks is the coverage currently provided through TRIPRA to the end of 2027. TRIPRA provides a backstop for insurance-related losses resulting from any “act of terrorism”, which is certified by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Attorney General, for losses that exceed a threshold of industry losses of $200. Under the program, in any one calendar year, the federal government will pay a percentage of losses incurred from a certified act of terrorism after an insurer's losses exceed 20% of the Company's eligible direct commercial earned premiums of the prior calendar year up to a combined annual aggregate limit for the federal government and all insurers of $100 billion. The percentage of losses paid by the federal government is 80% . The Company's estimated deductible under the program is $2.0 billion for 2024. If an act of terrorism or acts of terrorism result in covered losses exceeding the $100 billion annual industry aggregate limit, Congress would be responsible for determining how additional losses in excess of $100 billion will be paid. Reinsurance for A&E and Navigators Group Reserve Development - The Company has two ADC reinsurance agreements in place, both of which are accounted for as retroactive reinsurance. One agreement covers substantially all A&E reserve development for 2016 and prior accident years (the “A&E ADC”) up to an aggregate limit of $1.5 billion and the other covered substantially all reserve development of Navigators Insurance Company ("NIC") and certain of its affiliates for 2018 and prior accident years (the “Navigators ADC”) up to an aggregate limit of $300. As the Company has ceded all of the $300 available limit under the Navigators ADC, there is no remaining limit available as of December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has paid Navigators claims in excess of the $1.816 billion acquisition date reserves plus the $100 retention. The Company expects to begin amortizing the deferred gain into income in the first quarter of 2024 as recoveries are received. For more information on the A&E ADC and the Navigators ADC, see Note 1, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 11, Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Reinsurance Recoverables Property and Casualty insurance product reinsurance recoverables represent loss and loss adjustment expense recoverables from a number of entities, including reinsurers and pools. A portion of the total gross reinsurance recoverables balance relates to the Company’s participation in various mandatory (assigned) and involuntary risk pools and the value of annuity contracts held under structured settlement agreements. Group Benefits and Corporate reinsurance recoverables represent reserves for future policy benefits and unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses and other policyholder funds and 86 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations benefits payable that are recoverable from a number of reinsurers. The table below shows the gross and net reinsurance recoverables reported in the Property and Casualty and Group Benefits reporting segments as well as Corporate. To manage reinsurer credit risk, a reinsurance security review committee evaluates the credit standing, financial performance, management and operational quality of each potential reinsurer. In placing reinsurance, the Company considers the nature of the risk reinsured, including the expected liability payout duration, and establishes limits tiered by reinsurer credit rating. Where its contracts permit, the Company secures future claim obligations with various forms of collateral or other credit enhancement, including irrevocable letters of credit, secured trusts, funds held accounts and group wide offsets. As part of its reinsurance recoverable review, the Company analyzes recent developments in commutation activity between reinsurers and cedants, recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes between cedants and reinsurers and the overall credit quality of the Company’s reinsurers. For further discussion on reinsurance recoverables, including details of recoverables by AM Best credit rating, see Note 8 – Reinsurance of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Annually, the Company completes evaluations of the reinsurance recoverable asset associated with older, long-term casualty liabilities reported in the Property & Casualty Other Operations reporting segment and the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance reported in the Commercial Lines and Group Benefits reporting segments as well as the Corporate category. For a discussion regarding the results of the evaluation of older, long-term casualty liabilities reported in the Property & Casualty Other Operations reporting segment, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance. For a discussion of the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, see Note 8 – Reinsurance of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Reinsurance Recoverables as of December 31, Property and Casualty Group Benefits Corporate Total 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022 Paid loss and loss adjustment expenses Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses Gross reinsurance recoverables Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance Net reinsurance recoverables $ 273 $ 300 $ 6,429 6,702 (100) 6,257 6,557 (102) $ 6,602 $ 6,455 $ 5 $ 256 261 (1) 260 $ 6 $ 245 251 (1) 250 $ — $ 244 244 (2) 242 $ — $ 278 $ 261 261 (2) 306 6,763 6,929 7,069 7,207 (105) (103) 259 $ 7,104 $ 6,964 Guaranty Funds and Other Insurance-related Assessments As part of its risk management strategy, the Company regularly monitors the financial strength of other insurers and, in particular, activity by insurance regulators and various state guaranty associations in the U.S. relating to troubled insurers. In all states, insurers licensed to transact certain classes of insurance are required to become members of a guaranty fund. |OPERATIONAL RISK Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, human error, or from external events. Sources of Operational Risk Operational risk is inherent in the Company's business and functional areas. Operational risks include: compliance with laws and regulations, cybersecurity, business disruption, technology failure, inadequate execution or process management, reliance on model and data analytics, internal fraud, external fraud, third party dependency and attraction and retention of talent. Impact Operational risk can result in financial loss, disruption of our business, regulatory actions or damage to our reputation. Management Responsibility for day-to-day management of operational risk lies within each business unit and functional area. ERM provides an enterprise-wide view of the Company's 87 operational risk on an aggregate basis. ERM is responsible for establishing, maintaining and communicating the framework, principles and guidelines of the Company's operational risk management program. Operational risk mitigation strategies include the following: • • • • • Establishing policies and monitoring risk tolerances and exceptions; Conducting business risk assessments and implementing action plans where necessary; Validating existing crisis management protocols; Identifying and monitoring emerging risks; and Purchasing insurance coverage. Cybersecurity Risk For information on the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity incidents, see Part I, Item 1C – Cybersecurity. |FINANCIAL RISK Financial risks include direct and indirect risks to the Company's financial objectives from events that impact financial market conditions and the value of financial assets. Some events may cause correlated movement in multiple risk factors. The primary sources of financial risks are the Company's invested assets. Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Consistent with its risk appetite, the Company establishes financial risk limits to control potential loss on a U.S. GAAP, statutory, and economic basis. Exposures are actively monitored and managed, with risks mitigated where appropriate. The Company uses various risk management strategies, including limiting aggregation of risk, portfolio re-balancing and hedging with OTC and exchange-traded derivatives with counterparties meeting the appropriate regulatory and due diligence requirements. Derivatives may be used to achieve the following Company-approved objectives: (1) hedging risk arising from interest rate, equity market, commodity market, credit spread and issuer default, price or currency exchange rate risk or volatility; (2) managing liquidity; (3) controlling transaction costs; and (4) engaging in income generation covered call transactions and synthetic replication transactions. Derivative activities are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s compliance and risk management teams and reviewed by senior management. The Company identifies different categories of financial risk, including liquidity, credit, interest rate, equity, and foreign currency exchange. Liquidity Risk Liquidity risk is the risk to current or prospective earnings or capital arising from the Company's inability or perceived inability to meet its contractual funding obligations as they come due. Sources of Liquidity Risk Sources of liquidity risk include funding risk, company-specific liquidity risk and market liquidity risk resulting from differences in the amount and timing of sources and uses of cash as well as company-specific and general market conditions. Stressed market conditions may impact the ability to sell assets or otherwise transact business and may result in a significant loss in value of the investment portfolio. Impact Inadequate capital resources and liquidity could negatively affect the Company’s overall financial strength and its ability to generate cash flows from its businesses, borrow funds at competitive rates, and raise new capital to meet operating and growth needs. Management The Company has defined ongoing monitoring and reporting requirements to assess liquidity across the enterprise under both current and stressed market conditions. The Company measures and manages liquidity risk exposures and funding needs within prescribed limits across legal entities, taking into account legal, regulatory and operational limitations to the transferability of liquid assets among legal entities. The Company also monitors internal and external conditions, and identifies material risk changes and emerging risks that may impact operating cash flows or liquid assets. The liquidity requirements of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. ("HFSG Holding Company") have been and will continue to be met by the HFSG Holding Company's fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash, and dividends from its subsidiaries, principally from its insurance operations, as well as the issuance of common stock, debt or other capital securities and borrowings from its credit facilities as needed. The Company maintains multiple sources of contingent liquidity including a revolving credit facility, an intercompany liquidity agreement that allows for short-term advances of funds among the HFSG Holding Company and certain affiliates, and access to collateralized advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of 88 Boston ("FHLBB") for certain affiliates. The Company's CFO has primary responsibility for liquidity risk. Credit Risk and Counterparty Risk Credit risk is the risk to earnings or capital due to uncertainty of an obligor’s or counterparty’s ability or willingness to meet its obligations in accordance with contractually agreed upon terms. Credit risk is comprised of three major factors: the risk of change in credit quality, or credit migration risk; the risk of default; and the risk of a change in value due to changes in credit spreads. Sources of Credit Risk The majority of the Company’s credit risk is concentrated in its investment holdings and use of derivatives, but it is also present in the Company’s ceded reinsurance activities and various insurance products. Impact A decline in creditworthiness is typically reflected as an increase in an investment’s credit spread and an associated decline in the investment's fair value, potentially resulting in recording an ACL and an increased probability of a realized loss upon sale. In certain instances, counterparties may default on their obligations and the Company may realize a loss on default. Premiums receivable, including premiums for retrospectively rated plans, reinsurance recoverable and deductible losses recoverable are also subject to credit risk based on the counterparty’s inability to pay. Management The objective of the Company’s enterprise credit risk management strategy is to identify, quantify, and manage credit risk in aggregate and to limit potential losses in accordance with the Company's credit risk management policy. The Company manages its credit risk by managing aggregations of risk, holding a diversified mix of issuers and counterparties across its investment, reinsurance, and insurance portfolios, and limiting exposure to any specific reinsurer or counterparty. Potential credit losses can be mitigated through diversification (e.g., geographic regions, asset types, industry sectors), hedging and the use of collateral to reduce net credit exposure. The Company manages credit risk through the use of various surveillance, analyses and governance processes. The investment and reinsurance areas have formal policies and procedures for counterparty approvals and authorizations, which establish criteria defining minimum levels of creditworthiness and financial stability for eligible counterparties. Potential investments are subject to underwriting reviews and private securities are subject to management approval. Mitigation strategies vary across the three sources of credit risk, but may include: • • • • • • • Investing in a portfolio of high-quality and diverse securities; Selling investments subject to heightened credit risk; Hedging through use of credit default swaps; Clearing derivative transactions through central clearing houses that require daily variation margin; Entering into derivative and reinsurance contracts only with strong creditworthy institutions; Requiring collateral; and Non-renewing policies/contracts or reinsurance treaties. Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations The Company has developed credit exposure thresholds which are based upon counterparty ratings. Aggregate counterparty credit quality and exposure are monitored on a daily basis utilizing an enterprise-wide credit exposure information system that contains data on issuers, ratings, exposures, and credit limits. Exposures are tracked on a current and potential basis and aggregated by ultimate parent of the counterparty across investments, reinsurance receivables, insurance products with credit risk, and derivatives. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had no investment exposure to any credit concentration risk of a single issuer or counterparty greater than 10% of the Company's stockholders' equity, other than the U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies. For further discussion of concentration of credit risk in the investment portfolio, see the Concentration of Credit Risk section in Note 5 - Investments of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Assets and Liabilities Subject to Credit Risk Investments Essentially all of the Company's invested assets are subject to credit risk. In 2023, there were net credit losses on fixed maturities, AFS and an increase in the ACL on mortgage loans of $14 and $15 respectively. In 2022, there were net credit losses on fixed maturities, AFS and an increase in the ACL on mortgage loans of $18 and $7 respectively. Refer to the Investment Portfolio Risk section of Financial Risk Management under “Credit Losses on Fixed Maturities, AFS and Intent-to-Sell Impairments" and "ACL on Mortgage Loans”. Reinsurance recoverables Reinsurance recoverables, net of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, were $7,104 and $6,964 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 respectively. Refer to the Enterprise Risk Management section of the MD&A under “Reinsurance as a Risk Management Strategy.” Premiums receivable and agents' balances Premiums receivable and agents’ balances, net of an ACL, were $5,607 and $4,949, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. For a discussion regarding collectibility of these balances, see Note 7 - Premiums Receivable and Agents' Balances of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Credit Risk of Derivatives The Company uses various derivative counterparties in executing its derivative transactions. The use of counterparties creates credit risk that the counterparty may not perform in accordance with the terms of the derivative transaction. Downgrades to the credit ratings of the Company’s insurance operating companies may have adverse implications for its use of derivatives. In some cases, downgrades may give derivative counterparties for OTC derivatives and clearing brokers for OTC-cleared derivatives the right to cancel and settle outstanding derivative trades or require additional collateral to be posted. In addition, downgrades may result in counterparties and clearing brokers becoming unwilling to engage in or clear additional derivatives or may require additional collateralization before entering into any new trades. Managing the Credit Risk of Counterparties to Derivative Instruments The Company also has derivative counterparty exposure policies which limit the Company’s exposure to credit risk. The Company monitors counterparty exposure on a monthly basis to ensure compliance with Company policies and statutory limitations. The Company’s policies with respect to derivative counterparty exposure establishes market-based credit limits, favors long-term financial stability and creditworthiness of the counterparty and typically requires credit enhancement/credit risk reducing agreements, which are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s risk management team and reviewed by senior management. The Company minimizes the credit risk of derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties primarily rated A or better. The Company also generally requires that OTC derivative contracts be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association ("ISDA") Master Agreement, which is structured by legal entity and by counterparty and permits right of offset. The Company enters into credit support annexes in conjunction with the ISDA agreements, which require daily collateral settlement based upon agreed upon thresholds. The Company’s credit exposures are generally quantified based on the prior business day’s net fair value, including income accruals, of all derivative positions transacted with a single counterparty for each separate legal entity. The notional amount of derivative contracts represents the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and are not necessarily reflective of credit risk. The Company enters into collateral arrangements in connection with its derivatives positions and collateral is pledged to or held by, or on behalf of, the Company to the extent the exposure is greater than zero, subject to minimum transfer thresholds, if applicable. In accordance with industry standards and the contractual requirements, collateral is typically settled on the same business day. For further discussion, see the Derivative Commitments section of Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Use of Credit Derivatives The Company may also use credit default swaps to manage credit exposure or to assume credit risk to enhance yield. Credit Risk Reduced Through Credit Derivatives The Company uses credit derivatives to purchase credit protection with respect to a single entity or referenced index. The Company purchases credit protection through credit default swaps to economically hedge and manage credit risk of certain fixed maturity investments across multiple sectors of the investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2023 the Company did not hold credit derivatives that purchase credit protection. As of December 31, 2022, the notional amount and fair value related to credit derivatives that purchase credit protection was $11 and less than $1, respectively. These amounts do not include positions that are in offsetting relationships. Credit Risk Assumed Through Credit Derivatives The Company may also enter into credit default swaps that assume credit risk as part of replication transactions. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that are permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies. These swaps primarily reference investment grade 89 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations single corporate issuers and indexes. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company did not hold credit default swaps that assume credit risk. For further information on credit derivatives, see Note 6 - Derivatives of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Credit Risk of Business Operations A portion of the Company's Commercial Lines business is written with large deductibles or under retrospectively-rated plans. Under some commercial insurance contracts with a large deductible, the Company is obligated to pay the claimant the full amount of the claim and the Company is subsequently reimbursed by the policyholder for the deductible amount. As such, the Company is subject to credit risk until reimbursement is made. Retrospectively-rated policies are utilized primarily for workers' compensation coverage, whereby the ultimate premium is adjusted based on actual losses incurred. Although the premium adjustment feature of a retrospectively-rated policy substantially reduces insurance risk for the Company, it presents credit risk to the Company. The Company’s results of operations could be adversely affected if a significant portion of such policyholders failed to reimburse the Company for the deductible amount or the amount of additional premium owed under retrospectively-rated policies. The Company manages these credit risks through credit analysis, collateral requirements, and oversight. For more information, see Note 7- Premiums Receivable and Agents' Balances of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Interest Rate Risk Interest rate risk is the risk of financial loss due to adverse changes in the value of assets and liabilities arising from movements in interest rates. Interest rate risk encompasses exposures with respect to changes in the level of interest rates, the shape of the term structure of rates and the volatility of interest rates. Interest rate risk does not include exposure to changes in credit spreads. Sources of Interest Rate Risk The Company has exposure to interest rate risk arising from investments in fixed maturities and commercial mortgage loans, issuances by the Company of debt securities, preferred stock and similar securities, discount rate assumptions associated with the Company’s claim reserves and pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, and assets that support the Company's pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Impact Changes in interest rates from current levels can have both favorable and unfavorable effects for the Company. Change in Interest Rates Ý • • Þ Favorable Effects Additional net investment income due to reinvesting at higher yields and higher yields on variable rate securities Increase in the fair value of the fixed income investment portfolio • • • Unfavorable Effects Decrease in the fair value of the fixed income investment portfolio Lower net investment income due to reinvesting at lower yields and lower yields on variable rate securities Acceleration in paydowns and prepayments or calls of certain mortgage- backed and municipal securities Management The Company primarily manages its exposure to interest rate risk by constructing investment portfolios that seek to protect the Company from the economic impact associated with changes in interest rates by setting portfolio duration targets that are aligned with the duration of the liabilities that they support. The Company analyzes interest rate risk using various models including parametric models and cash flow simulation under various market scenarios of the liabilities and their supporting investment portfolios. Key metrics that the Company uses to quantify its exposure to interest rate risk inherent in its invested assets and the associated liabilities include duration, convexity and key rate duration. The Company may also use interest rate swaps and, to a lesser extent, futures to mitigate interest rate risk associated with its investment portfolio or liabilities and to manage portfolio duration. Interest rate swaps are primarily used to convert interest receipts or payments to a fixed or variable rate. The use of such swaps enables the Company to customize contract terms and conditions to desired objectives and manage the duration profile within established tolerances. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, notional amounts pertaining to derivatives utilized to manage interest rate risk, including offsetting positions, totaled $10.1 billion and $9.4 billion, respectively, and primarily relate to hedging invested assets. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the fair value of these derivatives was $(6) for both periods. Following June 30, 2023, the publication of U.S. Dollar London Inter-Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") on a representative basis ceased. All previously identified investments and derivatives that the Company owns, as well as floating rate debt the Company has issued, have transitioned to a replacement rate and no material impacts associated with the discontinuance of LIBOR are expected. 90 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Assets and Liabilities Subject to Interest Rate Risk Fixed income investments The fair value of fixed income investments, which include fixed maturities, commercial mortgage loans, and short-term investments, was $50.1 billion and $46.4 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The weighted average duration of the portfolio, including derivative instruments, was approximately 3.8 years and 4.0 years as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Changes in the fair value of fixed maturities due to changes in interest rates are reflected as a component of AOCI. Long-term debt obligations The Company's variable rate debt obligations will generally result in increased interest expense as a result of higher interest rates; the inverse is true during a declining interest rate environment. However, as explained in Note 14 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company has entered into an interest-rate swap agreement to effectively convert variable interest rate payments on its $500 junior subordinated debentures due 2067 to fixed interest payments. Changes in the value of fixed rate long-term debt as a result of changes in interest rates will impact the fair value of these instruments but not the carrying value in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. Group life and disability product liabilities The cash outflows associated with contracts issued by the Company's Group Benefits segment, primarily group life and short and long-term disability policy liabilities, are not interest rate sensitive but vary based on timing. Though the aggregate cash flow payment streams are relatively predictable, these products rely upon actuarial pricing assumptions (including mortality and morbidity) and have an element of cash flow uncertainty. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had $8,586 and $8,479, respectively of reserves for group life and disability contracts. For most Group Benefits liabilities, changes in interest rates will impact the fair value but not the carrying value in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. For long-duration insurance contracts, including paid-up life and life conversions, changes in interest rates will impact both the fair value and the carrying value in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations The Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit obligations are exposed to interest rate risk based upon the sensitivity of present value obligations to changes in liability discount rates as well as the sensitivity of the fair value of investments in the plan portfolios to changes in interest rates. The discount rate assumption is based upon an interest rate yield curve that reflects high-quality fixed income investments consistent with the maturity profile of the expected liability cash flows. The Company is exposed to the risk of having to make additional plan contributions if the plans’ investment returns, including from investments in fixed maturities, are lower than expected. For further discussion of discounting pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, refer to Note 19 - Employee Benefit Plans of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Interest Rate Sensitivity Group Life and Disability Reserves and Invested Assets Supporting Them Included in the following table is the before tax change in the net economic value of contracts issued by the Company’s Group Benefits segment, primarily group life and disability, for which fixed valuation discount rate assumptions are established based upon investment returns assumed in pricing, along with the corresponding invested assets. For long-duration insurance contracts the discount rate is updated quarterly with an equivalent single rate that is based on a current market observable, upper-medium grade fixed maturity yield. This has been interpreted to represent a yield based on single-A credit rated fixed maturity instruments with similar duration to the related liability. Also included in this analysis are the interest rate sensitive derivatives used by the Company to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk in the investment portfolios supporting these contracts. This analysis does not include the assets and corresponding liabilities of other insurance products such as automobile, property, workers' compensation and general liability insurance. Certain financial instruments, such as limited partnerships and other alternative investments, have been omitted from the analysis as the interest rate sensitivity of these investments is generally lower and less predictable than fixed income investments. The calculation of the estimated hypothetical change in net economic value below assumes a 100 basis point upward and downward parallel shift in the yield curve. The selection of the 100 basis point parallel shift in the yield curve was made only as an illustration of the potential impact of such an event and should not be construed as a prediction of future market events. Actual results could differ materially from those illustrated below due to the nature of the estimates and assumptions used in the analysis. The Company’s sensitivity analysis calculation assumes that the composition of invested assets and liabilities remain materially consistent throughout the year and that the current relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates will remain constant over time. As a result, these calculations may not fully capture the impact of portfolio re-allocations, significant product sales or non-parallel changes in interest rates. 91 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Interest Rate Sensitivity of Group Benefits Reserves and Invested Assets Supporting Them Change in Net Economic Value as of December 31, 2023 2022 Basis point shift -100 +100 -100 +100 Increase (decrease) in economic value, before tax $ 64 $ (50) $ 71 $ (71) The carrying value of assets related to supporting Group Benefits, primarily long-term disability reserves, was $10.3 billion and $9.8 billion, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and included fixed maturities, commercial mortgage loans and short-term investments. The assets are monitored and managed within set duration guidelines and are evaluated on a daily basis, as well as annually, using scenario simulation techniques in compliance with regulatory requirements. Invested Assets not Supporting Group Life and Disability Reserves The following table provides an analysis showing the estimated before tax change in the fair value of the Company’s investments and related derivatives, excluding assets supporting group life and disability reserves which are included in the table above, assuming 100 basis point upward and downward parallel shifts in the yield curve as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. Certain financial instruments, such as limited partnerships and other alternative investments, have been omitted from the analysis as the interest rate sensitivity of these investments is generally lower and less predictable than fixed income investments. Interest Rate Sensitivity of Invested Assets (Excluding Those Supporting Group Benefits Reserves) Change in Fair Value as of December 31, 2023 2022 Basis point shift -100 +100 -100 +100 Increase (decrease) in fair value, before tax $ 1,590 $ (1,466) $ 1,554 $ (1,470) The carrying value of fixed maturities, commercial mortgage loans and short-term investments, excluding those related to supporting Group Benefits short and long-term disability reserves, was $39.8 billion and $36.6 billion as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Long-term Debt A 100 basis point parallel decrease in the yield curve would result in an increase in the fair value of long-term debt by $444 and $426 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. A 100 basis point parallel increase in the yield curve would result in a decrease in the fair value of long-term debt by $373 and $357 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Changes in the value of long-term debt as a result of changes in interest rates will not impact the carrying value in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Obligations A 100 basis point parallel decrease in the yield curve would impact both the value of the underlying pension assets and the value of the liabilities, resulting in an increase in the unfunded liabilities (or decrease in asset) for pension and other postretirement plan obligations of $12 and $22 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. A 100 basis point parallel increase in the yield curve would have the inverse effect and result in a decrease in the unfunded liabilities (or increase in assets) for pension and other postretirement plan obligations of $3 and $10 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Gains or losses due to changes in the yield curve on the pension and postretirement plan obligations are recorded within AOCI and are amortized into the actuarial loss component of net periodic benefit cost when they exceed a threshold. Equity Risk Equity risk is the risk of financial loss due to changes in the value of global equities or equity indices. Sources of Equity Risk The Company has exposure to equity risk from invested assets, assets that support the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans, and fee income derived from Hartford Funds AUM. Impact The investment portfolio is exposed to losses from market declines affecting equity securities and derivatives, which could negatively impact the Company's reported earnings. In addition, investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments generally have a level of correlation to domestic equity market levels and can expose the Company to losses in earnings if valuations decline; however, earnings impacts are recognized on a lag as results from private equity investments and other funds are generally reported on a three-month delay. For assets supporting pension and other postretirement benefit plans, the Company may be required to make additional plan contributions if equity investments in the plan portfolios decline in value. Hartford Funds earnings are also significantly influenced by the U.S. and other equity markets. Generally, declines in equity markets will reduce the value of average daily AUM and the amount of fee income generated from those assets. Increases in equity markets will generally have the inverse impact. Management The Company uses various approaches in managing its equity exposure, including limits on the proportion of assets invested in equities, diversification of the equity portfolio, and, at times, hedging of changes in equity indices. During the first half of 2023, the Company reduced its exposure to equity securities through sales. For assets supporting pension and other postretirement benefit plans, the asset allocation mix is reviewed on a periodic basis. In order to minimize risk, the pension plans maintain a listing of permissible and prohibited investments and impose concentration limits and investment quality requirements on permissible investment options. Assets and Liabilities Subject to Equity Risk Investment portfolio The investment portfolio is exposed to losses from market declines affecting equity securities and derivatives, and certain alternative assets and limited partnerships. Generally, declines in equity markets will 92 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations reduce the value of these types of investments and could negatively impact the Company’s earnings while increases in equity will have the inverse impact. For equity securities, the changes in fair value are reported in net realized gains and losses. For alternative assets and limited partnerships, the Company's share of earnings for the period is recorded in net investment income, though typically on a delay based on the availability of the underlying financial statements. For a discussion of equity sensitivity, see below. Assets supporting pension and other postretirement benefit plans The Company may be required to make additional plan contributions if equity investments in the plan portfolios decline in value. For a discussion of equity sensitivity, see below. Declines in value are recognized as unrealized losses in AOCI. Increases in equity markets are recognized as unrealized gains in AOCI. Unrealized gains and losses in AOCI are amortized into the actuarial loss component of net periodic benefit cost when they exceed a threshold. For further discussion of equity risk associated with the pension plans, see Note 19 - Employee Benefit Plans of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Assets under management AUM in Hartford Funds may decrease in value during equity market declines, which would result in lower earnings because fee income is earned based upon the value of AUM. Equity Sensitivity Investment portfolio and the assets supporting pension and other postretirement benefit plans Included in the following tables are the estimated before tax change in the economic value of the Company’s invested assets and assets supporting pension and other postretirement benefit plans with sensitivity to equity risk. The calculation of the hypothetical change in economic value below assumes a 20% upward and downward shock to the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Price Index ("S&P 500"). For limited partnerships and other alternative investments, the movement in economic value is calculated using a beta analysis largely derived from historical experience relative to the S&P 500. The selection of the 20% shock to the S&P 500 was made only as an illustration of the potential impact of such an event and should not be construed as a prediction of future market events. Actual results could differ materially from those illustrated below due to the nature of the estimates and assumptions used in the analysis. These calculations do not capture the impact of portfolio re-allocations. (Before tax) Investment Portfolio Assets supporting pension and other postretirement benefit plans Equity Sensitivity As of December 31, 2023 As of December 31, 2022 Fair Value Shock to S&P 500 -20% +20% Fair Value Shock to S&P 500 -20% +20% $ $ 5,649 $ 574 $ (574) $ 5,978 $ 676 $ (676) 833 $ 89 $ (89) $ 820 $ 84 $ (84) Hartford Funds assets under management Hartford Funds earnings are significantly influenced by the U.S. and other equity markets. If equity markets were to hypothetically decline 20% and remain depressed for one year, the estimated before tax impact on reported Hartford Funds earnings for that one year period is approximately $55 as of December 31, 2023. The selection of the 20% shock to the S&P 500 was made only as an illustration of the potential impact of such an event and should not be construed as a prediction of future market events. Actual results could differ materially due to the nature of the estimates and assumptions used in the analysis. Foreign Currency Exchange Risk Foreign currency exchange risk is the risk of financial loss due to changes in the relative value between currencies. Sources of Currency Risk The Company has foreign currency exchange risk in non-U.S. dollar denominated cash, fixed maturities, equities, and derivative instruments. In addition, the Company has non-U.S. subsidiaries, some with functional currencies other than U.S. dollar, and which transact business in multiple currencies resulting in assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Impact Changes in relative values between currencies can create variability in cash flows and realized or unrealized gains and losses on changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities. The impact on the fair value of fixed maturities, AFS due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, in relation to functional currency, is reported in unrealized gains or losses as part of other comprehensive income ("OCI"). The realization of gains or losses resulting from investment sales or from changes in investments that record changes in fair value through the income statement due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates is reflected through net realized gains and losses. In regard to insurance and reinsurance contracts that the Company enters into for which we are obligated to pay losses in a foreign currency, the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on assets and liabilities related to these contracts is reflected through net realized gains and losses. These assets or liabilities include, but are not limited to, cash and cash equivalents, premiums receivable, reinsurance recoverables, and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. Additionally, the Company translates the assets, liabilities, and income of non-U.S. dollar functional currency legal entities into 93 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations U.S. dollars. This translation amount is reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Management The Company manages its foreign currency exchange risk primarily through asset-liability matching and through the use of derivative instruments. However, legal entity capital is invested in local currencies in order to satisfy regulatory requirements and to support local insurance operations. The foreign currency exposure of non-U.S. dollar denominated investments will most commonly be reduced through the sale of the assets or through hedges using foreign currency swaps and forwards. Assets and Liabilities Subject to Foreign Currency Exchange Risk Investment portfolio The Company is exposed to foreign exchange risk affecting non-U.S. dollar denominated cash, fixed maturities, equities, and derivative instruments. Changes in relative values between currencies can positively or negatively impact net realized gains and losses or unrealized gains (losses) as part of other comprehensive income. Insurance contract related assets and liabilities The Company has non-U.S. dollar denominated insurance and reinsurance contracts and associated premiums receivable, reinsurance recoverables and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, that are exposed to foreign exchange risk. For contracts that are within U.S dollar functional currency legal entities, changes in foreign currency exchange rates can positively or negatively impact net realized gains and losses. For contracts within non-U.S. dollar functional currency legal entities, changes in the functional currency relative to the U.S. dollar can positively or negatively impact other comprehensive income. Foreign Currency Sensitivity For the Company’s primary currencies that create foreign exchange risk, the following table provides the estimated impact of a hypothetical 10% unfavorable change in exchange rates. Actual results could differ materially due to the nature of the estimates and assumptions used in the analysis. The amounts presented are in U.S. dollars and before tax. December 31, 2023 Net assets (liabilities) December 31, 2022 Net assets (liabilities) Foreign Currency Sensitivity [1] GBP CAD 10% Unfavorable Change $ $ 168 $ 170 $ (31) 174 $ 185 $ (33) [1]Table excludes currencies where the value of net assets in U.S. dollar equivalent is less than 1% of total net assets of the Company. statutory capital and surplus of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries as well as the level of GAAP capital held by the Company in determining the Company’s financial strength and credit ratings. Rating agencies may implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of capital we must hold in order to maintain our current ratings. Financial Risk on U.S. Statutory Capital U.S. Statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios may increase or decrease in any period depending upon a variety of factors and may be compounded in extreme scenarios or if multiple factors occur at the same time. At times, the impact of changes in certain market factors or a combination of multiple factors on RBC ratios can be counterintuitive. Factors include: • • • • A decrease in the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio, due in part to credit spreads widening, an increase in interest rates, or a decline in equity market levels, may result in a decrease in statutory surplus and RBC ratios; A decline in investment yields may reduce our net investment income, which may result in a decrease in statutory surplus and RBC ratios; Decreases in the value of certain derivative instruments that do not get hedge accounting, may reduce statutory surplus and RBC ratios; and Non-market factors can also impact the amount and volatility of either our actual or potential obligation, as well as the related statutory surplus and RBC ratios. Most of these factors are outside of the Company’s control. Among other factors, rating agencies consider the level of 94 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Investment Portfolio Risk The following table presents the Company’s fixed maturities, AFS, by credit quality. The credit ratings referenced throughout this section are based on availability and are generally the midpoint of the available ratings among Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used. Accrued investment income related to fixed maturities is not included in the amortized cost or fair value of the fixed maturities. For further information refer to Note 5 - Investments of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Fixed Maturities, AFS by Credit Quality December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Amortized Cost Fair Value Percent of Total Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Percent of Total Fair Value United States Government/Government agencies $ 5,174 $ AAA AA A BBB BB & below 7,277 7,527 10,253 9,710 1,785 4,776 7,055 7,270 9,828 9,198 1,691 12.0 % $ 5,573 $ 17.7 % 18.3 % 24.7 % 23.1 % 4.2 % 6,171 7,136 9,758 8,918 1,977 5,025 5,824 6,650 8,968 7,973 1,791 13.9 % 16.1 % 18.4 % 24.7 % 22.0 % 4.9 % Total fixed maturities, AFS $ 41,726 $ 39,818 100.0 % $ 39,533 $ 36,231 100.0 % The fair value of fixed maturities, AFS increased as compared to December 31, 2022, primarily due to net additions of corporate bonds and ABS, partially offset by net reductions to U.S. treasuries and tax-exempt municipal bonds. The increase was also due to higher valuations as a result of tighter credit spreads. Fixed maturities, FVO are not included in the preceding table. For further discussion on FVO securities see Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 95 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Fixed Maturities, AFS by Type December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Amortized Cost ACL Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value Percent of Total Fair Value Amortized Cost ACL Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value Percent of Total Fair Value ABS Consumer loans $ 2,414 $ — $ 10 $ (18) $ 2,406 6.0 % $ 1,538 $ — $ — $ (41) $ 1,497 4.1 % 933 — 3,104 — 8 3 (27) 914 2.3 % 478 — (17) 3,090 7.8 % 3,040 — — 3 (34) 444 1.3 % (102) 2,941 8.1 % 1,179 (12) 2,150 — 137 — 14 — 5 7 19 (119) 1,062 2.7 % 1,268 (10) 14 (115) 1,157 3.2 % (219) 1,931 4.8 % 2,263 — (10) 132 0.3 % 184 — (39) 935 2.3 % 797 — (67) 1,582 4.0 % 1,380 — 2 5 1 2 (228) 2,037 5.6 % (15) 174 0.5 % (64) 734 2.0 % (117) 1,265 3.5 % Basic industry 967 — 1,630 — 1,331 (4) 20 (55) 1,292 3.2 % 1,100 — — (97) 1,003 2.8 % 2,232 — 1,261 — 5,434 — 2,470 (2) 2,155 (3) 408 — 27 13 30 47 8 25 1 (123) 2,136 5.4 % 2,102 — (57) 1,217 3.1 % 1,076 — (283) 5,181 13.0 % 4,923 — (143) 2,372 6.0 % 2,312 (2) (60) 751 1.9 % 731 — (148) 2,029 5.1 % 1,871 — 6 3 8 9 1 3 (188) 1,920 5.3 % (92) 987 2.7 % (441) 4,490 12.4 % (249) 2,070 5.7 % (81) 651 1.8 % (212) 1,662 4.6 % (38) 371 0.9 % 502 — — (51) 451 1.2 % 583 — 6 (27) 562 1.4 % 596 — — (49) 547 1.5 % Transportation 803 — Taxable 1,211 — 7 (113) 1,105 2.8 % 1,062 — 4,996 — 124 (186) 4,934 12.4 % 5,656 — 2 91 (148) 916 2.5 % (367) 5,380 14.9 % 2,342 — 2,293 — 40 — 1,653 — 14 4 — 26 (171) 2,185 5.5 % 1,865 — (235) 2,062 5.2 % 2,277 — — 40 0.1 % 72 — (150) 1,529 3.8 % 2,440 — 2 — — — (196) 1,671 4.6 % (312) 1,965 5.4 % — 72 0.2 % (243) 2,197 6.1 % $ 41,726 $ (21) $ 418 $ (2,305) $ 39,818 100.0 % $ 39,533 $ (12) $ 152 $ (3,442) $ 36,231 100.0 % $ 327 $ 333 [1]Includes securities with pools of loans issued by the Small Business Administration which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. The fair value of fixed maturities, AFS increased as compared to December 31, 2022, primarily due to net additions of corporate bonds and ABS, partially offset by net reductions to U.S. treasuries and tax-exempt municipal bonds. The increase was also due to higher valuations as a result of tighter credit spreads. The Company primarily increased holdings of financial 96 services, utilities, capital goods, and consumer cyclical corporate bonds as well as consumer loans. Other CLO Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities ("CMBS") Agency [1] Bonds Interest only Corporate Capital goods Consumer cyclical Consumer non- cyclical Energy Financial services Tech./comm. Utilities Other Foreign govt./ govt. agencies Municipal bonds Tax-exempt Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities ("RMBS") Agency Non-agency Sub-prime U.S. Treasuries Total fixed maturities, AFS Fixed maturities, FVO Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Commercial & Residential Real Estate The following tables present the Company’s exposure to CMBS and RMBS by credit quality included in the preceding Fixed Maturities, AFS by Type table. Exposure to CMBS and RMBS as of December 31, 2023 AAA AA A BBB BB and Below Total Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value CMBS Agency [1] $ 20 $ 19 $ 1,159 $ 1,043 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 1,179 $ 1,062 Bonds 852 795 545 485 371 317 147 119 235 215 2,150 1,931 Interest Only 76 72 54 53 — — 7 7 — — 137 132 Total CMBS 948 886 1,758 1,581 371 317 154 126 235 215 3,466 3,125 RMBS Agency — — 2,342 2,185 — — — — — — 2,342 2,185 Non-Agency 1,263 1,144 526 477 300 260 189 169 Sub-Prime 1 1 12 12 5 5 10 10 Total RMBS 1,264 1,145 2,880 2,674 305 265 199 179 15 12 27 12 12 24 2,293 2,062 40 40 4,675 4,287 Total CMBS & RMBS $ 2,212 $ 2,031 $ 4,638 $ 4,255 $ 676 $ 582 $ 353 $ 305 $ 262 $ 239 $ 8,141 $ 7,412 Exposure to CMBS and RMBS as of December 31, 2022 AAA AA A BBB BB and Below Total Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value CMBS Agency [1] $ 1,264 $ 1,154 $ 4 $ 3 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 1,268 $ 1,157 Bonds 908 840 568 504 424 370 138 116 225 207 2,263 2,037 Interest Only 101 96 74 70 — — 8 7 1 1 184 174 Total CMBS 2,273 2,090 646 577 424 370 146 123 226 208 3,715 3,368 RMBS Agency 1,845 1,652 20 19 — — — — — — 1,865 1,671 Non-Agency 1,166 1,036 501 428 353 288 236 198 Sub-Prime 3 3 21 21 10 10 9 9 Total RMBS 3,014 2,691 542 468 363 298 245 207 21 29 50 15 29 44 2,277 1,965 72 72 4,214 3,708 Total CMBS & RMBS $ 5,287 $ 4,781 $ 1,188 $ 1,045 $ 787 $ 668 $ 391 $ 330 $ 276 $ 252 $ 7,929 $ 7,076 [1]Includes securities with pools of loans issued by the Small Business Administration which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. As of December 31, 2023, the credit quality of the majority of agency-backed CMBS and RMBS changed from AAA to AA+ due to a downgrade of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises by Fitch in August of 2023. The Company also has exposure to commercial mortgage loans. These loans are collateralized by real estate properties that are diversified both geographically throughout the United States and by property type. These commercial loans are originated by the Company as high quality whole loans, and the Company may sell participation interests in one or more loans to third parties. A loan participation interest represents a pro-rata share in interest and principal payments generated by the participated loan, and the relationship between the Company as loan originator, lead participant and servicer and the third party as a participant are governed by a participation agreement. As of December 31, 2023, mortgage loans had an amortized cost of $6.1 billion and carrying value of $6.1 billion, with an ACL of $51. As of December 31, 2022, mortgage loans had an amortized cost of $6.0 billion and carrying value of $6.0 billion, with an ACL of $36. The increase in the allowance is primarily attributable to revised economic scenarios, lower property valuations, and overall weaker real estate fundamentals. The Company funded $589 million of commercial mortgage loans with a weighted average loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 57% 97 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and a weighted average yield of 7.2% during the twelve months ended December 31, 2023. The Company continues to originate commercial mortgage loans in high growth markets across the country focusing primarily on institutional-quality industrial and multi-family properties with strong LTV ratios. There were no mortgage loans held for sale as of December 31, 2023, or December 31, 2022. Municipal Bonds The following table presents the Company’s exposure to municipal bonds by type and weighted average credit quality included in the preceding Securities by Type table. Available For Sale Investments in Municipal Bonds December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 General Obligation Pre-refunded [1] Revenue Transportation Health Care Leasing [2] Education Water & Sewer Power Sales Tax Housing Other Total Revenue Total Municipal Amortized Cost Fair Value $ 807 $ 155 814 158 1,325 1,298 974 761 527 362 275 231 179 611 902 732 520 347 271 237 172 588 5,245 $ 6,207 $ 5,067 6,039 Weighted Average Credit Quality Amortized Cost Fair Value Weighted Average Credit Quality AA AA+ A+ A+ AA- AA AA+ A AA AA A+ AA- AA- $ 863 $ 235 838 242 AA AAA 1,435 1,132 1,342 1,012 714 601 411 280 304 73 670 659 572 384 268 295 62 622 5,620 $ 6,718 $ 5,216 6,296 A+ A+ AA- AA AA A AA AA- A+ AA- AA- [1]Pre-refunded bonds are bonds for which an irrevocable trust containing sufficient U.S. treasury, agency, or other securities has been established to fund the remaining payments of principal and interest. [2]Leasing revenue bonds are generally the obligations of a financing authority established by the municipality that leases facilities back to a municipality. The notes are typically secured by lease payments made by the municipality that is leasing the facilities financed by the issue. Lease payments may be subject to annual appropriation by the municipality or the municipality may be obligated to appropriate general tax revenues to make lease payments. As of December 31, 2023, the largest issuer concentrations were the New York City Transitional Finance Authority, the State of Illinois, and the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, which each comprised less than 3% of the municipal bond portfolio and were primarily comprised of general obligation and revenue bonds. As of December 31, 2022, the largest issuer concentrations were the Grand Parkway Transportation Corporation of Texas, the New York City Transitional Finance Authority, and the New York City Municipal Water Finance Authority, which each comprised less than 3% of the municipal bond portfolio and were primarily comprised of general obligation and revenue bonds. In total, municipal bonds make up 11% of the fair value of the Company's investment portfolio. Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments The following table presents the Company’s investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments which include real estate joint ventures, real estate funds, private equity funds, other funds, and other alternative investments. Private equity funds primarily consist of investments in funds whose assets typically consist of a diversified pool of investments in small to mid-sized non-public businesses with high growth potential and strong owner sponsorship, as well as limited exposure to public markets. Income or losses on investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments are recognized on a lag as results from private equity investments and other funds are generally reported on a three-month delay. 98 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments - Net Investment Income Real estate joint ventures and funds Private equity funds Other funds Other alternative investments [2] Total Year Ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Amount Yield [1] Amount Yield [1] Amount Yield [1] $ (10) (0.5) % $ 161 9.9 % 29 32 6.6 % 6.6 % 316 186 32 21.9 % $ 14.2 % 10.5 % (19) (3.8) % 149 456 33 94 18.4 % 51.3 % 17.7 % 22.6 % $ 212 4.8 % $ 515 14.4 % $ 732 31.8 % [1]Yields calculated using annualized net investment income divided by the monthly average invested assets. [2]Consists of an insurer-owned life insurance policy which is primarily invested in private equity funds and fixed income. Investments in Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments Real estate joint ventures and funds Private equity funds Other funds Other alternative investments [1] Total December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Amount Percent Amount Percent $ 1,931 1,838 498 518 40.4 % $ 38.4 % 10.4 % 10.8 % 1,713 1,565 413 486 41.0 % 37.5 % 9.9 % 11.6 % $ 4,785 100.0 % $ 4,177 100.0 % [1]Consists of an insurer-owned life insurance policy which is primarily invested in private equity funds and fixed income. Fixed Maturities, AFS — Unrealized Loss Aging The total gross unrealized losses were $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2023, and have decreased $1.1 billion from December 31, 2022, primarily due to tighter credit spreads. As of December 31, 2023, $1.9 billion of the gross unrealized losses were associated with fixed maturities, AFS depressed less than 20% of amortized cost. The remaining $417 of gross unrealized losses were associated with fixed maturities, AFS depressed greater than 20%. The fixed maturities, AFS depressed more than 20% primarily related to corporate fixed maturities, CMBS, RMBS, and municipal bonds that are mainly depressed because current interest rates are higher and/or market spreads are wider than at the respective purchase dates. As part of the Company’s ongoing investment monitoring process, the Company has reviewed its fixed maturities, AFS in an unrealized loss position and concluded that these fixed maturities are temporarily depressed and are expected to recover in value as the investments approach maturity or as market spreads tighten. For these fixed maturities in an unrealized loss position where an ACL has not been recorded, the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows are sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the investment. Furthermore, the Company neither has an intention to sell nor does it expect to be required to sell these investments. For further information regarding the Company’s ACL analysis, see the Credit Losses on Fixed Maturities, AFS and Intent-to-Sell Impairments section below. Unrealized Loss Aging for Fixed Maturities, AFS Consecutive Months Three months or less Greater than three to six months Greater than six to nine months Greater than nine to eleven months Twelve months or more December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Items Amortized Cost ACL Unrealized Loss Fair Value Items Amortized Cost ACL Unrealized Loss Fair Value 51 $ 35 440 $ — $ (4) $ 436 200 $ 786 $ — $ (15) $ 771 143 — (2) 141 809 6,175 — (234) 5,941 137 1,117 — (13) 1,104 1,024 7,598 — (561) 7,037 97 738 — (22) 716 1,859 12,994 (6) (1,510) 11,478 3,530 27,448 (14) (2,264) 25,170 1,044 8,218 (6) (1,122) 7,090 Total 3,850 $ 29,886 $ (14) $ (2,305) $ 27,567 4,936 $ 35,771 $ (12) $ (3,442) $ 32,317 99 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Unrealized Loss Aging for Fixed Maturities, AFS Continuously Depressed Over 20% Consecutive Months Three months or less Greater than three to six months Greater than six to nine months Greater than nine to eleven months Twelve months or more Total December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Items Amortized Cost ACL Unrealized Loss Fair Value Items Amortized Cost ACL Unrealized Loss Fair Value 14 $ 56 $ (1) $ (13) $ 42 98 $ 543 $ — $ (116) $ 427 10 31 22 19 (2) 148 — 163 — (4) (33) (40) 143 1,216 — (327) 13 215 2,021 — (490) 1,531 115 123 889 89 7 17 791 — (253) 538 34 (2) 5 (1) (14) (2) 18 2 220 $ 1,602 $ (3) $ (417) $ 1,182 426 $ 3,394 $ (3) $ (875) $ 2,516 ACL on Mortgage Loans For the year ended December 31, 2023 The Company reviews mortgage loans on a quarterly basis to estimate the ACL with changes in the ACL recorded in net realized gains and losses. Apart from an ACL recorded on individual mortgage loans where the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, the Company records an ACL on the pool of mortgage loans based on lifetime expected credit losses. For further information, refer to Note 5 - Investments of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company recorded an increase in the ACL on mortgage loans of $15. The increase is primarily attributable to revised economic scenarios, lower property valuations, and overall weaker real estate fundamentals. The Company did not record an ACL on any individual mortgage loans. For the year ended December 31, 2022 The Company recorded an increase in the ACL on mortgage loans of $7. The increase was primarily attributable to the deteriorating economic conditions and the potential impact on real estate property valuations, and to a lesser extent, net additions of new loans. The Company did not record an ACL on any individual mortgage loans. Credit Losses on Fixed Maturities, AFS and Intent-to-Sell Impairments For the year ended December 31, 2023 The Company recorded net credit losses of $14, primarily attributable to increases in the ACL of $12 related to three below investment grade corporate issuers and $2 related to a CMBS that had an ACL in the prior period driven by prepayments. Unrealized losses on securities with an ACL recognized in other comprehensive income were $4. For further information, refer to Note 5 - Investments of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. There were no intent-to-sell impairments. The Company incorporates its best estimate of future performance using internal assumptions and judgments that are informed by economic and industry specific trends, as well as our expectations with respect to security specific developments. Future intent-to-sell impairments or credit losses may develop as the result of changes in our intent to sell specific securities that are in an unrealized loss position or if modeling assumptions, such as macroeconomic factors or security specific developments, change unfavorably from our current modeling assumptions, resulting in lower cash flow expectations. For the year ended December 31, 2022 The Company recorded net credit losses of $18, primarily attributable to increases in the allowance for credit losses of $10 on CMBS, $3 on issuers with exposure to Russia, $3 related to a private corporate utilities issuer, and $2 related to a public corporate cable satellite issuer. Unrealized losses on securities with an ACL recognized in other comprehensive income were $6 Intent-to-sell impairments of $6 related to two corporate issuers in the financial services and utilities sectors, and an issuer with exposure to Russia that had an ACL prior to disposal. 100 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY The following section discusses the overall financial strength of The Hartford and its insurance operations including their ability to generate cash flows from each of their business segments, borrow funds at competitive rates and raise new capital to meet operating and growth needs. |SUMMARY OF CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY Capital available to the holding company as of December 31, 2023: • $1.1 billion in fixed maturities, short-term investments, investment sales receivable and cash at the HFSG Holding Company. • • A senior unsecured revolving credit facility that provides for borrowing capacity up to $750 of unsecured credit through October 27, 2026. As of December 31, 2023, there were no borrowings outstanding. An intercompany liquidity agreement that allows for short- term advances of funds among the HFSG Holding Company and certain affiliates of up to $2.0 billion for liquidity and other general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2023, $1.9 billion was available, $100 was outstanding between certain affiliates, and there were no amounts outstanding at the HFSG Holding Company. 2024 expected dividends and other sources of capital: The future payment of dividends from our subsidiaries is dependent on several factors including business results, capital position and liquidity of our subsidiaries. • • • P&C - The Company's property and casualty insurance subsidiaries have regulatory dividend capacity of $1.8 billion for 2024. The HFSG Holding Company expects to receive approximately $1.5 billion of net dividends in 2024 after considering state deposit and regulatory capital requirements to support growth in certain entities, dividends that are expected to be subsequently contributed to P&C subsidiaries and dividends related to interest on intercompany notes. Group Benefits - Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company ("HLA") has regulatory dividend capacity of $609 in 2024 with approximately $600 of dividends expected in 2024. Hartford Funds - HFSG Holding Company expects to receive approximately $130 in dividends from Hartford Funds in 2024. Expected liquidity requirements for the next twelve months as of December 31, 2023: • • • $194 of interest on debt, net of settlements on a related interest rate swap. See Note 14 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; $21 dividends on preferred stock, subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors; and $570 of common stockholders' dividends, subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and before share repurchases. Expected liquidity requirements for beyond the next twelve months as of December 31, 2023: • • Interest on debt and debt repayments, see Note 14 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Preferred stock and common stock dividends, subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors. Equity repurchase program: In 2023, the Company repurchased 19.2 million common shares for $1.4 billion under the $3.0 billion share repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors, effective through December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has $1.35 billion remaining for equity repurchases under the share repurchase program. During the period January 1, 2024 through February 22, 2024, the Company repurchased approximately 2.3 million common shares for $200. The timing of any repurchases is dependent on several factors, including the market price of the Company's securities, the Company's capital position, consideration of the effect of any repurchases on the Company's financial strength or credit ratings, the Company's blackout periods, and other considerations. |LIQUIDITY REQUIREMENTS AND SOURCES OF CAPITAL The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. ("HFSG Holding Company") The liquidity requirements of the HFSG Holding Company will primarily be met by HFSG Holding Company’s fixed maturities; short-term investments and cash; and dividends from its subsidiaries, principally its insurance operations. The Company maintains sufficient liquidity and has a variety of contingent 101 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations liquidity resources to manage liquidity across a range of economic scenarios. The HFSG Holding Company expects to continue to receive dividends from its operating subsidiaries in the future and manages capital in its operating subsidiaries to be sufficient under significant economic stress scenarios. Dividends from subsidiaries and other sources of funds at the holding company may be used to repurchase shares under the authorized share repurchase program at the discretion of management. Under significant economic stress scenarios, the Company has the ability to meet short-term cash requirements, if needed, by borrowing under its revolving credit facility or by having its insurance subsidiaries take collateralized advances under a facility with the FHLBB. The Company could also choose to have its insurance subsidiaries sell certain highly liquid, high quality fixed maturities or the Company could issue debt in the public markets under its shelf registration. Debt In 2022, The Hartford redeemed at par $600 aggregate principal amount of its 7.875% junior subordinated debentures due 2042 and recognized, in insurance operating costs and other expenses, a loss on extinguishment of debt of $9, before tax, for unamortized debt issuance costs. For additional information on Debt, see Note 14 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. |DIVIDENDS The Hartford's Board of Directors declared the following quarterly dividends since October 1, 2023: Common Stock Dividends Declared Record Payable Amount per share October 26, 2023 December 1, 2023 January 3, 2024 $ 0.470 February 21, 2024 March 4, 2024 April 2, 2024 $ 0.470 Preferred Stock Dividends Declared Record Payable Amount per share December 13, 2023 February 1, 2024 February 15, 2024 $ 375.00 February 21, 2024 May 1, 2024 May 15, 2024 $ 375.00 There are no current restrictions on HFSG Holding Company's ability to pay dividends to its stockholders. For a discussion of restrictions on dividends to HFSG Holding Company from its insurance subsidiaries, see the following "Dividends from Subsidiaries" discussion. For a discussion of potential restrictions on the HFSG Holding Company's ability to pay dividends, see Part I, Item 1A, — Risk Factors for the risk factor "Our ability to declare and pay dividends is subject to limitations." |DIVIDENDS FROM SUBSIDIARIES Dividends to HFSG Holding Company from its insurance subsidiaries are restricted by insurance regulation. The Company’s principal insurance subsidiaries are domiciled in the United States and the United Kingdom. The payment of dividends by Connecticut-domiciled insurers is limited under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut. These laws require notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment of any dividend, which, together with other dividends or distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (i) 10% of the insurer’s statutory policyholder surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) net income (or net gain from operations, if such company is a life insurance company) for the preceding year, in each case determined under statutory insurance accounting principles. In addition, if any dividend of a Connecticut-domiciled insurer exceeds the insurer’s earned surplus, it requires the prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner. Property casualty insurers domiciled in New York, including NIC and Navigators Specialty Insurance Company ("NSIC"), generally may not, without notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner, pay dividends out of earned surplus in any twelve-month period that exceeds the lesser of (i) 10% of the insurer’s statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the most recent financial statement on file, or (ii) 100% of its adjusted net investment income, as defined, for the same twelve month period. The insurance holding company laws of the other jurisdictions in which The Hartford’s insurance subsidiaries are incorporated (or deemed commercially domiciled) generally contain similar (although in certain instances more restrictive) limitations on the payment of dividends. In addition to statutory limitations on paying dividends, the Company also takes other items into consideration when determining dividends from subsidiaries. These considerations include, but are not limited to, expected earnings and capitalization, regulatory capital requirements, liquidity requirements and state deposit requirements of the individual subsidiary. Corporate members of Lloyd's syndicates may pay dividends to its parent to the extent of available profits that have been distributed from the syndicate in excess of the FAL capital requirement and subject to restrictions imposed under UK Company Law. The FAL is determined based on the syndicate's SCR under the Solvency II capital adequacy model, the current regulatory framework governing UK domiciled insurers, plus a Lloyd’s specific economic capital assessment. Insurers domiciled in the United Kingdom may pay dividends to their parent out of their statutory profits subject to restrictions imposed under U.K. Company law and Solvency II. In 2023, HFSG Holding Company received $408 of dividends from HLA and $129 from Hartford Funds. In addition, HFSG Holding Company received $1.5 billion of net dividends from P&C subsidiaries in 2023 which excludes $100 of P&C dividends that were subsequently contributed to P&C subsidiaries and $50 of P&C dividends related to interest 102 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations payments on an intercompany note owed by Hartford Holdings, Inc. ("HHI") to Hartford Fire Insurance Company. Refer to "2024 expected dividends and other sources of capital" for expected payments of dividends from our subsidiaries in 2024. |OTHER SOURCES OF CAPITAL FOR THE HFSG HOLDING COMPANY The Hartford endeavors to maintain a capital structure that provides financial and operational flexibility to its insurance subsidiaries, ratings that support its competitive position in the financial services marketplace (see the "Ratings" section below for further discussion), and stockholder returns. As a result, the Company may from time to time raise capital from the issuance of debt, common equity, preferred stock, equity-related debt or other capital securities and is continuously evaluating strategic opportunities. The issuance of debt, common equity, equity- related debt or other capital securities could result in the dilution of stockholder interests or reduced net income to common stockholders due to additional interest expense or preferred stock dividends. Shelf Registrations The Hartford filed an automatic shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("the SEC") on February 22, 2022 that permits it to offer and sell debt and equity securities during the three-year life of the registration statement. For further information regarding Shelf Registrations, see Note 14 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Revolving Credit Facility The Hartford has a senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the "Credit Facility") that provides up to $750 of unsecured credit through October 27, 2026. As of December 31, 2023, no borrowings were outstanding and no letters of credit were issued under the Credit Facility and The Hartford was in compliance with all financial covenants. For further information regarding the Credit Facility, see Note 14 – Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Intercompany Liquidity Agreements The Company has $2.0 billion available under an intercompany liquidity agreement that allows for short-term advances of funds among the HFSG Holding Company and certain affiliates of up to $2.0 billion for liquidity and other general corporate purposes. The Connecticut Department of Insurance ("CTDOI") granted approval for certain affiliated insurance companies that are parties to the agreement to treat receivables from a parent, including the HFSG Holding Company, as admitted assets for statutory accounting purposes. As of December 31, 2023, $1.9 billion was available, $100 was outstanding between certain affiliates and there were no amounts outstanding at the HFSG Holding Company. Collateralized Advances with Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston The Company’s subsidiaries, Hartford Fire Insurance Company (“Hartford Fire”) and HLA, are members of the FHLBB. 103 Membership allows these subsidiaries access to collateralized advances, which may be short- or long-term with fixed or variable rates. Advances may be used to support general corporate purposes, which would be presented as short- or long-term debt, or to earn incremental investment income, which would be presented in other liabilities consistent with other collateralized financing transactions. As of December 31, 2023, there were no advances outstanding. The CTDOI permits Hartford Fire and HLA to pledge up to $1.3 billion and $0.7 billion in qualifying assets, respectively, without prior approval, to secure FHLBB advances in 2024. For further information regarding the Company's collateralized advances with Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, see Note 14 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Lloyd's Letter of Credit Facility The Hartford has a committed credit facility agreement with a syndicate of lenders (the "Lloyd's Facility"). The Lloyd's Facility has two tranches with one tranche extending a $74 commitment and the other tranche extending a £79 million ($101 as of December 31, 2023) commitment. As of December 31, 2023, letters of credit with an aggregate face amount of $74 and £79 million, or $101, were outstanding under the Lloyd's Facility. Among other covenants, the Lloyd's Facility contains financial covenants regarding The Hartford's consolidated net worth and financial leverage and that limit the amount of letters of credit that can support Funds at Lloyd's, consistent with Lloyd's requirements. As of December 31, 2023, The Hartford was in compliance with all financial covenants of the facility. For further information regarding the Lloyd's Facility, see Note 14 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. |PENSION PLANS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS While the Company has significant discretion in making voluntary contributions to the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan, minimum contributions are mandated in certain circumstances pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006, the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010, the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act of 2012 (MAP-21) and Internal Revenue Code regulations. The Company did not make any contributions to the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2023, 2022 and 2021. In 2023, the Company funded $3 to a rabbi trust that is designated for other defined benefit pension plans and contributed $1 to the Canadian Pension Plan. There were no plan contributions in 2022 or 2021 for other defined benefit pension plans. The Company made direct benefit payments of $5, $5 and $7 on behalf of the other postretirement plans in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. No other contributions were made to the other postretirement plans in 2023, 2022 and 2021. The Company’s 2023, 2022 and 2021 required minimum funding contributions were immaterial. The Company does not have a 2024 required minimum funding contribution for the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan and the funding requirements for all pension plans are expected to be immaterial. The Company has not determined whether, and to what extent, contributions may be made to the U.S. Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2024. The Company will monitor the funded status of the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan during 2024 to make this determination. As of December 31, 2023, the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan is fully funded and in an asset position. For further discussion of pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, see Note 19 - Employee Benefit Plans of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. |DERIVATIVE COMMITMENTS Certain of the Company’s derivative agreements contain provisions that are tied to the financial strength ratings, as set by nationally recognized statistical rating agencies, of the individual legal entity that entered into the derivative agreement. If the legal entity’s financial strength were to fall below certain ratings, the counterparties to the derivative agreements could terminate agreements and demand immediate settlement of the outstanding net derivative positions transacted under each agreement. For further information, refer to Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. As of December 31, 2023, no derivative positions would be subject to immediate termination in the event of a downgrade of one level below the current financial strength ratings. This could change as a result of changes in our hedging activities or to the extent changes in contractual terms are negotiated. |INSURANCE OPERATIONS While subject to variability period to period, underwriting and investment cash flows continue to provide sufficient liquidity to meet anticipated demands. The principal sources of operating funds are premiums, fees earned from insurance and administrative service agreements, and investment income, while investing cash flows primarily originate from maturities and sales of invested assets. The Company’s insurance operations consist of property and casualty insurance products (collectively referred to as “Property & Casualty Operations”) and Group Benefits products. The Company's insurance operations hold fixed maturity securities including a significant short-term investment position (securities with maturities of one year or less at the time of purchase) to meet liquidity needs. Liquidity requirements that are unable to be funded by the Company's insurance operations' short-term investments would be satisfied with current operating funds, including premiums or investing cash flows, which includes proceeds received through the sale of invested assets. A sale of invested assets could result in significant realized losses. The following tables represent the fixed maturity holdings, including the aforementioned cash and short-term investments available to meet liquidity needs, for each of the Company’s insurance operations. Property & Casualty As of December 31, 2023 $ Fixed maturities Short-term investments Cash Less: Derivative collateral Total 31,680 2,127 106 52 33,861 8,277 382 12 14 8,657 Property & Casualty operations invested assets also include $456 in equity securities, $4.5 billion in mortgage loans and $3.8 billion in limited partnerships and other alternative investments. Group Benefits Operations As of December 31, 2023 $ Fixed maturities Short-term investments Cash Less: Derivative collateral Total $ $ Group Benefits operations invested assets also include $99 in equity securities, $1.6 billion in mortgage loans and $1.0 billion in limited partnerships and other alternative investments. The primary uses of funds are to pay claims, claim adjustment expenses, commissions and other underwriting and insurance operating costs, to pay taxes, to purchase new investments and to make dividend payments to the HFSG Holding Company. Property & Casualty reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2023 were $34.0 billion and net of reinsurance were $27.4 billion. Reserves for Property & Casualty unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses include case reserves and IBNR reserves. The ultimate amount to be paid to settle both case and IBNR reserves is an estimate, subject to significant uncertainty. The actual amount to be paid is not finally determined until the Company reaches a settlement with the claimant. Final claim settlements may vary significantly from the present estimates, particularly since many claims will not be settled until well into the future. For a discussion of The Hartford’s judgment in estimating reserves for Property & Casualty see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance, and for historical payments by reserve line net of reinsurance, see Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The timing of future payments for the next twelve months and for beyond twelve months could vary materially from historical payment patterns due to, among other things, changes in claim reporting and payment patterns and large unanticipated settlements. In particular, there is significant uncertainty over the claim payment patterns of asbestos and environmental claims. Group Benefits reserves as of December 31, 2023 were $9.0 billion and net of reinsurance were $8.7 billion. Group life and disability obligations are estimated using assumptions based on the Company’s historical experience, modified for recent observed trends. For a discussion of The Hartford’s judgment in estimating LTD reserves for Group Benefits see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Group 104 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Benefit LTD Reserves, Net of Reinsurance. For additional information about future policy benefits and other policyholder funds and benefits payable, see Note 12 - Reserve for Future Policy Benefits and Note 13 - Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. For historical payments by reserve line, net of reinsurance, see Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Due to the significance of the assumptions used, payments for the next twelve months and beyond twelve months could materially differ from historical patterns. Corporate includes reserves of $402 as of December 31, 2023 related to retained run-off liabilities of its former life and annuity business. For additional information about future policy benefits and other policyholder funds and benefits payable, see Note 12 - Reserve for Future Policy Benefits and Note 13 - Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Hartford Funds Hartford Funds principal sources of operating funds are fees earned from basis points on assets under management with uses primarily for payments to subadvisors and other general operating expenses. As of December 31, 2023, Hartford Funds cash and short-term investments were $250. |CAPITALIZATION |PURCHASE AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS The Hartford’s unfunded commitments to purchase investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments, private placements, and mortgage loans are disclosed in Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. It is anticipated that these unfunded commitments will be funded through the Company’s normal operating and investing activities. In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contractual commitments to purchase various goods and services such as maintenance, human resources, and information technology. The Company’s operating lease commitments are disclosed in Note 21 - Leases of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. It is anticipated that these purchase commitments and operating lease obligations will be funded through the Company’s normal operating and investing activities. Long-term debt Total debt Common stockholders' equity, excluding AOCI, net of tax Preferred stock AOCI, net of tax Total stockholders’ equity Total capitalization Debt to stockholders’ equity Debt to capitalization Capital Structure December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Change $ 4,362 $ 4,362 17,842 334 (2,849) 15,327 19,689 28% 22% $ $ $ $ 4,357 4,357 17,183 334 (3,841) 13,676 18,033 32% 24% —% —% 4% —% 26% 12% 9% Total capitalization increased $1,656, or 9%, as of December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022 primarily due to net income in excess of common stockholder dividends in the period and a decrease in net unrealized losses on fixed maturities, AFS, partially offset by share repurchases. For additional information on AOCI, net of tax, including unrealized gains from securities, see Note 18 - Changes in and Reclassifications From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Note 5 - Investments of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. For additional information on debt, see Note 14 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 105 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |CASH FLOW [1] Net cash provided by operating activities Net cash used for investing activities Net cash used for financing activities Cash and restricted cash— end of year 2023 2022 2021 $ $ $ $ 4,220 $ (2,431) $ (1,947) $ 189 $ 4,008 $ (1,277) $ (2,710) $ 344 $ 4,093 (2,466) (1,581) 337 [1]Cash activities in 2021 include cash flows related to Continental Europe Operations classified as held for sale beginning in the third quarter of 2020 and sold on December 29, 2021. See Note 22 - Business Dispositions of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of this transaction. decrease in net payments for short-term investments, and a decrease in net payments for partnerships. Cash used for financing activities decreased primarily due to the redemption of $600 of 7.875% junior subordinated debentures in the second quarter of 2022, and a decrease in share repurchases in 2023. Operating cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2023 have been adequate to meet liquidity requirements. |EQUITY MARKETS For a discussion of the potential impact of the equity markets on capital and liquidity, see the Financial Risk on Statutory Capital and Liquidity Risk section in this MD&A. These ratings are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any of The Hartford’s securities and they may be revised or withdrawn at any time at the discretion of the rating organization. Each agency’s rating should be evaluated independently of any other agency’s rating. The system and the number of rating categories can vary across rating agencies. Among other factors, rating agencies consider the level of statutory capital and surplus of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries as well as the level of GAAP capital held by the Company in determining the Company's financial strength and credit ratings. Rating agencies may implement changes to their capital formulas that have the effect of increasing the amount of capital we must hold in order to maintain our current ratings. See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors — “Downgrades in our financial strength or credit ratings may make our products less attractive, increase our cost of capital and inhibit our ability to refinance our debt.” Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 Net cash provided by operating activities increased in 2023 as compared to the prior year period primarily driven by an increase in P&C and Group Benefits premiums received, largely offset by an increase in P&C loss and loss adjustment expenses paid, including the $787 payment to the BSA on April 20, 2023, and higher operating expenses, including increased commissions and staffing costs. Cash used for investing activities increased in 2023 as a result of a change from net proceeds from to net payments for both fixed maturities and derivatives, partially offset by a change from net payments for to net proceeds from equity securities, a decrease in net payments for mortgage loans, a |RATINGS Ratings are an important factor in establishing a competitive position in the insurance marketplace and impact the Company's ability to access financing and its cost of borrowing. There can be no assurance that the Company’s ratings will continue for any given period of time, or that they will not be changed. In the event the Company’s ratings are downgraded, the Company’s competitive position, ability to access financing, and its cost of borrowing, may be adversely impacted. Insurance Financial Strength Ratings as of February 22, 2024 A.M. Best Standard & Poor's Moody's A+ A+ A+ A+ A+ A+ A1 A1 Not Rated Hartford Fire Insurance Company Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company Navigators Insurance Company Other Ratings: The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.: Senior debt a- BBB+ Baa1 106 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |STATUTORY CAPITAL U.S. Statutory Capital Rollforward for the Company's Insurance Subsidiaries Property and Casualty Insurance Subsidiaries [1] [2] Group Benefits Insurance Subsidiary Total U.S. statutory capital at January 1, 2023 $ Statutory income Dividends to parent Other items Net change to U.S. statutory capital U.S. statutory capital at December 31, 2023 $ 12,111 $ 1,887 (1,515) 66 438 12,549 $ 2,571 $ 592 (408) (7) 177 2,748 $ 14,682 2,479 (1,923) 59 615 15,297 [1]The statutory capital for property and casualty insurance subsidiaries in this table does not include the value of an intercompany note owed by HHI to Hartford Fire Insurance Company. [2]Excludes insurance operations in the U.K. Stat to GAAP Differences Significant differences between U.S. GAAP stockholders’ equity and aggregate statutory capital prepared in accordance with U.S. STAT include the following: • • • • • U.S. STAT excludes equity of non-insurance and foreign insurance subsidiaries not held by U.S. insurance subsidiaries. Costs incurred by the Company to acquire insurance policies are deferred under U.S. GAAP while those costs are expensed immediately under U.S. STAT. Temporary differences between the book and tax basis of an asset or liability which are recorded as deferred tax assets are evaluated for recoverability under U.S. GAAP while these amounts are then subject to further admissibility tests under U.S. STAT. The assumptions used in the determination of Group Benefits reserves (i.e., for Group Benefits contracts) are prescribed under U.S. STAT, while the assumptions used under U.S. GAAP are generally the Company’s best estimates. The difference between the amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity and other investments, net of tax, is recorded as an increase or decrease to the carrying value of the related asset and to equity under U.S. GAAP, while, under U.S. STAT, most investments are carried at amortized cost with only certain securities carried at fair value, such as equity securities and certain lower rated bonds required by the NAIC to be recorded at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. |RISK BASED CAPITAL The Company's U.S. insurance companies' states of domicile impose RBC requirements. The requirements provide a means of measuring the minimum amount of statutory capital appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations based on its size and risk profile. Companies below specific trigger points or ratios are classified within certain levels, each of which requires specified corrective action. All of the Company's U.S. operating insurance • • • U.S. STAT for life insurance companies like HLA establishes a formula reserve for realized and unrealized losses due to default and equity risks associated with certain invested assets (the Asset Valuation Reserve), while U.S. GAAP does not. Also, for those realized gains and losses caused by changes in interest rates, U.S. STAT for life insurance companies defers and amortizes the gains and losses into income over the original life to maturity of the asset sold (the Interest Maintenance Reserve) while U.S. GAAP does not. Goodwill arising from the acquisition of a business is tested for recoverability on an annual basis (or more frequently, as necessary) for U.S. GAAP, while under U.S. STAT goodwill is amortized over a period not to exceed 10 years and the amount of goodwill admitted as an asset is limited. The deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance for losses ceded to the Navigators and A&E ADC agreements is recognized within a special category of surplus under U.S. STAT but is recognized within other liabilities under U.S. GAAP. In addition, the pattern of amortizing the deferred gain for GAAP and releasing special surplus for STAT is different. For GAAP the deferred gain is amortized in proportion of actual recoveries collected to total expected recoveries, while for STAT special surplus is released dollar for dollar once recoveries collected exceed the reinsurance premium. In addition, certain assets, including a portion of premiums receivable and fixed assets, are non-admitted (recorded at zero value and charged against surplus) under U.S. STAT. U.S. GAAP generally evaluates assets based on their recoverability. subsidiaries had RBC ratios in excess of the minimum levels required by the applicable insurance regulations. Similar to the RBC ratios that are employed by U.S. insurance regulators, regulatory authorities in the international jurisdictions in which the Company operates generally establish minimum solvency requirements for insurance companies. All of the Company's international insurance subsidiaries expect to maintain capital levels in excess of the minimum levels required by the applicable regulatory authorities. 107 Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Statutory capital at the insurance subsidiaries has been maintained at capital levels commensurate with the Company's desired RBC ratios and ratings from rating agencies. The amount of statutory capital can increase or decrease depending on a number of factors affecting insurance results including, among other factors, the level of catastrophe claims incurred, the amount of reserve development, the effect of changes in interest rates on investment income and the discounting of loss reserves, and the effect of realized gains and losses on investments. IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS For a discussion of accounting standards, see Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. |SENSITIVITY In any particular period, statutory capital amounts and RBC ratios may increase or decrease depending upon a variety of factors. The amount of change in the statutory capital or RBC ratios can vary based on individual factors and may be compounded in extreme scenarios or if multiple factors occur at the same time. At times the impact of changes in certain market factors or a combination of multiple factors on RBC ratios can be counterintuitive. For further discussion on these factors, see MD&A - Enterprise Risk Management, Financial Risk on Statutory Capital. |CONTINGENCIES Legal Proceedings For a discussion regarding The Hartford’s legal proceedings, see the information contained in Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Legislative and Regulatory Developments Inflation Reduction Act On August 16, 2022, the U.S. enacted the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) which is generally effective for years beginning after December 31, 2022. Notably, the bill created a 15% corporate alternative minimum tax (“CAMT”) on corporations with three-year average financial statement income over $1 billion. The Internal Revenue Service has issued some preliminary guidance and is expected to release more detailed proposed regulations in the coming year. The Company has made certain interpretations and assumptions to comply with the CAMT. While the Company's financial statement income is over $1 billion, it is not expected the Company would have a CAMT liability. If CAMT is paid in the future, the amount would be indefinitely available as a credit carryforward that would reduce tax in future years and would be treated as a temporary item reflected within deferred taxes. In addition, Congress may consider a variety of proposals including a possible increase in the corporate tax rate to offset the cost of any new spending. Tax proposals and regulatory initiatives that may be considered by Congress and/or the U.S. Treasury Department could have a material effect on the Company and its insurance businesses. The nature and timing of any such Congressional or regulatory action with respect to any such efforts is unclear. Guaranty Fund and Other Insurance-related Assessments For a discussion regarding Guaranty Fund and Other Insurance- related Assessments, see Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 108 The Hartford's management assessed its internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 in relation to criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment under those criteria, The Hartford's management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023. CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company's fourth fiscal quarter of 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting. ATTESTATION REPORT OF THE COMPANY'S REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM The Hartford's independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has issued their attestation report on the Company's internal control over financial reporting which is set forth below. Part II - Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES The Company's principal executive officer and its principal financial officer, based on their evaluation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective for the purposes set forth in the definition thereof in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) as of December 31, 2023. MANAGEMENT'S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING The management of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“The Hartford”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for The Hartford as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 109 Part II - Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. Hartford, Connecticut Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, of the Company and our report dated February 23, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s adoption of a new accounting standard. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP Hartford, Connecticut February 23, 2024 110 Part II - Item 9B. Other Information Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION On October 31, 2023, Adin M. Tooker, Executive Vice President, Middle & Large Commercial, Global Specialty and Sales and Distribution, adopted a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement that is intended to satisfy the affirmative defense of Rule 10b5-1(c) for the potential sale of up to 7,643.967 shares of the Company's common stock on February 29, 2024. This 10b5-1 plan is effective through October 31, 2024. On November 21, 2023, Michael R. Fisher, Executive Vice President and Property and Casualty Chief Underwriting Officer, adopted a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement that is intended to satisfy the affirmative defense of Rule 10b5-1(c) for the potential sale of (i) up to 4,088 shares of the Company's common stock between March 1, 2024 and November 15, 2024 and (ii) up to 4,088 shares of the Company's common stock between July 1, 2024 and November 15, 2024, subject to certain conditions. This 10b5-1 plan is effective through November 15, 2024. 111 Part III - Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance of The Hartford Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE HARTFORD Certain of the information called for by Item 10 will be set forth in the definitive proxy statement for the 2024 annual meeting of stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed by The Hartford with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report under the captions and subcaptions “Board and Governance Matters”, and “Director Nominees" and is incorporated herein by reference. The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, which is applicable to all employees of the Company, including the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer and the principal accounting officer. The Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is available on the investor relations section of the Company’s website at: http://ir.thehartford.com. Any waiver of, or material amendment to, the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct will be posted promptly to our web site in accordance with applicable NYSE and SEC rules. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE HARTFORD Information about the executive officers of The Hartford who are also nominees for election as directors will be set forth in The Hartford’s Proxy Statement. Set forth below is information about the other executive officers of the Company as of February 22, 2024: Name Age Position with The Hartford and Business Experience For the Past Five Years Jonathan R. Bennett Claire H. Burns Stephanie C. Bush[1] Beth A. Costello 59 Executive Vice President and Head of Group Benefits (August 2019-present); Chief Financial Officer and Head of Strategy for Property and Casualty and Group Benefits (October, 2012-August 2019) 55 Chief Marketing and Communications Officer (September 2021-present); Chief Marketing and Strategy Officer, Prudential International (February 2018-July 2021); Senior Vice President and Chief Customer Officer, MetLife (November 2012-January 2018) 59 Executive Vice President and Head of Personal Lines (January 2018-present); Executive Vice President and Head of Small Commercial (July 2014-present) 56 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (July 2014-present) Michael R. Fisher 58 Executive Vice President and Property and Casualty Chief Underwriting Officer (May 2019-present); Executive Vice President and Head of Specialty Commercial (October 2014-April 2019) John J. Kinney 52 Executive Vice President, Head of Claims & Operations (August 2021-present); Chief Claims Officer (April 2013-August 2021) Allison G. Niderno 44 Senior Vice President and Controller (March 2023-present); Vice President Finance, Head of External Reporting and Investment Finance (June 2018 - March 2023); Vice President Finance (April 2016 - June 2018) Robert W. Paiano 62 Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer (June 2017-present); Senior Vice President & David C. Robinson[2] Treasurer (July 2010-May 2017) 58 Executive Vice President and General Counsel (June 2015-present) Lori A. Rodden 53 Executive Vice President Chief Human Resources Officer (October 2019-present); and Senior Vice President and Lead Human Resources Business Partner for Property & Casualty, Group Benefits, Claims and Actuarial (April 2016-October 2019) Deepa Soni 54 Executive Vice President, Head of Technology, Data, Analytics & Information Security (August 2021- present); Chief Information Officer (September 2019-August 2021); U.S. Chief Information Officer, BMO Financial Group (April 2016-September 2019) Amy M. Stepnowski 55 Executive Vice President Chief Investment Officer (August 2020-present); President of Hartford Investment Management Company (August 2020-present); Managing Director and Head of Public Credit Research Hartford Investment Management Company (September 2008-August 2020) Adin M. Tooker 54 Executive Vice President, Middle & Large Commercial, Global Specialty and Sales and Distribution (November 2022-present); Executive Vice President and Head of Middle & Large Commercial (March 2019-October 2022); Executive Vice President and Head of Middle Market (March 2017-February 2019) [1]On November 29, 2023, the Company announced Ms. Bush's intent to retire as Executive Vice President and Head of Small Commercial and Personal Lines effective March 1, 2024. [2]On November 29, 2023, the Company announced Mr. Robinson's intent to retire as Executive Vice President and General Counsel effective March 1, 2024. 112 Part IV. Item 15. Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES DESCRIPTION Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm [1] FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Consolidated Statements of Operations — For the Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) — For the Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 Consolidated Balance Sheets — As of December 31, 2023 and 2022 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity — For the Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies Note 2 - Earnings Per Common Share Note 3 - Segment Information Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements Note 5 - Investments Note 6 - Derivatives Note 7 - Premiums Receivable and Agents' Balances Note 8 - Reinsurance Note 9 - Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs Note 10 - Goodwill & Other Intangible Assets Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses Note 12 - Reserve for Future Policy Benefits Note 13 - Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable Note 14 - Debt Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies Note 16 - Equity Note 17 - Income Taxes Note 18 - Changes in and Reclassifications From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Note 19 - Employee Benefit Plans Note 20 - Stock Compensation Plans Note 21 - Leases Note 22 - Business Dispositions Note 23 - Restructuring and Other Costs Note 24 - Quarterly Results (Unaudited) [1]Deloitte & Touche LLP (PCAOB ID No. 34) is our principal accountant and an independent registered public accounting firm. PAGE 114 116 117 118 119 120 121 130 130 133 141 148 153 154 157 157 158 183 184 185 187 190 192 193 195 202 205 206 206 207 113 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. Hartford, Connecticut Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 23, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Change in Accounting Principle As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, effective January 1, 2023, the Company adopted FASB ASU 2018-12, Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts Issued by Insurance Companies, using the modified retrospective approach. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses - Refer to Notes 1 and 11 to the financial statements Critical Audit Matter Description For property and casualty and group life and disability insurance products, the Company establishes reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses to provide for the estimated costs of paying claims under insurance policies written by the Company. These reserves include estimates for both claims that have been reported and claims that have been incurred but not reported and include estimates of all losses and loss adjustment expenses associated with processing and settling these claims. This estimation process is based significantly on the assumption that past developments are an appropriate predictor of future events and involves a variety of actuarial techniques that analyze experience, trends and other relevant factors. Given the subjectivity of estimating the ultimate cost to settle the liabilities for reported and unreported claims due to uncertainties caused by various factors including frequency and severity of claims as well as changes in the legislative and regulatory environment, performing audit procedures to evaluate whether unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses were appropriately recorded as of December 31, 2023, required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our actuarial specialists. 114 How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit Our audit procedures related to the unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses included the following, among others: • We tested the effectiveness of controls related to the unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, including controls over inputs, methods, and assumptions used in the Company's estimation processes. • We tested the underlying data that served as the basis for the Company’s analysis, including historical claims. • With the assistance of our actuarial specialists, we evaluated the methods and assumptions used by the Company to estimate the unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses by: – Assessing the reasonableness of the Company’s analysis and, for selected reserving lines, developing independent estimates of the unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and comparing such estimates to the Company’s estimates. – Comparing the Company’s prior year assumptions of expected development of ultimate loss to actual losses incurred during the current year to identify potential management bias in the determination of the unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. Investments in Fixed Maturities Classified as Available-for-Sale - Refer to Notes 1, 4, and 5 to the financial statements Critical Audit Matter Description Investments in fixed maturities classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value in the financial statements. The investments without readily determinable fair values were valued using significant unobservable inputs, such as credit spreads and interest rates beyond the observable curve, that involved considerable judgment by the Company. Given the Company used models and unobservable inputs to estimate the fair value of investments in fixed maturities classified as available-for-sale, performing audit procedures to evaluate these inputs required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our fair value specialists. How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit Our audit procedures related to the models and unobservable inputs used by the Company to estimate the fair value of investments in fixed maturities classified as available-for-sale included the following, among others: • We tested the effectiveness of controls over the valuation of investments in fixed maturities classified as available-for-sale, including controls over inputs, methods, and assumptions used in the Company’s estimation processes. • On a sample basis, we tested the accuracy and completeness of the investments owned as of December 31, 2023, and the relevant security attributes used in the determination of their fair values. • With the assistance of our fair value specialists, for a sample of investments, we tested the mathematical accuracy of the fair value calculation and developed independent estimates of the fair value and compared our estimates to the Company’s estimates. In addition to developing independent estimates, we obtained an understanding of the models and inputs used by the Company and assessed those models and inputs for reasonableness. Such assessment included comparing inputs to external sources or developing independent inputs. /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP Hartford, Connecticut February 23, 2024 We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002. 115 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Consolidated Statements of Operations (in millions, except for per share data) Revenues Earned premiums Fee income Net investment income Net realized gains (losses) Other revenues Total revenues Benefits, losses and expenses Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs ("DAC") Insurance operating costs and other expenses Interest expense Amortization of other intangible assets Restructuring and other costs Total benefits, losses and expenses Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Preferred stock dividends Net income available to common stockholders Net income available to common stockholders per common share Basic Diluted For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 21,026 $ 19,390 $ 17,999 1,300 2,305 (188) 84 1,349 2,177 (627) 73 1,488 2,313 509 81 24,527 22,362 22,390 14,238 13,138 12,720 2,044 4,881 199 71 6 1,824 4,841 213 71 13 1,668 4,791 234 71 1 21,439 20,100 19,485 3,088 584 2,504 21 2,262 443 1,819 21 2,483 $ 1,798 $ 2,905 534 2,371 21 2,350 8.09 $ 7.97 $ 5.54 $ 5.46 $ 6.73 6.64 $ $ $ See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 116 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (in millions) Net income Other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”): For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 2,504 $ 1,819 $ 2,371 Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on fixed maturities, available-for-sale ("AFS") 1,112 (4,225) (1,224) Change in unrealized losses on fixed maturities for which an allowance for credit losses ("ACL") has been recorded Change in net gain on cash flow hedging instruments Change in foreign currency translation adjustments Change in liability for future policy benefits adjustments Change in pension and other postretirement plan adjustments OCI, net of tax Comprehensive income (loss) (1) (19) 6 (10) (96) 992 (5) 34 (10) 94 143 (3,969) $ 3,496 $ (2,150) $ — (6) (2) 27 228 (977) 1,394 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 117 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Consolidated Balance Sheets (in millions, except for share and per share data) Assets As of December 31, 2023 2022 Investments: Fixed maturities, AFS, at fair value (amortized cost of $41,726 and $39,533, and ACL of $21 and $12) $ 39,818 $ 36,231 Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option ("FVO") Equity securities, at fair value Mortgage loans (net of ACL of $51 and $36) Limited partnerships and other alternative investments Other investments Short-term investments Total investments Cash Restricted cash Accrued investment income Premiums receivable and agents' balances (net of ACL of $109 and $109) Reinsurance recoverables (net of allowance for uncollectible reinsurance of $103 and $105) Deferred policy acquisition costs Deferred income taxes, net Goodwill Property and equipment, net Other intangible assets, net Other assets Total assets Liabilities Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses Reserve for future policy benefits Other policyholder funds and benefits payable Unearned premiums Long-term debt Other liabilities Total liabilities Commitments and Contingencies (Note 15) Stockholders’ Equity Preferred stock, $0.01 par value — 50,000,000 shares authorized, 13,800 shares issued at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, aggregate liquidation preference of $345 Common stock, $0.01 par value — 1,500,000,000 shares authorized, 326,960,228 shares issued at December 31, 2023 and 344,960,228 shares issued at December 31, 2022 Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Treasury stock, at cost — 28,488,130 and 29,848,980 shares Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax Total stockholders' equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 118 327 864 6,087 4,785 191 333 1,801 6,000 4,177 159 3,850 3,859 55,922 52,560 126 63 404 5,607 7,104 1,113 1,173 1,911 896 707 229 115 372 4,949 6,964 998 1,437 1,911 927 778 1,754 1,768 $ 76,780 $ 73,008 $ 42,318 $ 41,243 484 638 8,599 4,362 5,052 502 658 7,815 4,357 4,757 61,453 59,332 334 334 3 3 648 1,895 19,007 17,058 (1,816) (1,773) (2,849) (3,841) 15,327 13,676 $ 76,780 $ 73,008 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (in millions, except for share and per share data) Preferred Stock Common Stock Common Stock, beginning of period Treasury stock retired Common Stock, end of period Additional Paid-in Capital Additional Paid-in Capital, beginning of period Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans and other Stock-based compensation plans expense Treasury stock retired Additional Paid-in Capital, end of period Retained Earnings Retained Earnings, beginning of period Net income Dividends declared on preferred stock Dividends declared on common stock Retained Earnings, end of period Treasury Stock, at cost Treasury Stock, at cost, beginning of period Treasury stock acquired Treasury stock retired Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans from treasury stock and other Net shares acquired related to employee incentive and stock compensation plans Treasury Stock, at cost, end of period Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) ("AOCI"), net of tax Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax, beginning of period Cumulative effect of accounting changes, net of tax Adjusted balance beginning of period Total other comprehensive income (loss) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax, end of period Total Stockholders’ Equity Preferred Shares Outstanding Common Shares Outstanding (in thousands) Common Shares Outstanding, beginning of period Treasury stock acquired Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans and other Return of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans to treasury stock Common Shares Outstanding, end of period Cash dividends declared per common share Cash dividends declared per preferred share See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 334 $ 334 $ 334 3 — 3 4 (1) 3 4 — 4 1,895 3,309 4,322 (153) 125 (154) 131 (90) 116 (1,219) (1,391) (1,039) 648 1,895 3,309 17,058 15,770 13,918 2,504 1,819 2,371 (21) (534) (21) (510) (21) (498) 19,007 17,058 15,770 (1,773) (1,740) (1,192) (1,414) (1,550) (1,702) 1,219 1,392 1,039 207 (55) 183 (58) 146 (31) (1,816) (1,773) (1,740) (3,841) — (3,841) 128 — 128 992 (3,969) (2,849) (3,841) 1,170 (65) 1,105 (977) 128 $ 15,327 $ 13,676 $ 17,805 13,800 13,800 13,800 315,111 334,926 358,489 (19,238) (22,273) (25,878) 3,299 3,285 2,902 (700) (827) (587) 298,472 315,111 334,926 $ 1.75 $ 1.58 $ 1.44 $ 1,500.00 $ 1,500.00 $ 1,500.00 119 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in millions) Operating Activities Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 2,504 $ 1,819 $ 2,371 Net realized losses (gains) Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs Additions to deferred policy acquisition costs Depreciation and amortization Loss on extinguishment of debt Loss on sale of business Other operating activities, net Change in assets and liabilities: Increase in reinsurance recoverables Net change in accrued and deferred income taxes Increase in insurance liabilities Net change in premiums receivable and agents' balances Net change in other assets and other liabilities Net cash provided by operating activities Investing Activities Proceeds from the sale/maturity/prepayment of: Fixed maturities, AFS Fixed maturities, FVO Equity securities at fair value Mortgage loans Limited partnerships and other alternative investments Payments for the purchase of: Fixed maturities, AFS Fixed maturities, FVO Equity securities at fair value Mortgage loans Limited partnerships and other alternative investments Net proceeds from (payments for) derivatives Net additions to property and equipment Net payments for short-term investments Other investing activities, net Proceeds from businesses sold, net of cash transferred Net cash used for investing activities Financing Activities Deposits and other additions to investment and universal life-type contracts Withdrawals and other deductions from investment and universal life-type contracts Repayment of debt Proceeds from the issuance of debt Net issuance (return) of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans Treasury stock acquired Dividends paid on preferred stock Dividends paid on common stock Net cash used for financing activities Foreign exchange rate effect on cash Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash, including cash classified within assets held for sale Less: Net decrease in cash classified as assets held for sale Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash Cash and restricted cash — beginning of period Cash and restricted cash — end of period Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information Income tax paid Interest paid See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 120 188 2,044 (2,159) 510 — — 213 (155) (29) 1,819 (708) (7) 4,220 6,806 2 2,173 1,036 295 (9,105) — (1,183) (1,055) (966) (129) (215) (69) (21) — (2,431) 96 (100) — — 6 (1,400) (21) (528) (1,947) 3 627 1,824 (1,939) 625 9 — 109 (470) (80) 2,192 (562) (146) 4,008 14,996 2 1,213 973 349 (14,255) (216) (1,371) (1,596) (1,095) 54 (175) (160) 4 — (1,277) 88 (102) (600) — (19) (1,550) (21) (506) (2,710) (14) (155) — (155) 344 189 $ 622 $ 209 $ 7 — 7 337 344 $ 548 $ 212 $ $ $ $ (530) 1,668 (1,739) 680 — 21 (125) (583) 85 2,411 (190) 24 4,093 22,457 — 626 1,506 537 (21,754) (160) (1,420) (2,386) (1,317) (7) (133) (417) (9) 11 (2,466) 89 (75) — 588 25 (1,702) (21) (485) (1,581) (6) 40 (58) 98 239 337 496 214 Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data, unless otherwise stated) 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Adoption of New Accounting Standards Reference Rate Reform On March 12, 2020, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standard Board's ("FASB") temporary guidance, which allows The Hartford to account for contract modifications made solely due to rate reform (such as replacing London Inter- Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") with another reference rate) as continuations of existing contracts and to maintain hedge accounting when the hedging effectiveness between a financial instrument and its hedge is only affected by the change to a replacement rate. As a result, The Hartford did not recognize gains and losses during the transition period of LIBOR to an alternative reference rate that would otherwise have arisen from accounting assessments and remeasurements. On December 21, 2022, the FASB extended the effective date for the temporary guidance and the temporary guidance now expires for contract modifications made and hedge relationships entered into or evaluated after December 31, 2024. The Company is not required to measure the effect of adoption on its financial position, cash flows or net income because the guidance provides relief from accounting for the effects of the change to a replacement rate. Reserve for Future Policy Benefits On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted the FASB’s updated guidance on accounting for long duration insurance contracts, which was applied on a modified retrospective basis as of January 1, 2021. The new guidance requires the discount rate assumption to be updated, as of the transition date and quarterly going forward, to a current upper-medium grade fixed-income investment yield, which has been interpreted to represent a yield based on single- A credit rated fixed maturity instruments with similar duration to the liability. The new guidance also eliminated the requirement to adjust the reserve for future policy benefits for unrealized gains and losses on fixed maturity investments as if those unrealized gains and losses were realized (referred to as shadow reserves). The change in the reserve estimate resulting from updating the discount rate assumptions and eliminating shadow reserves was recognized as a net cumulative effect adjustment that increased the reserve for future policy benefits by $85 and decreased AOCI by $65, net of deferred tax effects, as of January 1, 2021. The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. ("HFSG") is a holding company for insurance and financial services subsidiaries that provide property and casualty ("P&C") insurance, group life and disability products and mutual funds and exchange-traded funds ("ETF") to individual and business customers in the United States as well as in the United Kingdom and other international locations (collectively, “The Hartford”, the “Company”, “we” or “our”). On December 29, 2021, the Company completed the sale of all of Navigators Holdings (Europe) N.V., a Belgium holding company, and its subsidiaries, Bracht, Deckers & Mackelbert N.V. and Assurances Contintales Contintale Verzekeringen N.V., collectively referred to as "Continental Europe Operations". For further discussion of this transaction, see Note 22 - Business Dispositions. The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”) which differ materially from the accounting practices prescribed by various insurance regulatory authorities. Consolidation The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., and entities in which the Company directly or indirectly has a controlling financial interest. Entities in which the Company has significant influence over the operating and financing decisions but does not control are reported using the equity method. Intercompany transactions and balances between The Hartford and its subsidiaries and affiliates have been eliminated. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The most significant estimates include those used in determining property and casualty and group long-term disability ("LTD") insurance product reserves, net of reinsurance; evaluation of goodwill for impairment; valuation of investments and derivative instruments; and contingencies relating to corporate litigation and regulatory matters. Reclassifications Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year financial information to conform to the current year presentation. 121 Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) The new guidance also requires that underlying cash flow assumptions (i.e., mortality, lapse and expense) in the reserve for future policy benefits be based on best estimate assumptions. The adjustments to the reserve for future policy benefits at adoption resulted in establishing a deferred profit liability on limited pay contracts of $18 representing the estimated profits based on best estimate cash flow assumptions. The effect of adopting this guidance on the Company’s reserve for future policy benefits was as follows: Impact of Adoption on Reserve for Future Policy Benefits Reserve for Future Policy Benefits as of December 31, 2020 Adjustments: Removal of shadow reserve [1] Update cash flow assumptions and establish deferred profit liability Effect of measurement at current single-A rate [1] Total Adjustments Reserve for Future Policy Benefits as of January 1, 2021 Change in reserves due to changes in the single-A rate Other changes in reserves Reserve for Future Policy Benefits as of December 31, 2021 $ Payout Annuities Life Conversions Paid-up Life Deferred Profit Liability Other Total $ 189 $ 94 $ 267 $ — $ 88 $ 638 (26) (16) 59 17 206 (11) (7) — — 21 21 115 (7) (14) — (2) 29 27 294 (15) (17) — 18 — 18 18 — 2 — — 2 2 90 — (8) (26) — 111 85 723 (33) (44) 188 $ 94 $ 262 $ 20 $ 82 $ 646 [1]These changes were reflected as an adjustment to opening AOCI as of January 1, 2021, with a corresponding deferred tax benefit and increase in reinsurance recoverables of $18 and $2, respectively, resulting in a net decrease to AOCI of $65. The effect of adopting this guidance on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 1, 2021 as well as December 31, 2022 and 2021, and Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was as follows: Impact of Adoption on Consolidated Balance Sheets As of December 31, 2022 As As currently previously reported reported $ 6,966 $ $ 1,449 $ Effect of change As of December 31, 2021 As As currently previously reported reported Effect of change As of January 1, 2021 Balance prior to adoption Effect of change As currently reported (2) $ 6,964 $ 6,523 $ 270 $ (12) $ 1,437 $ 1 $ 6,524 $ 6,011 $ 46 $ 281 $ 11 $ Reinsurance recoverables Deferred income taxes, net Reserve for future policy benefits Retained earnings AOCI Total stockholders' equity 2 $ 6,013 64 18 $ 85 $ 723 — $ 13,918 (65) $ 1,105 (65) $ 18,491 50 $ 646 $ 638 $ 6 $ 15,770 $ 13,918 $ (44) $ 128 $ 1,170 $ (38) $ 17,805 $ 18,556 $ $ 561 $ $ 17,048 $ $ (3,876) $ $ 13,631 $ (59) $ 596 $ 502 $ 10 $ 17,058 $ 15,764 $ 35 $ 172 $ 45 $ 13,676 $ 17,843 $ (3,841) $ 122 Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Impact of Adoption on Consolidated Statements of Operations Year Ended December 31, 2022 Effect of change As previously reported As currently reported Year Ended December 31, 2021 Effect of change As previously reported As currently reported Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Net income available to common stockholders Net income available to common stockholders per common share Basic Diluted $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 13,142 $ 2,258 $ 443 $ 1,815 $ 1,794 $ (4) $ 4 $ — $ 4 $ 4 $ 13,138 $ 2,262 $ 443 $ 1,819 $ 1,798 $ 12,729 $ 2,896 $ 531 $ 2,365 $ 2,344 $ (9) $ 9 $ 3 $ 6 $ 6 $ 12,720 2,905 534 2,371 2,350 5.52 $ 5.44 $ 0.02 $ 0.02 $ 5.54 $ 5.46 $ 6.71 $ 0.02 $ 6.62 $ 0.02 $ 6.73 6.64 Impact of Adoption on Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Year Ended December 31, 2022 Effect of change As previously reported As currently reported Year Ended December 31, 2021 Effect of change As previously reported As currently reported Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on fixed maturities, AFS Change in liability for future policy benefits adjustments Other comprehensive loss, net of tax Comprehensive income (loss) $ $ $ $ (4,210) $ (15) $ (4,225) $ (1,218) $ (6) $ (1,224) — $ (4,048) $ (2,233) $ 94 $ 79 $ 83 $ 94 $ (3,969) $ (2,150) $ — $ (998) $ 1,367 $ 27 $ 21 $ 27 $ 27 (977) 1,394 Future Adoption of New Accounting Standards Segment Disclosures The FASB issued new guidance on Segment Reporting that requires enhanced disclosures on an annual and quarterly basis about significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) and included within the reported measure of segment profit or loss. The new guidance also requires disclosure of the title and position of the CODM as well as a description of how the reported measure of profit or loss is used to assess segment performance and allocate resources. The Company is required to provide the new disclosures beginning with the December 31, 2024 consolidated financial statements and on a quarterly basis beginning with the March 31, 2025 interim condensed consolidated financial statements. The new guidance will be applied on a retrospective basis for all periods presented. The Company is evaluating the disclosure impact of the new guidance; however, the new guidance will not have an impact on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Income Tax Disclosures The FASB issued new disclosure requirements for income taxes primarily for the income tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. The income tax rate reconciliation within the income taxes note will present reconciling items based on specified categories with further disaggregation of items above a prescribed threshold. Disclosure of income taxes paid (net of refunds received) in the consolidated statement of cash flows will be disaggregated by federal (national), state, and foreign taxes with further disaggregation by individual jurisdictions subject to a prescribed threshold. The Company is required to provide the new disclosure annually beginning with the December 31, 2025 consolidated financial statements. Disclosures are required to be provided on a prospective basis. Early adoption in an annual period and retrospective application is permitted. The Company is evaluating the disclosure impact of the new guidance; however, the new guidance will not have an impact on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Significant Accounting Policies The Company’s significant accounting policies are as follows: Revenue Recognition Premium Revenue from Direct Insurance and Assumed Reinsurance Property and casualty premiums are earned on a pro rata basis over the policy period and include accruals for policies that have been written by agents but not yet reported to us, as well as ultimate premium revenue anticipated under auditable and retrospectively rated policies. We estimate the amount of premium not yet reported based on current and historical trends of the business being written. Such estimates are regularly reviewed and updated and any resulting adjustments are included in the current year's results. Unearned premiums represent the premiums applicable to the unexpired terms of policies in force, or period of risk. Group life, disability and accident premiums are generally due from policyholders and recognized as revenue on a pro rata basis over the period of the contracts. An estimated ACL is recorded on the basis of periodic evaluations of balances due from insureds and considering 123 Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) historical credit loss information, adjusted for current economic conditions as well as reasonable and supportable forecasts when appropriate. The Company records total credit loss expenses related to premiums receivable in insurance operating costs and other expenses. Write-offs of premiums receivable and agents' balances and any related ACL are recorded in the period in which the balance is deemed uncollectible. Refer to Note 7 - Premiums Receivable and Agents' Balances for further discussion regarding the allowance for doubtful accounts included in premiums receivable and agents’ balances. Non-Insurance Revenue from Contracts with Customers Installment fees are charged on property and casualty insurance contracts for billing the insurance customer in installments over the policy term. These fees are recognized in fee income as earned on collection. Insurance servicing revenues within Personal Lines consist of up-front commissions earned for collecting premiums and processing claims on insurance policies for which The Hartford does not assume underwriting risk, predominantly related to the National Flood Insurance Plan program. These insurance servicing revenues are recognized in other revenues over the period of the flood program's policy terms. Group Benefits earns fee income from employers for the administration of underwriting, implementation and claims processing for employer self-funded plans and for leave management services. Fees are recognized as services are provided and collected monthly. Hartford Funds provides investment management, administrative and distribution services to mutual funds and exchange-traded funds. The Company assesses investment advisory, distribution and other asset management fees primarily based on the average daily net asset values from mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, which are recorded in the period in which the services are provided and are collected monthly. Fluctuations in domestic and international markets and related investment performance, volume and mix of sales and redemptions of mutual funds or exchange-traded funds, and other changes to the composition of assets under management ("AUM") are all factors that ultimately have a direct effect on fee income earned. Corporate investment management and other fees are primarily for managing third party invested assets, including management of a portion of the invested assets of The Hartford’s former life and annuity business. These fees, calculated based on the average quarterly net asset values, are recorded in the period in which the services are provided and are collected quarterly. Fluctuations in markets and interest rates and other changes to the composition of assets under management are all factors that ultimately have a direct effect on fee income earned. Dividends to Policyholders Policyholder dividends are paid to certain property and casualty policyholders. Policies that receive dividends are referred to as participating policies. Participating dividends to policyholders are accrued and reported in insurance operating costs and other expenses and other liabilities using an estimate of the amount to be paid based on underlying contractual obligations under policies and applicable state laws. Net written premiums for participating property and casualty insurance policies represented 6%, 7%, and 7% of total net written premiums for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Participating dividends to property and casualty policyholders were $39, $29 and $24 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. There were no additional amounts of income allocated to participating policyholders. Investments Overview The Company’s investments in fixed maturities consist of bonds, including structured securities, and redeemable preferred stock. Most of these investments are classified as AFS and are carried at fair value. The after tax difference between fair value and cost or amortized cost is reflected in stockholders’ equity as a component of AOCI. Fixed maturities for which the Company elected the fair value option are classified as FVO and are carried at fair value with changes in value recorded in net realized gains and losses. These investments represent certain investments in residual interests of securitizations and other securities that contain embedded credit derivatives. Equity securities are measured at fair value with any changes in valuation reported in net realized gains and losses. Mortgage loans are recorded at the outstanding principal balance adjusted for amortization of premiums or discounts and net of an ACL. Short-term investments are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. Limited partnerships and other alternative investments are reported at their carrying value and are primarily accounted for under the equity method with the Company’s share of earnings included in net investment income. Recognition of income related to limited partnerships and other alternative investments is delayed due to the availability of the related financial information, as private equity and other funds are generally received on a three-month delay. Accordingly, income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 may not include the full impact of current year changes in valuation of the underlying assets and liabilities of the funds, which are generally obtained from the limited partnerships. Other investments primarily consist of equity fund investments, overseas deposits which are measured at fair value using the net asset value as a practical expedient, consolidated investment funds for which the Company has provided seed money and reports the underlying investments at fair value with changes in the fair value recognized in income consistent with accounting requirements for investment companies, and derivative instruments which are carried at fair value. Net Realized Gains and Losses Net realized gains and losses from investment sales are reported as a component of revenues and are determined on a specific identification basis. Net realized gains and losses also result from fair value changes in equity securities, fixed maturities, FVO, and derivatives contracts that do not qualify, or are not designated, as a hedge for accounting purposes. The Company records net credit losses on fixed maturities, AFS and 124 Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) changes in the ACL on mortgage loans as a component of net realized gains and losses. Future changes in the ACL resulting from improvements in expected future cash flows are recorded through net realized gains and losses. Net Investment Income Interest income from fixed maturities and mortgage loans is recognized when earned on the constant effective yield method based on the estimated timing of cash flows. Most premiums and discounts on fixed maturities are amortized to the maturity date. Premiums on callable bonds may be amortized to call dates based on call prices. For structured financial assets subject to prepayment risk, yields are recalculated and adjusted periodically to reflect historical and/or estimated future prepayments using the retrospective method. For certain other structured securities, including securities that previously had an ACL and interest only securities, any yield adjustments are made using the prospective method. Prepayment fees and make-whole payments on fixed maturities and mortgage loans are recorded in net investment income when earned. For equity securities, dividends are recognized as investment income on the ex-dividend date. Limited partnerships and other alternative investments primarily use the equity method of accounting to recognize the Company’s share of earnings. For fixed maturities with an ACL, net investment income is recognized at the original effective rate and accretion of the ACL is recognized through net realized gains and losses. The Company’s non-income producing investments were not material for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. Accrued Investment Income Accrued investment income primarily includes accruals of interest and dividend income from investments that have been earned but not yet received. Derivative Instruments Overview The Company utilizes a variety of over-the-counter ("OTC") derivatives, derivatives cleared through central clearing houses ("OTC-cleared") and exchange traded derivative instruments as part of its overall risk management strategy as well as to engage in income generation covered call transactions and replication transactions. The types of instruments may include swaps, caps, floors, forwards, futures and options to achieve the following Company-approved objectives: • • • • to hedge risk arising from interest rate, equity market, commodity market, credit spread and issuer default, price or currency exchange rates or volatility; to manage liquidity; to control transaction costs; to enter into income generation covered call transactions and synthetic replication transactions. Interest rate and credit default swaps involve the periodic exchange of cash flows with other parties, at specified intervals, calculated using agreed upon rates or other financial variables and notional principal amounts. Generally, little to no cash or principal payments are exchanged at the inception of the contract. Typically, at the time a swap is entered into, the cash 125 flow streams exchanged by the counterparties are equal in value. The Company clears certain interest rate swap and credit default swap derivative transactions through central clearing houses. OTC-cleared derivatives require initial collateral at the inception of the trade in the form of cash or highly liquid securities, such as U.S. Treasuries and government agency investments. Central clearing houses also require additional cash as variation margin based on daily market value movements. For information on collateral, see the Derivative Collateral Arrangements section in Note 6 - Derivatives. In addition, OTC-cleared transactions include price alignment amounts either received or paid on the variation margin, which is characterized as interest and reflected in net investment income. Forward contracts are customized commitments that specify a rate of interest or currency exchange rate to be paid or received on an obligation beginning on a future start date and are typically settled in cash. Financial futures are standardized commitments to either purchase or sell designated financial instruments, at a future date, for a specified price and may be settled in cash or through delivery of the underlying instrument. Futures contracts trade on organized exchanges. Margin requirements for futures are met by pledging securities or cash, and changes in the futures’ contract values are settled daily in cash. Option contracts grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right to either purchase from or sell to the issuer a financial instrument at a specified price, within a specified period or on a stated date. The contracts may reference commodities, which grant the purchaser the right to either purchase from or sell to the issuer commodities at a specified price, within a specified period or on a stated date. Option contracts are typically settled in cash. Foreign currency swaps exchange an initial principal amount in two currencies, agreeing to re-exchange the currencies at a future date, at an agreed upon exchange rate. There may also be a periodic exchange of payments at specified intervals calculated using the agreed upon rates and exchanged principal amounts. The Company’s derivative transactions conducted in insurance company subsidiaries are used in strategies permitted under the derivative use plans required by the State of Connecticut, the State of Illinois and the State of New York insurance regulators. Accounting and Financial Statement Presentation of Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Derivative instruments are recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value and are reported in Other Investments and Other Liabilities. For balance sheet presentation purposes, the Company has elected to offset the fair value amounts, income accruals, and related cash collateral receivables and payables of OTC derivative instruments executed in a legal entity and with the same counterparty or Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) under a master netting agreement, which provides the Company with the legal right of offset. include comparison of critical terms of the derivative to the hedged item. On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (“fair value” hedge), (2) a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a forecasted transaction or of amounts to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow” hedge), (3) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation (“net investment” hedge) or (4) held for other investment and/or risk management purposes, which primarily involve managing asset or liability related risks and do not qualify for hedge accounting. The Company currently does not designate any derivatives as fair value or net investment hedges. Cash Flow Hedges - Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, including foreign-currency cash flow hedges, are recorded in AOCI and are reclassified into earnings when the variability of the cash flow of the hedged item impacts earnings. Gains and losses on derivative contracts that are reclassified from AOCI to current period earnings are included in the line item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the cash flows of the hedged item are recorded. Periodic derivative net coupon settlements are recorded in the line item of the Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the cash flows of the hedged item are recorded. Cash flows from cash flow hedges are presented in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. Other Investment and/or Risk Management Activities - The Company’s other investment and/or risk management activities primarily relate to strategies used to reduce economic risk or replicate permitted investments and do not receive hedge accounting treatment. Changes in the fair value, including periodic derivative net coupon settlements, of derivative instruments held for other investment and/or risk management purposes are reported in current period earnings as net realized gains and losses. Hedge Documentation and Effectiveness Testing To qualify for hedge accounting treatment, a derivative must be highly effective in mitigating the designated changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. At hedge inception, the Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking each hedge transaction. The documentation process includes linking derivatives that are designated as fair value, cash flow, or net investment hedges to specific assets or liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific forecasted transactions and defining the effectiveness testing methods to be used. The Company also formally assesses both at the hedge’s inception and ongoing on a quarterly basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and are expected to continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values, cash flows or net investment in foreign operations of hedged items. Hedge effectiveness is assessed primarily using quantitative methods as well as using qualitative methods. Quantitative methods include regression or other statistical analysis of changes in fair value or cash flows associated with the hedge relationship. Qualitative methods may Discontinuance of Hedge Accounting The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (1) it is determined that the qualifying criteria are no longer met; (2) the derivative is no longer designated as a hedging instrument; or (3) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised. When cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued because the Company becomes aware that it is not probable that the forecasted transaction will occur, the derivative continues to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and gains and losses that were accumulated in AOCI are recognized immediately in earnings. In other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, including those where the derivative is sold, terminated or exercised, amounts previously deferred in AOCI are reclassified into earnings when earnings are impacted by the hedged item. Embedded Derivatives The Company may purchase investments that contain embedded derivative instruments. When it is determined that (1) the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract and (2) a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host for measurement purposes. The embedded derivative, which is reported with the host instrument in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, is carried at fair value with changes in fair value reported in net realized gains and losses. Credit Risk of Derivative Instruments Credit risk is defined as the risk of financial loss due to uncertainty of an obligor’s or counterparty’s ability or willingness to meet its obligations in accordance with agreed upon terms. Credit exposures are measured using the market value of the derivatives, resulting in amounts owed to the Company by its counterparties or potential payment obligations from the Company to its counterparties. The Company generally requires that OTC derivative contracts, other than certain forward contracts, be governed by International Swaps and Derivatives Association agreements which are structured by legal entity and by counterparty, and permit right of offset. Some agreements require daily collateral settlement based upon agreed upon thresholds. For purposes of daily derivative collateral maintenance, credit exposures are generally quantified based on the prior business day’s market value and collateral is pledged to and held by, or on behalf of, the Company to the extent the current value of the derivatives is greater than zero, subject to minimum transfer thresholds, if applicable. The Company also minimizes the credit risk of derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties primarily rated A or better, which are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s risk management team and reviewed by senior management. OTC-cleared derivatives are governed by clearing house rules. Transactions cleared through a central clearing house reduce risk due to their ability to require daily variation margin and act as an independent valuation source. In addition, the Company monitors counterparty credit exposure on 126 Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) a monthly basis to ensure compliance with Company policies and statutory limitations. uncollectible. Expected recoveries are included in the estimate of the ACL. Cash and Restricted Cash Cash represents cash on hand and demand deposits with banks or other financial institutions. Restrictions on cash primarily relate to funds that are held to support regulatory and contractual obligations. Reinsurance The Company cedes insurance to affiliated and unaffiliated insurers in order to limit its maximum losses and to diversify its exposures and provide statutory surplus relief. Such arrangements do not relieve the Company of its primary liability to policyholders. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company. The Company also assumes reinsurance from other insurers and is a member of and participates in reinsurance pools and associations. Assumed reinsurance refers to the Company’s acceptance of certain insurance risks that other insurance companies or pools have underwritten. Reinsurance accounting is followed for ceded and assumed transactions that provide indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk (i.e., risk transfer). To meet risk transfer requirements, a reinsurance agreement must include insurance risk, consisting of underwriting and timing risk, and a reasonable possibility of a significant loss to the reinsurer. If the ceded and assumed transactions do not meet risk transfer requirements, the Company accounts for these transactions as deposit transactions. The Company had no deposit liability as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, reported in other liabilities. Premiums, benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses reflect the net effects of ceded and assumed reinsurance transactions. Included in other assets are prepaid reinsurance premiums, which represent the portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers applicable to the unexpired terms of the reinsurance contracts. Reinsurance recoverables are balances due from reinsurers for ceded paid and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and are presented net of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. Changes in the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance are reported in benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of its reinsurance recoverable assets and establishes an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance reflects management’s best estimate of reinsurance cessions that may be uncollectible in the future due to reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to pay. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance comprises an ACL and an allowance for disputed balances. Based on this analysis, the Company may adjust the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance or charge off reinsurer balances that are determined to be uncollectible. The Company records credit losses related to reinsurance recoverables in benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses. Write-offs of reinsurance recoverables and any related ACL are recorded in the period in which the balance is deemed Retroactive reinsurance agreements, including adverse development covers ("ADC"), are reinsurance agreements under which our reinsurer agrees to reimburse us as a result of loss development related to past insurable events. For these agreements, the consideration paid in excess of the estimated ultimate losses to be recovered under the agreement at inception is recognized as a loss on reinsurance transaction. The benefit of subsequent adverse development ceded up to the total consideration paid is recognized as ceded losses, which are a reduction of incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses. The excess of the estimated amounts ultimately to be recovered under the agreement over the consideration paid is recognized as a deferred gain liability and amortized into income over the period the ceded losses are recovered in cash from the reinsurer. The amount of the deferred gain liability is recalculated each period based on cumulative recoveries not yet collected relative to the latest estimate of ultimate losses to be recovered. Ceded loss reserves under retroactive agreements were $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion, and the deferred gain liability reported in other liabilities was $997 and $803, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In any given period, the change in deferred gain included in net income includes amortization of the deferred gain based on the percentage of ultimate ceded losses collected plus any change in the deferred gain liability due to changes in the estimated ultimate losses to be recovered. The effect on income from change in the deferred gain was a charge to earnings of $194, $229 and $246 before tax for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 respectively. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs DAC represents costs that are directly related to the acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts and incremental direct costs of contract acquisition that are incurred in transactions with independent third parties or in compensation to employees. Such costs primarily include commissions, premium taxes, costs and certain other expenses that are directly related to successfully issued contracts, including a portion of policy issuance and underwriting costs. For P&C insurance products and group life, disability and accident contracts, costs are deferred and amortized ratably over the period the related premiums are earned. Deferred acquisition costs are reviewed to determine if they are recoverable from future income, and if not, are charged to expense. Anticipated investment income is considered in the determination of the recoverability of DAC. Income Taxes The Company recognizes taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred taxes for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse. A deferred tax provision is recorded for the tax effects of temporary differences between the Company's current taxable income and its income before tax under generally accepted accounting principles in the Consolidated 127 Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Statements of Operations. For deferred tax assets, the Company records a valuation allowance that is adequate to reduce the total deferred tax asset to an amount that will more likely than not be realized. Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost to acquire a business over the acquisition date fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that a triggering event for a potential impairment has occurred. Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. Goodwill is impaired up to the amount that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. The Company’s reporting units, for which goodwill has been allocated consist of Commercial Lines, Personal Lines, Group Benefits, and Hartford Funds. Management’s determination of the fair value of each reporting unit incorporates multiple inputs into discounted cash flow calculations, including assumptions that market participants would make in valuing the reporting unit. Assumptions include levels of economic capital required to support the business, future business growth, earnings projections, the weighted average cost of capital used for purposes of discounting and, for the Hartford Funds segment, assets under management. Decreases in business growth, decreases in earnings projections and increases in the weighted average cost of capital will all cause a reporting unit’s fair value to decrease, increasing the possibility of impairments. Intangible Assets Acquired intangible assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets include purchased customer relationship and agency or other distribution rights and licenses measured at fair value at acquisition. The Company amortizes finite-lived other intangible assets over their useful lives generally on a straight-line basis over the period of expected benefit, ranging from 1 to 15 years. Management revises amortization periods if it believes there has been a change in the length of time that an intangible asset will continue to have value. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not subject to amortization. Intangible assets are assessed for impairment generally when events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment and at least annually for indefinite-lived intangibles. Finite-lived intangible assets are impaired if the carrying amount is not recoverable from undiscounted cash flows. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are impaired if the carrying amount exceeds fair value. Impaired intangible assets are written down to fair value. Property and Equipment Property and equipment, which includes capitalized software and right-of-use lease assets, is carried at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is based on the estimated useful lives of the various classes of property and equipment and is recognized principally on the straight-line method. Accumulated depreciation was $2.4 billion and $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Depreciation expense was $204, $213, and $282 for the years 128 ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and is reported in insurance operating costs and other expenses. The costs to access and develop hosted software arrangements, where The Hartford has the right to access and use the software, but not take possession, and the cost of certain software licenses are reported in other assets on a straight-line basis over the service period. Amortization of hosted software and certain software licenses was $85, $78, and $60 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively, and is reported in insurance operating costs and other expenses. Leases Leases are classified as financing or operating leases. Where the lease is economically similar to a purchase because The Hartford obtains control of the underlying asset, the lease is classified as a financing lease and the Company recognizes amortization of the right of use asset and interest expense on the liability. Where the lease is not economically similar to a purchase as the lease provides The Hartford with only the right to control the use of the underlying asset over the lease term and the lease term is greater than one year, the lease is an operating lease and the lease cost is recognized as rental expense over the lease term on a straight-line basis. Leases with a term of one year or less are also expensed over the lease term but not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses For property and casualty and group life, disability and accident insurance and assumed reinsurance products, the Company establishes reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses to provide for the estimated costs of paying claims under insurance policies written by the Company. These reserves include estimates for both claims that have been reported and those that have not yet been reported, and include estimates of all losses and loss adjustment expenses associated with processing and settling these claims. Estimating the ultimate cost of future losses and loss adjustment expenses is an uncertain and complex process. This estimation process is based significantly on the assumption that past developments are an appropriate predictor of future events, and involves a variety of actuarial techniques that analyze experience, trends and other relevant factors. The effects of inflation are implicitly considered in the reserving process. In addition, a number of complex factors influence the uncertainties involved with the reserving process including social and economic trends and changes in the concepts of legal liability and damage awards. Accordingly, final claim settlements may vary from the present estimates, particularly when those payments may not occur until well into the future. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of its estimated losses and loss adjustment expense reserves by reserve line within the various reporting segments. Adjustments to previously established reserves are reflected in the operating results of the period in which the adjustment is determined to be necessary. Such adjustments could possibly be significant, reflecting any variety of new and adverse or favorable trends. Most of the Company’s property and casualty insurance products reserves are not discounted. However, the Company Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) has discounted to present value certain reserves for indemnity payments that are due to claimants under workers’ compensation policies because the payment pattern and the ultimate costs are reasonably fixed and determinable on an individual claim basis. The discount rate is based on the risk free rate for the expected claim duration as determined in the year the claims were incurred. The Company also has discounted liabilities for structured settlement agreements that provide fixed periodic payments to claimants. These structured settlements include annuities purchased to fund unpaid losses for permanently disabled claimants. These structured settlement liabilities are discounted to present value using the rate implicit in the purchased annuities and the purchased annuities are accounted for within reinsurance recoverables. Group life and disability contracts with long-tail claim liabilities are discounted because the payment pattern and the ultimate costs are reasonably fixed and determinable on an individual claim basis. The discount rates are estimated based on investment yields expected to be earned on the cash flows net of investment expenses and expected credit losses. The Company establishes discount rates for these reserves in the year the claims are incurred (the incurral year) which is when the estimated settlement pattern is determined. The discount rate for life and disability reserves acquired from Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business were based on interest rates in effect at the acquisition date of November 1, 2017. For further information about how unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are established, see Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses. Reserve for Future Policy Benefits The Company’s reserves for future policy benefits includes paid- up life insurance and whole-life policies resulting from conversion from group life policies included within the Group Benefits segment and reserves for run-off structured settlement and terminal funding agreement liabilities, which are reported in the Corporate category. Contracts are grouped into cohorts by contract type and issue year. The Company establishes reserves for future policy benefits using the net premium approach, which represents the present value of future policyholder benefits and related expenses less the present value of future net premiums. Net premiums are calculated by multiplying gross premiums for the contracts in a specific cohort by a net premium ratio. The net premium ratio is determined for the lifetime of a given cohort as the present value of net benefits divided by the present value of gross premiums. Related expenses include termination and settlement costs and exclude acquisition costs and non-claim related costs, such as costs relating to investments, general administration, policy maintenance, product development, market research and general overhead or any other costs, which are expensed as incurred. The Company estimates premiums, benefits and related expense cash flows using methods that include assumptions, such as estimates of mortality, lapse, and claim-related expenses, and the possible impact of inflation on those expenses. Benefits include all guaranteed cash flows to be paid to the policyholder. 129 The reserve for future policy benefits is adjusted for differences between actual and expected experience. Each quarter, the Company updates its estimates of cash flows expected over the life of a group of contracts using actual historical experience. These updated cash flows are used to calculate the revised net premiums and net premium ratio, which are used to derive an updated reserve for future policy benefits. In subsequent periods, the revised net premiums are used to measure the reserve for future policy benefits, subject to future revisions. Future cash flow assumptions, including mortality, lapse and expense are reviewed and, if a change is indicated, updated at least annually in the third quarter. The difference between the newly calculated reserve balance and the reserve balance before updating for actual experience and/or future cash flow assumptions is the remeasurement gain or loss, which is immaterial for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 is presented in benefits losses and loss adjustments expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Changes to the reserve due to updates to cash flow assumptions discounted at the discount rate used immediately prior to transition are recognized on a catch-up basis in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The discount rate assumption is an equivalent single rate that is based on a current market observable, upper-medium grade fixed maturity yield. This has been interpreted to represent a yield based on single-A credit rated fixed maturity instruments with similar duration to the liability. The Company uses the yield of a market observable index of single-A credit rated fixed maturities as the basis for setting the discount rate. The discount rate assumption is updated quarterly and the change in the reserve estimate resulting from updating the discount rate assumption is recognized in other comprehensive income. Treasury Stock Treasury stock is the cost of common stock repurchased, which includes the purchase price of shares acquired and direct costs to acquire shares, including commissions and excise taxes. Issuance and retirement of treasury stock is recognized at the average cost of shares held in treasury. Foreign Currency Foreign currency translation gains and losses are reflected in stockholders’ equity as a component of AOCI. The Company’s foreign subsidiaries’ balance sheet accounts are translated at the exchange rates in effect at each year end and income statement accounts are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The national currencies of the international operations are generally their functional currencies; however, the U.S. dollar is the functional currency of Lloyd's Syndicate 1221 ("Lloyd's Syndicate"), for which the Company is the sole corporate member. Gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of foreign currency transactions are reflected in earnings in net realized gains (losses) in the period in which they occur. THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 2 - Earnings Per Common Share 2. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE Computation of Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share (In millions, except for per share data) Earnings Net income Less: Preferred stock dividends Net income available to common stockholders Shares Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic Dilutive effect of stock-based awards under compensation plans Weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares [1] Net income available to common stockholders per common share Basic Diluted [1]For additional information, see Note 16 - Equity and Note 20 - Stock Compensation Plans. For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ $ 2,504 $ 21 2,483 $ 1,819 $ 21 1,798 $ 307.1 4.4 324.8 4.7 2,371 21 2,350 349.1 5.0 311.5 329.5 354.1 $ $ 8.09 $ 7.97 $ 5.54 $ 5.46 $ 6.73 6.64 Basic earnings per common share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per common share includes the dilutive effect of stock-based awards under compensation plans. Under the treasury stock method, for stock-based awards, shares are assumed to be issued and then reduced for the number of shares repurchasable with theoretical proceeds at the average market price for the period. Contingently issuable shares are included for the number of shares issuable assuming the end of the reporting period was the end of the contingency period, if dilutive. 3. SEGMENT INFORMATION The Company currently conducts business principally in five reporting segments including Commercial Lines, Personal Lines, Property & Casualty Other Operations, Group Benefits and Hartford Funds, as well as a Corporate category. Over 95% of the Company’s revenues are generated in the United States (“U.S.”). The remaining revenues are generated in the U.K. and other international locations. We report our results of operations consistent with the manner in which our chief operating decision maker ("CODM") reviews the business to assess performance, make operating decisions and allocate resources. The Company’s reporting segments, as well as the Corporate category, are as follows: Commercial Lines Commercial Lines provides a variety of insurance products and risk management services in the U.S. and internationally, with insurance coverages including workers’ compensation, property, automobile, general liability, umbrella, package business, professional liability, bond, marine, livestock, accident and health, and assumed reinsurance. Personal Lines Personal Lines provides standard automobile, homeowners and personal umbrella coverages to individuals across the U.S., including a special program designed exclusively for members of AARP. This agreement provides an important competitive advantage given the size of the 50 plus population and the 130 strength of the AARP brand, and is in place through December 31, 2032. Property & Casualty Other Operations Property & Casualty Other Operations includes certain property and casualty operations, managed by the Company, that have discontinued writing new business and includes substantially all of the Company’s asbestos and environmental ("A&E") exposures. Group Benefits Group Benefits provides employers and associations with group life, accident and disability coverage, along with other products and services, including voluntary benefits, and group retiree health. Hartford Funds Hartford Funds offers investment products for retail and retirement accounts and provides investment management, distribution and administrative services such as product design, implementation and oversight. This business also manages a portion of the mutual funds which support third-party life and annuity separate accounts. THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 3 - Segment Information Corporate The Company includes in the Corporate category reserves for run-off structured settlement and terminal funding agreement liabilities, restructuring costs, capital raising activities (including equity financing, debt financing and related interest expense), transaction expenses incurred in connection with an acquisition, certain M&A costs, purchase accounting adjustments related to goodwill and other expenses not allocated to the reporting segments. Interest expense of $199, $213 and $234, on debt for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, is included in the Corporate category for segment reporting. Corporate also includes investment management fees and expenses related to managing third party assets. Talcott Resolution Life, Inc. is the holding company of the life and annuity business that we sold in May 2018. Up until June 30, 2021, Corporate included a 9.7% ownership interest in Hopmeadow Holdings LP, the legal entity that acquired Talcott Resolution in May 2018 (Hopmeadow Holdings, LP, Talcott Resolution Life Inc., and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as "Talcott Resolution"). Refer to Note 5 - Investments for additional information. Financial Measures and Other Segment Information Certain transactions between segments occur during the year that primarily relate to tax settlements, insurance coverage, expense reimbursements, services provided, investment transfers and capital contributions. In addition, certain inter- segment transactions occur that relate to interest income on allocated surplus. Consolidated net income is unaffected by such transactions. Revenues For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Earned premiums and fee income: Commercial Lines Workers’ compensation $ 3,670 $ 3,499 $ 3,172 General liability Marine 1,977 1,836 1,622 256 235 228 Package business 2,076 1,844 1,665 Property Professional liability Bond Assumed reinsurance Automobile 1,053 845 787 737 321 303 615 467 927 844 829 655 287 328 789 Total Commercial Lines 11,682 10,610 9,575 Personal Lines Automobile Homeowners 2,156 2,047 2,059 961 932 927 Total Personal Lines [1] 3,117 2,979 2,986 Property & Casualty Other Operations — — — Group Benefits Group disability Group life Other 3,530 3,310 2,983 2,583 2,393 2,388 402 354 316 Total Group Benefits 6,515 6,057 5,687 Hartford Funds Mutual fund and ETF Third-party life and annuity separate accounts [2] Total Hartford Funds Corporate Total earned premiums and fee income 900 964 1,094 73 80 95 973 1,044 1,189 39 49 50 22,326 20,739 19,487 Total net investment income 2,305 2,177 2,313 Net realized gains (losses) (188) (627) 509 Other revenues 84 73 81 Total revenues $ 24,527 $ 22,362 $ 22,390 [1]For 2023, 2022 and 2021, AARP members accounted for earned premiums of $2.9 billion, $2.7 billion and $2.7 billion, respectively. [2]Represents revenues earned for investment advisory services on third party life and annuity separate account AUM by the Company's Hartford Funds segment. 131 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Net Income (Loss) Amortization of Other Intangible Assets Note 3 - Segment Information For the years ended December 31, 2022 2021 2023 Commercial Lines Personal Lines Group Benefits $ 29 $ 2 40 29 $ 2 40 29 2 40 Total amortization of other intangible assets $ 71 $ 71 $ 71 Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Commercial Lines Personal Lines Property & Casualty Other Operations Group Benefits Hartford Funds Corporate For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 502 $ (15) 426 $ 22 402 95 (36) 133 45 (45) 584 $ (52) 75 41 (69) 443 $ (28) 56 56 (47) 534 As of December 31, 2022 2023 $ 49,711 $ 47,234 5,579 5,130 4,235 3,897 13,697 13,278 684 2,874 76,780 $ 635 2,834 73,008 $ For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Commercial Lines $ 2,085 $ 1,624 $ 1,757 Personal Lines Property & Casualty Other Operations Group Benefits Hartford Funds Corporate Net income (39) 91 385 (130) (190) (95) 535 327 174 162 256 217 (121) (195) (149) 2,504 1,819 2,371 Preferred stock dividends 21 21 21 Net income available to common stockholders $ 2,483 $ 1,798 $ 2,350 Net Investment Income For the years ended December 31, 2022 2021 2023 Commercial Lines $ 1,532 $ 1,415 $ 1,502 Personal Lines Property & Casualty Other Operations Group Benefits Hartford Funds Corporate 171 140 157 69 63 75 469 524 550 17 47 9 26 5 24 Net investment income $ 2,305 $ 2,177 $ 2,313 Amortization of DAC Commercial Lines Personal Lines Group Benefits 2023 For the years ended December 31, 2022 $ 1,779 $ 1,563 $ 1,398 230 40 231 34 228 33 2021 Total amortization of DAC $ 2,044 $ 1,824 $ 1,668 Total income tax expense $ Assets Commercial Lines Personal Lines Property & Casualty Other Operations Group Benefits Hartford Funds Corporate Total assets 132 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Non-Insurance Revenue from Contracts with Customers Note 3 - Segment Information Revenue Line Item 2023 2022 2021 For the years ended December 31, Fee income $ 41 $ 39 $ Fee income Other revenues 30 81 30 73 34 32 80 Fee income 217 187 183 Commercial Lines Installment billing fees Personal Lines Installment billing fees Insurance servicing revenues Group Benefits Administrative services Hartford Funds Advisory, servicing and distribution fees Fee income 973 1,044 1,189 Corporate Investment management and other fees Other Fee income Other revenues 39 1 49 1 50 1 Total non-insurance revenues with customers $ 1,382 $ 1,423 $ 1,569 4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS The Company carries certain financial assets and liabilities at estimated fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants. Our fair value framework includes a hierarchy that gives the highest priority to the use of quoted prices in active markets, followed by the use of market observable inputs, followed by the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy levels are as follows: Level 1 Level 2 Fair values based primarily on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities, in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Fair values primarily based on observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, or based on prices for similar assets and liabilities. Level 3 Fair values derived when one or more of the significant inputs are unobservable (including assumptions about risk). With little or no observable market, the determination of fair values uses considerable judgment and represents the Company’s best estimate of an amount that could be realized in a market exchange for the asset or liability. Also included are securities that are traded within illiquid markets and/or priced by independent brokers. The Company will classify the financial asset or liability by level based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the determination of the fair value. In most cases, both observable inputs (e.g., changes in interest rates) and unobservable inputs (e.g., changes in risk assumptions) are used to determine fair values that the Company has classified within Level 3. 133 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements Assets and (Liabilities) Carried at Fair Value by Hierarchy Level as of December 31, 2023 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis Fixed maturities, AFS Asset-backed securities ("ABS") Collateralized loan obligations ("CLO") Commercial mortgage-backed securities ("CMBS") Corporate Foreign government/government agencies Municipal Residential mortgage-backed securities ("RMBS") U.S. Treasuries Total fixed maturities, AFS Fixed maturities, FVO Equity securities, at fair value Derivative assets Credit derivatives Foreign exchange derivatives Total derivative assets [1] Short-term investments $ 3,320 $ — $ 3,320 $ 3,090 3,125 17,866 562 6,039 4,287 1,529 39,818 327 864 (10) 9 (1) — — — — — — 18 18 — 333 — — — 2,977 2,898 16,005 1,861 562 6,039 4,251 1,511 — — 36 — 37,563 2,237 160 473 (10) 9 (1) — 113 227 167 58 — — — 25 3,850 1,400 2,425 Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis $ 44,858 $ 1,751 $ 40,620 $ 2,487 Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis Derivative liabilities Credit derivatives Foreign exchange derivatives Interest rate derivatives Total derivative liabilities [2] Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis $ $ 10 $ 4 (6) 8 8 $ — $ — — — — $ 10 $ 4 (6) 8 8 $ — — — — — 134 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements Assets and (Liabilities) Carried at Fair Value by Hierarchy Level as of December 31, 2022 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total $ 1,941 $ — $ 1,911 $ Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis Fixed maturities, AFS ABS CLO CMBS Corporate Foreign government/government agencies Municipal RMBS U.S. Treasuries Total fixed maturities, AFS Fixed maturities, FVO Equity securities, at fair value Derivative assets Credit derivatives Foreign exchange derivatives Total derivative assets [1] Short-term investments 2,941 3,368 15,233 547 6,296 3,708 2,197 36,231 333 1,801 2 32 34 — — — — — — — — — 1,261 — — — 3,859 1,429 2,237 Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis $ 42,258 $ 2,690 $ 37,085 $ Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis Derivative liabilities Credit derivatives Foreign exchange derivatives Interest rate derivatives Total derivative liabilities [2] $ (2) $ 21 (6) 13 Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis $ 13 $ — $ — — — — $ (2) $ 21 (6) 13 13 $ [1]Includes derivative instruments in a net positive fair value position after consideration of the accrued interest and impact of collateral posting requirements which may be imposed by agreements and applicable law. See footnote 2 to this table for derivative liabilities. [2]Includes derivative instruments in a net negative fair value position (derivative liability) after consideration of the accrued interest and impact of collateral posting requirements which may be imposed by agreements and applicable law. The Company has overseas deposits included in other investments of $75 and $62 as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, which are measured at fair value using the net asset value as a practical expedient. Fixed Maturities, Equity Securities, Short-term Investments, and Derivatives Valuation Techniques The Company generally determines fair values using valuation techniques that use prices, rates, and other relevant information evident from market transactions involving identical or similar instruments. Valuation techniques also include, where appropriate, estimates of future cash flows that are converted into a single discounted amount using current market expectations. The Company uses a "waterfall" approach comprised of the following pricing sources and techniques, which are listed in priority order: • • Quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities in active markets, which are classified as Level 1. Prices from third-party pricing services, which primarily utilize a combination of techniques. These services utilize recently reported trades of identical, similar, or benchmark securities making adjustments for market observable inputs available through the reporting date. If there are no recently reported trades, they may use a discounted cash flow technique to develop a price using expected cash flows based upon the anticipated future performance of the 135 2,826 3,146 30 115 222 13,644 1,589 547 6,296 3,613 2,197 — — 95 — 34,180 2,051 155 479 2 32 34 178 61 — — — 193 2,483 — — — — — THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements underlying collateral discounted at an estimated market rate. Both techniques develop prices that consider the time value of future cash flows and provide a margin for risk, including liquidity and credit risk. Most prices provided by third-party pricing services are classified as Level 2 because the inputs used in pricing the securities are observable. However, some securities that are less liquid or trade less actively are classified as Level 3. Additionally, certain long-dated securities, such as municipal securities and bank loans, include benchmark interest rate or credit spread assumptions that are not observable in the marketplace and are thus classified as Level 3. Internal matrix pricing is a valuation process internally developed for private placement securities for which the Company is unable to obtain a price from a third-party pricing service. Internal pricing matrices determine credit spreads that, when combined with risk-free rates, are applied to contractual cash flows to develop a price. The Company develops credit spreads using market based data for public securities adjusted for credit spread differentials between public and private securities, which are obtained from a survey of multiple private placement brokers. The market-based reference credit spread considers the issuer’s sector, financial strength, and term to maturity, using an independent public security index, while the credit spread differential considers the non-public nature of the security. Securities priced using internal matrix pricing are classified as Level 2 because the significant inputs are observable or can be corroborated with observable data. Independent broker quotes, which are typically non-binding, use inputs that can be difficult to corroborate with observable market based data. Brokers may use present value techniques using assumptions specific to the security types, or they may use recent transactions of similar securities. Due to the lack of transparency in the process that brokers use to develop prices, valuations that are based on independent broker quotes are classified as Level 3. • • The fair value of derivative instruments is determined primarily using a discounted cash flow model or option model technique and incorporates counterparty credit risk. In some cases, quoted market prices for exchange-traded and OTC cleared derivatives may be used and in other cases independent broker quotes may be used. The pricing valuation models primarily use inputs that are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data. The valuation of certain derivatives may include significant inputs that are unobservable, such as volatility levels, and reflect the Company’s view of what other market participants would use when pricing such instruments. Valuation Controls The process for determining the fair value of investments is monitored by the Valuation Committee, which is a cross- functional group of senior management within the Company. The purpose of the Valuation Committee is to provide oversight of the pricing policy, procedures and controls, including approval of valuation methodologies and pricing sources. The Valuation Committee reviews market data trends, pricing statistics and trading statistics to ensure that prices are reasonable and consistent with our fair value framework. Controls and procedures used to assess third-party pricing services are reviewed by the Valuation Committee, including the results of annual due-diligence reviews. Controls include, but are not limited to, reviewing daily and monthly price changes, stale prices, and missing prices and comparing new trade prices to third-party pricing services, weekly price changes to published bond index prices, and daily OTC derivative market valuations to counterparty valuations. The Company has a dedicated pricing group that works with trading and investment professionals to challenge prices received by a third party pricing source if the Company believes that the valuation received does not accurately reflect the fair value. New valuation models and changes to current models require approval by the Valuation Committee. In addition, the Company’s enterprise-wide Operational Risk Management function provides an independent review of the suitability and reliability of model inputs, as well as an analysis of significant changes to current models. Valuation Inputs Quoted prices for identical assets in active markets are considered Level 1 and consist of on-the-run U.S. Treasuries, money market funds, exchange-traded equity securities, open- ended mutual funds, certain short-term investments, and exchange traded derivative instruments. 136 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Valuation Inputs Used in Levels 2 and 3 Measurements for Securities and Derivatives Level 2 Primary Observable Inputs Level 3 Primary Unobservable Inputs Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements Fixed Maturity Investments Structured securities (includes ABS, CLO, CMBS and RMBS) • Benchmark yields and spreads • Monthly payment information • Collateral performance, which varies by vintage year and includes delinquency rates, loss severity rates and refinancing assumptions • Credit default swap indices Other inputs for ABS, CLO, and RMBS: • Estimate of future principal prepayments, derived from the characteristics of the underlying structure • Prepayment speeds previously experienced at the interest rate levels projected for the collateral Corporates • Independent broker quotes • Credit spreads beyond observable curve • Interest rates beyond observable curve Other inputs for less liquid securities or those that trade less actively, including subprime RMBS: • Estimated cash flows • Credit spreads, which include illiquidity premium • Constant prepayment rates • Constant default rates • Loss severity • Benchmark yields and spreads • Reported trades, bids, offers of the same or similar securities • Issuer spreads and credit default swap curves • Independent broker quotes • Credit spreads beyond observable curve • Interest rates beyond observable curve Other inputs for investment grade privately placed securities that utilize internal matrix pricing: • Credit spreads for public securities of similar quality, maturity, and sector, adjusted for non-public nature Other inputs for below investment grade privately placed securities and private bank loans: • Credit spreads for public securities of similar quality, maturity, and sector, adjusted for non-public nature U.S. Treasuries, Municipals, and Foreign government/government agencies • Benchmark yields and spreads • Issuer credit default swap curves • Political events in emerging market economies • Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board reported trades and material event notices • Issuer financial statements Equity Securities • Quoted prices in markets that are not active Short-term Investments • Benchmark yields and spreads • Reported trades, bids, offers • Issuer spreads and credit default swap curves • Material event notices and new issue money market rates Derivatives Credit derivatives • Swap yield curve • Credit default swap curves Foreign exchange derivatives • Swap yield curve • Currency spot and forward rates • Cross currency basis curves Interest rate derivatives • Swap yield curve • Credit spreads beyond observable curve • Interest rates beyond observable curve • For privately traded equity securities, internal discounted cash flow models utilizing earnings multiples or other cash flow assumptions that are not observable • Independent broker quotes • Not applicable • Not applicable • Not applicable 137 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Significant Unobservable Inputs for Level 3 - Securities Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis Fair Value Predominant Valuation Technique Significant Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum Impact of Increase in Input on Fair Value [2] Weighted Average [1] CLO [3] CMBS [3] Corporate [4] RMBS $ 98 $ 226 $ 1,741 $ 36 Discounted cash flows Discounted cash flows Discounted cash flows Discounted cash flows As of December 31, 2023 Spread Spread (encompasses prepayment, default risk and loss severity) 268 bps 270 bps 269 bps Decrease 365 bps 1,315 bps 509 bps Decrease Spread 49 bps 743 bps 323 bps Decrease Spread [6] 32 bps 298 bps 161 bps Decrease Constant prepayment rate [6] Constant default rate [6] 1% 1% 5% 5% 4% 2% Decrease [5] Decrease Loss severity [6] 10 bps 70 bps 41 bps Decrease Short-term investments [3] $ 15 Discounted cash flows Spread 579 bps 1,254 bps 1,225 bps Decrease CLO CMBS [3] Corporate [4] RMBS [3] $ 115 $ 219 $ 1,541 $ 65 Discounted cash flows Discounted cash flows Discounted cash flows Discounted cash flows As of December 31, 2022 Spread Spread (encompasses prepayment, default risk and loss severity) 337 bps 337 bps 337 bps Decrease 419 bps 1,307 bps 527 bps Decrease Spread 77 bps 642 bps 360 bps Decrease Spread [6] 62 bps 249 bps 160 bps Decrease Constant prepayment rate [6] Constant default rate [6] 1% 1% 10% 4% 7% 2% Decrease [5] Decrease Loss severity [6] 10% 100% 38% Decrease [1]The weighted average is determined based on the fair value of the securities. [2]Conversely, the impact of a decrease in input would have the opposite impact to the fair value as that presented in the table. [3]Excludes securities for which the Company bases fair value on broker quotations. [4]Excludes securities for which the Company bases fair value on broker quotations; however, included are broker priced lower-rated private placement securities for which the Company receives spread and yield information to corroborate the fair value. [5]Decrease for above market rate coupons and increase for below market rate coupons. [6]Generally, a change in the assumption used for the constant default rate would have been accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the loss severity and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for constant prepayment rate and would have resulted in wider spreads. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the fair values of the Company's level 3 derivatives were less than $1 for both periods. The table above excludes certain securities for which fair values are predominately based on independent broker quotes. While the Company does not have access to the significant unobservable inputs that independent brokers may use in their pricing process, the Company believes brokers likely use inputs similar to those used by the Company and third-party pricing services to price similar instruments. As such, in their pricing models, brokers likely use estimated loss severity rates, prepayment rates, constant default rates and credit spreads. Therefore, similar to non-broker priced securities, increases in these inputs would generally cause fair values to decrease. As of December 31, 2023, no significant adjustments were made by the Company to broker prices received. Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs The Company uses derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with certain assets and liabilities. However, the derivative instrument may not be classified within the same fair value hierarchy level as the associated asset or liability. 138 Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Fair Value Rollforwards for Financial Instruments Classified as Level 3 for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 Total realized/ unrealized gains (losses) Fair value as of January 1, 2023 Included in net income [1] Included in OCI [2] Purchases Settlements Sales Transfers into Level 3 [3] Transfers out of Level 3 [3] Fair value as of December 31, 2023 Assets Fixed maturities, AFS ABS CLO CMBS Corporate RMBS Total fixed maturities, AFS Fixed maturities, FVO Equity securities, at fair value Short-term investments $ 30 $ — $ — $ 82 $ — $ — $ — $ (112) $ 115 222 1,589 95 2,051 178 61 193 — (2) (5) — (7) (1) (1) — — 3 71 — 74 — — — 102 6 458 40 688 — 1 48 (49) (18) — (5) (196) (11) (29) — (292) (16) (10) (3) (216) — — — — 21 50 — 71 — — — — 113 227 (55) — (95) 1,861 (70) 36 (332) 2,237 — — — 167 58 25 Total Assets $ 2,483 $ (9) $ 74 $ 737 $ (521) $ (16) $ 71 $ (332) $ 2,487 Fair Value Rollforwards for Financial Instruments Classified as Level 3 for the Year Ended December 31, 2022 Total realized/ unrealized gains (losses) Fair value as of January 1, 2022 Included in net income [1] Included in OCI [2] Purchases Settlements Sales Transfers into Level 3 [3] Transfers out of Level 3 [3] Fair value as of December 31, 2022 Assets Fixed maturities, AFS ABS CLO CMBS Corporate Foreign Govt./Govt. Agencies RMBS Total fixed maturities, AFS Fixed maturities, FVO Equity securities, at fair value Short-term investments $ — $ — $ — $ 49 $ — $ — $ — $ (19) $ 257 196 1,618 5 328 2,404 160 64 80 — — — (1) — (1) (24) 11 — (2) (15) (174) — (14) (205) — — — 113 51 524 — 137 874 55 2 (62) (10) — — (274) (40) — (95) (7) — (441) (47) (13) (16) — — — 284 (121) (191) — 30 115 222 (110) 1,589 — (261) — 95 (581) 2,051 — — (50) 178 61 193 — — 45 3 — 48 — — — Total Assets $ 2,708 $ (14) $ (205) $ 1,215 $ (591) $ (47) $ 48 $ (631) $ 2,483 [1]Amounts in these columns are generally reported in net realized gains (losses). All amounts are before income taxes. [2]All amounts are before income taxes. [3]Transfers into and/or (out of) of Level 3 are primarily attributable to the availability of market observable information and the re-evaluation of the observability of pricing inputs. 139 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses) for Financial Instruments Classified as Level 3 Still Held at Year End Assets Fixed maturities, AFS CLO CMBS Corporate RMBS Total fixed maturities, AFS Fixed maturities, FVO Equity securities, at fair value Total Assets December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Changes in Unrealized Gain/ (Loss) included in Net Income [1] [2] Changes in Unrealized Gain/ (Loss) included in OCI [3] Changes in Unrealized Gain/ (Loss) included in Net Income [1] [2] Changes in Unrealized Gain/ (Loss) included in OCI [3] $ — $ 1 $ — (6) — (6) (1) (1) 2 71 — 74 — — $ (8) $ 74 $ — $ — (3) — (3) (24) 2 (25) $ (1) (15) (170) (13) (199) — — (199) [1]All amounts in these rows are reported in net realized gains (losses). All amounts are before income taxes. [2]Amounts presented are for Level 3 only and therefore may not agree to other disclosures included herein. [3]Changes in unrealized gains (losses) on fixed maturities, AFS are reported in changes in net unrealized gain (loss) on fixed maturities in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Fair Value Option The Company has elected the fair value option for certain investments in residual interests of securitizations and other securities that contain embedded credit derivatives with underlying credit risk related to residential real estate in order to reflect changes in fair value in earnings. These instruments are included within fixed maturities, FVO on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and changes in the fair value of these investments are reported in net realized gains and losses. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the fair value of assets using the fair value option was $327 and $333, respectively, of which $167 and $178, respectively, were residual interests of securitizations. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, net realized gains (losses) related to the change in fair value of assets using the fair value option were $5, $(28), and $(6), respectively. Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value Financial Assets and Liabilities Not Carried at Fair Value Assets Mortgage loans Liabilities December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Fair Value Hierarchy Level Carrying Amount [1] Fair Value Fair Value Hierarchy Level Carrying Amount [1] Fair Value Level 3 $ 6,087 $ 5,584 Level 3 $ 6,000 $ 5,362 Other policyholder funds and benefits payable Level 3 $ 638 $ 639 Level 3 $ 658 $ 658 Senior notes [2] Junior subordinated debentures [2] Level 2 $ 3,863 $ 3,533 Level 2 $ 3,858 $ 3,339 Level 2 $ 499 $ 429 Level 2 $ 499 $ 419 [1]As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the carrying amount of mortgage loans is net of ACL of $51 and $36, respectively [2]Included in long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, except for any current maturities, which are included in short-term debt when applicable. 140 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 5 - Investments 5. INVESTMENTS Net Investment Income (Before tax) Fixed maturities [1] Equity securities Mortgage loans Limited partnerships and other alternative investments Other investments [2] Gross investment income Investment expenses Total net investment income $ $ $ For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 1,895 $ 1,469 $ 45 235 212 9 2,396 $ (91) 2,305 $ 57 211 515 5 2,257 $ (80) 2,177 $ 1,349 73 181 732 58 2,393 (80) 2,313 [1]Includes net investment income on short-term investments. [2]Primarily includes changes in fair value of certain equity fund investments and income from derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting and are used to hedge fixed maturities. (Before tax) Net Realized Gains (Losses) For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Gross gains on sales of fixed maturities $ Gross losses on sales of fixed maturities Equity securities [1] Net realized gains (losses) on sales of equity securities Change in net unrealized gains (losses) of equity securities Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities Net credit losses on fixed maturities, AFS Change in ACL on mortgage loans Intent-to-sell impairments Other, net [2] Net realized gains (losses) $ 30 $ (149) 100 (22) 78 (14) (15) — (118) (188) $ 57 $ (315) (83) (266) (349) (18) (7) (6) 11 (627) $ 319 (89) 81 146 227 4 9 — 39 509 [1]The change in net unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities still held as of the end of the period and included in net realized gains (losses) were $17, $(108), and $155 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. [2]Includes gains (losses) on non-qualifying derivatives for 2023, 2022, and 2021 of $(108), $46, and $12, respectively, and gains (losses) from transactional foreign currency revaluation of $(15), $28, and $(1), respectively. Also included for the year ended December 31, 2021, is a loss of $21 on the sale of the Continental Europe Operations and a gain of $46 on the sale of the Company's previously owned interest in Talcott Resolution. Proceeds from the sales of fixed maturities, AFS totaled $3.8 billion, $11.4 billion, and $15.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Sales of AFS securities in 2023 were primarily a result of tactical changes to the portfolio driven by changing market conditions, in addition to duration and liquidity management. Non-cash investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023, included $80 related to the exchange of short-term investments for mortgage loans. Accrued Investment Income on Fixed Maturities, AFS and Mortgage Loans As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company reported accrued investment income related to fixed maturities, AFS of $371 and $338, respectively, and accrued 141 investment income related to mortgage loans of $20 and $18, respectively. These amounts are not included in the carrying value of the fixed maturities or mortgage loans. The Company does not include the current accrued investment income balance when estimating the ACL. The Company has a policy to write-off accrued investment income balances that are more than 90 days past due. Write-offs of accrued investment income are recorded as a credit loss component of net realized gains and losses. Investment income on fixed maturities and mortgage loans is accrued unless it is past due over 90 days or management deems the interest uncollectible. THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 5 - Investments Recognition and Presentation of Intent-to-Sell Impairments and ACL on Fixed Maturities, AFS The Company will record an "intent-to-sell impairment" as a reduction to the amortized cost of fixed maturities, AFS in an unrealized loss position if the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the fixed maturity before a recovery in value. A corresponding charge is recorded in net realized losses equal to the difference between the fair value on the impairment date and the amortized cost basis of the fixed maturity before recognizing the impairment. For fixed maturities where a credit loss has been identified and no intent-to-sell impairment has been recorded, the Company will record an ACL for the portion of the unrealized loss related to the credit loss. Any remaining unrealized loss on a fixed maturity after recording an ACL is the non-credit amount and is recorded in OCI. The ACL is the excess of the amortized cost over the greater of the Company's best estimate of the present value of expected future cash flows or the security's fair value. Cash flows are discounted at the effective yield that is used to record interest income. The ACL cannot exceed the unrealized loss and, therefore, it may fluctuate with changes in the fair value of the fixed maturity if the fair value is greater than the Company's best estimate of the present value of expected future cash flows. The initial ACL and any subsequent changes are recorded in net realized gains and losses. The ACL is written off against the amortized cost in the period in which all or a portion of the related fixed maturity is determined to be uncollectible. Developing the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third-party sources along with certain internal assumptions regarding the future performance. The Company's considerations include, but are not limited to, (a) changes in the financial condition of the issuer and/or the underlying collateral, (b) whether the issuer is current on contractually obligated interest and principal payments, (c) credit ratings, (d) payment structure of the security and (e) the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost of the security. For non-structured securities, assumptions include, but are not limited to, economic and industry-specific trends and fundamentals, instrument-specific developments including changes in credit ratings, industry earnings multiples and the issuer’s ability to restructure, access capital markets, and execute asset sales. For structured securities, assumptions include, but are not limited to, various performance indicators such as historical and projected default and recovery rates, credit ratings, current and projected delinquency rates, loan-to-value ("LTV") ratios, average cumulative collateral loss rates that vary by vintage year, prepayment speeds, and property value declines. These assumptions require the use of significant management judgment and include the probability of issuer default and estimates regarding timing and amount of expected recoveries which may include estimating the underlying collateral value. ACL on Fixed Maturities, AFS by Type For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 (Before tax) CMBS Corporate Total CMBS Corporate Foreign govt./ govt. agencies Total Corporate Total $ 10 $ 2 $ 12 $ — $ 1 $ — $ 1 $ 23 $ 23 Balance as of beginning of period Credit losses on fixed maturities where an allowance was not previously recorded Reduction due to sales Reduction due to intent to sell Net increases (decreases) on fixed maturities where an allowance was previously recorded Write-offs charged against the allowance — — — 2 — 9 (5) 9 (5) — — 3 5 — — 7 — — 3 — 10 (3) — (3) (3) 2 $ 3 (1) (3) 20 (4) (3) 2 2 (18) (18) — — 1 1 (6) (6) — (3) — — — $ 12 $ 1 $ 1 Balance as of end of period $ 12 $ 9 $ 21 $ 10 $ 142 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 5 - Investments Fixed Maturities, AFS ABS CLO CMBS Corporate Foreign govt./govt. agencies Municipal RMBS U.S. Treasuries Total fixed maturities, AFS Fixed Maturities, AFS, by Type December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Amortized Cost ACL Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value Amortized Cost ACL Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value $ 3,347 $ — $ 18 $ (45) $ 3,320 $ 2,016 $ — $ — $ (75) $ 1,941 3,104 — 3,466 (12) 3 19 (17) 3,090 3,040 — (348) 3,125 3,715 (10) 18,691 (9) 197 (1,013) 17,866 16,794 (2) 583 — 6 (27) 562 596 — 6,207 — 131 (299) 6,039 6,718 — 4,675 — 1,653 — 18 26 (406) 4,287 4,214 — (150) 1,529 2,440 — 3 21 33 — 93 2 — (102) 2,941 (358) 3,368 (1,592) 15,233 (49) 547 (515) 6,296 (508) 3,708 (243) 2,197 $ 41,726 $ (21) $ 418 $ (2,305) $ 39,818 $ 39,533 $ (12) $ 152 $ (3,442) $ 36,231 Fixed Maturities, AFS, by Contractual Maturity Year One year or less Over one year through five years Over five years through ten years Over ten years Subtotal Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities Total fixed maturities, AFS Estimated maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to call or prepayment provisions. Due to the potential for variability in payment speeds (i.e., prepayments or extensions), mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are not categorized by contractual maturity. Concentration of Credit Risk The Company aims to maintain a diversified investment portfolio including issuer, sector and geographic stratification, where applicable, and has established certain exposure limits, diversification standards and review procedures to mitigate credit risk. The Company had no investment exposure to any credit concentration risk of a single issuer greater than 10% of the Company's stockholders' equity as of December 31, 2023, or December 31, 2022, other than U.S. government securities and certain U.S. government agencies. As of December 31, 2023, other than U.S. government securities and certain U.S. government agencies, the December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value $ 1,526 $ 1,501 $ 1,417 $ 9,670 6,568 9,370 27,134 14,592 9,433 6,211 8,851 25,996 13,822 8,340 7,259 9,532 26,548 12,985 $ 41,726 $ 39,818 $ 39,533 $ 1,396 7,930 6,485 8,462 24,273 11,958 36,231 Company’s three largest exposures by issuer were NextEra Energy Inc., the Government of Canada, and Morgan Stanley each of which comprised less than 1% of total invested assets. As of December 31, 2022, other than U.S. government securities and certain U.S. government agencies, the Company’s three largest exposures by issuer were the Toronto Dominion Bank, Morgan Stanley, and the Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group Inc. each of which comprised less than 1% of total invested assets. The Company’s three largest exposures by sector as of December 31, 2023, were the municipal sector, the financial services sector, and the RMBS sector which comprised approximately 11%, 9%, and 8%, respectively, of total invested assets. The Company’s three largest exposures by sector as of December 31, 2022, were the municipal sector, the financial services sector, and the RMBS sector which comprised approximately 12%, 9%, and 7%, respectively, of total invested assets. 143 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 5 - Investments Unrealized Losses on Fixed Maturities, AFS Unrealized Loss Aging for Fixed Maturities, AFS by Type and Length of Time as of December 31, 2023 ABS CLO CMBS Corporate Foreign govt./govt. agencies Municipal RMBS U.S. Treasuries Total fixed maturities, AFS in an unrealized loss position Less Than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses $ 604 $ (6) $ 1,043 $ (39) $ 1,647 $ 209 117 810 27 329 181 120 (1) (7) 2,249 2,837 (16) (341) 2,458 2,954 (10) 11,149 (1,003) 11,959 — (3) (3) (11) 368 3,196 3,207 1,121 (27) (296) (403) (139) 395 3,525 3,388 1,241 (45) (17) (348) (1,013) (27) (299) (406) (150) $ 2,397 $ (41) $ 25,170 $ (2,264) $ 27,567 $ (2,305) Unrealized Loss Aging for Fixed Maturities, AFS by Type and Length of Time as of December 31, 2022 ABS CLO CMBS Corporate Foreign govt./govt. agencies Municipal RMBS U.S. Treasuries Total fixed maturities, AFS in an unrealized loss position Less Than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses $ 1,577 $ (50) $ 281 $ (25) $ 1,858 $ 1,490 2,560 11,157 308 4,270 2,311 1,554 (48) (270) (1,071) (26) (461) (249) (145) 1,378 521 2,575 224 228 1,250 633 (54) (88) (521) (23) (54) (259) (98) 2,868 3,081 13,732 532 4,498 3,561 2,187 (75) (102) (358) (1,592) (49) (515) (508) (243) $ 25,227 $ (2,320) $ 7,090 $ (1,122) $ 32,317 $ (3,442) As of December 31, 2023, fixed maturities, AFS in an unrealized loss position consisted of 3,850 instruments and were primarily depressed due to higher interest rates and/or wider credit spreads since the purchase date. As of December 31, 2023, 94% of these fixed maturities were depressed less than 20% of cost or amortized cost. The decrease in unrealized losses during 2023, was primarily due to an increase in valuations as a result of tighter credit spreads. Most of the fixed maturities depressed for twelve months or more relate to the corporate sector, RMBS, CMBS, and municipal bonds, which were primarily depressed because current rates are higher and/or market spreads are wider than at the respective purchase dates. The Company neither has an intention to sell nor does it expect to be required to sell the fixed maturities outlined in the preceding discussion. The decision to record credit losses on fixed maturities, AFS in the form of an ACL requires us to make qualitative and quantitative estimates of expected future cash flows. 144 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 5 - Investments Mortgage Loans ACL on Mortgage Loans The Company reviews mortgage loans on a quarterly basis to estimate the ACL with changes in the ACL recorded in net realized gains and losses. Apart from an ACL recorded on individual mortgage loans where the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, the Company records an ACL on the pool of mortgage loans based on lifetime expected credit losses. The Company utilizes a third-party forecasting model to estimate lifetime expected credit losses at a loan level under multiple economic scenarios. The scenarios use macroeconomic data provided by an internationally recognized economics firm that generates forecasts of varying economic factors such as GDP growth, unemployment and interest rates. The economic scenarios are projected over 10 years. The first two to four years of the 10-year period assume a specific modeled economic scenario (including moderate upside, moderate recession and severe recession scenarios) and then revert to historical long-term assumptions over the remaining period. Using these economic scenarios, the forecasting model projects property-specific operating income and capitalization rates used to estimate the value of a future operating income stream. The operating income and the property valuations derived from capitalization rates are compared to loan payment and principal amounts to create debt service coverage ratios ("DSCRs") and LTVs over the forecast period. The Company's process also considers qualitative factors. The model overlays historical data about mortgage loan performance based on DSCRs and LTVs and projects the probability of default, amount of loss given a default and resulting expected loss through maturity for each loan under each economic scenario. Economic scenarios are probability-weighted based on a statistical analysis of the forecasted economic factors and qualitative analysis. The Company records the change in the ACL on mortgage loans based on the weighted-average expected credit losses across the selected economic scenarios. When a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, including when foreclosure is probable, the Company measures an ACL on individual mortgage loans. The ACL is established for any shortfall between the amortized cost of the loan and the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. Estimates of collectibility from an individual borrower require the use of significant management judgment and include the probability and timing of borrower default and loss severity estimates. In addition, cash flow projections may change based upon new information about the borrower's ability to pay and/or the value of underlying collateral such as changes in projected property value estimates. As of December 31, 2023, the Company did not have any mortgage loans for which an ACL was established on an individual basis. There were no mortgage loans held-for-sale as of December 31, 2023 or December 31, 2022. In addition, as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had no mortgage loans that have had extensions or restructurings other than what is allowable under the original terms of the contract or with borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. ACL on Mortgage Loans For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 ACL as of beginning of period $ 36 $ 29 $ 38 Current period provision (release) 15 7 (9) ACL as of December 31, $ 51 $ 36 $ 29 The increase in the allowance for the 2023 period is primarily attributable to revised economic scenarios, lower property valuations, and overall weaker real estate fundamentals. During 2022, the Company increased the estimate of the ACL primarily attributable to the deteriorating economic conditions and the potential impact on real estate property valuations and, to a lesser extent, net additions of new loans. During 2021, the Company decreased the estimate of the ACL in response improved economic scenarios, including improved GDP growth and unemployment, and higher property valuations. The weighted-average LTV ratio of the Company’s mortgage loan portfolio was 55% as of December 31, 2023, while the weighted-average LTV ratio at origination of these loans was 59%. LTV ratios compare the loan amount to the value of the underlying property collateralizing the loan with property values based on appraisals updated no less than annually. Factors considered in estimating property values include, among other things, actual and expected property cash flows, geographic market data and the ratio of the property's net operating income to its value. DSCR compares a property’s net operating income to the borrower’s principal and interest payments and are updated no less than annually through reviews of underlying properties. Mortgage Loans LTV & DSCR by Origination Year as of December 31, 2023 2018 & Prior 2020 2021 2019 2023 2022 Total Amortized Cost Avg. DSCR Amortized Cost Avg. DSCR Amortized Cost Avg. DSCR Amortized Cost Avg. DSCR Amortized Cost Avg. DSCR Amortized Cost Avg. DSCR Amortized Cost [1] Avg. DSCR $ — —x $ 16 1.09x $ 38 1.05x $ — —x $ — —x $ 105 1.41x $ 159 1.29x — —x 400 1.47x 457 2.42x 189 2.13x 724 2.75x 1,105 2.99x 95 3.47x 527 2.92x 98 1.77x 252 1.77x 1,091 2.25x 679 2.90x 1,453 2.67x 4,888 2.72x Loan-to-value Greater than 80% 65% - 80% Less than 65% Total mortgage loans $ 400 1.47x $ 929 2.60x $ 1,600 2.78x $ 622 3.00x $ 777 2.76x $ 1,810 2.47x $ 6,138 2.60x [1]Amortized cost of mortgage loans excludes ACL of $51. 145 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 5 - Investments Mortgage Loans LTV & DSCR by Origination Year as of December 31, 2022 2017 & Prior 2020 2019 2018 2021 2022 Total Amortized Cost Avg. DSCR Amortized Cost Avg. DSCR Amortized Cost Avg. DSCR Amortized Cost Avg. DSCR Amortized Cost Avg. DSCR Amortized Cost Avg. DSCR Amortized Cost [1] Avg. DSCR $ — —x $ — —x $ — —x $ — —x $ — —x $ 23 1.40x $ 23 1.40x 16 2.02x 59 2.61x 839 2.43x 1,475 2.79x 43 2.78x 663 3.02x 100 1.95x 680 2.77x 108 1.11x 443 1.91x 117 1.91x 437 2.21x 1,476 2.54x 5,570 2.65x Loan-to-value Greater than 80% 65% - 80% Less than 65% Total mortgage loans $ 855 2.42x $ 1,534 2.78x $ 706 3.01x $ 780 2.66x $ 545 1.99x $ 1,616 2.48x $ 6,036 2.59x [1]Amortized cost of mortgage loans excludes ACL of $36. Mortgage Loans by Region December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Amortized Cost Percent of Total Amortized Cost Percent of Total East North Central $ Middle Atlantic Mountain New England Pacific South Atlantic West North Central West South Central Other [1] Total mortgage loans ACL Total mortgage loans, net of ACL 368 238 699 351 6.0 % $ 3.9 % 11.4 % 5.7 % 317 316 707 395 5.3 % 5.2 % 11.7 % 6.5 % 1,326 21.6 % 1,299 21.5 % 1,776 28.9 % 1,670 27.7 % 103 445 832 1.7 % 7.2 % 13.6 % 105 421 806 1.7 % 7.0 % 13.4 % 6,138 100.0 % 6,036 100.0 % (51) (36) $ 6,087 $ 6,000 [1]Primarily represents loans collateralized by multiple properties in various regions. Mortgage Loans by Property Type December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Amortized Cost Percent of Total Amortized Cost Percent of Total Commercial Industrial Multifamily Office Retail [1] Single Family Other Total mortgage loans ACL Total mortgage loans, net of ACL $ 2,363 2,200 578 917 80 — 38.5 % $ 2,217 2,247 35.9 % 585 9.4 % 947 14.9 % — 1.3 % 40 — % 36.7 % 37.2 % 9.7 % 15.7 % — % 0.7 % 6,138 100.0 % 6,036 100.0 % (51) (36) $ 6,087 $ 6,000 [1]Primarily comprised of grocery-anchored retail centers, with no exposure to regional shopping malls. 146 Past-Due Mortgage Loans Mortgage loans are considered past due if a payment of principal or interest is not received according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, which typically includes a grace period. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company held no mortgage loans considered past due. Mortgage Servicing The Company originates, sells, and services commercial mortgage loans on behalf of third parties and recognizes servicing fee income over the period that services are performed. As of December 31, 2023, under this program, the Company serviced mortgage loans with a total outstanding principal of $9.4 billion, of which $4.4 billion was serviced on behalf of third parties and $5.0 billion was retained and reported in total investments on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2022, the Company serviced mortgage loans with a total outstanding principal balance of $9.3 billion, of which $4.4 billion was serviced on behalf of third parties and $4.9 billion was retained and reported in total investments on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. Servicing rights are carried at the lower of cost or fair value and were $0 as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, because servicing fees were market-level fees at origination and remain adequate to compensate the Company for servicing the loans. Variable Interest Entities The Company is engaged with various special purpose entities and other entities that are deemed to be VIEs primarily as an investor through normal investment activities or, at times, as an investment manager. A VIE is an entity that either has investors that lack certain essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest, such as simple majority kick-out rights, or lacks sufficient funds to finance its own activities without financial support provided by other entities. The Company performs ongoing qualitative assessments of its VIEs to determine whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the VIE and therefore is the primary beneficiary. The Company is deemed to have a controlling financial interest when it has both the ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Based on the Company’s assessment, if it determines it is the primary beneficiary, the Company THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 5 - Investments consolidates the VIE in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Consolidated VIEs As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company did not hold any securities for which it is the primary beneficiary. Non-Consolidated VIEs The Company, through normal investment activities, makes passive investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments. For these non-consolidated VIEs, the Company has determined it is not the primary beneficiary as it has no ability to direct activities that could significantly affect the economic performance of the investments. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 is limited to the total carrying value of $3.0 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively, which are a portion of the investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets that are primarily recorded using the equity method of accounting. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company has outstanding commitments totaling $1.7 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, whereby the Company is committed to fund these investments and may be called by the partnership during the commitment period to fund the purchase of new investments and partnership expenses. These investments are generally of a passive nature in that the Company does not take an active role in management. In addition, the Company makes passive investments in structured securities issued by VIEs for which the Company is not the manager. These investments are included in ABS, CLO, CMBS, and RMBS and are reported in fixed maturities, AFS, and fixed maturities, FVO, on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has not provided financial or other support with respect to these investments other than its original investment. For these investments, the Company determined it is not the primary beneficiary due to the relative size of the Company’s investment in comparison to the principal amount of the structured securities issued by the VIEs, the Company’s inability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs, and, where applicable, the level of credit subordination which reduces the Company’s obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these investments is limited to the amount of the Company’s investment. Reverse Repurchase Agreements, Other Collateral Transactions and Restricted Investments Reverse Repurchase Agreements From time to time, the Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements where the Company purchases securities and simultaneously agrees to resell the same or substantially the same securities. The maturity of these transactions is generally within one year. The agreements require additional collateral to be transferred to the Company under specified conditions and the Company has the right to sell or re-pledge the securities received. The Company accounts for reverse repurchase 147 agreements as collateralized financing. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company reported $10 and $41, respectively, within short-term investments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets representing a receivable for the amount of cash transferred to purchase the securities. Other Collateral Transactions As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company pledged collateral of $7 and $7, respectively, of U.S. government securities or cash primarily related to certain bank loan participations committed to through a limited partnership agreement. For disclosure of collateral in support of derivative transactions, refer to the Derivative Collateral Arrangements section in Note 6 - Derivatives of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Other Restricted Investments The Company is required by law to deposit securities with government agencies in certain states in which it conducts business. In addition, the Company is required to hold fixed maturities and short-term investments in trust for the benefit of syndicate policyholders, hold fixed maturities in a Lloyd's of London ("Lloyd's") trust account to provide a portion of the required capital, and maintain other investments primarily consisting of overseas deposits in various countries with Lloyd's to support underwriting activities in those countries. Lloyd's is an insurance market-place operating worldwide. Lloyd's does not underwrite risks. The Company accepts risks as the sole member of Lloyd's Syndicate 1221 ("Lloyd's Syndicate"). The following table presents the components of the Company’s exposure to other restricted investments. December December 31, 2023 31, 2022 Fair Value Fair Value $ Securities on deposit with government agencies Fixed maturities in trust for benefit of Lloyd's Syndicate policyholders Short-term investments in trust for benefit of Lloyd's Syndicate policyholders Fixed maturities in Lloyd's trust account Other investments Total Other Restricted Investments $ 2,339 $ 2,189 890 718 30 8 154 75 3,488 $ 161 62 3,138 Equity Method Investments The majority of the Company's investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments, including real estate joint ventures, real estate funds, private equity funds, and other funds (collectively, “limited partnerships”), are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The remainder of investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments consists of investments in insurer-owned life insurance accounted for at cash surrender value. Prior to June 30, 2021, the Company also had a retained 9.7% investment in Hopmeadow Holdings LP, the legal entity that acquired Talcott Resolution in May 2018 (collectively referred to as "Talcott Resolution"), which was accounted for under the equity method THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 5 - Investments of accounting and was reported in other assets on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. On June 30, 2021, the Company sold its 9.7% ownership interest in Talcott Resolution and received a total $217 in connection with the sale, resulting in a realized gain on sale of $46 before tax during 2021. The Company recognized total equity method income of $181, $533, and $630 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Equity method income is reported in net investment income, except amounts related to strategic investments classified in other assets which are reported in other revenues. For investments accounted for under the equity method, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss as of December 31, 2023 is limited to the total carrying value of $4.3 billion. In addition, the Company has outstanding commitments totaling $1.9 billion to fund limited partnership investments as of December 31, 2023. The Company’s investments accounted for under the equity method are generally of a passive nature in that the Company does not take an active role in the management. In 2023, aggregate investment income from investments accounted for under the equity method exceeded 10% of the 6. DERIVATIVES The Company utilizes a variety of OTC, OTC-cleared and exchange traded derivative instruments as a part of its overall risk management strategy as well as to enter into replication transactions or income generation covered call transactions. Derivative instruments are used to manage risk associated with interest rate, equity market, commodity market, credit spread, issuer default, price, and currency exchange rate or volatility. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that are permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies. Strategies that Qualify for Hedge Accounting Some of the Company's derivatives satisfy hedge accounting requirements as outlined in Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies. Typically, these hedging instruments include interest rate swaps and, to a lesser extent, foreign currency swaps where the terms or expected cash flows of the hedged item closely match the terms of the swap. The interest rate swaps are typically used to manage interest rate duration of certain fixed maturity securities or debt instruments issued. Cash Flow Hedges Interest rate swaps are predominantly used to manage portfolio duration and better match cash receipts from assets with cash disbursements required to fund liabilities. These derivatives primarily convert interest receipts on variable-rate fixed maturity securities to fixed rates. The Company has also entered into interest rate swaps to convert the variable interest payments on the $500 junior subordinated debentures due 2067 to fixed interest payments. For further information, see the Junior Subordinated Debentures section within Note 14 - Debt. Company’s before tax consolidated net income. Accordingly, the Company is disclosing aggregated, summarized financial data for the Company’s investments accounted for under the equity method based on the most recently available information. This aggregated, summarized financial data does not represent the Company’s proportionate share of investees' assets or earnings. Aggregate total assets of the investees totaled $308.3 billion and $289.9 billion as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Aggregate total liabilities of the investees totaled $44.0 billion and $46.8 billion as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Aggregate net investment loss of the investees totaled $1.2 billion for the period ended December 31, 2023. Aggregate total investment income of the investees totaled $1.6 billion, and $2.1 billion for the periods ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Aggregate net income excluding net investment income of the investees totaled $13.0 billion, $11.9 billion and $46.7 billion for the periods ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of, and for the period ended, December 31, 2023, the aggregated summarized financial data reflects the latest available financial information. Foreign currency swaps are used to convert foreign currency- denominated cash flows related to certain investment receipts to U.S. dollars in order to reduce cash flow fluctuations due to changes in currency rates. Non-qualifying Strategies Derivative relationships that do not qualify for hedge accounting (“non-qualifying strategies”) primarily include hedges of interest rate, foreign currency, equity, and commodity risk of certain fixed maturities and equities. In addition, hedging and replication strategies that utilize credit default swaps do not qualify for hedge accounting. The non-qualifying strategies include: Credit Contracts Credit default swaps are used to purchase credit protection on an individual entity or referenced index to economically hedge against default risk and credit-related changes in the value of fixed maturity securities. Credit default swaps are also used to assume credit risk related to an individual entity or referenced index as a part of replication transactions. These contracts require the Company to pay or receive a periodic fee in exchange for compensation from the counterparty or the Company should the referenced security issuers experience a credit event, as defined in the contract. The Company also enters into credit default swaps to terminate existing credit default swaps, thereby offsetting the changes in value of the original swap going forward. Interest Rate Swaps and Futures The Company uses interest rate swaps and futures to manage interest rate duration between assets and liabilities. In addition, the Company enters into interest rate swaps to terminate existing swaps, thereby offsetting the changes in value of the original swap going forward. As of December 31, 2023 and 148 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 6 - Derivatives December 31, 2022, the notional amount of interest rate swaps in offsetting relationships was $6.6 billion for both periods. Foreign Currency Swaps and Forwards The Company enters into foreign currency swaps to convert the foreign currency exposures of certain foreign currency- denominated fixed maturity investments to U.S. dollars. Equity Index Options The Company may enter into equity index options to hedge the impact of a decline in the equity markets on the investment portfolio. The Company has also previously entered into covered call options on equity securities to generate additional return. Commodity Options The Company previously purchased call option contracts on oil futures in order to partially offset potential changes in value related to certain fixed maturity securities that could arise if oil prices increased substantially. Derivative Balance Sheet Classification For reporting purposes, the Company has elected to offset within assets or liabilities based upon the net of the fair value amounts, income accruals, and related cash collateral receivables and payables of OTC derivative instruments executed in a legal entity and with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement, which provides the Company with the legal right of offset. The following fair value amounts do not include income accruals or related cash collateral receivables and payables, which are netted with derivative fair value amounts to determine balance sheet presentation. The Company’s derivative instruments are held for risk management purposes, unless otherwise noted in the following table. The notional amount of derivative contracts represents the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and is presented in the table to quantify the volume of the Company’s derivative activity. Notional amounts are not necessarily reflective of credit risk. Derivative Balance Sheet Presentation Net Derivatives Notional Amount Dec 31, Dec 31, 2022 2023 Fair Value Dec 31, 2023 Dec 31, 2022 Dec 31, 2023 Dec 31, 2022 Dec 31, 2023 Dec 31, 2022 Asset Derivatives Fair Value Liability Derivatives Fair Value $ 3,450 $ 2,155 $ (1) $ — $ 1 $ — $ (2) $ — 644 568 4,094 2,723 13 12 53 53 29 30 57 57 (16) (18) (4) (4) Hedge Designation/ Derivative Type Cash flow hedges Interest rate swaps Foreign currency swaps Total cash flow hedges Non-qualifying strategies Interest rate contracts Interest rate swaps and futures 6,626 7,245 (5) (6) — 2 (5) (8) Foreign exchange contracts Foreign currency swaps and forwards 645 569 — — — — — — Credit contracts Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection Credit derivatives in offsetting positions Total non-qualifying strategies Total cash flow hedges and non-qualifying strategies Balance Sheet Location Fixed maturities, AFS Other investments Other liabilities Total derivatives . — 11 998 207 8,269 8,032 — — (5) — — (6) — 27 27 — 3 5 — (27) (32) — (3) (11) $ 12,363 $ 10,755 $ 7 $ 47 $ 57 $ 62 $ (50) $ (15) $ 645 $ 569 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — 1,662 9,108 (1) 10,056 $ 12,363 $ 10,755 $ 1,078 8 7 $ 34 13 47 $ 18 39 57 $ 38 (19) 24 62 $ (31) (50) $ (4) (11) (15) 149 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 6 - Derivatives Offsetting of Derivative Assets/ Liabilities The following tables present the gross fair value amounts, the amounts offset, and net position of derivative instruments eligible for offset in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. Offsetting amounts include fair value amounts, income accruals and related cash collateral receivables and payables associated with derivative instruments that are traded under a common master netting agreement, as described in the preceding discussion. Also included in the tables are financial collateral receivables and payables, which are contractually permitted to be offset upon an event of default, although are disallowed for offsetting under U.S. GAAP. Offsetting Derivative Assets and Liabilities (i) (ii) (iii) = (i) - (ii) (iv) (v) = (iii) - (iv) Net Amounts Presented in the Statement of Financial Position Collateral Disallowed for Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets (Liabilities) Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Derivative Assets [1] (Liabilities) [2] Accrued Interest and Cash Collateral (Received) [3] Pledged [2] Financial Collateral (Received) Pledged [4] Net Amount As of December 31, 2023 Other investments Other liabilities As of December 31, 2022 Other investments Other liabilities $ $ $ $ 57 $ (50) $ 62 $ (15) $ 55 $ (36) $ 60 $ (7) $ (1) $ 8 $ 34 $ 13 $ 3 $ (22) $ (32) $ (21) $ — $ (13) $ — $ (7) $ 2 (1) 2 (1) [1]Included in other investments in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. [2]Included in other liabilities in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets and is limited to the net derivative payable associated with each counterparty. [3]Included in other investments in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets and is limited to the net derivative receivable associated with each counterparty. [4]Excludes collateral associated with exchange-traded derivative instruments. Cash Flow Hedges For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of OCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. Interest rate swaps Foreign currency swaps Total Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI Year Ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ $ 6 $ (31) (25) $ — $ 56 56 $ 4 24 28 150 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 6 - Derivatives Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income Year Ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Net Realized Gain/ (Loss) Net Investment Income Interest Expense Net Realized Gain/ (Loss) Net Investment Income Interest Expense Net Realized Gain/ (Loss) Net Investment Income Interest Expense Interest rate swaps Foreign currency swaps Total $ $ — $ — — $ (26) $ 10 (16) $ 15 $ — 15 $ — $ — — $ 6 $ 9 15 $ (2) $ — (2) $ — $ — — $ 41 $ 5 46 $ (10) — (10) Total amounts presented on the Consolidated Statement of Operations $ (188) $ 2,305 $ 199 $ (627) $ 2,177 $ 213 $ 509 $ 2,313 $ 234 As of December 31, 2023, the before tax deferred net gains on derivative instruments recorded in AOCI that are expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next twelve months are $18. This expectation is based on the anticipated interest payments on hedged investments in fixed maturity securities and long-term debt that will occur over the next twelve months. Over that time, the Company will recognize the deferred net gains (losses) as an adjustment to net investment income or interest expense, as applicable, over the term of the hedged instrument cash flows. During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the Company had no net reclassifications from AOCI to earnings resulting from the discontinuance of cash-flow hedges due to forecasted transactions that were no longer probable of occurring. Non-qualifying Strategies For non-qualifying strategies, including embedded derivatives that are required to be bifurcated from their host contracts and accounted for as derivatives, the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in earnings within net realized gains (losses). Non-Qualifying Strategies Recognized within Net Realized Gains (Losses) Foreign exchange contracts Foreign currency swaps and forwards Interest rate contracts Interest rate swaps, swaptions and futures Credit contracts Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection Credit derivatives that assume credit risk Equity contracts Equity options Commodity contracts Commodity options Total [1] For the Year Ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ — $ 5 $ (3) 25 (105) — 4 — — (2) — $ (108) $ 14 46 $ 2 3 — 7 — — 12 [1]Excludes investments that contain an embedded credit derivative for which the Company has elected the fair value option. For further discussion, see the Fair Value Option section in Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements. Credit Risk Assumed through Credit Derivatives The Company enters into credit default swaps that assume credit risk of a single entity or referenced index in order to synthetically replicate investment transactions that are permissible under the Company's investment policies. The Company will receive periodic payments based on an agreed upon rate and notional amount and will only make a payment if there is a credit event. A credit event payment will typically be equal to the notional value of the swap contract less the value of the referenced security issuer’s debt obligation after the occurrence of the credit event. A credit event is generally defined as a default on contractually obligated interest or principal payments or bankruptcy of the referenced entity. The credit default swaps in which the Company assumes credit risk may reference investment grade single corporate issuers and baskets, which include standard diversified portfolios of corporate and CMBS issuers. 151 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Credit Risk Assumed Derivatives by Type Note 6 - Derivatives Underlying Referenced Credit Obligation(s) [1] Notional Amount [2] Fair Value Weighted Average Years to Maturity Average Credit Rating Offsetting Notional Amount [3] Offsetting Fair Value [3] Type As of December 31, 2023 Basket credit default swaps [4] Investment grade risk exposure $ 101 $ (1) 5 years CMBS Credit AAA $ 101 $ 1 Below investment grade risk exposure Below investment grade risk exposure Total [5] Basket credit default swaps [4] Investment grade risk exposure Below investment grade risk exposure Total [5] 396 24 4 years Corporate Credit B+ 2 $ 499 $ (1) 22 Less than 1 year As of December 31, 2022 CMBS Credit CCC- 396 2 $ 499 $ $ 100 $ (1) 6 years CMBS Credit AAA $ 100 $ 3 $ 103 $ (2) (3) Less than 1 year CMBS Credit B- 3 $ 103 $ (24) 1 (22) 1 2 3 [1]The average credit ratings are based on availability and are generally the midpoint of the available ratings among Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used. [2]Notional amount is equal to the maximum potential future loss amount. These derivatives are governed by agreements and applicable law which include collateral posting requirements. There is no additional specific collateral related to these contracts or recourse provisions included in the contracts to offset losses. [3]The Company has entered into offsetting credit default swaps to terminate certain existing credit default swaps, thereby offsetting the future changes in value of, or losses paid related to, the original swap. [4]Comprised of swaps of standard market indices of diversified portfolios of corporate and CMBS issuers referenced through credit default swaps. These swaps are subsequently valued based upon the observable standard market index. [5]Excludes investments that contain an embedded credit derivative for which the Company has elected the fair value option. For further discussion, see the Fair As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company accepted cash collateral associated with derivative instruments of $49 and $56, respectively, which was invested and recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in fixed maturities and short-term investments with corresponding amounts recorded in other investments or other liabilities as determined by the Company's election to offset on the balance sheet. The Company also accepted securities collateral as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 with a fair value of $0 and $1, respectively, which the Company has the right to repledge or sell. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had no repledged securities. In addition, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, non-cash collateral accepted was held in separate custodial accounts and was not included in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Value Option section in Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements. Derivative Collateral Arrangements The Company enters into various collateral arrangements in connection with its derivative instruments, which require both the pledging and accepting of collateral. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company has pledged cash collateral associated with derivative instruments of $25 and less than $1, respectively. In general, collateral receivable is recorded in other assets or other liabilities on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets as determined by the Company's election to offset on the balance sheet. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company pledged securities collateral associated with derivative instruments with a fair value of $14 and $8, respectively, which have been included in fixed maturities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The counterparties have the right to sell or re- pledge these securities. In addition, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company has pledged initial margin of cash related to OTC-cleared and exchange traded derivatives with a fair value of $16 for both periods, which is recorded in other investments or other assets on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company has pledged initial margin of securities related to OTC-cleared and exchange traded derivatives with a fair value of $112 and $57, respectively, which are included within fixed maturities on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. 152 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 7 - Premiums Receivable and Agents' Balances 7. PREMIUMS RECEIVABLE AND AGENTS' BALANCES Premiums Receivable and Agents' Balances As of December 31, 2023 2022 Premiums receivable, excluding receivables for losses within a deductible and retrospectively- rated policy premiums ("loss sensitive business") Receivables for loss sensitive business, by credit quality: AA A BBB BB Below BB Total receivables for loss sensitive business Total Premiums Receivable and Agents' Balances, Gross ACL Total Premiums Receivable and Agents' Balances, Net of ACL $ 5,303 $ 4,698 94 54 136 84 45 413 106 38 119 56 41 360 5,716 (109) 5,058 (109) $ 5,607 $ 4,949 ACL on Premiums Receivable and Agents' Balances Premiums receivable and agents' balances, excluding receivables for loss sensitive business, are primarily comprised of premiums due from policyholders, which are typically collectible within one year or less. For these balances, the ACL is estimated based on an aging of receivables and recent historical credit loss and collection experience, adjusted for current economic conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts, when appropriate. Balances are considered past due when amounts that have been billed are not collected within contractually stipulated time periods. A portion of the Company's Commercial Lines business is written with large deductibles or under retrospectively-rated plans (referred to as "loss sensitive business"). Under some commercial insurance contracts with a large deductible, the Company is obligated to pay the claimant the full amount of the claim and the Company is subsequently reimbursed by the policyholder for the deductible amount. As such, the Company is subject to credit risk until reimbursement is made. Retrospectively-rated policies are utilized primarily for workers' compensation coverage, whereby the ultimate premium is adjusted based on actual losses incurred. Although the premium adjustment feature of a retrospectively-rated policy substantially reduces insurance risk for the Company, it presents credit risk to the Company. The Company’s results of operations could be adversely affected if a significant portion of such policyholders failed to reimburse the Company for the deductible amount or the amount of additional premium owed under retrospectively- rated policies. The Company manages these credit risks through credit analysis, collateral requirements, and oversight. The ACL for receivables for loss sensitive business is estimated as the amount of the receivable exposed to loss multiplied by estimated factors for probability of default and the amount of loss given a default. The probability of default is assigned based on each policyholder's credit rating, or a rating is estimated if no external rating is available. Credit ratings are reviewed and updated at least annually. The exposure amount is estimated net of collateral and other credit enhancement, considering the nature of the collateral, potential future changes in collateral values, and historical loss information for the type of collateral obtained. The probability of default factors are historical corporate defaults for receivables with similar durations estimated through multiple economic cycles. Credit ratings are forward-looking and consider a variety of economic outcomes. The loss given default factors are based on a study of historical recovery rates for general creditors through multiple economic cycles. The Company's evaluation of the required ACL for receivables for loss sensitive business considers the current economic environment as well as the probability-weighted macroeconomic scenarios similar to the approach used for estimating the ACL for mortgage loans. See Note 5 - Investments. During 2021, the ACL on premiums receivable decreased as the provision required on premiums written during the year was more than offset by write-offs and a reduction in the provision, primarily reflecting lessening expected impacts of COVID-19 relative to prior assumptions in certain lines of business. 153 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 7 - Premiums Receivable and Agents' Balances Rollforward of ACL on Premiums Receivable and Agents' Balances for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 December 31, 2021 Receivables Excluding Receivables for Loss Sensitive Business Receivables for Loss Sensitive Business Total Receivables Excluding Receivables for Loss Sensitive Business Receivables for Loss Sensitive Business Total Receivables Excluding Receivables for Loss Sensitive Business Receivables for Loss Sensitive Business Total $ 85 $ 24 $ 109 $ 83 $ 22 $ 105 $ 117 $ 35 $ 152 Beginning ACL Current period provision (release) Current period gross write-offs Current period gross recoveries Ending ACL $ 52 (2) 50 48 3 51 17 (13) 4 (55) (2) (57) (56) (1) (57) (59) — (59) 7 89 $ — 7 20 $ 109 $ 10 85 $ — 10 24 $ 109 $ 8 83 $ — 8 22 $ 105 8. REINSURANCE The Company cedes insurance risk to reinsurers to enable the Company to manage capital and risk exposure. Such arrangements do not relieve the Company of its primary liability to policyholders. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company. The Company's procedures include carefully selecting its reinsurers, structuring agreements to provide collateral funds where necessary, and regularly monitoring the financial condition and ratings of its reinsurers. The Company has two ADC reinsurance agreements in place, both of which are accounted for as retroactive reinsurance. One agreement covers substantially all A&E reserve development for 2016 and prior accident years ("A&E ADC") up to an aggregate limit of $1.5 billion and the other covered substantially all reserve development of Navigators Insurance Company ("NIC") and certain of its affiliates for 2018 and prior accident years (the "Navigators ADC") up to an aggregate limit of $300. As the Company has ceded all of the $300 available limit, there is no remaining limit available under the Navigators ADC. For more information on ADC agreements, see Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses. Property and Casualty ceded losses, which reduce losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, were $1,043, $1,338 and $1,243 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Group Benefits ceded losses, which reduce losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, were $93, $81 and $85 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Reinsurance Recoverables Reinsurance recoverables include balances due from reinsurance companies and are presented net of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. Reinsurance recoverables include an estimate of the amount of gross losses and loss adjustment expense reserves that may be ceded under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, including incurred but not reported ("IBNR") unpaid losses. The Company’s estimate of losses and loss adjustment expense reserves ceded to reinsurers is based on assumptions that are consistent with those used in establishing the gross reserves for amounts the Company owes to its claimants. The Company estimates its ceded reinsurance recoverables based on the terms of any applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance, including an estimate of how incurred but not reported losses will ultimately be ceded under reinsurance agreements. Accordingly, the Company’s estimate of reinsurance recoverables is subject to similar risks and uncertainties as the estimate of the gross reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. 154 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Reinsurance Recoverables by Credit Quality Indicator As of December 31, 2023 As of December 31, 2022 P&C Group Benefits Corporate Total P&C Group Benefits Corporate Total Note 8 - Reinsurance AM Best Financial Strength Rating A++ A+ A A- B++ Below B++ $ Total Rated by AM Best Mandatory (Assigned) and Voluntary Risk Pools Captives Other not rated companies Gross Reinsurance Recoverables Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance Net Reinsurance Recoverables $ 2,398 $ 2,030 810 653 2 22 5,915 208 353 226 6,702 — $ — $ 251 1 5 — — 257 — — 4 261 241 — — 3 — 244 — — — 244 2,398 $ 2,522 811 658 5 22 6,416 208 353 230 7,207 2,094 $ 2,169 763 79 616 20 5,741 218 319 279 6,557 — $ — $ 239 1 6 — — 246 — — 5 251 259 — — 2 — 261 — — — 261 2,094 2,667 764 85 618 20 6,248 218 319 284 7,069 (100) 6,602 $ (1) 260 $ (2) 242 $ (103) 7,104 $ (102) 6,455 $ (1) 250 $ (2) 259 $ (105) 6,964 Balances are considered past due when amounts that have been billed are not collected within contractually stipulated time periods, generally 30, 60 or 90 days. To manage reinsurer credit risk, a reinsurance security review committee evaluates the credit standing, financial performance, management and operational quality of each potential reinsurer. In placing reinsurance, the Company considers the nature of the risk reinsured, including the expected liability payout duration, and establishes limits tiered by reinsurer credit rating. Where its contracts permit, the Company secures future claim obligations with various forms of collateral or other credit enhancement, including irrevocable letters of credit, secured trusts, funds held accounts and group wide offsets. As part of its reinsurance recoverable review, the Company analyzes recent developments in commutation activity between reinsurers and cedants, recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes between cedants and reinsurers and the overall credit quality of the Company’s reinsurers. Due to the inherent uncertainties as to collection and the length of time before reinsurance recoverables become due, it is possible that future adjustments to the Company’s reinsurance recoverables, net of the allowance, could be required, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance comprises an ACL and an allowance for disputed balances. The ACL is estimated as the amount of reinsurance recoverables exposed to loss multiplied by estimated factors for the probability of default and the amount of loss given a default. The probability of default is assigned based on each reinsurer's credit rating, or a rating is estimated if no external rating is available. Credit ratings are reviewed on a quarterly basis and any significant changes are reflected in an updated estimate. The probability of default factors are historical insurer and reinsurer defaults for liabilities with similar durations to the reinsured liabilities as estimated through multiple economic cycles. Credit ratings are forward- looking and consider a variety of economic outcomes. The loss given default factors are based on a study of historical recovery rates for general creditors of corporations through multiple economic cycles or, in the case of purchased annuities funding structured settlements accounted for as reinsurance, historical recovery rates for annuity contract holders. As shown in the table above, a portion of the total gross reinsurance recoverable balance relates to the Company’s participation in various mandatory (assigned) and voluntary risk pools. Reinsurance recoverables due from pools are backed by the financial position of all insurance companies participating in the pools and the credit backing the reinsurance recoverable is not limited to the financial strength of each pool. The mandatory pools generally are funded through policy assessments or surcharges and if any participant in the pool defaults, remaining liabilities are apportioned among the other members. The Company's evaluation of the required ACL for reinsurance recoverables considers the current economic environment as well as macroeconomic scenarios similar to the approach used to estimate the ACL for mortgage loans. See Note 5 - Investments. Insurance companies, including reinsurers, are regulated and hold risk-based capital ("RBC") to mitigate the risk of loss due to economic factors and other risks. Non-U.S. reinsurers are either subject to a capital regime substantively equivalent to domestic insurers or we hold collateral to support collection of reinsurance recoverables. As a result, there is limited history of losses from insurer defaults. The decrease in the ACL in 2021 was primarily due to a higher than expected recovery from one reinsurer on which the Company had recognized an ACL. 155 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Allowance for Uncollectible Reinsurance Note 8 - Reinsurance As of December 31, 2023 As of December 31, 2022 As of December 31, 2021 P&C beginning allowance for uncollectible reinsurance $ Beginning allowance for disputed amounts P&C beginning ACL Current period provision (release) Current period gross write-offs P&C ending ACL Ending allowance for disputed amounts P&C ending allowance for uncollectible reinsurance Group Benefits allowance for uncollectible reinsurance Corporate allowance for uncollectible reinsurance Total allowance for uncollectible reinsurance $ Insurance Revenues 102 $ 60 42 3 (2) 43 57 100 1 2 103 $ 96 $ 54 42 — — 42 60 102 1 2 105 $ 105 53 52 (9) (1) 42 54 96 1 2 99 Property and Casualty Insurance Revenue Premiums Written Direct Assumed Ceded Net Premiums Earned Direct Assumed Ceded Net For the years ended December 31, 2022 2021 2023 $ $ $ $ 16,144 $ 975 (1,642) 15,477 $ 15,514 $ 826 (1,612) 14,728 $ 14,891 $ 718 (1,490) 14,119 $ 14,328 $ 654 (1,462) 13,520 $ 13,696 631 (1,378) 12,949 13,204 568 (1,277) 12,495 Group Benefits Revenue For the years ended December 31, 2022 2021 2023 Gross earned premiums, fees and other considerations Reinsurance assumed Reinsurance ceded Net earned premiums, fees and other considerations $ $ 6,445 $ 5,988 $ 174 (104) 175 (106) 6,515 $ 6,057 $ 5,663 128 (104) 5,687 For its group benefits products, the Company reinsures certain of its risks to other reinsurers under yearly renewable term and coinsurance arrangements and variations thereto. Yearly renewable term and coinsurance arrangements result in passing a portion of the risk to the reinsurer. Generally, the reinsurer receives a proportionate amount of the premiums less an allowance for commissions and expenses and is liable for a corresponding proportionate amount of all benefit payments. 156 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 9 - Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs 9. DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS Changes in DAC Balance, beginning of period Deferred costs Amortization — DAC Add back amortization of value of business acquired [1] Balance, end of period For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 998 $ 874 $ 2,159 (2,044) — $ 1,113 $ 1,939 (1,824) 9 998 $ 782 1,739 (1,668) 21 874 [1]While the value of in-force contracts acquired from the Navigators Group acquisition is included in other intangible assets, the amortization of that asset is recorded as DAC amortization. 10. GOODWILL & OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS The carrying value of goodwill allocated to reporting segments as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 was as follows: Commercial Lines Personal Lines Hartford Funds Group Benefits Corporate [1] Total Carrying Value $ 659 119 180 723 230 $ 1,911 [1]The Corporate category includes goodwill that was acquired at a holding company level and not pushed down to a subsidiary within a reportable segment. Carrying value of goodwill within Corporate as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 includes $138 and $92 for the Group Benefits and Hartford Funds reporting units, respectively. The annual goodwill assessment for The Hartford's reporting units was completed as of October 31, 2023 and 2022; all reporting units passed their annual impairment test with a significant margin and as a result there were no write-downs of goodwill. Other Intangible Assets As of December 31, 2023 As of December 31, 2022 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount Amortized Intangible Assets: Customer relationships $ 636 $ (269) $ 367 $ 636 $ (225) $ Marketing agreement with Aetna Distribution Agreement Distribution and Agency relationships & Other Total Finite Life Intangibles Total Indefinite Life Intangible Assets 16 79 340 1,071 95 (7) (72) (111) (459) 9 7 229 612 95 16 79 340 1,071 95 (6) (70) (87) (388) Total Other Intangible Assets $ 1,166 $ (459) $ 707 $ 1,166 $ (388) $ 411 10 9 253 683 95 778 157 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 10 - Goodwill & Other Intangible Assets Expected Before Tax Amortization Expense for Acquired Intangibles as of December 31, 2023 Other Intangible Assets 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 $ $ $ $ $ 71 71 70 68 64 11. RESERVE FOR UNPAID LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES |PROPERTY & CASUALTY INSURANCE PRODUCT RESERVES, NET OF REINSURANCE Rollforward of Liabilities for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross $ 33,083 $ 31,449 $ Reinsurance and other recoverables Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses 6,465 26,618 6,081 25,368 Current accident year Prior accident year development [1] Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance included in other liabilities [1] Payments Current accident year Prior accident years Total payments Foreign currency adjustment Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net Reinsurance and other recoverables 9,538 10 9,548 (194) (2,716) (5,926) (8,642) 18 27,348 6,696 8,577 36 8,613 (229) (2,424) (4,678) (7,102) (32) 26,618 6,465 Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross $ 34,044 $ 33,083 $ 29,622 5,725 23,897 7,911 199 8,110 (246) (2,276) (4,119) (6,395) 2 25,368 6,081 31,449 [1]Prior accident year development does not include the benefit of a portion of losses ceded under the Navigators and A&E ADC which, under retroactive reinsurance accounting, is deferred and is recognized over the period the ceded losses are recovered in cash from National Indemnity Company ("NICO"), a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. For additional information regarding the two adverse development cover reinsurance agreements, refer to Adverse Development Covers discussion below. 158 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Property and Casualty Insurance Products Reserves, Net of Reinsurance, that are Discounted Liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, at undiscounted amounts $ Amount of discount Carrying value of liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses $ Discount accretion included in losses and loss adjustment expenses $ 1,255 $ 1,343 $ 339 916 42 $ $ 347 996 36 $ $ 1,405 355 1,050 36 For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Weighted average discount rate Range of discount rates Reserves are discounted at rates in effect at the time claims were incurred, ranging from 0.83% for accident year 2020 to 14.03% for accident year 1981. The reserves recorded for the Company’s property and casualty insurance products at December 31, 2023 represent the Company’s best estimate of its ultimate liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to losses covered by policies written by the Company. However, because of the significant uncertainties surrounding reserves it is possible that management’s estimate of the ultimate liabilities for these claims may change and that the required adjustment to recorded reserves could exceed the currently recorded reserves by an amount that could be material to the Company’s results of operations or cash flows. Losses and loss adjustment expenses are also impacted by trends including frequency and severity as well as changes in the legislative and regulatory environment. In the case of the reserves for asbestos exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty in the ultimate settlement of the liabilities gross of reinsurance include inadequate loss development patterns, plaintiffs’ expanding theories of liability, the risks inherent in major litigation, and inconsistent emerging legal doctrines. In the case of the reserves for environmental exposures before reinsurance, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty in gross reserves include expanding theories of liabilities and damages, the risks inherent in major litigation, inconsistent decisions concerning the existence and scope of coverage for environmental claims, and uncertainty as to the monetary amount being sought by the claimant from the insured. 2.74 % 2.71 % 2.54 % 0.83 %- 14.03 % 0.83 % - 14.03 % 0.83 % - 14.03 % (Favorable) Unfavorable Prior Accident Year Development For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Workers’ compensation $ (236) $ (204) $ (190) Workers’ compensation discount accretion General liability Marine Package business Commercial property Professional liability Bond 42 36 35 41 56 454 (2) 2 1 (24) (39) (91) (7) (11) (26) (2) (11) (2) (27) (32) (26) Assumed reinsurance 34 19 (6) Automobile liability - Commercial Lines 20 38 9 Automobile liability - Personal Lines — (14) (90) Homeowners Net asbestos and environmental reserves Catastrophes Uncollectible reinsurance (6) (1) 3 — — — (87) (62) (154) 13 3 (6) Other reserve re-estimates, net 57 27 42 Prior accident year development, including full benefit for the ADC cession Change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance included in other liabilities [1] (184) (193) (47) 194 229 246 Total prior accident year development $ 10 $ 36 $ 199 [1]The change in deferred gain for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 included $194, $229 and $155, respectively of adverse development on A&E reserves in excess of ceded premium paid and included $0, $0 and $91 respectively, of adverse development on Navigators 2018 and prior accident year reserves ceded to NICO, primarily within professional liability, general liability and marine. 2023 re-estimates of prior accident year reserves Workers’ compensation reserves were decreased within the 2014 to 2020 accident years primarily in small commercial, driven by lower than previously estimated claim 159 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) severity. In addition, the majority of the 2020 accident year relates to a $38 reduction of COVID-19 related reserves. General liability reserves were increased driven by higher frequency and estimated cost to settle large individual claims for the 2016 to 2019 accident years, partially offset by a decrease in reserves for the 2020 accident year due to favorable experience. In addition, reserves for sexual molestation and sexual abuse claims were increased for older accident years. Also included was a decrease in reserves for extra contractual liability claims and other miscellaneous run-off lines. Package business reserves decreased primarily due to lower than previously estimated property severity for accident year 2019 and 2021. Package liability is flat overall with reserve increases related to higher severity across multiple accident years offset by improvement in accident year 2020 due to favorable claim count emergence. Commercial property reserves decreased primarily due to favorable development for accident years 2018 and 2021. In accident year 2022, unfavorable development in middle & large commercial was offset by favorable development in global specialty. Professional liability reserves decreased modestly due to favorable development on directors' and officers' ("D&O") claims driven by the 2020 and 2021 accident years, partially offset by deterioration in 2019 and prior accident years experience across errors and omissions and other claims. Bond reserves decreased primarily due to improvement in fidelity in 2013 and prior accident years, as well as improvement in contract surety in 2019 and prior accident years, partially offset by unfavorable development for 2013 and prior accident years related to customs bonds. Assumed reinsurance reserves were increased due to higher reserve estimates in the Latin America casualty and surety business. Automobile liability reserves - Commercial Lines increased primarily due to adverse loss development from elevated large loss frequency and severity pressures within middle & large commercial for accident year 2022, as well as unfavorable experience in accident year 2019, partly offset by favorable development in accident years 2020 and 2021. Automobile liability reserves - Personal Lines were flat as increases for accident year 2022 from higher estimated severity and increasing attorney representation rates were fully offset by decreases, primarily within accident years 2019 to 2021, due to lower estimated severity. Catastrophe reserves were decreased primarily within Commercial Lines driven by a reduction in reserves in accident year 2022 for Hurricane Ian and accident year 2021 for Hurricane Ida. Uncollectible reinsurance was increased primarily in Commercial Lines related to a captive reinsurer and, to a lesser extent, an increase in reserves for potential collection disputes and credit concerns. 160 Other reserve re-estimates, net, were increased primarily due to an increase in unallocated loss adjustment expense ("ULAE") reserves within P&C Other Operations driven by an increase in gross asbestos and environmental reserves, as well as an increase in accident year 2022 Personal Lines automobile physical damage severity. Asbestos and environmental reserves were reviewed in fourth quarter 2023 resulting in a $194 increase in reserves before ADC reinsurance, including $156 for asbestos and $38 for environmental. The Company recognized a $194 deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance, representing the amount of losses ceded to the ADC in excess of ceded premium paid. For additional information related to the adverse development cover with NICO, see the Adverse Development Covers section below and Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies. 2022 re-estimates of prior accident year reserves Workers’ compensation reserves were decreased for the 2014 through 2018 accident years, predominately within small commercial, and to a lesser extent in middle & large commercial, driven by lower than previously estimated claim severity and, to a lesser extent, a $14 reduction of COVID-19 related claims from 2020. General liability reserves were increased, driven by an increase in the estimated cost to settle large individual claims in middle & large commercial for the 2016 to 2019 accident years, an increase in excess casualty and environmental in recent accident years, and increases in primary construction on older accident years, partially offset by a decrease in reserves for other mass torts. Package business reserves decreased due to lower estimated severity and lower estimated loss adjustment expenses for accident years 2018 and prior, and a reduction in property reserves for the 2020 and 2021 accident years. Commercial property reserves were decreased primarily due to favorable development for the 2020 accident year in middle & large commercial related to COVID-19 claims. Professional liability reserves were decreased primarily due to favorable development on D&O claims for the 2018 to 2020 accident years and on errors and omissions claims for the 2013 to 2017 accident years, partially offset by large losses related to 2018 and prior accident years for primary and excess D&O claims. Bond reserves were decreased primarily in contract surety due to favorable development on older accident years. Assumed reinsurance reserves were increased primarily due to higher reserve estimates for syndicate property claims, including higher expected COVID-19 property losses in the 2020 accident year and increased reserves for international agriculture related to drought claims. Also contributing were reserve increases for Latin America P&C and specialty casualty business in recent accident years. Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Automobile liability reserves were decreased in Personal Lines principally due to lower estimated severity on AARP Direct claims, primarily within accident years 2015 to 2020 and were increased in Commercial Lines principally due to a higher number of large claims in accident years 2017 to 2019, along with decreasing settlement rates and increasing attorney rep rates. Catastrophes reserves were decreased in both Commercial and Personal Lines with the largest reduction related to 2019 and 2020 wind and hail events. Asbestos and environmental reserves were reviewed in fourth quarter 2022 resulting in a $229 increase in reserves before ADC reinsurance, including $162 for asbestos and $67 for environmental. The Company recognized a $229 deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance, representing the amount of losses ceded to the ADC in excess of ceded premium paid. For additional information related to the adverse development cover with NICO, see the Adverse Development Covers section below and Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies. Other reserve re-estimates, net, were increased primarily due to an increase in ULAE reserves within P&C Other Operations driven by an increase in gross asbestos and environmental reserves, as well as unfavorable development from participation in involuntary market pools, and increased automobile physical damage severity. 2021 re-estimates of prior accident year reserves Workers’ compensation reserves were decreased within small commercial and middle & large commercial for the 2013 through 2018 accident years driven by lower than previously estimated claim severity. General liability reserves were increased including an increase for sexual molestation and sexual abuse claims above the amount of reserves previously recorded for this exposure, primarily to reflect an increase in reserves for claims made against the Boy Scouts of America ("BSA") as discussed further below, partially offset by reserve decreases for other mass torts and extra contractual liability claims. In addition, the Company recognized reserve increases on Navigators’ wholesale construction business for 2018 and prior accident years, largely included within the change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance in the above table. Package business reserves decreased largely due to lower estimated loss adjustment expenses for accident years 2014 to 2018 and a reduction in estimated reserves for extra contractual liability claims. Commercial property reserves were decreased primarily due to favorable development for the 2020 accident year in both middle & large commercial and global specialty. Professional liability reserves were decreased due to lower estimated severity in both large and middle market D&O insurance for older accident years. More than offsetting this favorable reserve development were reserve increases on legacy Navigators public company D&O insurance for 2019 and prior accident years, a portion of which is reflected within the change in deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance in the above table. Bond reserves were reduced mostly due to favorable emergence on contract surety claims driven by higher than previously anticipated recoveries, largely for the 2016 to 2017 accident years. Automobile liability reserves were decreased in Personal Lines principally due to lower estimated severity on AARP Direct and Agency claims, primarily within accident years 2017 to 2020, and a reduction in estimated reserves for extra contractual liability claims. Catastrophes reserves were decreased in both Commercial and Personal Lines primarily driven by a reduction in reserves for 2018 and 2019 wind and hail events, lower estimated losses from 2018 and 2020 hurricanes, a reduction in estimated losses from the 2017 and 2018 California wildfires, including an expected recovery of subrogation from a utility related to the 2018 Woolsey wildfire in California, and a reduction in losses relating to the 2020 civil unrest. Asbestos and environmental reserves were reviewed in fourth quarter 2021 resulting in a $155 increase in reserves before ADC reinsurance, including $106 for asbestos and $49 for environmental. The Company recognized a $155 deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance, representing the amount of losses ceded to the ADC in excess of ceded premium paid. For additional information related to the adverse development cover with NICO, see the Adverse Development Covers section below and Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies. Other reserve re-estimates, net, were increased primarily due to an increase in reserves for sexual molestation and sexual abuse claims within P&C Other Operations, principally on assumed reinsurance, as well as an increase in ULAE reserves within P&C Other Operations driven by an increase in gross asbestos and environmental reserves. Settlement Agreement with Boy Scouts of America On February 14, 2022, the Company executed a final settlement agreement (the “Settlement”) with the BSA, the Local Councils, and the attorneys representing a majority of the alleged victims, pursuant to which The Hartford agreed to pay $787 for sexual molestation and sexual abuse claims associated with liability policies issued by various Hartford Writing Companies in the 1970s and early 1980s. In exchange for its payment, the Company receives a complete release of its policies issued to BSA and the Local Councils, as well as an injunction against further abuse claims involving BSA. All conditions precedent to the Settlement have been satisfied, including approval by the bankruptcy court and the district court, and on April 20, 2023, The Hartford paid the Settlement amount of $787. Certain objecting parties have appealed the district court’s ruling and that appeal is pending before the Third Circuit. If the court approvals for the BSA’s plan of reorganization are not affirmed on appeal, it is possible that adverse outcomes, if any, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results. 161 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Adverse Development Covers The Company has an adverse development cover reinsurance agreement with NICO, a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc., to reinsure loss development after 2016 on substantially all of the Company’s asbestos and environmental reserves (the “A&E ADC”). Under the A&E ADC, the Company paid a reinsurance premium of $650 for NICO to assume adverse net loss reserve development up to $1.5 billion above the Company’s existing net A&E reserves as of December 31, 2016 of approximately $1.7 billion including reserves for A&E exposure for accident years prior to 1986 that are reported in Property & Casualty Other Operations ("Run-off A&E") and reserves for A&E exposure for accident years 1986 and subsequent from policies underwritten prior to 2016 that are reported in ongoing Commercial Lines and Personal Lines. The $650 reinsurance premium was placed into a collateral trust account as security for NICO’s claim payment obligations to the Company. The Company has retained the risk of collection on amounts due from other third-party reinsurers and continues to be responsible for claims handling and other administrative services, subject to certain conditions. The A&E ADC covers substantially all the Company’s A&E reserve development up to the reinsurance limit. Under retroactive reinsurance accounting, net adverse A&E reserve development after December 31, 2016 results in an offsetting reinsurance recoverable up to the $1.5 billion limit. Cumulative ceded losses up to the $650 reinsurance premium paid have been recognized as a dollar-for-dollar offset to direct losses incurred. Cumulative ceded losses exceeding the $650 reinsurance premium paid result in a deferred gain. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has incurred $1,438 in cumulative adverse development on asbestos and environmental reserves that have been ceded under the A&E ADC treaty with NICO with $62 of available limit remaining under the A&E ADC. As a result, the Company has recorded a $788 deferred gain within other liabilities, representing the difference between the reinsurance recoverable of $1,438 and ceded premium paid of $650. The deferred gain is recognized over the claim settlement period in the proportion of the amount of cumulative ceded losses collected from the reinsurer to the estimated ultimate reinsurance recoveries. Consequently, until periods when the deferred gain is recognized as a benefit to earnings, cumulative adverse development of asbestos and environmental claims will result in charges against earnings which may be significant. Immediately after closing on the acquisition of Navigators Group, effective May 23, 2019, the Company purchased the Navigators ADC, an aggregate excess of loss reinsurance agreement covering adverse reserve development, from NICO on behalf of Navigators Insurance Company and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “Navigators Insurers"). Under the Navigators ADC, the Navigators Insurers paid NICO a reinsurance premium of $91 in exchange for reinsurance coverage of $300 of adverse net loss reserve development that attaches $100 above the Navigators Insurers' existing net loss and allocated loss adjustment reserves as of December 31, 2018 subject to the treaty of $1.816 billion for accidents and losses prior to December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has recorded a reinsurance recoverable under the Navigators ADC of $300 as estimated cumulative loss development on the 2018 and prior accident year reserves has exhausted the treaty limit. While the reinsurance recoverable is $300, the Company has recorded a $209 cumulative deferred gain within other liabilities since, under retroactive reinsurance accounting, ceded losses in excess of the $91 of ceded premium paid must be recognized as a deferred gain. Of the $209 of cumulative ceded losses in excess of ceded premium paid, $0, $0 and $91 were recognized as changes in deferred gain in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. 162 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Reconciliation of Loss Development to Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses As of December 31, 2023 Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance Cumulative Incurred for Accident Years Displayed in Triangles Cumulative Paid for Accident Years Displayed in Triangles Unpaid for Accident Years not Displayed in Triangles Unpaid Unallocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Subtotal Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses Reinsurance and Other Recoverables 18,050 $ 8,271 1,452 7,856 4,068 4,243 215 2,846 680 1,798 10,874 (9,482) $ (3,772) (1,182) (5,797) (3,568) (2,945) (194) (1,511) (284) (1,242) (9,393) 1,535 6,009 (1,462) (5,677) Reinsurance Discount 388 $ 172 14 120 27 32 (325) $ — — — — — 3,581 $ 497 11 102 13 21 3 68 26 — 29 7 5 170 1 46 36 6 62 4 35 5 — — — — — — — (14) 12,212 $ 5,168 295 2,281 540 1,351 25 1,449 458 562 1,572 84 372 161 1,651 $ 1,160 255 54 271 99 13,863 6,328 550 2,335 811 1,450 — 734 14 44 27 — 4 347 25 2,183 472 606 1,599 84 376 508 67,897 $ (46,509) $ 340 317 5,190 $ — 161 1,109 $ — — (339) $ 340 478 27,348 $ 1,992 44 6,696 $ 2,332 522 34,044 $ $ Reserve Line Workers' compensation General liability Marine Package business Commercial property Commercial automobile liability Commercial automobile physical damage Professional liability Bond Assumed Reinsurance Personal automobile liability Personal automobile physical damage Homeowners Other ongoing business Asbestos and environmental [1] Other operations [1] Total P&C [1]Asbestos and environmental and other operations include asbestos, environmental and other latent exposures not foreseen when coverages were written, including, but not limited to, potential liability for pharmaceutical products, silica, talcum powder, head injuries, lead paint, construction defects, sexual molestation and sexual abuse and other long-tail liabilities. These reserve lines do not have significant paid or incurred loss development for the most recent ten accident years and therefore do not have loss development displayed in triangles. The reserve lines in the above table and the loss triangles that follow represent the significant lines of business for which the Company regularly reviews the appropriateness of reserve levels. These reserve lines differ from the reserve lines reported on a statutory basis, as prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC"). The cumulative incurred losses displayed in the above table include the full reinsurance benefit of ceding $300 of losses to the Navigators ADC even though $209 of that benefit has been recorded as a deferred gain within other liabilities. The $300 of Navigators Insurers losses ceded to the Navigators ADC and reflected in the following triangles include $95 for professional liability, $105 for general liability, $38 for marine, $27 for assumed reinsurance, $14 for commercial automobile, $3 for commercial property, and $1 for bond. The triangles do not include $17 of losses ceded to the Navigators ADC related to older accident years and lines of business not in the triangles. The following loss triangles present historical loss development for incurred and paid claims by accident year, including loss development on Navigators Insurers reserves prior to and after the May 23, 2019 acquisition date. Because the loss triangles include pre-acquisition date changes in ultimate incurred loss estimates for Navigators Insurers’ reserves, changes in reserve development evident in the incurred loss triangles may differ from prior accident year development ("PYD") recorded by the Company as shown in the (Favorable) Unfavorable Prior Accident Year Development table above as that only includes changes in Navigators Insurers’ reserves post acquisition. In addition, the incurred loss triangles include reserve development on both catastrophe and non-catastrophe claims whereas the (Favorable) Unfavorable Prior Accident Year Development table above shows the total amount of catastrophe reserve development across all lines of business on a single line. Triangles are limited to the number of years for which claims incurred typically remain outstanding, not exceeding ten years. Short-tail lines, which represent claims generally expected to be paid within a few years, have three years of claim development displayed. IBNR reserves shown in loss triangles include reserves for incurred but not reported claims as well as reserves for expected development on reported claims. Incurred and cumulative paid losses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of December 31, 2023. 163 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Workers' Compensation Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves Claims Reported 2014 $ 1,869 $ 1,838 $ 1,789 $ 1,761 $ 1,713 $ 1,692 $ 1,679 $ 1,654 $ 1,637 $ 1,615 $ 1,873 1,835 1,801 1,724 1,714 1,699 1,667 1,645 1,625 1,772 1,772 1,780 1,767 1,748 1,708 1,670 1,634 1,862 1,869 1,840 1,822 1,757 1,665 1,635 1,916 1,917 1,915 1,904 1,870 1,836 1,937 1,935 1,934 1,934 1,899 1,865 1,864 1,849 1,808 1,831 1,832 1,831 327 344 375 442 524 606 766 791 126,753 114,644 112,675 112,215 119,524 120,486 91,762 102,180 2,000 2,001 1,049 112,597 2,166 1,575 108,987 $ 18,050 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2014 $ 275 $ 598 $ 811 $ 960 $ 1,041 $ 1,099 $ 1,137 $ 1,167 $ 1,191 $ 1,207 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 261 576 778 909 1,004 1,068 1,117 1,151 1,179 255 579 779 908 1,003 1,064 1,110 1,145 261 575 778 900 977 1,035 1,087 283 624 837 983 1,090 1,170 291 637 856 1,007 1,129 223 507 695 254 562 293 850 780 649 286 $ 9,482 164 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) General Liability Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves Claims Reported 2014 $ 506 $ 475 $ 481 $ 494 $ 513 $ 522 $ 515 $ 505 $ 510 $ 506 $ 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 556 560 554 594 633 647 637 647 641 613 583 607 632 632 620 636 670 626 614 613 615 613 615 658 692 669 697 703 728 751 822 826 821 839 859 938 923 923 874 1,002 991 983 1,116 1,110 33 51 65 92 158 259 496 676 873 16,609 16,786 17,833 17,377 18,783 18,432 14,006 11,943 11,167 7,835 1,219 1,173 $ 8,271 Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2014 $ 15 $ 42 $ 130 $ 214 $ 304 $ 358 $ 402 $ 423 $ 437 $ 456 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 10 55 12 156 278 409 477 524 547 52 15 131 283 368 446 513 67 21 156 255 344 441 83 29 177 288 409 100 192 339 45 110 202 34 115 26 564 564 506 512 501 308 209 135 17 $ 3,772 165 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Marine Accident Year Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves [1] Claims Reported 159 147 140 147 144 154 2014 $ 164 $ 161 $ 159 $ 166 $ 165 $ 170 $ 169 $ 173 $ 172 $ 168 $ 149 2015 139 2016 174 2017 131 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 141 160 176 157 127 138 119 132 134 144 150 169 153 129 134 128 140 141 148 166 147 134 138 127 139 150 160 141 136 145 134 149 161 147 139 $ 1,452 (1) — (6) (3) (15) (1) 6 29 38 85 7,500 10,374 13,616 16,101 10,678 7,085 5,108 5,161 4,855 3,297 [1]Contributing to the negative IBNR reserves for some accident years is a lag in the timing of expected reinsurance recoveries under the Navigators ADC with NICO. Recoveries from NICO will not be collected until the Company has cumulative loss payments for all covered lines of more than the attachment point. Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2014 $ 41 $ 81 $ 117 $ 132 $ 152 $ 157 $ 160 $ 162 $ 165 $ 166 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 40 86 36 117 126 134 140 141 143 81 47 106 123 132 141 144 107 134 143 151 162 33 95 34 126 135 142 80 32 96 68 25 106 90 63 27 143 147 171 159 115 99 87 72 23 $ 1,182 166 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Package Business Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves Claims Reported 2014 $ 566 $ 578 $ 601 $ 602 $ 603 $ 603 $ 593 $ 581 $ 576 $ 577 $ 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 582 588 585 583 588 581 567 564 564 655 638 632 625 611 595 591 590 695 702 692 657 644 637 640 719 724 688 667 655 654 813 769 749 744 747 915 893 877 837 946 954 958 1,038 1,039 1,250 $ 7,856 18 15 33 43 60 81 147 235 317 570 43,611 42,415 44,318 46,880 45,254 43,820 62,738 47,187 45,649 40,286 Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2014 $ 226 $ 345 $ 416 $ 468 $ 507 $ 525 $ 535 $ 542 $ 545 $ 551 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 212 332 383 445 486 505 513 530 225 353 410 465 500 521 540 235 372 447 496 534 561 237 402 451 498 537 254 413 488 571 326 493 573 368 556 319 542 545 578 571 626 648 650 633 453 $ 5,797 167 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Commercial Property Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves Claims Reported 2014 $ 293 $ 281 $ 282 $ 280 $ 280 $ 280 $ 280 $ 279 $ 279 $ 279 $ 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 299 301 406 302 420 578 302 400 516 450 306 407 456 436 480 304 409 439 424 439 501 302 409 441 403 418 469 530 302 406 438 400 420 439 500 497 301 406 440 393 421 437 463 480 448 $ 4,068 (1) 1 (1) 3 (3) — 54 45 71 140 21,124 21,149 24,099 24,727 21,916 21,105 20,573 18,285 17,350 15,390 Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2014 $ 170 $ 250 $ 270 $ 279 $ 279 $ 279 $ 280 $ 280 $ 280 $ 280 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 179 257 215 285 343 229 296 379 378 188 302 396 412 344 215 303 402 427 378 351 221 302 407 433 385 383 336 241 302 407 439 394 405 355 382 180 302 408 440 394 407 366 403 369 199 $ 3,568 168 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Commercial Automobile Liability Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves Claims Reported 2014 $ 309 $ 317 $ 331 $ 337 $ 341 $ 334 $ 333 $ 332 $ 332 $ 332 $ 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 308 358 372 356 356 359 360 358 360 385 393 390 391 391 395 395 396 372 383 379 383 381 394 398 349 396 405 406 424 433 425 439 450 460 471 428 424 419 397 440 443 429 468 500 527 $ 4,243 4 6 7 2 21 30 79 157 238 403 30,171 28,745 29,260 26,411 24,799 28,573 22,194 19,999 20,384 18,107 Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expense, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31 (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2014 $ 59 $ 131 $ 197 $ 252 $ 299 $ 309 $ 318 $ 320 $ 325 $ 328 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 62 142 207 267 314 335 344 348 65 147 232 303 339 357 379 60 134 211 285 328 368 62 153 238 305 360 67 160 247 327 55 119 200 55 127 64 350 385 386 387 393 264 212 171 69 $ 2,945 169 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Commercial Automobile Physical Damage Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves Claims Reported 2021 $ 58 $ 62 $ 61 $ 2022 2023 Total 70 74 80 $ 215 1 1 10 15,490 16,713 15,610 Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2021 2022 2023 2021 $ 51 $ 61 $ 59 61 72 61 2022 2023 Total $ 194 170 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Professional Liability Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Claims Made Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves [1] Claims Reported 164 174 183 180 176 205 2014 $ 187 $ 183 $ 181 $ 178 $ 179 $ 182 $ 183 $ 174 $ 169 $ 167 $ 190 2015 203 2016 203 2017 244 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 198 192 217 326 355 325 327 355 384 197 194 242 267 347 336 343 349 200 196 239 271 330 363 339 207 195 226 271 313 369 214 197 231 275 295 $ 2,846 6 (3) 2 5 47 77 156 207 265 338 6,751 7,266 8,443 9,514 9,863 9,921 7,994 6,698 7,033 6,725 [1]Contributing to the negative IBNR reserves for some accident years is a lag in the timing of expected reinsurance recoveries under the Navigators ADC with NICO. Recoveries from NICO will not be collected until the Company has cumulative loss payments for all covered lines of more than the attachment point. Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Claims Made Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2014 $ 8 $ 38 $ 74 $ 108 $ 131 $ 135 $ 146 $ 145 $ 151 $ 157 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 9 41 8 86 51 11 108 88 48 15 125 111 87 72 21 141 124 122 127 77 19 164 148 149 161 148 71 15 175 167 179 195 198 118 55 18 186 177 191 233 241 147 95 64 20 $ 1,511 171 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Bond Accident Year Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves Claims Reported 2014 $ 71 $ 67 $ 66 $ 67 $ 59 $ 59 $ 60 $ 60 $ 64 $ 62 $ 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 67 67 61 63 61 63 60 61 90 68 54 55 101 68 72 48 51 94 72 73 83 47 45 79 71 74 84 85 42 37 70 70 73 79 85 85 37 34 68 63 71 83 88 93 81 $ 680 10 12 14 25 32 53 55 62 42 71 1,393 1,411 1,344 1,793 1,737 1,890 2,201 2,870 2,456 1,414 Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2014 $ 18 $ 31 $ 40 $ 43 $ 43 $ 44 $ 46 $ 47 $ 52 $ 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 9 20 2 24 12 5 31 15 46 6 34 20 55 16 3 32 22 54 23 13 4 30 22 42 24 15 12 8 25 22 43 29 16 21 21 11 52 25 20 43 29 16 26 23 42 8 $ 284 172 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Assumed Reinsurance Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves [1] Claims Reported 2014 $ 119 $ 142 $ 122 $ 118 $ 115 $ 116 $ 116 $ 115 $ 116 $ 116 $ 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 102 92 89 95 91 94 95 96 96 96 96 98 100 102 102 102 104 129 153 162 157 153 155 155 128 127 129 134 136 132 181 189 186 190 209 183 181 187 179 192 196 204 266 274 329 $ 1,798 (1) (1) (2) (3) (17) 22 29 41 101 188 1,934 1,723 1,975 2,557 3,026 3,710 3,177 2,431 1,971 977 [1]Contributing to the negative IBNR reserves for some accident years is a lag in the timing of expected reinsurance recoveries under the Navigators ADC with NICO. Recoveries from NICO will not be collected until the Company has cumulative loss payments for all covered lines of more than the attachment point. Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2014 $ 66 $ 119 $ 106 $ 109 $ 112 $ 113 $ 115 $ 115 $ 115 $ 116 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 42 65 36 77 66 44 83 85 91 90 94 95 95 97 96 99 116 135 145 147 149 25 111 133 139 142 62 132 153 159 50 89 46 113 102 60 96 101 151 144 176 133 133 129 63 $ 1,242 173 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Personal Automobile Liability Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves Claims Reported 2014 $ 1,146 $ 1,153 $ 1,198 $ 1,200 $ 1,199 $ 1,202 $ 1,201 $ 1,199 $ 1,199 $ 1,199 $ 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 1,195 1,340 1,338 1,330 1,331 1,328 1,324 1,320 1,319 1,407 1,402 1,393 1,397 1,395 1,386 1,384 1,384 1,277 1,275 1,228 1,214 1,200 1,198 1,197 1,108 1,104 1,072 1,058 1,056 1,055 1,018 1,010 805 991 782 881 986 775 886 971 741 852 928 1,018 1,138 $ 10,874 5 3 3 6 22 21 37 101 235 586 209,028 216,908 215,868 187,557 156,286 139,723 96,668 101,842 106,927 99,620 Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2014 $ 430 $ 843 $ 1,032 $ 1,125 $ 1,165 $ 1,182 $ 1,186 $ 1,190 $ 1,192 $ 1,193 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 475 935 1,142 1,243 1,292 1,304 1,310 1,313 1,314 505 968 1,188 1,308 1,345 1,363 1,373 1,377 441 836 1,033 1,123 1,161 1,180 1,187 359 710 323 888 654 238 965 1,011 1,028 816 486 247 897 615 553 301 933 679 691 662 329 $ 9,393 174 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Personal Automobile Physical Damage Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves Claims Reported 2021 $ 412 $ 413 $ 412 $ 2022 2023 Total 533 549 574 $ 1,535 1 10 27 225,735 239,278 222,805 Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2021 2022 2023 2021 $ 388 $ 411 $ 498 411 538 513 2022 2023 Total $ 1,462 175 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Homeowners Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves Claims Reported 2014 $ 710 $ 707 $ 702 $ 700 $ 698 $ 698 $ 698 $ 698 $ 698 $ 699 $ 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 690 703 669 690 673 866 684 663 889 903 684 658 884 910 501 684 658 783 673 475 525 684 658 775 642 470 512 502 684 658 774 639 468 513 501 499 682 658 771 645 467 505 491 507 584 $ 6,009 — — — 5 11 4 12 14 27 115 121,928 120,017 119,815 124,772 102,905 84,781 88,502 77,212 63,841 63,662 Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Accident Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2014 $ 526 $ 663 $ 684 $ 691 $ 695 $ 697 $ 697 $ 698 $ 698 $ 698 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 487 645 481 665 621 538 674 640 747 484 680 649 795 712 318 681 653 757 616 425 335 681 655 761 619 445 454 305 682 656 762 627 458 478 440 298 682 657 761 626 460 486 464 453 390 $ 5,677 Property and casualty reserves, including IBNR The Company estimates ultimate losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses ("ALAE") by accident year. IBNR represents the excess of estimated ultimate loss reserves over case reserves. The process to estimate ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses is an integral part of the Company's reserve setting. Reserves for ALAE and ULAE are generally established separate from the reserves for losses. Reserves for losses are set by line of business within the reporting segments. Case reserves are established by a claims handler on each individual claim and are adjusted as new information becomes known during the course of handling the claim. Lines of business for which reported losses emerge over a long period of time are referred to as long-tail lines of business. Lines of business for which reported losses emerge more quickly are referred to as short-tail lines of business. The Company’s shortest tail lines of business are homeowners, commercial property and automobile physical damage. The longest tail lines of business include workers’ compensation, general liability and professional liability. For short-tail lines of business, emergence of paid loss and case reserves is credible and likely indicative of ultimate losses. For long-tail lines of business, emergence of paid losses and case reserves is less credible in the early periods after a given accident year and, accordingly, may not be indicative of ultimate losses. The Company’s reserving actuaries regularly review reserves for both current and prior accident years using the most current claim data. A variety of actuarial methods and judgments are used for most lines of business to arrive at selections of estimated ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses. The 176 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) reserve selections incorporate input, as appropriate, from claims personnel, pricing actuaries and operating management about reported loss cost trends and other factors that could affect the reserve estimates. For both short-tail and long-tail lines of business, an expected loss ratio ("ELR") is used to record initial reserves. This ELR is determined by starting with the average loss ratio of recent prior accident years and adjusting that ratio for the effect of expected changes to earned pricing, loss frequency and severity, mix of business, ceded reinsurance and other factors. For short-tail lines, IBNR for the current accident year ("CAY") is initially recorded as the product of the ELR for the period, earned premium for the period and the proportion of losses expected to be reported in future calendar periods for the current accident period. For long-tailed lines, IBNR reserves for the current accident year are initially recorded as the product of the ELR for the period and the earned premium for the period, less reported losses for the period. For certain short-tailed lines of business, including commercial property, homeowners, and automobile physical damage, IBNR amounts in the above loss development triangles are negative in certain accident years due to anticipated salvage and subrogation recoveries on paid losses. As losses for a given accident year emerge or develop in subsequent periods, reserving actuaries use other methods to estimate ultimate unpaid losses in addition to the ELR method. These primarily include paid and reported loss development methods, frequency/severity techniques and the Bornhuetter- Ferguson method (a combination of the ELR and paid development or reported development method). Within any one line of business, the methods that are given more weight vary based primarily on the maturity of the accident year, the mix of business and the particular internal and external influences impacting the claims experience or the methods. The output of the reserve reviews are reserve estimates that are referred to as actuarial indications. Paid development and reported development techniques are used for most lines of business though more weight is given to the reported development method for some of the long-tailed lines like general liability. In addition, for long-tailed lines of business, the Company relies on the ELR method for immature accident years. Frequency/severity techniques are used predominantly for professional liability and are also used for automobile liability. The Berquist-Sherman technique is also used for automobile liability, marine and assumed reinsurance. For most lines, reserves for ALAE, or those expenses related to specific claims) are analyzed using paid development techniques and an analysis of the relationship between ALAE and loss payments. For most of the lines acquired through the Navigators Group book of business, loss and ALAE are reviewed on a combined basis. Reserves for ULAE are determined using the expected cost per claim year and the anticipated claim closure pattern as well as the ratio of paid ULAE to paid losses. The recorded reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses represents the Company's best estimate of the ultimate settlement amount of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. In applying judgment, the best estimate is selected after considering the estimates derived from a number of actuarial methods, giving more weight to those methods deemed more predictive of ultimate unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. The Company does not produce a statistical range or confidence interval of reserve estimates and, since reserving methods with more credibility are given greater weight, the selected best estimate may differ from the mid-point of the various estimates produced by the actuarial methods used. Cumulative number of reported claims For most property and casualty lines, claim counts represent the number of claim features on a reported claim where a claim feature is each separate coverage for each claimant affected by the claim event. For example, one car accident that results in two bodily injury claims and one automobile damage liability claim would be counted as three claims within the personal automobile liability triangle. Similarly, a fire that impacts one commercial building may result in multiple claim features due to the potential for claims related to business interruption, structural damage, and loss of the physical contents of the building. Claim features that result in no paid losses are included in the reported claim counts. For some property and casualty lines, such as marine and assumed reinsurance, a claim count represents each reported claim regardless of the number of features. For assumed bordereau business and business written on binders, one claim count is posted for each bordereau received, which could account for multiple claims. 177 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age, Net of Reinsurance [1] (Unaudited) Reserve Line 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year 6th Year 7th Year 8th Year 9th Year 10th Year Workers' compensation 14.9% 18.4% 12.0% 8.2% 5.6% 3.8% General liability Marine Package business Commercial property 2.7% 7.6% 12.7% 16.7% 16.6% 12.3% 23.1% 31.8% 18.0% 36.7% 22.3% 10.0% 50.9% 32.1% 7.2% 7.2% 9.1% 3.5% 6.7% 6.6% 1.2% 2.8% 9.0% 2.3% 2.2% 0.1% 3.8% 2.1% 5.1% 1.5% 1.7% 0.1% 1.1% 1.6% 2.7% 0.8% 1.3% —% 1.0% 3.9% 0.4% 1.1% —% 1.0% 0.9% 6.0% 3.9% 0.6% 6.0% Commercial automobile liability 14.7% 19.9% 19.6% 16.9% 12.3% Commercial automobile physical damage 79.7% 17.1% (0.2%) Professional liability 5.0% 16.5% 18.1% 13.2% 10.7% 9.7% 8.5% 3.5% 4.2% 3.7% Bond Assumed Reinsurance Personal automobile liability 11.7% 24.9% 9.4% 30.4% 35.4% 10.8% 33.2% 34.2% 16.4% 6.8% 5.5% 8.0% 0.3% (0.4%) (0.5%) (5.5%) 4.0% 4.6% 3.5% 1.8% 1.4% 1.3% 0.5% 1.1% 0.3% 0.5% 0.2% —% 0.3% 0.1% Personal automobile physical damage 91.3% 6.5% Homeowners 68.7% 25.7% 0.1% 1.8% [1]Negative percentages are generally due to salvage, subrogation or other recoveries. 0.5% 0.7% 0.1% 0.1% —% —% —% |GROUP LIFE, DISABILITY AND ACCIDENT PRODUCTS Rollforward of Liabilities for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross $ 8,160 $ 8,210 $ 8,233 For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Reinsurance recoverables Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses Current incurral year Prior year's discount accretion Prior incurral year development [1] Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses [2] Payments Current incurral year Prior incurral years Total payments Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net Reinsurance recoverables 245 245 7,915 7,965 237 7,996 5,145 4,853 5,021 193 (502) 202 (381) 201 (458) 4,836 4,674 4,764 (2,575) (2,156) (4,731) 8,020 254 (2,456) (2,268) (4,724) 7,915 245 (2,631) (2,164) (4,795) 7,965 245 Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross $ 8,274 $ 8,160 $ 8,210 [1]Prior incurral year development represents the change in estimated ultimate incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses for prior incurral years on a discounted basis. [2]Includes unallocated loss adjustment expenses of $182, $185 and $179 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, that are recorded in insurance operating costs and other expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 178 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Group Life, Disability and Accident Products Reserves, Net of Reinsurance, that are Discounted Liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, at undiscounted amounts Amount of discount Carrying value of liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ $ 8,150 $ 8,124 $ 8,176 (1,166) (1,205) (1,304) 6,984 $ 6,919 $ 6,872 3.2 % 3.2 % 3.3 % 2.1 % - 8.0 % 2.1 % - 8.0 % 2.1 % - 8.0 % Group life and accident (including group life premium waiver)- Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $50 largely driven by continued low incidence in group life premium waiver as well as a reduction in the estimation of high level of mortality losses incurred in fourth quarter 2021. Supplemental Accident & Health- Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $6 driven by lower-than- previously expected claim incidence. 2021 re-estimates of prior incurral year reserves Group disability- Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $380 largely driven by group long-term disability claim incidence lower than prior assumptions together with strong recoveries on prior incurral year claims, and by a New York Paid Family Leave risk adjustment benefit. Group life and accident (including group life premium waiver)- Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $65 largely driven by lower-than- previously expected claim incidence in both group life premium waiver and group accidental loss of life and severe injury benefits. Supplemental Accident & Health- Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $10 driven by lower- than-expected emergence of prior year claims, especially for voluntary critical Illness and voluntary accident products. Weighted average discount rate Range of discount rate Reserves are discounted at rates in effect at the time claims were incurred, ranging from 2.1% for life and disability reserves acquired from Aetna based on interest rates in effect at the acquisition date of November 1, 2017, to 8.0% for the Company’s pre-acquisition reserves for incurral year 1990, and vary by product. Prior year's discount accretion has been calculated as the average reserve balance for the year times the weighted average discount rate. 2023 re-estimates of prior incurral year reserves Group disability- Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $457 largely driven by group long-term disability claim incidence lower than prior assumptions and strong recoveries on prior incurral year claims. Group life and accident (including group life premium waiver)- Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $36 largely driven by continued low incidence in group life premium waiver. Supplemental Accident & Health- Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $9 driven by lower than previously expected claim incidence. 2022 re-estimates of prior incurral year reserves Group disability- Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $325 largely driven by group long-term disability claim incidence lower than prior assumptions, strong recoveries on prior incurral year claims and higher estimated claim termination rates. 179 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Reconciliation of Loss Development to Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses as of December 31, 2023 Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance Cumulative Incurred for Incurral Years Displayed in Triangles Cumulative Paid for Incurral Years Displayed in Triangles Unpaid for Incurral Years not Displayed in Triangles Unpaid Unallocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance Discount Subtotal Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses Reinsurance and Other Recoverables Reserve Line Group long-term disability $ 14,262 $ (8,187) $ 1,434 $ 200 $ (1,089) $ 6,620 $ 243 $ 6,863 Group life and accident, excluding premium waiver Group short-term disability Group life premium waiver Group supplemental health 6,525 (5,934) 157 148 523 34 5 9 10 — (14) — (63) — 739 157 470 34 5 — 2 4 744 157 472 38 Total Group Benefits $ 20,787 $ (14,121) $ 2,296 $ 224 $ (1,166) $ 8,020 $ 254 $ 8,274 The following loss triangles present historical loss development for incurred and paid claims by the year the insured claim occurred, referred to as the incurral year. Triangles are limited to the number of years for which claims incurred typically remain outstanding, not exceeding ten years. Short-tail lines, which represent claims generally expected to be paid within a few years, have three years of claim development displayed. Group Long-Term Disability Changes in reserve development evident in the incurred loss triangles differ from prior accident year development recorded by the Company as shown in the reserve rollforward above as the triangles are presented on an undiscounted basis and exclude ULAE. Undiscounted Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Incurral Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves Claims Reported 2014 $ 1,636 $ 1,473 $ 1,430 $ 1,431 $ 1,431 $ 1,408 $ 1,395 $ 1,389 $ 1,382 $ 1,382 $ — 31,783 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 1,595 1,442 1,422 1,420 1,401 1,385 1,380 1,380 1,380 — 32,750 1,651 1,481 1,468 1,437 1,417 1,409 1,401 1,400 — 33,296 1,597 1,413 1,358 1,316 1,304 1,296 1,289 — 30,923 1,647 1,387 1,309 1,277 1,276 1,271 — 28,426 1,650 1,424 1,327 1,284 1,287 1 27,458 1,686 1,407 1,323 1,282 1 25,848 1,768 1,521 1,417 5 27,071 1,842 1,566 35 25,580 1,988 1,009 17,404 $ 14,262 180 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Incurral Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2014 $ 103 $ 448 $ 675 $ 801 $ 884 $ 960 $ 1,025 $ 1,079 $ 1,122 $ 1,164 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 108 460 112 687 479 109 806 705 452 105 891 819 658 447 101 962 907 757 639 454 100 1,025 1,078 981 842 743 650 458 101 1,043 911 827 751 663 493 101 1,125 1,100 970 897 832 767 720 496 116 $ 8,187 Group Life and Accident, excluding Premium Waiver Undiscounted Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Incurral Year 2021 2022 2023 IBNR Reserves Claims Reported 2021 $ 2,384 $ 2,365 $ 2,364 $ 14 69,915 2022 2023 Total 2,061 2,053 26 71,604 2,108 407 57,414 $ 6,525 Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance For the years ended December 31, (Unaudited) Incurral Year 2021 2022 2023 2021 $ 1,764 $ 2,320 $ 2,344 2022 2023 Total 1,562 2,018 1,572 $ 5,934 Group life, disability and accident reserves, including IBNR The majority of Group Benefits’ reserves are for LTD claimants who are known to be disabled and are currently receiving benefits. A Disabled Life Reserve ("DLR") is calculated for each LTD claim. The DLR for each claim is the expected present value of all estimated future benefit payments and includes estimates of claim recovery, investment yield, and offsets from other income, including offsets from Social Security benefits and workers’ compensation. Estimated future benefit payments represent the monthly income benefit that is paid until recovery, death or expiration of benefits. Claim recoveries are estimated based on claim characteristics such as age and diagnosis and represent an estimate of benefits that will terminate, generally as a result of the claimant returning to work or being deemed able to return to work. The DLR also includes a liability for payments to claimants who have not yet been approved for LTD. In these cases, the present value of future benefits is reduced for the likelihood of claim denial based on Company experience. For claims recently closed due to recovery, a portion of the DLR is retained for the possibility that the claim reopens upon further evidence of disability. In addition, a reserve for estimated unpaid claim expenses is included in the DLR. For incurral years with IBNR claims, estimates of ultimate losses are made by applying completion factors to the dollar amount of claims reported or expected depending on the market segment. IBNR represents estimated ultimate losses less both DLR and cumulative paid amounts for all reported claims. Completion factors are derived using standard actuarial techniques using triangles that display historical claim count emergence by incurral month. These estimates are reviewed for reasonableness and are adjusted for current trends and other factors expected to cause a change in claim emergence. The IBNR includes an estimate of unpaid claim expenses, including a provision for the cost of initial set-up of the claim once reported. 181 Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) For all products, including LTD, there is a period generally ranging from two to twelve months, depending on the product and market segment, where emerged claim information for an incurral year is not yet credible enough to be a basis for an IBNR projection. In these cases, the ultimate losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses are estimated using earned premium multiplied by an expected loss ratio. The Company also records reserves for future death benefits under group term life policies that provide for premiums to be waived in the event the insured is unable to work due to disability and has satisfied an elimination period, which is typically nine months (premium waiver reserves). The death benefit reserve for these group life premium waiver claims is estimated for a known disabled claimant equal to the present value of expected future cash outflows (typically a lump sum face amount payable at death plus claim expenses) with separate estimates for claimant recovery (when no death benefit is payable) and for death before recovery or benefit expiry (when death benefit is payable). The IBNR for premium waiver death benefits is estimated with standard actuarial development methods. In addition, the Company also records reserves for group term life, accidental loss of life and severe injury, short-term disability, and other group products that have short claim payout periods. For these products, reserves are determined using paid or reported actuarial development methods. The resulting claim triangles produce a completion pattern and estimate of ultimate loss. IBNR for these lines of business equals the estimated ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses less the amount of paid or reported claims depending on whether the paid or reported development method was used. Estimates are reviewed for reasonableness and are adjusted for current trends or other factors that affect the development pattern. Cumulative number of reported claims For group life, disability and accident coverages, claim counts include claims that are approved, pending approval and terminated and exclude denied claims. Due to the nature of the claims, one claimant represents one event. Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age, Net of Reinsurance 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year 6th Year 7th Year 8th Year 9th Year 10th Year (Unaudited) Group long-term disability 7.5 % 26.5 % 15.9 % 8.2 % 6.3 % 5.4 % 4.6 % 3.9 % 3.3 % 3.0 % Group life and accident, excluding premium waiver 75.1 % 22.8 % 1.0 % 182 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 12 - Reserve for Future Policy Benefits 12. RESERVE FOR FUTURE POLICY BENEFITS Rollforward of Reserve for Future Policy Benefits For the year ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Payout Annuities Life Conversions Paid-up Life Payout Annuities Life Conversions Paid-up Life Payout Annuities Life Conversions Paid-up Life $ $ 47 49 $ $ 58 47 $ $ 52 58 $ 140 $ 112 $ 192 $ 188 $ 152 $ 262 $ 206 $ 167 $ 293 4 (14) (39) 47 19 14 59 26 29 136 126 231 141 133 248 147 141 264 (2) — — — — — — — — 1 135 7 (12) 130 7 133 20 (29) (1) 230 8 (21) — 141 8 (13) 5 138 17 (29) — 248 7 (24) — 147 7 (13) 11 152 19 (38) (1) 263 7 (22) 124 217 136 126 231 141 133 248 Present Value of Expected Net Premiums Balance, beginning of the period Balance, ending of the period Present Value of Expected Future Policy Benefits Beginning balance at single-A rate Beginning adjustment for changes in single-A rate Beginning balance at original discount rate Effect of changes in cash flow assumptions Effect of actual variances from expected experience Adjusted beginning balance Interest accrual and other Benefit Payments Ending balance at original discount rate Ending adjustment for changes in single-A rate Ending balance at single-A rate $ 7 137 $ (11) 113 $ (32) 185 $ 4 140 $ (14) 112 $ (39) 192 $ 47 188 $ 19 152 $ 14 262 Net reserve for future policy benefits Weighted-average duration of the reserve for future policy benefits (years) Payout Annuities Life Conversions Paid-up Life Deferred Profit Liability Other Total $ 137 $ 64 $ 185 $ 140 $ 65 $ 192 $ 188 $ 94 $ 262 9.0 12.2 6.4 9.2 11.4 6.4 9.2 15.5 8.2 Net Reserve for Future Policy Benefits As of December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ $ 137 $ 64 185 20 78 484 $ 140 $ 65 192 19 86 502 $ 188 94 262 20 82 646 183 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Undiscounted Expected Future Gross Premiums and Benefit Payments Note 12 - Reserve for Future Policy Benefits Payout Annuities [1] Expected future benefit payments Life Conversions Expected future gross premiums Expected future benefit payments Paid-up Life [1] Expected future benefit payments As of December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ $ $ $ 257 $ 114 $ 204 $ 281 $ 272 $ 120 $ 212 $ 300 $ [1]Payout Annuities and Paid-up Life have no expected future gross premiums. Weighted-Average Interest Rates Payout Annuities Interest accretion rate Current discount rate Life Conversions Interest accretion rate Current discount rate Paid-up Life Interest accretion rate Current discount rate For the year ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 5.6 % 5.0 % 4.2 % 5.1 % 2.9 % 5.0 % 5.6 % 5.3 % 4.1 % 5.3 % 2.9 % 5.2 % 283 131 225 324 5.6 % 2.8 % 4.1 % 2.9 % 2.9 % 2.1 % The Company completed a review of cash flow assumptions in the third quarter 2023, resulting in immaterial changes to the reserve for future policy benefits. For payout annuities, the net effect of updating cash flow assumptions was partially offset by a corresponding impact to the deferred profit liability. Gross premiums and interest accretion recognized on long-duration insurance policies for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were immaterial. 13. OTHER POLICYHOLDER FUNDS AND BENEFITS PAYABLE Other policyholder funds and benefits payable of $638, $658 and $687 as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, included universal life long-duration contacts of $223, $232 and $253 as well as policyholder balances related to short-duration contracts of $415, $426, and $434. The universal life long-duration contacts presented in the table below were economically ceded to Prudential as part of the sale of the Company's former individual life business, which closed in 2013. Universal Life Long Duration Contracts Rollforward Balance, beginning of year Premiums Received Policy Charges Surrenders and Withdrawals Benefit Payments Interest Credited Balance, End of Year Weighted-average crediting rate Net Amount at Risk [1] Cash Surrender Value For the year ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 232 14 (21) (6) (6) 10 223 4.2 % 917 221 $ $ $ $ 253 15 (23) (4) (20) 11 232 4.2 % 987 229 $ $ $ $ 277 16 (23) (9) (22) 14 253 4.2 % 1,086 250 $ $ $ $ [1]Net amount at risk is defined as the current death benefit in excess of the current account value as of the balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, universal life contracts of $222, $230 and $251, respectively, had crediting rates at their guaranteed minimums ranging from 4%-5%. 184 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 14 - Debt 14. DEBT The Company’s long-term debt securities are issued by Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. ("HFSG Holding Company"), are unsecured obligations of HFSG Holding Company, and rank on a parity with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of HFSG Holding Company. Debt is carried net of discount and issuance cost. Long-term Debt by Issuance As of December 31, 2023 2022 Revolving Credit Facilities $ — $ — Senior Notes and Debentures 2.8% Notes, due 2029 5.95% Notes, due 2036 6.625% Notes, due 2040 6.1% Notes, due 2041 6.625% Notes, due 2042 4.3% Notes, due 2043 4.4% Notes, due 2048 3.6% Notes, due 2049 2.9% Notes, due 2051 600 300 295 409 178 300 500 800 600 600 300 295 409 178 300 500 800 600 Junior Subordinated Debentures 3-Month term SOFR + 0.26161% + 2.125% Notes, due 2067 [1] Total Notes and Debentures Unamortized discount and debt issuance cost [2] Total Debt Less: Current maturities Long-Term Debt 500 500 4,482 4,482 (120) (125) 4,362 4,357 — — $ 4,362 $ 4,357 [1]The Company has an interest rate swap agreement expiring February 15, 2027 to effectively convert the variable interest payments for this debenture into fixed interest payments of approximately 4.39%. See Junior Subordinated Debentures section below for further discussion of interest rate terms for the periods ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. [2]This amount includes unamortized discount of $70 and $72 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, on the 6.1% Notes, due 2041. The effective interest rate on the 6.1% senior notes due 2041 is 7.9%. The effective interest rate on the remaining notes does not differ materially from the stated rate. Shelf Registrations On February 22, 2022, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission an automatic shelf registration statement (Registration No. 333-262879) for the potential offering and sale of debt and equity securities. The registration statement allows for the following types of securities to be offered: debt securities, junior subordinated debt securities, guarantees, preferred stock, common stock, depositary shares, warrants, stock purchase contracts, and stock purchase units. In that The Hartford is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, the registration 185 statement went effective immediately upon filing and The Hartford may offer and sell an unlimited amount of securities under the registration statement during the three-year life of the registration statement. Senior Notes On September 21, 2021, The Hartford issued $600 of 2.9% senior notes (“2.9% Notes”) due September 15, 2051 for net proceeds of approximately $588, after deducting underwriting discounts and expenses from the offering. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15, commencing March 15, 2022. The Hartford, at its option, can redeem the 2.9% Notes at any time, in whole or part, at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100% of the principal amount being redeemed or a make-whole amount based on a comparable maturity US Treasury plus 20 basis points, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, except the 2.9% Notes may be redeemed at par within six months of maturity. Junior Subordinated Debentures As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company has outstanding $500 of callable junior subordinated debentures with a final maturity on February 12, 2067. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a variable rate that resets quarterly. Prior to July 1, 2023, the Company's $500 junior subordinated debentures due 2067 paid interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.125%. The U.K. Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA") ceased publication of U.S. dollar LIBOR on a representative basis immediately after June 30, 2023. Effective July 1, 2023, the interest rate on the $500 junior subordinated debentures due 2067 is determined based on a reference rate of 3-month term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) plus a spread adjustment of 0.26161% plus 2.125%. The Company's interest rate swap agreements that converted the LIBOR variable interest payments on the $500 junior subordinated debentures to fixed interest payments of approximately 4.39% were terminated and new interest rate swap agreements expiring February 15, 2027 were entered into that reference SOFR so that interest rate swaps continue to effectively convert the variable interest payments to fixed interest payments of approximately 4.39%. The $500 junior subordinated debentures due 2067 are unsecured, subordinated and junior in right of payment and upon liquidation to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness. In addition, the debentures are effectively subordinated to all of the Company’s subsidiaries’ existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including obligations to policyholders. The debentures do not limit the Company’s or the Company’s subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt, including debt that ranks senior in right of payment and upon liquidation to the debentures. The Company has the right to defer interest payments for up to a consecutive ten years without giving rise to an event of default. Deferred interest will continue to accrue and will accrue additional interest at the then applicable interest rate. If the Company defers interest payments, the Company generally may THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 14 - Debt not make payments on or redeem or purchase any shares of its capital stock or any of its debt securities or guarantees that rank upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up equally with or junior to the debentures, subject to certain limited exceptions. Facility and the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants. Lloyd's Letter of Credit Facility The Company may elect to redeem the $500 junior subordinated debentures due 2067 in whole or in part for the principal amount being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In connection with the offering of this debenture, the Company entered into a Replacement Capital Covenant ("RCC") for the benefit of holders of one or more designated series of the Company's indebtedness, initially the Company's 4.3% notes due 2043. Under the terms of the RCC, if the Company redeems the debenture any time prior to February 12, 2047 (or such earlier date on which the RCC terminates by its terms) it can only do so with the proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying replacement securities. On April 15, 2022, The Hartford redeemed at par $600 aggregate principal amount of its 7.875% junior subordinated debentures due 2042 and recognized, in insurance operating costs and other expenses, a loss on extinguishment of debt of $9, before tax, for unamortized debt issuance costs. Long-Term Debt Long-term Debt Maturities (at par value) as of December 31, 2023 2024 - Current maturities 2025 2026 2027 2028 Thereafter $ $ $ $ $ $ — — — — — 4,482 Revolving Credit Facility The Hartford has a $750 senior unsecured revolving credit facility, including $100 available to support letters of credit (the "Credit Facility"), with an expiration date of October 27, 2026. Under the Credit Facility: • • • Revolving loans may be in multiple currencies. U.S. dollar loans will bear interest at a floating rate equivalent to an indexed rate that varies depending on the type of borrowing plus a basis point spread based on The Hartford's credit rating and will mature no later than October 27, 2026. Letters of credit bear a fee based on The Hartford's credit rating and expire no later than October 27, 2027. The Credit Facility requires the Company to maintain a minimum consolidated net worth financial covenant to $11.25 billion, excluding AOCI, limits the ratio of senior debt to capitalization, excluding AOCI, at 35% and includes other customary covenants. The Credit Facility is for general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, no borrowings were outstanding, no letters of credit were issued under the Credit 186 The Hartford has a committed credit facility agreement with a syndicate of lenders (the"Lloyd's Facility"). The Lloyd's Facility has two tranches, with one tranche extending a $74 commitment and the other tranche extending a £79 million ($101 as of December 31, 2023) commitment. The term of the facility is two years. The purpose of this facility is to issue letters of credit that may be treated as Funds at Lloyd’s ("FAL") to support underwriting capacity provided by the Navigators Corporate Underwriters Limited to the Lloyd’s Syndicate 1221 for the 2023 and 2024 underwriting years of account (and prior open years). As of December 31, 2022, letters of credit with an aggregate face amount of $74 and £79 million, or $95, were outstanding under the Lloyd's Facility. Among other covenants, the Lloyd's Facility contains financial covenants regarding The Hartford’s consolidated net worth and financial leverage and that limit the amount of letters of credit that can support FAL's, consistent with Lloyd’s requirements. As of December 31, 2023, The Hartford was in compliance with all financial covenants of the facility. Collateralized Advances with Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston The Company’s subsidiaries, Hartford Fire Insurance Company (“Hartford Fire”) and Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company ("HLA"), are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston ("FHLBB"). Membership allows these subsidiaries access to collateralized advances, which may be short- or long-term with fixed or variable rates. FHLBB membership required the purchase of member stock and requires additional member stock ownership of 3% or 4% of any amount borrowed. The amount of advances that can be taken is limited to a percentage of the fair value of the assets considered eligible collateral, for example, 94% for U.S. government-backed fixed maturities maturing within 3 years and 70% for AA-rated commercial mortgage-backed fixed maturities maturing in 5 years or more. In its consolidated balance sheets, The Hartford presents the liability for advances taken based on use of the funds with advances for general corporate purposes presented in short- or long-term debt and advances to earn incremental investment income presented in other liabilities, consistent with other collateralized financing transactions such as securities lending and repurchase agreements. The Connecticut Department of Insurance permits Hartford Fire and HLA to pledge up to $1.3 billion and $0.7 billion in qualifying assets, respectively, without prior approval, to secure FHLBB advances in 2024. The pledge limit is determined quarterly based on statutory admitted assets and capital and surplus of Hartford Fire and HLA, respectively. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were no advances outstanding under the FHLBB facility. THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Management evaluates each contingent matter separately. A loss is recorded if probable and reasonably estimable. Management establishes liabilities for these contingencies at its “best estimate,” or, if no one number within the range of possible losses is more probable than any other, the Company records an estimated liability at the low end of the range of losses. Litigation The Hartford is involved in claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, both as a liability insurer defending or providing indemnity for third-party claims brought against insureds and as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it. The Hartford accounts for such activity through the establishment of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Subject to the uncertainties related to sexual molestation and sexual abuse claims, including those discussed in Note 11, Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, and in the following discussion under the caption “COVID-19 Pandemic Business Income Insurance Litigation” and under the caption “Run-off Asbestos and Environmental Claims,” management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such ordinary-course claims litigation, after consideration of provisions made for potential losses and costs of defense, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of The Hartford. The Hartford is also involved in other kinds of legal actions, some of which assert claims for substantial amounts. In addition to the matter described below, these actions include putative class actions seeking certification of a state or national class. Such putative class actions have alleged, for example, underpayment of claims or improper sales or underwriting practices in connection with various kinds of insurance policies, such as personal and commercial automobile and property. The Hartford also is involved in individual actions in which punitive damages are sought, such as claims alleging bad faith in the handling of insurance claims or other allegedly unfair or improper business practices. Like many other insurers, The Hartford also has been joined in actions by asbestos plaintiffs asserting, among other things, that insurers had a duty to protect the public from the dangers of asbestos and that insurers committed unfair trade practices by asserting defenses on behalf of their policyholders in the underlying asbestos cases. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of The Hartford. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, the outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods. COVID-19 Pandemic Business Income Insurance Litigation Like many others in the property and casualty insurance industry, beginning in April 2020, various direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company (collectively the "Hartford Writing 187 Companies”), and in some instances the Company itself, have been served as defendants in lawsuits seeking insurance coverage under commercial insurance policies issued by the Hartford Writing Companies for alleged losses resulting from the shutdown or suspension of their businesses due to the spread of COVID-19. More than 300 such lawsuits have been filed, of which more than 60 purport to be filed on behalf of broad nationwide or statewide classes of policyholders. These lawsuits have been filed in state and federal courts in roughly 35 states. Although the allegations vary, the plaintiffs generally seek a declaration of insurance coverage, damages for breach of contract in unspecified amounts, interest, and attorneys' fees. Many of the lawsuits also allege that the insurance claims were denied in bad faith or otherwise in violation of state laws and seek extra-contractual or punitive damages. Some of the lawsuits also allege that the Hartford Writing Companies engaged in unfair business practices by collecting or retaining excess premium. The Company and its subsidiaries deny the allegations and continue to vigorously defend these suits. The Hartford Writing Companies maintain that they have no coverage obligations with respect to these suits for business income allegedly lost by the plaintiffs due to the COVID-19 pandemic based on the clear terms of the applicable insurance policies. Although the policy terms vary depending, among other things, upon the size, nature, and location of the policyholder’s business, in general, the claims at issue in these lawsuits were denied because the claimant identified no direct physical damage or loss to property at the insured premises, and the governmental orders that led to the complete or partial shutdown of the business were not due to the existence of any direct physical damage or loss in the immediate vicinity of the insured premises and did not prohibit access to the insured premises, as required by the terms of the insurance policies. In addition, the vast majority of the policies at issue expressly exclude from coverage any loss caused directly or indirectly by the presence, growth, proliferation, spread or activity of a virus, subject to a narrow set of exceptions not applicable in connection with this pandemic, and contain a pollution and contamination exclusion that, among other things, expressly excludes from coverage any loss caused by material that threatens human health or welfare. In addition to the inherent difficulty in predicting litigation outcomes, the COVID-19 pandemic business income coverage lawsuits still present uncertainties and contingencies that are not yet fully known, including whether additional claims or lawsuits could be filed, the extent to which any state or nationwide classes will be certified, and the size and scope of any such classes. The legal theories advocated by plaintiffs vary significantly by case as do the state laws that govern the policy interpretation. These lawsuits are at various stages of litigation: some are in the earliest stages of litigation, some are in discovery, and many have been dismissed through rulings in favor of the Hartford Writing Companies. Moreover, dozens of policyholders have appealed dismissals in favor of the Hartford Writing Companies. The Hartford Writing Companies have received numerous favorable rulings on appeal, with a few adverse appellate rulings to date. The remainder of the Hartford Writing Companies' appeals are at various stages of the THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies appellate process and have not yet been decided. In addition, business income calculations depend upon a wide range of factors that are particular to the circumstances of each individual policyholder and, here, almost none of the plaintiffs have submitted proofs of loss or otherwise quantified or factually supported any allegedly covered loss, and, in any event, the Company’s experience shows that demands for damages often bear little relation to a reasonable estimate of potential loss. Accordingly, management cannot now reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss, if any. Nonetheless, despite the high percentage of favorable outcomes to date in both the trial and appellate courts, given the large number of claims and potential claims, the indeterminate amounts sought, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, it is possible that adverse outcomes, if any, in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated operating results or liquidity. Run-off Asbestos and Environmental Claims The Company continues to receive A&E claims. Asbestos claims relate primarily to bodily injuries asserted by people who came in contact with asbestos or products containing asbestos. Environmental claims relate primarily to pollution and related clean-up costs. The vast majority of the Company's exposure to A&E relates to accident years prior to 1986 that are reported in Property & Casualty Other Operations ("Run-off A&E"). In addition, since 1986, the Company has written asbestos and environmental exposures under general liability policies and pollution liability under homeowners policies, which are reported in the Commercial Lines and Personal Lines segments, respectively. Prior to 1986, the Company wrote several different categories of insurance contracts that may cover A&E claims. First, the Company wrote primary policies providing the first layer of coverage in an insured’s liability program. Second, the Company wrote excess and umbrella policies providing higher layers of coverage for losses that exhaust the limits of underlying coverage. Third, the Company acted as a reinsurer assuming a portion of those risks assumed by other insurers writing primary, excess, umbrella and reinsurance coverages. Significant uncertainty limits the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid gross losses and expenses related to environmental and asbestos claims. The degree of variability of gross reserve estimates for these exposures is significantly greater than for other more traditional exposures. In the case of the reserves for asbestos exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty include inadequate loss development patterns, plaintiffs’ expanding theories of liability, the risks inherent in major litigation, and inconsistent and emerging legal doctrines with respect to the underlying claims and with respect to the Company's coverage obligations. Furthermore, over time, insurers, including the Company, have experienced significant changes in the rate at which asbestos claims are brought, the claims experience of particular insureds, and the value of claims, making predictions of future exposure from past experience uncertain. Plaintiffs and insureds also have sought to use bankruptcy proceedings, including “pre- 188 packaged” bankruptcies, to accelerate and increase loss payments by insurers. In addition, some policyholders have asserted new classes of claims for coverages to which an aggregate limit of liability may not apply. Further uncertainties include insolvencies of other carriers, insolvencies of insureds and unanticipated developments pertaining to the Company’s ability to recover reinsurance for A&E claims. Management believes these issues are not likely to be resolved in the near future. In the case of the reserves for environmental exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty include expanding theories of liability and damages against insureds, emerging risks such as per-and polyfluoroalkyl substances ("PFAS"), the risks inherent in major litigation, inconsistent and emerging legal doctrines concerning the existence and scope of coverage for environmental claims, and the scope and level of complexity of the remediation required by regulators. The reporting pattern for assumed reinsurance claims, including those related to A&E claims, is much longer than for direct claims. In many instances, it takes months or years to determine that the policyholder’s own obligations have been met and how the reinsurance in question may apply to such claims. The delay in reporting reinsurance claims and exposures adds to the uncertainty of estimating the related reserves. It is also not possible to predict changes in the legal and legislative environment and their effect on the future development of A&E claims. Given the factors described above, the Company believes the actuarial tools and other techniques it employs to estimate the ultimate cost of claims for more traditional kinds of insurance exposure are less precise in estimating reserves for A&E exposures. For this reason, the Company principally relies on exposure-based analysis to estimate the ultimate costs of these claims, both gross and net of reinsurance, and regularly evaluates new account information in assessing its potential A&E exposures. The Company supplements this exposure- based analysis with evaluations of the Company’s historical direct net loss and expense paid and reported experience, and net loss and expense paid and reported experience by calendar and/or report year, to assess any emerging trends, fluctuations or characteristics suggested by the aggregate paid and reported activity. While the Company believes that its current Run-off A&E reserves are appropriate, significant uncertainties limit the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses. The ultimate liabilities, thus, could exceed the currently recorded reserves, and any such additional liability, while not estimable now, could be material to The Hartford’s consolidated operating results or liquidity. For its Run-off A&E claims, as of December 31, 2023, the Company reported $248 of net asbestos and environmental reserves, including the benefit of losses ceded to an A&E ADC with NICO. In addition, the Company has recorded a $788 deferred gain within other liabilities for losses economically ceded to NICO but for which the benefit is not recognized in earnings until later periods. While the Company believes that its current run-off A&E reserves are appropriate, significant uncertainties limit our ability to estimate the ultimate reserves THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses. The ultimate liabilities, thus, could exceed the currently recorded reserves, and any such additional liability, while not reasonably estimable now, could be material to The Hartford's consolidated operating results or liquidity. The Company’s A&E ADC reinsurance agreement reinsures substantially all A&E reserve development for 2016 and prior accident years, including Run-off A&E and A&E reserves included in Commercial Lines and Personal Lines. The A&E ADC has a coverage limit of $1.5 billion above the Company’s existing net A&E reserves as of December 31, 2016 of approximately $1.7 billion. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has incurred $1,438 in cumulative adverse development on A&E reserves that have been ceded under the A&E ADC treaty, leaving $62 of coverage available for future adverse net reserve development, if any. Cumulative adverse development of A&E claims for accident years 2016 and prior could ultimately exceed the $1.5 billion treaty limit in which case any adverse development in excess of the treaty limit would be absorbed as a charge to earnings by the Company. In these scenarios, the effect of these charges could be material to the Company’s consolidated operating results or liquidity. For more information on the A&E ADC, refer to Note 11, Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses. Unfunded Commitments As of December 31, 2023, the Company has outstanding commitments totaling $2.6 billion, of which $1.9 billion is primarily committed to fund limited partnerships and other alternative investments, which may be called by the partnership during the commitment period to fund the purchase of new investments and partnership expenses. The funding of purchase investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments are at the discretion of the general partner or manager and may be called at any time. Additionally, $313 of the outstanding commitments relate to various funding obligations primarily associated with tax credits and private debt. The remaining outstanding commitments of $376 relate to mortgage loans. Of the $2.6 billion in total outstanding commitments, $84 are related to mortgage loan commitments which the Company can cancel unconditionally. Guaranty Funds and Other Insurance-related Assessments In all states, insurers licensed to transact certain classes of insurance are required to become members of a guaranty fund. In most states, in the event of the insolvency of an insurer writing any such class of insurance in the state, a guaranty fund may assess its members to pay covered claims of the insolvent insurers. Assessments are based on each member's proportionate share of written premiums in the state for the classes of insurance in which the insolvent insurer was engaged. Assessments are generally limited for any year to one or two percent of the premiums written per year depending on the state. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through surcharges on policyholders or through full or partial premium tax offsets, while other states permit recovery of assessments through the rate filing process. Liabilities for guaranty fund and other insurance-related assessments are accrued when an assessment is probable, when it can be reasonably estimated, and when the event obligating the Company to pay an imposed or probable assessment has occurred. Liabilities for guaranty funds and other insurance-related assessments are not discounted and are included as part of other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022 the liability balance was $77 and $82, respectively. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were $0 and $1 of premium tax offsets related to guaranty fund or other insurance-related assessments. Derivative Commitments Certain of the Company’s derivative agreements contain provisions that are tied to the financial strength ratings, as set by nationally recognized statistical agencies, of the individual legal entity that entered into the derivative agreement. If the legal entity’s financial strength were to fall below certain ratings, the counterparties to the derivative agreements could, in certain instances, terminate the agreements and demand immediate settlement of all outstanding derivative positions traded under each impacted bilateral agreement. The settlement amount is determined by netting the derivative positions transacted under each agreement. If the termination rights were to be exercised by the counterparties, it could impact the legal entity’s ability to conduct hedging activities by increasing the associated costs and decreasing the willingness of counterparties to transact with the legal entity. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position as of December 31, 2023 was $43 for which the legal entities have posted collateral of $39 in the normal course of business. Based on derivative contractual terms as of December 31, 2023, a downgrade of the current financial strength ratings by either Moody's or S&P would not require additional assets to be posted as collateral. This requirement could change as a result of changes in our hedging activities or to the extent changes in contractual terms are negotiated. The nature of the additional collateral that we would post, if required, would be primarily in the form of U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes and government agency securities. Guarantees In the ordinary course of selling businesses or entities to third parties, the Company has agreed to indemnify purchasers for losses arising subsequent to the closing due to breaches of representations and warranties with respect to the business or entity being sold or with respect to covenants and obligations of the Company and/or its subsidiaries. These obligations are typically subject to various time limitations, defined by the contract or by operation of law, such as statutes of limitation. In some cases, the maximum potential obligation is subject to contractual limitations, while in other cases such limitations are not specified or applicable. The Company does not expect to make any material payments on these guarantees and is not carrying any material liabilities associated with these guarantees. The Hartford has guaranteed the timely payment of contractual claims under certain life, accident and health and annuity 189 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies contracts issued by its former life and annuity business with most of the guaranteed contracts issued between 1990 and 1997 (the "Talcott Guarantees"). Upon the sale of the life and annuity business in May 2018, the purchaser indemnified the Company for any liability arising under the guarantees. The Talcott Guarantees cover contractual obligations only but otherwise have no limitation as to maximum potential future payments. The liability for credit losses ("LCL") for Talcott Guarantees is calculated for the estimated amount payable under guaranteed contracts multiplied by the probability of default and the amount of loss given a default. The probability of default is assigned by credit rating of the applicable insurance company that issued the contract and is based on historical insurance industry defaults for liabilities with similar durations estimated through multiple economic cycles. Credit ratings are current and forward-looking and consider a variety of economic outcomes. Because annuities represent the majority of the contracts issued, the loss given default factors are based on a historical study of annuity 16. EQUITY Equity Repurchase Program In July, 2022, the Board of Directors approved a share repurchase authorization for up to $3.0 billion effective from August 1, 2022 to December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has $1.35 billion remaining for equity repurchases under this share repurchase program. During the year ended December 31, 2023 the Company repurchased $1.4 billion (19.2 million shares) under this repurchase program. The Hartford's $3.0 billion equity repurchase program authorized by its Board of Directors in December 2020 expired on December 31, 2022. During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company repurchased $1.6 billion (22.3 million shares) and $1.7 billion (25.9 million shares), respectively, of common stock under these repurchase programs. During the period from January 1, 2024 through February 22, 2024, the Company repurchased $200 (2.3 million shares). The timing of any repurchases of shares under the remaining equity repurchase authorization is dependent upon several factors, including the market price of the Company's securities, the Company's capital position, consideration of the effect of any repurchases on the Company's financial strength or credit ratings, the Company's blackout periods, and other considerations. As of December 31, 2023, the Company accrued $12 in excise taxes on share repurchases, partially reduced by share issuances, which are reported in other liabilities on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. Preferred Stock The Company has outstanding 13.8 million depositary shares each representing 1/1000th interest in a share of the Company’s 6.0% Series G non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”) with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per depositary share). The Preferred Stock is perpetual and has no maturity date. 190 policyholder recoveries from insolvent estate assets. The Company's exposure is expected to run off over a period that will include more than one economic cycle. The Company's evaluation of the required LCL for the Talcott Guarantees considers the current economic environment as well as macroeconomic scenarios similar to the approach used to estimate the ACL for mortgage loans. See Note 5 - Investments. In 2021, the LCL decreased from $26 to $25 primarily reflecting a decrease in the estimated amount payable under guaranteed contracts as well as lessening expected impacts of COVID-19 relative to prior assumptions. In 2022, the LCL decreased to $22 primarily reflecting a decrease in the estimated amount payable under guaranteed contracts. During 2023, the LCL decreased to $9 primarily due to an upgrade of Talcott's credit rating, as well as a decrease in the estimated amount payable under guaranteed contracts. The Company has never experienced a loss on financial guarantees similar to the Talcott Guarantees and we believe the risk of loss is remote. Dividends are recorded when declared. Dividends are payable, if declared, quarterly in arrears on the 15th day of February, May, August and November of each year. If a dividend is not declared and paid or made payable on all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock for the latest completed dividend period, no dividends may be paid or declared on The Hartford’s common stock and The Hartford may not purchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire its common stock. The Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option in whole or in part, at a redemption price of $25,000 per share, plus unpaid dividends attributable to the current dividend period. Statutory Results The U.S. domestic insurance subsidiaries of The Hartford prepare their statutory financial statements in conformity with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the applicable state insurance department, which vary materially from U.S. GAAP. Prescribed statutory accounting practices include publications of the NAIC, as well as state laws, regulations and general administrative rules. The differences between statutory financial statements and financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP vary between domestic and foreign jurisdictions. The principal differences are that statutory financial statements do not reflect deferred policy acquisition costs and limit deferred income taxes, recognize a deferred gain on retroactive reinsurance within a special surplus account rather than as other liabilities, predominately use interest rate and mortality assumptions prescribed by the NAIC for life benefit reserves, generally carry investments in bonds at amortized cost, and present insurance assets and liabilities net of reinsurance. For reporting purposes, statutory capital and surplus is referred to collectively as "statutory capital". THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 16 - Equity U.S. Statutory Net Income Group Benefits Insurance Subsidiary Property and Casualty Insurance Subsidiaries Total For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 592 $ 378 $ 32 1,887 1,514 1,774 $ 2,479 $ 1,892 $ 1,806 U.S. Statutory Capital As of December 31, 2023 2022 Group Benefits Insurance Subsidiary Property and Casualty Insurance Subsidiaries Total $ 2,748 $ 2,571 12,549 12,111 $ 15,297 $ 14,682 Regulatory Capital Requirements The Company's U.S. insurance companies' states of domicile impose RBC requirements. The requirements provide a means of measuring the minimum amount of statutory capital appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations based on its size and risk profile. Companies below specific trigger points or ratios are classified within certain levels, each of which requires specified corrective action. All of the Company's operating insurance subsidiaries had RBC ratios in excess of the minimum levels required by the applicable insurance regulations. Similar to the RBC ratios that are employed by U.S. insurance regulators, regulatory authorities in the international jurisdictions in which the Company operates generally establish minimum solvency requirements for insurance companies. All of the Company's international insurance subsidiaries expect to maintain capital levels in excess of the minimum levels required by the applicable regulatory authorities. Dividend Restrictions Dividends to HFSG Holding Company from its insurance subsidiaries are restricted by insurance regulation. The Company’s principal insurance subsidiaries are domiciled in the United States and the United Kingdom. The payment of dividends by Connecticut-domiciled insurers is limited under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut. These laws require notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment of any dividend, which, together with other dividends or distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (i) 10% of the insurer’s statutory policyholder surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) net income (or net gain from operations, if such company is a life insurance company) for the preceding year, in each case determined under statutory insurance accounting principles. In addition, if any dividend of a Connecticut-domiciled insurer exceeds the insurer’s earned surplus, it requires the prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner. 191 Property casualty insurers domiciled in New York, including NIC and Navigators Specialty Insurance Company ("NSIC"), generally may not, without notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner, pay dividends out of earned surplus in any twelve-month period that exceeds the lesser of (i) 10% of the insurer’s statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the most recent financial statement on file, or (ii) 100% of its adjusted net investment income, as defined, for the same twelve month period. Corporate members of Lloyd's Syndicates may pay dividends to its parent to the extent of available profits that have been distributed from the syndicate in excess of the Funds at Lloyd's capital requirement and subject to restrictions imposed under UK Company Law. The FAL is determined based on the syndicate’s solvency capital requirement ("SCR") of the syndicate under the Solvency II capital adequacy model, the current regulatory framework governing UK domiciled insurers, plus a Lloyd’s specific economic capital assessment. Insurers domiciled in the United Kingdom may pay dividends to its parent out of its statutory profits subject to restrictions imposed under U.K. Company law and Solvency II. The insurance holding company laws of the other jurisdictions in which The Hartford’s insurance subsidiaries are incorporated (or deemed commercially domiciled) generally contain similar (although in certain instances more restrictive) limitations on the payment of dividends. In addition to statutory limitations on paying dividends, the Company also takes other items into consideration when determining dividends from subsidiaries. These considerations include, but are not limited to, expected earnings and capitalization of the subsidiaries, regulatory capital requirements, liquidity requirements and state deposit requirements of the individual operating company. In 2023, HFSG Holding Company received $408 of dividends from HLA and $129 from Hartford Funds. In addition, HFSG Holding Company received $1.5 billion of net dividends from P&C subsidiaries in 2023, which excludes $100 of P&C dividends that were subsequently contributed to P&C subsidiaries and $50 of P&C dividends related to interest payments on an intercompany note owed by Hartford Holdings, Inc. ("HHI") to Hartford Fire Insurance Company. The Company’s property and casualty insurance subsidiaries have regulatory dividend capacity of $1.8 billion for 2024. The HFSG Holding Company expects to receive approximately $1.5 billion of net dividends after considering state deposit and regulatory capital requirements to support growth in certain entities, dividends that are expected to be subsequently contributed to P&C subsidiaries and dividends related to interest on intercompany notes. HLA has regulatory dividend capacity of $609 in 2024 with approximately $600 of dividends expected in 2024. There are no current restrictions on HFSG Holding Company's ability to pay dividends to its stockholders. Restricted Net Assets As of December 31, 2023, the Company's insurance subsidiaries had net assets of $14.5 billion, determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, that were restricted from payment to the HFSG Holding Company, without prior regulatory approval. THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 17 - Income Taxes 17. INCOME TAXES Income Tax Expense The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state and foreign jurisdictions, as applicable. Income before income taxes included income from domestic operations of $3,042, $2,260 and $2,919 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, and income (losses) from foreign operations of $46, $2 and $(14) for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. Income Tax Expense Income tax expense (benefit) Current - U.S. federal Foreign Total current Deferred - U.S. federal Foreign Total deferred For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 582 $ 550 $ 486 — (1) 2 582 549 488 6 (124) (4) 18 2 (106) 52 (6) 46 Total income tax expense $ 584 $ 443 $ 534 Income Tax Rate Reconciliation For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Tax provision at U.S. federal statutory rate Nontaxable net investment income Other $ 648 $ 474 $ 611 (41) (23) (29) (2) (67) (10) Provision for income taxes $ 584 $ 443 $ 534 The current income tax payable of $18 and $56 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deferred Taxes Deferred tax assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets represent the tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The Company predominantly pays non-income state taxes as a percentage of premiums written which are accounted for as policy acquisition costs. State income taxes were $3, $4 and $4 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and are included in other expenses. The Hartford has not recorded state deferred taxes, including net deferred tax assets from state operating loss carryforwards, because the Company does not expect to earn state taxable income to utilize such state tax benefits. Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities) Deferred tax assets Loss reserves and tax discount Unearned premium reserve and other underwriting related reserves Employee benefits Net unrealized losses on investments Net operating loss carryover Other Total deferred tax assets Valuation allowance Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance Deferred tax liabilities Deferred acquisition costs Investment-related items Other depreciable and amortizable assets Total deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax asset $ As of December 31, 2023 2022 $ 517 $ 437 483 172 387 45 1 1,605 (12) 442 167 668 37 19 1,770 (27) 1,593 1,743 (163) (110) (147) (420) 1,173 $ (146) (48) (112) (306) 1,437 As of December 31, 2023, the Company has a deferred tax asset for foreign net operating losses ("NOLs") of $45 partially offset by a valuation allowance of $12. While the foreign NOLs do not expire, this assessment reflects uncertainty in the Company's ability to generate sufficient taxable income in the near term in those specific jurisdictions. Management has assessed the need for a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets based on tax character and jurisdiction. In making the assessment, management considered future taxable temporary difference reversals, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences, the ability to hold assets to recovery, and carryovers, taxable income in open carry back years and other tax planning strategies which management views as prudent and feasible. Uncertain Tax Positions Rollforward of Unrecognized Tax Benefits Balance, beginning of period Gross increases - tax positions in current period Lapse of statute of limitations For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 22 $ 16 $ 15 5 (1) 6 — 6 (5) Balance, end of period $ 26 $ 22 $ 16 192 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 17 - Income Taxes The entire amount of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate in the period of the release. The Company believes it is reasonably possible approximately $4 of its currently unrecognized tax benefits associated with R&D credits claimed on the Company's 2020 tax return may be recognized by the end of 2024 as a result of a lapse in the applicable statute of limitations. In 2021, the Company recognized $5 of its previously unrecognized tax benefits associated with dividends from segregated asset accounts of the life and annuity business sold in 2018. This liability was subject to a tax indemnification agreement and a corresponding receivable included in other assets has been taken down upon lapse of the statute of limitations. Other Tax Matters On August 16, 2022, the U.S. enacted the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) which is generally effective for years beginning after December 31, 2022. Notably, the bill created a 15% corporate alternative minimum tax (“CAMT”) on corporations with three-year average financial statement income over $1 billion. The Internal Revenue Service has issued some preliminary guidance and is expected to release more detailed proposed regulations in the coming year. The Company has made certain interpretations and assumptions to comply with the CAMT. While the Company's financial statement income is over $1 billion, it is not expected the Company would have a CAMT liability. If CAMT is paid in the future, the amount would be indefinitely available as a credit carryforward that would reduce tax in future years and would be treated as a temporary item reflected within deferred taxes. The federal income tax audits for the Company have been completed through 2013. The acquired Navigators group is currently under IRS audit for the pre-acquisition 2019 tax period. The statute of limitations is closed through the 2019 tax year with the exception of NOL carryforwards utilized in open tax years and the Navigators pre-acquisition 2019 tax period. Management believes that adequate provision has been made in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for any potential adjustments that may result from tax examinations and other tax-related matters for all open tax years. The Company classifies interest and penalties (if applicable) as income tax expense in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company recognized net interest expense of $2 and $1 in the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 and net interest income of $1 for the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively. The Company does not believe it would be subject to any penalties in any open tax years and, therefore, has not recorded any accrual for penalties. 18. CHANGES IN AND RECLASSIFICATIONS FROM ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) Changes in AOCI, Net of Tax for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 Changes in Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Fixed Maturities, AFS Unrealized Losses on Fixed Maturities with ACL Net Gain (Loss) on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments Liability for Future Policy Benefits Adjustments Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Adjustments AOCI, net of tax Beginning balance $ (2,594) $ (7) $ 40 $ 31 $ 35 $ (1,346) $ (3,841) OCI before reclassifications Amounts reclassified from AOCI OCI, before tax Income tax benefit (expense) OCI, net of tax Ending balance 1,275 133 1,408 (296) 1,112 (5) 4 (1) — (1) (25) 1 (24) 5 (19) 8 — 8 (2) 6 (13) — (13) 3 (10) (148) 1,092 27 165 (121) 1,257 25 (96) (265) 992 $ (1,482) $ (8) $ 21 $ 37 $ 25 $ (1,442) $ (2,849) 193 Note 18 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Changes in AOCI, Net of Tax for the Year Ended December 31, 2022 Changes in Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Fixed Maturities, AFS Unrealized Losses on Fixed Maturities with ACL Net Gain (Loss) on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments Liability for Future Policy Benefits Adjustments Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Adjustments AOCI, net of tax Beginning balance $ 1,631 $ (2) $ 6 $ 41 $ (59) $ (1,489) $ 128 OCI before reclassifications Amounts reclassified from AOCI OCI, before tax Income tax benefit (expense) OCI, net of tax Ending balance (5,630) 282 (5,348) 1,123 (4,225) (6) — (6) 1 (5) 56 (13) 43 (9) 34 (13) — (13) 3 (10) 119 — 119 (25) 94 119 (5,355) 62 331 181 (5,024) (38) 1,055 143 (3,969) $ (2,594) $ (7) $ 40 $ 31 $ 35 $ (1,346) $ (3,841) Changes in AOCI, Net of Tax for the Year ended December 31, 2021 Changes in Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Fixed Maturities, AFS Unrealized Losses on Fixed Maturities with ACL Net Gain (Loss) on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments Liability for Future Policy Benefits Adjustments Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Adjustments AOCI, net of tax $ 2,834 $ (2) $ 12 $ 43 $ — $ (1,717) $ 1,170 21 2,855 (1,315) (234) (1,549) 325 (1,224) — (2) — — — — — — 12 28 (36) (8) 2 (6) — 43 (3) — (3) 1 (2) (86) (86) 33 — 33 (6) 27 — (65) (1,717) 219 1,105 (1,038) 70 (200) 289 (1,238) (61) 228 261 (977) $ 1,631 $ (2) $ 6 $ 41 $ (59) $ (1,489) $ 128 Beginning balance Cumulative effect of accounting changes, net of tax [1] Adjusted balance, beginning of period OCI before reclassifications Amounts reclassified from AOCI OCI, before tax Income tax benefit (expense) OCI, net of tax Ending balance [1] Includes adjustments of $21 for elimination of shadow reserves and ($86) for updating discount rate assumptions for future policy benefit reserves. Refer to Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies. 194 Note 18 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Reclassifications from AOCI AOCI Amount Reclassified from AOCI For the year ended December 31, 2022 For the year ended December 31, 2023 For the year ended December 31, 2021 Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statement of Operations Net Unrealized Gain on Fixed Maturities, AFS Fixed maturities, AFS $ (133) $ (282) $ 234 Net realized gains (losses) Unrealized Loss on Fixed Maturities with ACL Fixed maturities, AFS Net Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments Interest rate swaps Interest rate swaps Foreign currency swaps Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Adjustments Amortization of prior service credit Amortization of actuarial loss $ $ $ $ $ $ (133) (28) (282) (59) 234 Total before tax 49 Income tax expense (105) $ (223) $ 185 Net income (4) $ (4) (1) (3) $ — $ — — — $ — Net realized gains (losses) — Total before tax — Income tax expense — Net income (26) $ 6 $ 41 Net investment income 15 10 (1) — (2) 9 13 3 (10) Interest expense 5 Net investment income 36 Total before tax 8 Income tax expense (1) $ 10 $ 28 Net income 7 $ 7 $ (34) (27) — (27) (69) (62) (13) (49) Insurance operating costs and other expenses 7 Insurance operating costs and other expenses (77) (70) Total before tax (15) Income tax expense (55) Net income Total amounts reclassified from AOCI $ (136) $ (262) $ 158 Net income 19. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS Investment and Savings Plan Substantially all U.S. employees of the Company are eligible to participate in The Hartford Investment and Savings Plan under which designated contributions may be invested in a variety of investments, including up to 10% in a fund consisting largely of common stock of The Hartford. The Company's contributions include a non-elective contribution of 2.0% of eligible compensation and a dollar-for-dollar matching contribution of up to 6.0% of eligible compensation contributed by the employee. The Company also maintains a non-qualified savings plan, The Hartford Excess Savings Plan, with the dollar-for-dollar matching contributions related to employee compensation in excess of the amount of eligible compensation that can be contributed under the tax-qualified Investment and Savings 195 Plan. An employee's eligible compensation includes overtime and bonuses but for the Investment and Savings Plan and Excess Savings Plan combined, is limited to $1 annually. The total cost to The Hartford for these plans was approximately $163, $142 and $147 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Additionally, The Hartford has established defined contribution pension plans for certain employees of the Company’s international subsidiaries. The cost to The Hartford for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 for these plans was $3. THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 19 - Employee Benefit Plans Postretirement Benefit Plans Defined Benefit Pension Plan- The Company maintains The Hartford Retirement Plan for U.S. Employees, a U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan (“U.S. Pension Plan”) that covers substantially all U.S. employees hired prior to January 1, 2013. The Company also maintains non-qualified pension plans to provide retirement benefits previously accrued that are in excess of Internal Revenue Code limitations, as well as a Canadian defined benefit pension plan. Together, the non- qualified and Canadian defined benefit plan are referred to as "Other Pension Plans". The U.S. Pension Plan includes two benefit formulas, both of which are frozen: a final average pay formula (for which all accruals ceased as of December 31, 2008) and a cash balance formula for which benefit accruals ceased as of December 31, 2012, although interest will continue to accrue to existing cash balance formula account balances. Employees who were participants as of December 31, 2012 continue to earn vesting credit with respect to their frozen accrued benefits if they continue to work. The interest crediting rate on the cash balance plan is the greater of the average annual yield on 10-year U.S. Treasury Securities published in December of the prior calendar year or 3.3%. The Hartford Excess Pension Plan I and The Hartford Excess Pension Plan II, the Company's non-qualified excess pension benefit plans for certain highly compensated employees, are also frozen. Group Retiree Health Plan- The Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retired employees. The Company’s contribution for health care benefits are a function of the retiree’s date of retirement and years of service. In addition, the plan has a defined dollar cap for certain retirees which limits average Company contributions. The Hartford has prefunded a portion of the health care obligations where such prefunding can be accomplished on a tax effective basis. Beginning January 1, 2017, for retirees 65 and older who were participating in the Retiree PPO Medical Plan, the Company funds the cost of medical and dental health care benefits through contributions to a Health Reimbursement Account and covered individuals can access a variety of insurance plans from a health care exchange. Effective January 1, 2002, Company-subsidized retiree medical, retiree dental and retiree life insurance benefits were eliminated for employees with original hire dates with the Company on or after January 1, 2002. The Company also amended its postretirement medical, dental and life insurance coverage plans to no longer provide subsidized coverage for employees who retired on or after January 1, 2014. Assumptions Pursuant to accounting principles related to the Company’s pension and other postretirement obligations to employees under its various benefit plans, the Company is required to make a significant number of assumptions in order to calculate the related liabilities and expenses each period. The two economic assumptions that have the most impact on pension and other postretirement expense under the defined benefit pension plans and group retiree health plan are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The yield curve used to determine the discount rate is based on yields of high-quality fixed income investments grouped by duration, using the above mean average for each duration group. Based on all available market and industry information, it was determined that 5.15% and 5.13% were the appropriate discount rates as of December 31, 2023 to calculate the Company’s U.S. Pension Plan and other postretirement obligations, respectively. The expected long-term rate of return considers both current market yields and forecasted investment returns expected to be achieved by the plan’s investment strategy over the remaining life of the plan. The Company also considers the plan's funded status, the investment volatility, duration and total returns for various time periods related to the characteristics of the pension obligation, which are influenced by the Company's workforce demographics. For the pension plan, the Company has assumed an allocation of approximately 81% in fixed income securities and 19% in non-fixed income securities (global equities and limited partnerships) in its assumed expected long- term rate of return for the year ended December 31, 2023, whereas the Company anticipated an allocation of 73% in fixed income securities and 27% in non-fixed income securities to derive an expected long-term rate of return for the year ended December 31, 2022. For the other postretirement plans, the Company has assumed an allocation of 100% in fixed income securities in its assumptions for the year ended December 31, 2023, whereas the Company anticipated an allocation of 75% in fixed income securities and 25% in non-fixed income securities to derive an expected long-term rate of return for the year ended December 31, 2022. Based upon these analyses, management determined the long-term rate of return assumption to be 6.10% and 4.50% for the Company's U.S. Pension Plan and other postretirement obligations, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 5.10% and 4.80% for the Company's U.S. Pension Plan and other postretirement obligations, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2022. To determine the Company's 2024 expense, the Company has assumed an allocation of 81% in fixed income securities and 19% in non-fixed income securities for the pension plan and an allocation of 100% in fixed income securities for the postretirement plans, contributing to an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 5.90% and 4.50% for the Company's U.S. Pension Plan and other postretirement obligations, respectively. 196 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 19 - Employee Benefit Plans Assumptions Used in Calculating the Benefit Obligations and the Net Amount Recognized Weighted Average Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations Discount rate: U.S. Pension Plan Other Pension Plans Other postretirement benefits Interest crediting rate on cash balance plan Weighted Average Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs: Discount rate: U.S. Pension Plan Other Pension Plans Other postretirement benefits Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets: U.S. Pension Plan Other Pension Plans Other postretirement benefits Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rates Pre-65 health care cost trend rate Post-65 health care cost trend rate Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate) Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 5.15 % 5.14 % 5.13 % 4.36 % 5.43 % 5.40 % 5.39 % 6.10 % 4.40 % 4.50 % 8.00 % N/A 4.50 % 2038 5.43 % 5.40 % 5.39 % 3.89 % 2.91 % 2.83 % 2.72 % 5.10 % 3.30 % 4.80 % 7.00 % N/A 4.50 % 2032 2.91 % 2.83 % 2.72 % 3.30 % 2.66 % 2.52 % 2.36 % 5.40 % 2.90 % 4.90 % 7.00 % N/A 4.50 % 2032 Obligations and Funded Status The following tables set forth a reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of the benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets, as well as the funded status of the Company's defined benefit pension and postretirement health care and life insurance benefit plans. Information is presented for the qualified U.S. Pension Plan, Other Pension Plans (including non-qualified plans and the Canadian pension plan) and other postretirement benefits. 197 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Obligations and Funded Status Note 19 - Employee Benefit Plans U.S. Pension Plan Other Pension Plans Total Pension Plans For the years ended December 31, Other Postretirement Benefits 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022 Change in Benefit Obligation Benefit obligation — beginning of year $ 3,156 $ 4,210 $ 334 $ 439 $ 3,490 $ 4,649 $ 143 $ 197 Service cost Interest cost Plan participants’ contributions Actuarial loss (gain) Changes in assumptions Benefits paid [1] Benefit obligation — end of year [2] Fair value of plan assets — beginning of year Actual return on plan assets Employer contributions [3] Plan participants' contributions [3] Benefits paid [1] Expenses paid 3 4 163 101 — 38 — 14 100 (985) (191) (188) $ 3,269 $ 3,156 $ Change in Plan Assets $ 3,513 $ 4,467 $ 254 (742) — — — — (191) (188) (14) (24) — 10 — 4 — 17 — 2 8 3 4 — 180 111 — 40 — 18 7 8 3 3 (92) 108 (1,077) (27) 334 $ (27) (218) 334 $ 3,603 $ 3,490 $ (215) (26) 138 $ 11 $ 15 $ 3,524 $ 4,482 $ 30 $ — 1 — (1) — (3) 254 (745) — — 1 — — — (1) (192) (189) — (14) (24) 1 5 8 (26) — — 4 10 (5) (33) (30) 143 51 (6) 5 10 (30) — Fair value of plan assets — end of year $ 3,562 $ 3,513 $ 11 $ 11 $ 3,573 $ 3,524 $ 18 $ 30 Funded status — end of year $ 293 $ 357 $ (323) $ (323) $ (30) $ 34 $ (120) $ (113) Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets Other assets Other liabilities $ 293 $ 357 $ — $ — $ 293 $ 357 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ (323) $ (323) $ (323) $ (323) $ (120) $ (113) [1]Other postretirement benefits paid represent payments from plan assets for non-key employee postretirement medical benefits, Company assets and plan participants' contributions. [2]As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Accumulated Benefit Obligation is equal to the Projected Benefit Obligation. [3]Employer and plan participants' contributions for the Other Postretirement Benefits represent funding from Company and plan participant assets. Changes in assumptions for the U.S. Pension Plan in 2023 primarily included a $88 increase in the benefit obligation for pension benefits as a result of a decrease in the discount rate from 5.43% as of the December 31, 2022 valuation to 5.15% as of the December 31, 2023 valuation. Changes in assumptions in 2022 included a $997 decrease in the benefit obligation for pension benefits as a result of an increase in the discount rate from 2.91% as of the December 31, 2021 valuation to 5.43% as of the December 31, 2022 valuation. Changes in assumptions for the Other Pension Plans in 2023 primarily included a $7 increase in the benefit obligation for pension benefits as a result of a decrease in the discount rate from 5.40% as of the December 31, 2022 valuation to 5.14% as of the December 31, 2023 valuation. Changes in assumptions in 2022 included a $92 decrease in the benefit obligation for pension benefits as a result of an increase in the discount rate from 2.83% as of the December 31, 2021 valuation to 5.40% as of the December 31, 2022 valuation. Included in the benefit obligation for the U.S. Pension Plan in the table above, the cash balance plan pension benefit obligation was $357 and $338 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. 198 The fair value of assets for total pension plans, and hence the funded status, presented in the table above excludes assets of $198 and $170 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, held in rabbi trusts and designated for the Other Pension Plans. The Company contributed $3 to the rabbi trusts in 2023. The assets do not qualify as plan assets; however, the assets are available to pay benefits for certain retired, terminated and active participants. Such assets are available to the Company’s general creditors in the event of insolvency. The rabbi trusts' assets consist of equity and fixed income investments. To the extent the fair value of these rabbi trusts were included in the table above, total pension plan assets would have been $3,771 and $3,694 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and the funded status of total pension plans would have been $168 and $204 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 19 - Employee Benefit Plans The tables below present an aggregate view of net periodic cost (benefit) and components of other comprehensive income and AOCI for pension plans that includes both the U.S. Pension Plan and Other Pension Plans. Net periodic cost (benefit) is recognized in insurance operating costs and other expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Net Periodic Cost (Benefit) Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Amortization of prior service credit Amortization of actuarial loss Net periodic cost (benefit) Pension Benefits Other Postretirement Benefits For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 2023 2022 2021 $ 3 $ 4 $ 4 $ — $ — $ 180 (235) — 29 111 (202) — 62 96 (205) — 69 7 (1) (7) 5 4 (2) (7) 7 $ (23) $ (25) $ (36) $ 4 $ 2 $ — 3 (3) (7) 8 1 Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Amortization of actuarial loss Amortization of prior service credit Net actuarial gain (loss) Prior service cost (credit) Total Pension Benefits Other Postretirement Benefits For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 2023 2022 2021 $ 29 $ — (142) — 62 $ 69 $ 5 $ 7 $ — 89 — — 214 — (7) (6) — (7) 30 — $ (113) $ 151 $ 283 $ (8) $ 30 $ 8 (7) 5 — 6 Amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Before Tax, not yet Recognized as Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost Net loss Prior service credit Total Pension Benefits Other Postretirement Benefits As of December 31, 2023 2022 2021 2023 2022 2021 $ (1,777) $ (1,664) $ (1,815) $ (88) $ (87) $ (124) — — — 40 47 $ (1,777) $ (1,664) $ (1,815) $ (48) $ (40) $ 54 (70) Actuarial net losses in AOCI that exceed 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets are amortized to expense over the average future life expectancy of plan participants. Pension Plan Assets Investment Strategy and Target Allocation The overall investment strategy of the U.S. Pension Plan is to produce total investment returns that provide sufficient funding for present and anticipated future benefit obligations within the constraints of a prudent level of portfolio risk and diversification. With respect to asset management, the oversight responsibility of the U.S. Pension Plan rests with The Hartford’s Pension Investment Committee composed of individuals whose responsibilities include establishing overall objectives and the 199 setting of investment policy; selecting appropriate investment options and ranges; selecting qualified service providers such as investment managers and investment consultants; reviewing the asset allocation mix and asset allocation targets on a regular basis; and monitoring performance to determine whether or not the rate of return objectives are being met and that policy and guidelines are being followed. The Pension Investment Committee has adopted a de-risking glide path that reduces the target allocation to equity securities and limited partnerships and increases the allocation to fixed income securities over time in response to improvement in the funded status of the U.S. Pension Plan. The Company believes that the asset allocation decision will be the single most important factor determining the long-term performance of the U.S. Pension Plan. THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 19 - Employee Benefit Plans Target Asset Allocation Ranges Pension Plans Other Postretirement Plans Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Equity securities — % 20 % — % — % Fixed income securities Limited partnerships 75 % 95 % 100 % 100 % — % 25 % — % — % Divergent market performance among different asset classes and changes in the context of the glide path may, from time to time, cause the asset allocation to deviate from the desired asset allocation ranges. The asset allocation mix is reviewed on a periodic basis. If it is determined that an asset allocation mix rebalancing is required, future portfolio additions and withdrawals will be used first, as necessary, to bring the allocation within tactical ranges, before shifting assets across portfolios. The U.S. Pension Plan invests in multiple asset classes reflecting the current needs, investment preferences, risk tolerances and the desired degree of diversification of the U.S. Pension Plan. These asset classes include publicly traded fixed income securities and equities, private fixed income securities, commercial mortgage loans and limited partnerships. Investment portfolios are primarily managed by affiliated managers. In addition, the Company uses U.S. Treasury bond futures contracts and U.S. Treasury STRIPS, in addition to certain other investments, in a duration overlay program to adjust the duration of U.S. Pension Plan assets to better match the duration of the benefit obligation. Pension Plan Assets at Fair Value As of December 31, 2023 As of December 31, 2022 Asset Category Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Short-term investments: $ 187 $ — $ — $ 187 $ 155 $ — $ — $ 155 Fixed Income Securities: Corporate RMBS U.S. Treasuries Foreign government CMBS Other fixed income [1] Mortgage Loans Equity Securities: Domestic International Total pension plan assets at fair value, in the fair value hierarchy [2] Other Investments, at net asset value [3]: Limited partnerships — — — — — — — 11 — 1,643 111 271 11 49 160 — 23 45 36 — — 10 1 — 143 — — 1,679 111 271 21 50 160 143 34 45 — — — — — — — 8 — 1,791 115 165 25 57 139 — — 7 31 — — 1 1 — 165 — — 1,822 115 165 26 58 139 165 8 7 198 2,313 190 2,701 163 2,299 198 2,660 826 818 Total pension plan assets at fair value $ 198 $ 2,313 $ 190 $ 3,527 $ 163 $ 2,299 $ 198 $ 3,478 [1]Includes ABS, municipal bonds and CLOs. [2]Excludes $46 and $46 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, of investment receivables net of investment payables that are excluded from this disclosure requirement because they are trade receivables in the ordinary course of business where the carrying amount approximates fair value. [3]Investments that are measured at net asset value per share or an equivalent and have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The tables below provide fair value level 3 roll forwards for the U.S. Pension Plan Assets for which significant unobservable inputs ("Level 3") are used in the fair value measurement on a recurring basis. The U.S. Pension Plan classifies the fair value of financial instruments within Level 3 if there are no observable markets for the instruments or, in the absence of active markets, if one or more of the significant inputs used to determine fair value are based on the U.S. Pension Plan’s own assumptions. Therefore, the gains and losses in the tables below include changes in fair value due to both observable and unobservable factors. 200 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 19 - Employee Benefit Plans Pension Plan Asset Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Assets Fair Value as of January 1, 2023 Realized gains (losses), net Changes in unrealized gains (losses), net Purchases Settlements Sales Transfers into Level 3 [2] Transfers out of Level 3 [2] Fair Value as of December 31, 2023 Fair Value as of January 1, 2022 Realized gains, net Changes in unrealized gains (losses), net Purchases Settlements Sales Transfers into Level 3 [2] Transfers out of Level 3 [2] Corporate Foreign government Mortgage loans Other [1] Totals $ 31 $ 1 $ 165 $ 1 $ 198 $ $ — 2 — — — 5 (2) 36 $ 42 $ — (10) 1 — (2) 3 (3) — (1) 10 — — — — (3) 8 3 — (30) — — 10 $ 143 $ 2 $ 202 $ — — — — — — (1) — (25) 4 — (16) — — — — — — — — — 1 $ 5 $ — — — — — — (4) (3) 9 13 — (30) 5 (2) 190 251 — (35) 5 — (18) 3 (8) Fair Value as of December 31, 2022 $ 31 $ 1 $ 165 $ 1 $ 198 [1]"Other" includes CMBS. [2]Transfers into and/or (out of) Level 3 are primarily attributable to the availability of market observable information and the re-evaluation of the observability of pricing. There was less than $1 in Company common stock included in the U.S. Pension Plan’s assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 as part of a passive indexing strategy. Other Postretirement Plan Assets at Fair Value As of December 31, 2023 As of December 31, 2022 Asset Category Short-term investments Fixed Income Securities: RMBS U.S. Treasuries Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total $ 16 $ — $ — $ 16 $ 25 $ — $ — $ 25 — — — 2 — — — 2 — — 1 4 — — 1 4 Total other postretirement plan assets at fair value $ 16 $ 2 $ — $ 18 $ 25 $ 5 $ — $ 30 There was no Company common stock included in the other postretirement benefit plan assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. Concentration of Risk In order to minimize risk, the Pension Plan maintains a listing of permissible and prohibited investments. In addition, the Pension Plan has certain concentration limits and investment quality requirements imposed on permissible investment options. Permissible investments include U.S. equity, international equity, limited partnership and fixed income investments including derivative instruments. Permissible derivative instruments include futures contracts, options, swaps, currency forwards, caps or floors and may be used to control risk or enhance return but will not be used for leverage purposes. Securities specifically prohibited from purchase include, but are not limited to: shares or fixed income instruments issued by The Hartford (other than equity securities purchased on the open market as part of a passively managed strategy), short sales of any type within long-only portfolios, non-derivative securities involving the use of margin, leveraged floaters and inverse floaters, including money market obligations, natural resource real properties such as oil, gas or timber and precious metals. Other than U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. 201 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 19 - Employee Benefit Plans government, the Pension Plan does not have any material exposure to any concentration risk of a single issuer. Expected Employer Contributions The Company does not have a 2024 required minimum funding contribution for the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan. The Company has not determined whether, and to what extent, contributions may be made to the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2024. The Company will monitor the funded status of the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan during 2024 to make this determination. Benefit Payments Amounts of Benefits Expected to be Paid over the next Ten Years from Pension and other Postretirement Plans as of December 31, 2023 Pension Benefits Other Postretirement Benefits 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 $ 242 $ 251 258 263 256 2029 - 2033 Total 1,307 2,577 $ $ 17 14 13 12 12 50 118 20. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS The Company's stock-based compensation plans are described below. Shares issued in satisfaction of stock-based compensation may be made available from authorized but unissued shares, shares held by the Company in treasury or from shares purchased in the open market. In 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company issued shares from treasury in satisfaction of stock-based compensation. The Hartford measures stock compensation at the grant date based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognizes expense on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expense, included in insurance operating costs and other expenses in the consolidated statement of operations, was as follows: Stock-Based Compensation Expense Stock-based compensation plans expense Income tax benefit Excess tax benefit on awards vested, exercised and expired Total stock-based compensation plans expense, net of tax For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 125 $ (22) 131 $ (22) 128 (22) (12) (12) (6) $ 91 $ 97 $ 100 The Company did not capitalize any cost of stock-based compensation. As of December 31, 2023, the total compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized was $64, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2 years. Stock Plan Future stock-based awards may be granted under The Hartford's 2020 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Stock Incentive Plan") other than the Subsidiary Stock Plan and the Employee 202 Stock Purchase Plan described below. The Stock Incentive Plan provides for awards to be granted in the form of non-qualified or incentive stock options qualifying under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, restricted stock or restricted stock units, or any other form of stock-based award. The maximum number of shares, subject to adjustments set forth in the 2020 Stock Plan, that may be issued to Company employees and third-party service providers during the 10-year duration of the Stock Incentive Plan is the sum of 11,250,000 shares, any shares forfeited subsequent to February 29, 2020, plus any shares used for tax withholding purposes. If any award under an earlier incentive stock plan is forfeited, terminated, surrendered, exchanged, expires unexercised, or is settled in cash in lieu of stock (including to effect tax withholding) or for the net issuance of a lesser number of shares than the number subject to the award, the shares of stock subject to such award (or the relevant portion thereof) shall be available for awards under the Stock Incentive Plan and such shares shall be added to the maximum limit. As of December 31, 2023, there were 6,884,152 shares available for future issuance. The fair values of awards granted under the Stock Incentive Plan are measured as of the grant date and expensed ratably over the awards’ vesting periods, generally three years. For stock awards to retirement-eligible employees, the Company recognizes the expense over a period shorter than the stated vesting period because the employees receive accelerated vesting upon retirement and, therefore, the vesting period is considered non-substantive. Stock Option Awards Under the Stock Incentive Plan, options granted have an exercise price at least equal to the closing stock price on the New York Stock Exchange for the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, and an option’s maximum term is not to exceed 10 years. Options generally become exercisable over a THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 20 - Stock Compensation Plans period of three years commencing one year from the date of grant. The Company uses a hybrid lattice/Monte-Carlo based option valuation model (the “Plan Valuation Model”) that incorporates the possibility of early exercise of options into the valuation. The Plan Valuation Model also incorporates the Company’s historical termination and exercise experience to determine the option value. The Plan Valuation Model incorporates ranges of assumptions for inputs, and those ranges are disclosed below. The term structure of volatility is generally constructed utilizing implied volatilities from exchange-traded options, historical volatility of the Company’s stock and other factors. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the Plan Valuation Model, and accommodates variations in employee preference and risk-tolerance by segregating the grantee pool into a series of behavioral cohorts and conducting a fair valuation for each cohort individually. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option Plan Valuation Model and represents, in a mathematical sense, the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Stock Options Valuation Assumptions Expected dividend yield Expected annualized spot volatility Weighted average annualized volatility Risk-free spot rate Expected term For the years ended December 31, 2023 2.0% 2022 2.3% 2021 2.8% 24.5 % - 26.0% 28.3 % - 29.6% 34.1 % - 43.0% 25.4% 28.8% 39.4% 3.8 % - 5.1% (0.04) % - 2.0% 0.03 % - 1.4% 6.7 years 6.4 years 6.4 years Non-qualified Stock Option Activity Under the Stock Incentive Plan Number of Options (in thousands) Weighted Average Exercise Price Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term Aggregate Intrinsic Value For the year ended December 31, 2023 6,596 $ 593 $ (1,118) $ — $ — $ 6,071 $ 6,033 $ 4,790 $ 51.58 78.28 42.20 — — 55.92 55.83 52.00 5.7 $ 5.7 $ 4.9 $ 148 148 136 Share Awards Share awards granted under the Stock Incentive Plan and outstanding include restricted stock units and performance shares. Performance shares become payable within a range of 0% to 200% of the number of shares initially granted based upon the attainment of specific performance goals achieved at the end of a performance period of three years and, for the 2021 grant year, is subject to a modifier that will either increase or decrease final performance by 10% based upon results against predetermined year-end 2023 representation goals for women and people of color in executive level roles. Outstanding at beginning of year Granted Exercised Forfeited Expired Outstanding at end of year Outstanding, fully vested and expected to vest Exercisable at end of year Aggregate intrinsic value represents the value of the Company's closing stock price on the last trading day of the period in excess of the exercise price multiplied by the number of options outstanding or exercisable. The aggregate intrinsic value excludes the effect of stock options that have a zero or negative intrinsic value. The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $21.09, $16.56 and $14.88, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, The Hartford received $47, $26, and $45, respectively, in cash from exercised stock options. The Hartford recognized tax benefits of $3, $3, and $4 on stock options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $35, $24, and $28, respectively. 203 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 20 - Stock Compensation Plans Performance share awards that are not dependent on market conditions are valued equal to the closing stock price on the New York Stock Exchange for the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Stock compensation expense for these performance share awards without market conditions is based on a current estimate of the number of awards expected to vest based on the performance level achieved and, therefore, may change during the performance period as new estimates of performance are available. Other performance share awards or portions thereof have a market condition based upon the Company's total stockholder return relative to a pre-determined group of peer companies as of December 31 at the end of the three year performance period. Stock compensation expense for these performance share awards is based on the number of awards expected to vest as estimated at the grant date and, therefore, does not change for changes in estimated performance. The Company uses a risk neutral Monte-Carlo Plan Valuation Model that incorporates time to maturity, implied volatilities of the Company and the peer companies, and correlations between the Company and the peer companies and interest rates. Assumptions for Total Stockholder Return Performance Shares For the years ended December 31, 2022 2021 2023 Volatility of common stock Average volatility of peer companies Average correlation coefficient of peer companies Risk-free spot rate Term Total Share Awards 33.0% 35.9% 37.3% 26.0 % - 41.0% 27.0 % - 46.0% 27.0 % - 49.0% 52.0% 4.4% 68.0% 1.8% 67.0% 0.2% 3.0 years 3.0 years 3.0 years Non-vested Share Award Activity Under the Stock Incentive Plan Non-vested shares Non-vested at beginning of year Granted Performance based adjustment, net Vested Forfeited Non-vested at end of year In addition to the non-vested shares presented in the above table, there are related non-vested dividend equivalent shares. The number of non-vested dividend equivalent shares related to restricted stock units was 155 thousand and 182 thousand as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and the number of non-vested dividend equivalent shares related to performance shares was 18 thousand and 25 thousand as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The dividend equivalent shares are subject to the same vesting terms as the restricted stock units and performance shares. The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of restricted stock units granted during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $77.72, $69.32 and $52.13, respectively. The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of performance shares granted during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $85.69, $71.54 and $56.09, respectively. Restricted Stock Units Performance Shares Number of Shares (in thousands) Weighted- Average Grant-Date Fair Value Number of Shares (in thousands) Weighted- Average Grant date Fair Value For the year ended December 31, 2023 3,517 $ 1,019 $ 58.28 77.72 (1,177) $ (100) $ 3,259 $ 54.58 66.72 65.44 711 $ 268 $ 389 $ (777) $ (8) $ 583 $ 63.04 85.69 56.09 56.09 72.05 77.97 The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $154, $134 and $105, respectively, based on actual or estimated performance factors. The Company did not make cash payments in settlement of stock compensation during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. Subsidiary Stock Plan The Hartford has a subsidiary stock-based compensation plan similar to the Stock Incentive Plan, except that it awards non- public subsidiary stock as compensation. The Company recognized stock-based compensation plan expense of $12, $13 and $11 in the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, for the subsidiary stock plan. Upon employee vesting of subsidiary stock, the Company recognizes a noncontrolling equity interest. Employees are restricted from selling vested subsidiary stock to anyone other than the Company and the Company has discretion on the amount of stock to repurchase. Therefore, the subsidiary stock is classified 204 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 20 - Stock Compensation Plans as equity because it is not mandatorily redeemable. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company repurchased $11, $10 and $16, respectively, in subsidiary stock. Employee Stock Purchase Plan The Company sponsors The Hartford Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"). Under this plan, eligible employees of The Hartford purchase common stock of the Company at a discount rate of 5% of the market price per share on the last trading day of the offering period. Accordingly, the plan is a non- compensatory plan. Employees purchase a variable number of 21. LEASES The Hartford has operating leases for real estate and equipment. The right-of-use asset as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $141 and $135, respectively, and is included in property and equipment, net, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The lease liability as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $144 and $136, respectively, and is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Variable lease costs include changes in interest rates on variable rate leases primarily for automobiles. During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, variable lease costs of $0, $6 and $4, respectively, were reported in restructuring and other costs for lease terminations under Hartford Next (see Note 23 - Restructuring and Other Costs for more information), and were excluded from components of lease expense. Components of Lease Expense For the years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Operating lease cost $ 36 $ 40 $ (2) (4) — (4) 45 2 (3) Variable lease cost Sublease income Total lease costs included in insurance operating costs and other expenses shares of stock through payroll deductions elected as of the beginning of the offering period. The Company may sell up to 15,400,000 shares of stock to eligible employees under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2023, there were 3,155,609 shares available for future issuance. During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, 194,561 shares, 194,504 shares, and 199,173 shares were sold, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, The Hartford received $13, $13 and $13, respectively, in cash from sales under this plan. Supplemental Operating Lease Information For the years ended December 31, 2022 2023 2021 Operating cash flows for operating leases (for the twelve months ended) Right-of-use asset obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities Weighted-average remaining lease term in years for operating leases Weighted-average discount rate for operating leases $ 37 $ 56 $ 46 40 6 3 7 years 6 years 6 years 4.0 % 3.0 % 3.0 % Maturities of Operating Lease Liabilities as of December 31, 2023 Operating Leases $ $ 33 26 22 20 16 49 166 22 144 $ 30 $ 36 $ 44 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 Thereafter Total lease payments Less: Discount on lease payments to present value Total lease liability 205 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Note 22 - Business Dispositions 22. BUSINESS DISPOSITIONS Sale of Continental Europe Operations On December 29, 2021, the Company completed the sale of its Continental Europe Operations for approximately $11, net of transaction costs. The complete sale of the Continental Europe Operations consists of multiple arrangements designed as a single transaction. The Continental Europe Operations are included in the Commercial Lines segment. Revenues and earnings are not material to the Company's consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021. The sale resulted in a loss of approximately $21, before tax, for the year ended December 31, 2021, which was recorded within net realized gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company also recorded a related income tax benefit on the sale of $5 for after tax losses of $16 for the year ended December 31, 2021. Total consideration less costs to sell of $11 is subject to change based on how the ultimate amounts required to settle claims on 2020 and prior accident years, as determined at the end of 2024, compare with recorded reserves as currently estimated. The contingent consideration has been estimated at its fair value of $0 and could result in an increase or decrease in consideration depending on how ultimate losses develop. Any change in the estimated fair value of contingent consideration in a future period would increase or decrease the estimated loss on sale in that period. Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities Transferred by the Company to the Buyer in Connection with the Sale Carrying Value as of Closing $ Assets Investments and cash Reinsurance recoverables and other Total assets held for sale Liabilities Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses Unearned premiums Other liabilities 150 13 163 81 19 52 Total liabilities held for sale $ 152 23. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER COSTS In recognition of the need to become more cost efficient and competitive along with enhancing the experience we provide to agents and customers, on July 30, 2020 the Company announced an operational transformation and cost reduction plan it refers to as Hartford Next. Hartford Next is intended to reduce annual insurance operating costs and other expenses through reduction of the Company's headcount, investment in information technology ("IT") to further enhance our capabilities, and other activities. The activities have been substantially completed as of December 31, 2023. Termination benefits related to workforce reductions and professional fees are included within restructuring and other costs in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and unpaid restructuring costs are included in other liabilities in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. For the years ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the severance benefits accrual was reduced by $6, and $7 respectively, due to more recent experience of higher than expected voluntary attrition. Subsequent to December 31, 2023, the Company expects to incur additional costs including, amortization of right of use assets and other lease exit costs, other IT costs to retire applications, and other expenses. Total restructuring and other costs are expected to be approximately $126, before tax, and will be recognized in Corporate for segment reporting. 206 THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Restructuring and Other Costs, Before Tax Note 23 - Restructuring and Other Costs Incurred in the Year Ended December 31, 2022 Incurred in the Year Ended December 31, 2023 Cumulative Incurred in the Year Ended December 31, 2023 Total Amount Expected to be Incurred (7) $ 8 12 13 $ (6) $ 5 7 6 $ 35 $ 25 64 124 $ 35 25 66 126 Incurred in the Year Ended December 31, 2021 $ (25) $ 9 17 1 $ Accrued Restructuring and Other Costs Year Ended December 31, 2023 Severance Benefits and Related Costs IT Costs Professional Fees and Other Total Restructuring and Other Costs Liability $ $ 7 $ (6) (1) — $ — $ 5 (5) — $ — $ 7 (7) — $ 7 6 (13) — Accrued Restructuring and Other Costs Year Ended December 31, 2022 Severance Benefits and Related Costs IT Costs Professional Fees and Other Total Restructuring and Other Costs Liability $ $ 18 $ (7) (4) 7 $ — $ 8 (8) — $ — $ 12 (12) — $ 18 13 (24) 7 Severance benefits IT costs Professional fees and other expenses Total restructuring and other costs, before tax $ Balance, beginning of period Incurred Payments Balance, end of period Balance, beginning of period Incurred Payments Balance, end of period 24. QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED) On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted the FASB's long- duration targeted improvements ("LDTI") guidance, which was applied on a modified retrospective basis as of January 1, 2021. Impacted prior periods have been restated to reflect the adoption of LDTI. For additional information, refer to Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies. Current and Historical Quarterly Results of the Company Three months ended Revenues Benefits, losses and expenses Net income Less: Preferred stock dividends Net income available to common stockholders Net income available to common stockholders per common share Basic Diluted March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31, 2022 2023 2023 2022 2022 2023 2022 2023 $ 5,910 $ 5,393 $ 6,049 $ 5,373 $ 6,168 $ 5,580 $ 6,400 $ 6,016 $ 5,257 $ 4,852 $ 5,377 $ 4,819 $ 5,355 $ 5,148 $ 5,450 $ 5,281 $ 535 $ 443 $ 547 $ 444 $ 651 $ 340 $ 771 $ 592 5 $ 530 $ 438 $ 542 $ 439 $ 645 $ 334 $ 766 $ 587 6 5 5 5 5 6 5 $ 1.69 $ 1.32 $ 1.75 $ 1.34 $ 2.12 $ 1.04 $ 2.55 $ 1.85 $ 1.66 $ 1.30 $ 1.73 $ 1.32 $ 2.09 $ 1.02 $ 2.51 $ 1.82 207 Corporate Information Corporate Headquarters The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. One Hartford Plaza Hartford, CT 06155 Internet Address www.thehartford.com Investor Relations The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. Investor Relations One Hartford Plaza (TA1-1) Hartford, CT 06155 860-547-2537 E-mail: investorrelations@thehartford.com Transfer Agent/Shareholder Record Shareholder correspondence should be mailed to: Computershare Trust Company, N.A. P.O. Box 505000 Louisville, KY 40233 Overnight correspondence should be mailed to: Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600 Louisville, KY, 40202 Shareholder website: www.computershare.com/investor Shareholder Services: Toll-free 877-272-7740 Annual Report on Form 10-K Shareholders may receive without charge a copy of The Hartford’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request to: Terence Shields Corporate Secretary The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. One Hartford Plaza Hartford, CT 06155 INNOVATION WITH INTENT Searching for new ways to help our customers as they pursue their goals and ambitions has driven the innovation and ingenuity that mark our 213-year history. This shared commitment to advancing the service and support we provide continues to shape our business and define who we are. COMMERCIAL LINES GROUP BENEFITS ICON® Investments – provides a fresh, new contemporary design and interface that’s mobile responsive on any device to make online quoting for agents and brokers even faster and easier. My Account – named the #1 customer-facing digital capabilities carrier1 for small businesses for the fifth straight year by the external firm Keynova with high scores across key customer experience capabilities. Simplified Language – supports more informed benefits choices by making the language of employee benefits more relevant and easier to understand for today’s diverse, multigenerational workforce. The Future of Benefits Study – helps customers and partners understand emerging employee benefit trends and evolving workforce needs through new insights from original research and analysis. Next Generation of Spectrum® 2.0 – product innovations and enhancements improve competitiveness across appetite, make selling easier and mean greater savings for customers. Excellence in Customer Experience – balances automation, personalization and human interaction to help ensure optimal end-to-end experiences for our customers and their employees. IoT Innovation Lab – collects data using connected devices placed in the work environment, like imagery, wearables and telematics, to help reveal and reduce employee risks. Risk Engineering – consulting services that help businesses understand their risks and offer customized solutions for protecting employees from existing and potential workplace hazards. Risk Engineering Lab – accredited industrial hygiene lab staffed with chemists, industrial hygienists and forensic engineers who analyze physical hazards in the workplace. The Hartford’s Global Insights Center – exclusive research hub that provides in-depth, actionable information on the trends shaping our global economy. PERSONAL LINES Prevail Auto & Home Launch – modernized platform provides a simple buying process and intuitive customer experience powered by a contemporary policy administration platform, data and cloud computing. Personal Lines Underwriting Transformation – streamlined the acquisition experience and accuracy with third-party data integrations, advanced analytics and enhanced risk selection. Accelerated Cycle Times – powered by structured collaboration, improved detection and quicker decisioning, we’re moving from insight to action faster, unleashing long-term profit and growth opportunities across all channels. DOING WHAT’S RIGHT ALLOWS US TO HOLD OURSELVES TO THE HIGHEST ETHICAL STANDARDS It’s fundamental to our culture: Doing the right thing every day and in every situation. And while our efforts do earn us recognition, the real reward is the impact we make on our employees, our customers and our communities. We’re proud to be a 2023 Catalyst Award winner, earning the premier global recognition of organizational DEI initiatives that drive representation and inclusion for women Recognized by the Human Rights Campaign Foundation’s Corporate Equality Index for our commitment to LGBTQ+ equality and inclusion 15 times 4 2 0 2 15 Honored as a “World’s Most Ethical Companies® ” by the Ethisphere Institute 15 times Named to the Dow Jones Sustainability Indices 12 times Recognized as a Top Military Friendly Employer 9 times Named to the Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index (GEI) 8 times 2023 Member Designated a 100% Disability Equality Index Best Place to Work 7 times Recognized as a top insurance company on the JUST 100 list 6 times LEARN MORE. Visit us at TheHartford.com/our-company 1 Keynova Small Commercial Insurance Scorecard 2023 The Hartford® is The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Hartford Fire Insurance Company. Its headquarters is in Hartford, CT. 24-EN-2276539 © March 2024 The Hartford FOLLOW THE HARTFORD ON Business Insurance Employee Benefits Auto Home 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above